Loading...

Paliverse

Search Ask PaliVerse Signin

The PaliVerse Project

A Universe of Wisdom
100%
Font family
Theme
Navigation & Search

Hello ,How can i help you ?

Homage to the Blessed One, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Self-awakened One

In the Collection of Minor Texts

The Great Exposition Commentary

Introductory Discussion on the Undertaking of the Work

Destroying the bolt of ignorance, and passionate delight from the root;

Developing the eightfold path, he who attained the Deathless state.

Having attained enlightenment, the Conqueror, having entered the deer-park;

Having set in motion the wheel of the Teaching, with the elder Koṇḍañña first.

The ascetic awakened eighteen koṭis there;

I pay homage with my head to him, the highest of all beings.

Likewise to the highest Teaching and also to the unsurpassed Community;

That which was spoken in brief, the wheel of the Teaching in its divisions.

Sāriputta of great wisdom, comparable to the Teacher, son of the Conqueror;

Having analysed the wheel of the Teaching, he spoke the Mahāniddesa;

The reading is distinguished, a description, and distinguished by that name.

That Sāriputta, son of the king of conquerors, the elder endowed with firm and manifold virtues;

Whose fair renown was exalted by the power of wisdom, and of humble conduct, having bowed down to him.

By one endowed with patience and so on, who speaks what is fitting and liberated and so on;

By the very learned elder, by Deva, being requested.

Established in the recitation of those dwelling in the Great Monastery;

Having taken what should be taken, the judgment among the ancients.

Not deviating from one's own doctrine, and not touching the doctrine of others;

And bringing together as appropriate the method of the earlier instructions and the commentary.

Of that which brings about the differentiation of knowledge, which is practised by many meditators;

Describing the meaning that is unprecedented, and following the discourse and the reasoning.

I shall begin in brief the commentary on the Mahāniddesa;

Out of great respect for the Good Teaching, not from desire for self-exaltation.

I shall speak the commentary for the welfare of people, for the purpose of the long endurance of the Good Teaching;

Listen attentively to that Saddhammapajotikā and retain it well, O good ones.

Therein, because it was said "the reading is distinguished, a description, and distinguished by that name," the reading is twofold - The phrasing-reading and the meaning-reading. Among these, the phrasing-reading is sixfold by way of syllable, term, phrase, manner, language, and exposition. The meaning-reading is sixfold by way of elucidation, illumination, revelation, analysis, making plain, and description. Therein, the teaching set forth by the mind of those whose compassion is purified through the state of pure practice at the three doors, because it was not spoken and not taught by words, is designated as "syllable"; that should be understood as "syllable" by way of the questions asked mentally by the Pārāyanika brahmins, and by way of the great treatise on conditional relations contemplated by the Blessed One having sat down in the jewel house.

Or an incomplete term should be taken as a syllable, as in such passages as "sixty thousand years" and so on. Here indeed, the letters sa, na, so and so on are syllables, or some say a single-syllable term is a syllable. In such passages as "this craving which leads to rebirth," a term is a collection of syllables ending in an inflection that illuminates the meaning. In such passages as "mentality and materiality," a term is one connected with many syllables. It makes clear the term stated in brief. What makes manifest what is expressed by a term, makes it clear and obvious - that is a phrase; it is indeed a sentence. "The four bases for spiritual power" - the meaning stated in brief. "Which four? Here, monks, a monk develops the basis for spiritual power that possesses concentration due to desire and volitional activities of striving. He develops the basis for spiritual power that possesses concentration due to energy, consciousness, and investigation and volitional activities of striving" - in such passages and so on, by way of making obvious, it is called a phrase. The elucidation of the classification of phrases is a characteristic. "Therein, what is desire? Whatever desire, desirousness, wish to do" - in such passages and so on, the making of a classification in manifold ways of the stated phrase is called a characteristic. The etymological derivation of what is expressed by the characteristic is language. In such passages as "contact, feeling" and so on, what is stated by the characteristic - "it touches, thus contact. It is felt, thus feeling" - the utterance drawn out is called language. The elaboration of the etymological derivation, teaching without remainder, is description. The term obtained through the etymological derivation "it is felt, thus feeling" - "pleasant, unpleasant, neither-unpleasant-nor-pleasant; it makes happy, thus pleasant; it afflicts, thus unpleasant; it neither afflicts nor makes happy, thus neither-unpleasant-nor-pleasant" - because the elaboration of meaning is stated without remainder, it is called description.

Having thus known the six kinds of phrasing-terms, and among the six meaning-terms, the brief illustration, explanation, is called explanation. In such passages as "Imagining, monk, one is bound by Māra; not imagining, one is released from the Evil One" and so on, the brief illustration of meaning is called explanation. But this elder penetrated so as to be able to declare: "The meaning stated in brief thus by the Buddha, the Blessed One - 'It is understood, Blessed One, it is understood, Fortunate One.'"

The illustration and explanation from the beginning of the meaning to be stated further is elucidation. In such passages as "All, monks, is blazing" and so on, the illustration by the first utterance of the meaning to be stated afterwards is called elucidation. Thus, having made the meaning first illustrated obvious again by explanation: "And what, monks, is the all that is blazing? The eye, monks, is blazing, forms are blazing" - in such passages and so on, when stated, because it is said "one with sharp faculties penetrates what is stated in brief," the two meaning-terms are stated for the benefit of one with sharp faculties.

The detailed statement of what is stated in brief, and the re-statement of what is stated once, is revelation. Of what is laid down in brief as "wholesome mental states" - "What mental states are wholesome? At whatever time wholesome consciousness of the sensual sphere has arisen" - the elaboration by way of description, the re-stating by way of detail, is called revelation.

The making of a classification of that is analysis. When the wholesome mental states are revealed as "at whatever time," the making of a classification as "at that time there is contact, there is feeling" is called analysis. The establishing by the detailed statement of what is revealed and by the statement of similes for what is analysed is making manifest. By the revelation of the meaning of what is revealed: "Which at that time is contact? Whatever at that time is contact, touching, contacting" - the speaking by way of thorough revelation, and the speaking of similes and so on for what is analysed by analysis: "Just as, monks, a skinless cow - just so, monks, I say contact as nutriment should be seen" - this is called making manifest. The producing of pleasure in the consciousness in manifold ways through the teaching of the Teaching for those listening to the Teaching, and the making sharp of knowledge in manifold ways for those of blunt intelligence, is called concept; because it becomes evident through the satisfying of their consciousness and the directing of their consciousness for those who are listening, it is concept. Therein, the Blessed One explains with syllables, elucidates with terms, reveals with phrases, analyses with characteristics, makes manifest with languages, and describes with expositions. What is meant? The Buddhas, the Blessed Ones, for certain ones accessible to instruction, in a single teaching, make the explanation of meaning with syllables... etc... They make the describing of meaning with expositions - this is the intention here.

Or, having indicated with syllables, he elucidates with terms; having revealed with phrases, he analyses with characteristics; having made manifest with languages, he describes with expositions. What is meant? By such a teaching of the Teaching, in certain instances, he disciplines certain ones amenable to instruction.

Or, having opened up with syllables, elucidating with terms, he disciplines one who understands quickly; having revealed with phrases, analysing with characteristics, he disciplines one who understands through elaboration; having made manifest with languages, describing with expositions, he disciplines one who needs to be guided. Thus it should be construed also by way of those amenable to instruction.

But here, in terms of meaning, which is the text of phrasing, and which is the text of meaning? When the Buddhas, the Blessed Ones, are teaching the Teaching, whatever intelligible sound conveys the meaning, that is the text of phrasing. Whatever phenomenon, endowed with characteristic, function, and so on, is to be fully realised by that, that should be understood as the text of meaning. Furthermore, the text is sixfold: spoken with a hidden meaning, spoken literally, an incomplete text, a complete text, one whose meaning has been drawn out, and one whose meaning needs to be inferred. Therein, having multiple meanings, spoken with a hidden meaning is such as "Having killed mother and father, and two warrior kings" and so on. Having a single meaning, spoken literally is such as "Mental states are directed by mind" and so on. Incomplete is such as "The all, monks, is blazing" and so on. The opposite, complete, is such as "All phenomena in every way come into the range of the Buddha, the Blessed One's knowledge-door" and so on. To be understood according to the statement, one whose meaning has been drawn out is such as "impermanent, suffering, non-self" and so on. To be ascertained by reasoning, one whose meaning needs to be inferred is such as "One person, monks" and so on.

The meaning, however, is of many kinds: textual meaning, intrinsic nature meaning, true method meaning, conforming to the text, not conforming to the text, meaning with a remainder, meaning without remainder, inferred meaning, meaning to be inferred, and so on. Therein, that which is uttered for the purpose of informing one of little understanding, that is the textual meaning, as in such passages as "with meaning and with phrasing" and so on. The intrinsic nature meaning of characteristic, function, and so on of material and immaterial phenomena, as in such passages as "one develops right view" and so on. That which, when known, leads to welfare, that deserves to be known - thus it is the true method meaning - as in such passages as "one who speaks what is beneficial, one who speaks what is the Teaching" and so on. Spoken according to the text, conforming to the text: "The eye, monks, is old action" was said by the Blessed One. Therefore the eye too is action. The meaning stated by one who obstructs the meaning by the shadow of the phrasing is not conforming to the text; it is neither sanctioned by the text nor rejected, but is detached. And that which is stated as a meaning with a remainder, by not including what should be included, or by not excluding something that should be excluded, making a remainder: "Dependent on the eye and forms, eye-consciousness arises. All tremble at the stick, all fear Death" - as in such passages and so on. The opposite, the meaning without remainder: "There has been running through and wandering through by me as well as by you. Therein, monks, who would believe, who would have faith, etc. apart from those who have seen the state" - as in such passages and so on. To be understood by way of the word itself is the inferred meaning, as in such passages as "Forms, sounds, flavours, odours, tangible objects and delightful things" and so on. To be understood by way of convention is the meaning to be inferred, as in such passages as "Monks, these four persons are similar to rain clouds" and so on. Thus here, having revealed both the text and the meaning, one stands unshakable by opponents for a long time by dwelling at the ford.

Thus, by being unshakable, he is able to speak as far as the accomplishment of scriptural learning and achievement. He is able to make others understand by the method of summary and detail, with causes, illustrations, and so on. One of such nature is pure, by being free from the stain of immorality and wrong view, through the ability to cleanse both himself and others. For one who is immoral injures himself; because of that, his speech is not acceptable, like a physician here who is constantly sick while dealing with others. One of wrong view injures others, and is not a refuge, like a lotus grove overrun with fierce creatures. But one who has failed in both is in every way not to be approached, like a firebrand from a funeral pyre smeared with dung, and like a black snake that has gone into dung. But one accomplished in both is in every way to be approached and to be associated with by the wise, like a jewel-mine free from mishap; being thus, thus ungrudging, without a closed fist of a teacher. One who does not abandon the four, reckoned as discourse, conformity with discourse, the teacher's doctrine, and one's own judgement, is explained by way of those.

"One is a definitive statement, another an analytical statement;

The third one should answer with a counter-question, but the fourth one should set aside."

Or one who does not abandon these. Precisely because of being engaged in the welfare of the listeners, he is untiring with regard to their understanding. And here it is said -

"One who knows the text and meaning, unshakable, a speaker, pure, ungrudging;

One who does not abandon the four, would be a preacher, intent on welfare."

Herein, "would be a preacher" means he would be a preacher, he would become one - this is the meaning. "Intent on welfare" means one who follows welfare, one whose mind is set on welfare. He, this one, is dear because of being pure, respected because of not abandoning the four, esteemed because of being unshakable, a speaker because of being a preacher, willing to do what others bid because of being intent on welfare, a maker of profound talk because of knowing the text and meaning, and not one who urges towards an impossibility because of being ungrudging - thus:

"Dear, respected, esteemed, a speaker and willing to do what others bid;

A maker of profound talk, and not one who urges towards an impossibility."

"The preacher has been described; now the listener is described."

Therein, because of respecting the Teaching, he does not disparage the talk; because of respecting the teacher, he does not disparage the speaker; because of being adorned with qualities such as faith and wisdom, he does not disparage himself; because of being honest and not deceitful, and because of facing the Deathless, he has an undistracted mind; because of being wise, he attends wisely. For this was said:

"Monks, one possessed of five qualities, while hearing the Good Teaching, is capable of entering upon the fixed course, the right path, in wholesome mental states. Which five? He does not disparage the talk, he does not disparage the speaker, he does not disparage himself, he listens to the Teaching with an undistracted mind, with a fully focused mind, he attends wisely."

Because of having attained those characteristics, he follows meditation. And here it is said -

"Respecting the Teaching and the teacher, adorned with qualities such as faith and wisdom;

Of one who is honest and not deceitful, wise, facing the Deathless."

Thus both the speaker and the listener.

Having shown the phrasing and meaning in the manner stated above, now I shall explain that Mahāniddesa, which is called the "Great Analytic Explanation" because it is great - like the great ocean and the great earth - since it was spoken making it the highest, and it is an analytic explanation.

That very Mahāniddesa - accomplished in meaning, accomplished in phrasing, profound, of profound meaning, illuminating the supramundane, connected with emptiness, accomplishing the distinction of the path and fruit of practice, warding off what is opposed to practice, being a mine of the jewel of excellent knowledge for meditators, being the cause of the distinction and grace of Dhamma talks for Dhamma preachers, for the purpose of generating comfort for those fearful of the round of rebirths by showing the escape from suffering and the means thereto, and for the purpose of destroying what is opposed to that, and for the purpose of generating satisfaction in the hearts of good people by the elucidation of the meaning of many profound discourse passages - was spoken by the Venerable Elder Sāriputta, the General of the Teaching of the King of the Dhamma, who was like the Teacher, compassionate towards the world, who wished for the very long blazing for five thousand years of the great lamp of the Good Teaching that had been kindled by the Tathāgata, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Self-awakened One - whose great lamp of omniscient knowledge was unobstructed everywhere - with the affection of great compassion extended to all people, for the purpose of dispelling the darkness of defilements gone into the hearts of those people accessible to instruction, by sprinkling with the oil of unfolding that intention; and having heard it, the Venerable Ānanda established it in the classification just as he had heard it at the time of the First Great Communal Recitation.

And this, among the three Canons - the Canon of Monastic Discipline, the Canon of Discourses, and the Canon of the Higher Teaching - is included in the Canon of Discourses; among the five great Collections - the Long Collection, the Middle Collection, the Connected Collection, the Numerical Collection, and the Minor Collection - is included in the great Minor Collection; among the nine factors of the Teacher's Instruction - discourse, mixed prose and verse, explanation, verse, inspired utterance, thus-it-is-said, birth story, wonderful phenomena, and catechism - is included in the twofold classification of the verse factor and the explanation factor, according to their origination.

"Eighty-two thousand I received from the Buddha, two thousand from monks;

Eighty-four thousand teachings are occurring for me."

Among the two thousand aggregates of the Teaching received from monks, out of the eighty-four thousand aggregates of the Teaching acknowledged by the Elder Treasurer of the Teaching who was placed as foremost in five states, it is a classification of many hundreds of aggregates of the Teaching. It has two chapters - the Aṭṭhaka Chapter and the Pārāyana Chapter - and the Khaggavisāṇa Sutta; with sixteen in each chapter and the Khaggavisāṇa Sutta, there are thirty-three discourses, beginning with the Kāma Sutta and ending with the Khaggavisāṇa Sutta. Thus I shall make a progressive explanation of the meaning of the terms of this Mahāniddesa that has been defined in many ways. For this Mahāniddesa should be carefully recited and explained by one who recites and explains it both in text and in meaning, and should also be carefully learnt and retained by one who learns it. What is the reason for this? Because of the profundity of this Mahāniddesa, for the welfare of the world, and for the purpose of its long endurance in the world.

1.

The Chapter of Octads

1.

Explanation of the Kāmasutta Niddesa

Therein, the Kāma Sutta is the beginning. In that too, the verse "For one desiring sensual pleasure" is the beginning. That stands in three ways by means of synopsis, analytic explanation, and back-reference explanation. "For one desiring sensual pleasure" and so on is the synopsis. "Sensual pleasures" - in summary there are two kinds of sensual pleasures - objective sensual pleasures and defilement sensual pleasures - is the analytic explanation. "What are objective sensual pleasures? Pleasing forms" and so on is the back-reference explanation.

1. Therein, "sensual pleasure" means objective sensual pleasure, reckoned as pleasing form and so on, phenomena of the three planes. "For one desiring" means for one wishing. "If that succeeds for him" means if for that desiring being that object reckoned as sensual pleasure succeeds, it is said to mean if he obtains that. "Surely he is joyful in mind" means he is definitely with a gladdened mind. "Having obtained" means having got. "Mortal" means a being. "What he wishes" means what he wishes. This, however, is merely a brief connection of the meaning of the terms; the detail, however, should be understood according to the very method that has come above in the canonical text. And just as in this one, so too from here onwards in all the rest.

"Sensual pleasures" is the term to be indicated. "In summary" is the term to be explained in detail. "In summary" means by way of a group, as in "one would buy a cluster of fish" and so on. Or else, "summary" is from giving again and again above; like "cleansing" in the meaning of purification, from purifying higher and higher. Or by way of making an elaboration. It should be stated by making "sensual pleasures" the remainder of the text. "Two" is a delimitation by counting - not one, not three. "Objective sensual pleasures" means objective sensual pleasures beginning with pleasing forms and so on. And defilement sensual pleasures in the meaning of tormenting and in the meaning of afflicting. Among these, objective sensual pleasure is to be fully understood; defilement sensual pleasure is to be abandoned. Therein, objective sensual pleasure is to be desired through defilement sensual pleasure - thus "it is desired" - hence "sensual pleasure." Defilement sensual pleasure, by being the cause of longing for objective sensual pleasures - "it is desired by means of this" - hence "sensual pleasure." Therein, objective sensual pleasure is included in the aggregate of matter and so on; defilement sensual pleasure is included in the aggregate of mental activities. Objective sensual pleasure is to be cognized by the six consciousnesses; defilement sensual pleasure is to be known by mind-consciousness. Objective sensual pleasure is in the meaning of being the support, the cause, and the object of mental defilements.

"Those various things in the world are not sensual pleasures; lust for thoughts is a person's sensual pleasure;

The various things remain just so in the world, but here the wise remove desire for them."

And the stories of the young man Nanda, the son of the merchant of Soreyya, and so on are examples here. Defilement sensual pleasure, in the meaning of tormenting and in the meaning of afflicting, itself causes desire - thus "sensual pleasure." And this too has been said: "One who is lustful, brahmin, overcome by lust, with mind consumed, intends for his own affliction, intends for the affliction of others, intends for the affliction of both" and "One who is lustful, brahmin, kills living beings, takes what is not given, goes to another's wife, speaks falsely" - thus and so on is the illustration.

Wishing to say that very thing having expanded it by way of detailed exposition - he said beginning with "What are objective sensual pleasures?" Therein, "what" is a question from the wish to speak. For questions are fivefold; their classification will become evident above in the Pāḷi text itself. Among those, this is a question from the wish to speak. Therein, "pleasing" means they satisfy the mind, they increase it - thus "pleasing"; pleasing itself is "pleasing." "Forms" means visual objects of fourfold origination by way of kamma-originated, consciousness-originated, temperature-originated, and nutriment-originated. "They make visible" thus "forms"; undergoing change of colour, they make manifest the state of having reached the heart - this is the meaning.

Therein, in what sense is it "matter"? In the sense of being transformed. For this was said by the Blessed One -

"And why, monks, do you say 'matter'? Because it is transformed, monks, therefore it is called 'matter'. By what is it transformed? It is transformed by cold, it is transformed by heat, it is transformed by hunger, it is transformed by thirst, it is transformed by the contact of gadflies, mosquitoes, wind, sun, and serpents. Because it is transformed, monks, therefore it is called 'matter'."

Therein, "is transformed" means is agitated, is struck, is afflicted, is broken - this is the meaning. First, the transformation by cold is obvious in the inter-world hells. In the Mahiṃsaka country and other regions where it is cold with snowfall too, this is equally obvious. For there, beings with bodies broken and shattered by cold even reach the destruction of life.

The transformation by heat is obvious in the great Avīci hell. For there, having been made to lie down on the heated iron ground, at the time of the fivefold binding and other tortures, beings experience great suffering.

The transformation by hunger is obvious in the sphere of ghosts and also in times of famine. For in the sphere of ghosts, beings for two or three intervals between Buddhas do not so much as take any morsel of food with the hand and put it in the mouth; the inside of the belly is like a blazing hollow tree. During famine, there is no measure of beings dying without obtaining even a mere amount of rice gruel.

The transformation by thirst is obvious among the Kālakañjika demons and others. For there, beings for two or three intervals between Buddhas are unable to obtain even a drop of water sufficient to moisten the heart or to moisten the tongue. For those who have gone to a river thinking "Let us drink water," the water turns into a sandy bed. Even for those who have plunged into the great ocean, the ocean becomes merely a flat rock. They, withering away, afflicted by intense suffering, cry out. The transformation by gadflies and so on is obvious in places abounding in gadflies, flies, and so on. That, however - "What is that matter which is manifest? Impinging" - has been explained in detail in the Abhidhamma by this method and so on.

"They sound forth" means sounds, the meaning is "they are uttered." Sounds are of two origins, by way of climate and consciousness. "They give off odour" means odours, the meaning is "they indicate their own objects." "Beings savour them" means flavours, the meaning is "they enjoy." "They are touched" means tangible objects. These, beginning with odours, are of four origins only. Their classification is just as already expanded in the Abhidhamma.

Showing that very meaning by way of detail, he said beginning with "bed-coverings, outer garments." Therein, "bed-coverings" means those which are spread out and lain upon. "Outer garments" means those which are wrapped around the body and worn. The four beginning with those born in the house are female slaves and male slaves, that is, female and male slaves. A field means that in which early crops grow. A site means that in which late crops grow. Or where both grow, that is a field. A piece of land prepared for that purpose is a site. And here, under the heading of fields and sites, irrigated reservoirs, lakes, and so on are also included. "Unwrought gold" means a coin. "Gold" means gold money. By the taking of those, copper small coins, lac small coins, and wooden small coins are all also included. "Villages, market towns, royal cities": a village is one beginning with a single hut. A market town is one equipped with shops. A royal city is the place where the command of one king holds sway. "Country" means a part of a province. "Province" means a province such as Kāsi, Kosala, and so on. "Treasury" means the treasury is fourfold - elephants, horses, chariots, and infantry. "Storehouse" means the storehouse is threefold - a wealth storehouse, a grain storehouse, and a cloth storehouse. "Whatever" is an expression of complete inclusion without remainder. "Enticing" means in the sense of being able to delight.

Hereafter, in order to show by way of triads, he stated six sets of triads by way of the triad of past, the triad of internal, the triad of inferior, the triad of realm, the triad of connection, and the triad of sensual-sphere. Therein, in the triad of past, first, "past" means those that have passed beyond, having reached their own intrinsic nature or the moment of arising and so on. "Future" means those that have not yet come to either of those two. "Present" means those that have arisen dependent on this and that cause. This is delimited by existence. For beginning from conception, whether arisen in past existences or arisen in the immediately following existence or at the summit of a hundred thousand ten millions of cosmic cycles, all are called past indeed. Beginning from death, sensual pleasures that would arise in future existences, whether they arise in the immediately following existence or at the summit of a hundred thousand ten millions of cosmic cycles, all are called future indeed. Sensual pleasures occurring in the interval between death and conception are called present.

In the triad of internal, as if with the intention "thus functioning, we shall proceed to the grasping of 'self'," having made oneself the subject, those that function, those that function in one's own continuity, personal sensual pleasures, are called internal sensual pleasures. But those external to that, whether bound to the faculties or not bound to the faculties, are called external. The third term is stated by way of both of those.

In the triad of inferior, "inferior" means low. "Middling" means existing in the middle between the inferior and the superior, thus middling. The remainder are superior in the sense of being the highest. Furthermore, the state of being inferior, middling, and superior should be understood with reference to each successive level. For the sensual pleasures of hell beings, having reached the extreme, are called inferior. With reference to those, the sensual pleasures of serpents and supaṇṇas among animals are called superior. The sensual pleasures of the remaining animal-born beings are called middling. Those too are inferior. With reference to those, the sensual pleasures of influential ghosts are called superior. The sensual pleasures of the remainder are called middling. Those too are inferior. With reference to those, the sensual pleasures of country-folk are called superior. The sensual pleasures of borderland dwellers are called middling. Those too are inferior. With reference to those, the sensual pleasures of village headmen are called superior. The sensual pleasures of their attendants are called middling. Those too are inferior. With reference to those, the sensual pleasures of the lords of provinces are called superior. The sensual pleasures of their attendants are called middling. Those too are inferior. With reference to those, the sensual pleasures of regional kings are called superior. The sensual pleasures of their ministers are called middling. Those too are inferior. With reference to those, the sensual pleasures of the universal monarch are called superior. The sensual pleasures of his ministers are called middling. His too are inferior. With reference to those, the sensual pleasures of terrestrial gods are called superior. The sensual pleasures of their attendant gods are called middling. Those too are inferior. With reference to those, the sensual pleasures of the gods ruled by the four great kings are superior - by this method, up to the sensual pleasures of the Akaniṭṭha gods, having reached the summit, are called superior. Thus the state of being inferior, middling, and superior should be understood with reference to each successive level.

In the triad of realm, "sensual pleasures of the realm of misery" means sensual pleasures arisen in the four realms of misery, which are reckoned as decay, where welfare has departed - these are of the realm of misery. Sensual pleasures arisen among human beings are human. Sensual pleasures arisen among gods are divine.

In the triad of connection, setting aside hell beings who consume sensual pleasures that are present, the sensual pleasures of the remaining beings in the realms of misery, of human beings, and of gods from the gods ruled by the four great kings up to and including the Tusita gods are called sensual pleasures that are present. Beyond the objects ordinarily prepared, at the time when they desire to enjoy in excess, having created and created objects according to their preference, they delight - thus the sensual pleasures of the gods who delight in creation are called created sensual pleasures. Having known their own disposition, they enjoy objects created by others - thus the sensual pleasures of the gods who control what is created by others are called sensual pleasures created by others. "Possessed" means sensual pleasures grasped as "this is mine." "Unpossessed" means sensual pleasures thus unpossessed, such as the sensual pleasures of the Uttarakuru people. "Cherished" means grasped through the influence of craving as "this is mine." "Uncherished" means the opposite of what has been stated.

"All phenomena of the sensual-sphere" means included among the sensual-sphere phenomena stated by the method beginning with "from below, making the Avīci hell the limit." Herein this is the meaning of the word - In summary there are two kinds of sensual pleasures: objective sensual pleasure and defilement sensual pleasure. Therein, defilement sensual pleasure is, in meaning, desire and lust. Objective sensual pleasure is the round of rebirths of the three planes. Herein, defilement sensual pleasure is called sensual pleasure because it desires. The other is called so because it is desired. But the region in which this twofold sensual pleasure frequents by way of occurrence, that region, being elevenfold by way of the four realms of misery, human beings, and six heavenly worlds - sensual pleasure frequents here - thus it is the sensual-sphere. Therein, with reference to the phenomena included therein, it is said "all phenomena of the sensual-sphere." They bear their own intrinsic nature - thus they are phenomena. "Phenomena of the fine-material-sphere" means by way of the fine-material-sphere phenomena stated by the method beginning with "from below, making the Brahma world the limit, from above, including the Akaniṭṭha gods," all phenomena are of the fine-material-sphere. "Phenomena of the immaterial-sphere" means all phenomena of the immaterial-sphere stated by the method beginning with "from below, making the gods reborn in the plane of infinite space the limit, from above, including the gods reborn in the plane of neither-perception-nor-non-perception." Therein, they frequent in fine-material existence - thus they are of the fine-material-sphere. They frequent in immaterial existence - thus they are of the immaterial-sphere. "Having craving as their basis" means having become the basis for craving in the sense of support and in the sense of cause. "Having craving as their object" means having become the object of craving by way of the occurrence of craving. "In the sense of being desirable" means in the sense of being something to be longed for. "In the sense of being enticing" means in the sense of being apt to delight. "In the sense of being intoxicating" means in the sense of being able to produce intoxication such as pride of family and so on.

Therein, "what are objective sensual pleasures? Pleasing forms" and so on, making "whatever enticing object there is" the conclusion, is stated by way of the sentient and the non-sentient. The remainder should be understood as sets of one, four, and so on.

Having thus shown objective sensual pleasure, in order to show defilement sensual pleasure, he said beginning with "What are defilement sensual pleasures?" Therein, "desire" means weak lust. "Lust" means stronger than that. The three lusts above are stronger than these. "In sensual pleasures" means in the five types of sensual pleasure. "Sensual desire" means desire reckoned as sensuality, not the desire to act, not desire for mental states. By the influence of desiring and by the influence of finding pleasure, sensuality itself as lust is sensual lust. By the influence of desiring and by the influence of rejoicing, sensuality itself as delight is sensual delight. Thus, having understood the meaning of sensuality everywhere, it is sensual craving in the sense of craving. It is sensual affection in the sense of moistening. It is sensual fever in the sense of burning. It is sensual infatuation in the sense of infatuation. It is sensual attachment in the sense of swallowing and completing. It causes to sink by mental floods in the round of rebirths - thus it is the mental flood of sensuality. It yokes to the round of rebirths - thus it is the mental bond of sensuality. Clinging is the grasping of craving and wrong view by way of firmness. It is a mental hindrance because it hinders consciousness and envelopes it.

"Addasaṃ" means I saw. "Kāma" is a vocative address. "Te" means of you. "Root" means support. "From thought" means by imagining. "I will not think of you" means I will not make that imagining. "You will not exist" means you will not be.

"For one wishing" means for one expecting. "For one enjoying" means for one savouring. "For one aspiring" means for one producing longing. "For one longing" means for one producing the wish to attain. "For one yearning" means for one producing satisfaction through the influence of craving. Or else, for one asserting.

"Of a warrior or" and so on is said by way of the four castes. "Of a householder or of one gone forth or" is said by way of outward appearance. "Of a god or of a human being or" is said by way of rebirth. "Thrives" means is produced. "Succeeds" means is rightly produced. "Thrives" is by way of obtaining a distinguished form. "Obtains" is by way of obtaining a beautiful form. "Receives" is by way of obtaining an inspiring form. "Attains" is by way of obtaining a well-shaped form. "Gains" is by way of obtaining a form with radiant complexion. Or else, one thrives through the greatness of merit. One obtains through the greatness of birth. One receives through the greatness of sovereignty. One attains through the greatness of happiness. One gains through the greatness of success.

"A definitive statement" means a statement of one portion. As in such passages as "having arranged his robe on one shoulder" and "a question to be answered definitively," it is the rejecting of a non-definitive understanding. "A statement without doubt" means a statement devoid of doubt; the meaning is a statement rejecting uncertainty. "A statement without uncertainty" means a statement rejecting the uncertainty "how is this? how is this?" "An uncontradictory statement": the state of being twofold is contradiction; by the absence of that, it is an uncontradictory statement. Devoid of the state of being twofold, as in such passages as "the Buddhas are of uncontradictory speech," it is the rejecting of doubt. "An undivided statement": by the absence of two minds, it is undivided. It is a statement rejecting the uncertainty of "so it was, so it was." "A statement of necessity": in one meaning two do not apply - this is a statement of necessity, the rejecting of a forked path. Elsewhere, however, it has come thus: "by necessity, there is no future object." "An unmistakable statement" means a statement of substance devoid of chaff, an unfailing cause, as in such passages as "some say the unmistakable state," a statement with a firm foundation like an unmistakable gem. "This is a statement of establishment" means this statement, having descended and become established, is a settling, a placing.

Whatever terms have been placed into analysis in this Mahāniddesa, those terms undergoing analysis undergo analysis for three reasons, and those becoming different become different for four reasons. The further elucidation, however, here goes to two positions. How? For those undergo analysis for these three reasons: by way of phrasing, by way of prefix, or by way of meaning. Therein, "wrath, anger, the state of being angry, hate, hating, the state of having hated" - thus the undergoing of analysis by way of phrasing should be understood. For therein, wrath alone thus obtains analysis by way of phrasing. "Thrives, succeeds, obtains, receives, goes, attains" - thus, however, the undergoing of analysis by way of prefix should be understood. "Erudition, proficiency, skill, analysis, thought, examination" - thus the undergoing of analysis by way of meaning should be understood.

Among these, in the analytic explanation of the term "joy," first, these three classifications are obtained. "Joy, gladness" - this is classification by way of phrasing. "Rejoicing, delight, mirth" - by way of prefix. "Happiness, contentment, exultation, pleasure" - by way of meaning. By this method, classification should be understood in the analytic explanations of all terms.

Those that become different also become different by these four reasons: by diversity of name, by diversity of characteristic, by diversity of function, and by diversity of rejecting. Therein, "Which at that time is anger? Whatever at that time is hate, hating" - here, whether "anger" or "hate," both of these are just wrath, but they have gone to diversity by name. Thus diversity should be understood by diversity of name.

And in the sense of a heap, even the five aggregates are just one aggregate. But here, materiality has the characteristic of being deformed, feeling has the characteristic of being felt, perception has the characteristic of perceiving, volition has the characteristic of willing, consciousness has the characteristic of cognition - by this diversity of characteristic, there are the five aggregates. Thus diversity should be understood by diversity of characteristic.

"The four right strivings - here a monk, for the non-arising of unarisen evil unwholesome mental states, etc. exerts the mind and strives" - it is one single energy that has come in four instances by diversity of function. Thus diversity should be understood by diversity of function.

"Four things that are not the Good Teaching: reverence for wrath, not reverence for the Good Teaching; reverence for contempt, not reverence for the Good Teaching; reverence for material gain, not reverence for the Good Teaching; reverence for honour, not reverence for the Good Teaching" - in such passages, however, diversity should be understood by diversity of rejecting.

But these four diversities are not obtained only in the case of joy; they are obtained in all cases according to what is obtainable. For the name of joy is "joy," and the name of consciousness is "consciousness." And joy has the characteristic of pervading, feeling has the characteristic of being felt, perception has the characteristic of perceiving, volition has the characteristic of willing, consciousness has the characteristic of cognition.

Likewise, joy has the function of pervading, feeling has the function of experiencing, perception has the function of perceiving, volition has the function of willing, consciousness has the function of cognising - thus diversity should be understood by diversity of function. Diversity of rejecting does not exist in the term "joy."

But in the analytic explanation of non-greed and so on, it is obtained by the method beginning with "non-greed, non-coveting, the state of not coveting" - thus diversity should be understood by diversity of rejecting. Thus in the analytic explanations of all terms, the fourfold diversity should be understood according to what is obtainable.

But the further elucidation serves two purposes: it is either the meaning of the term or strengthening. For just as when pressing with the tip of a stick, when "joy" is said only once, that term is not called fully expanded, adorned and embellished; but when said again and again by way of phrasing, by way of prefix, and by way of meaning as "joy, gladness, rejoicing, delight, laughter, mirth, happiness," it is called fully expanded, adorned and embellished. Just as if one were to bathe a young boy, have him put on a delightful garment, have him bedecked with flowers, apply collyrium to his eyes, and then make just a single dot of red arsenic on his forehead, he would not thereby be called one with a variegated forehead mark; but when dots are made surrounded by various colours, he is called one with a variegated forehead mark. Thus this accomplishment should be understood. This is called the meaning of the term.

But the repeated stating by way of phrasing, by way of prefix, and by way of meaning is itself called strengthening. Just as when "friend" or "venerable sir" or "demon" or "snake" is said, it is not called strengthening; but when "friend, friend; venerable sir, venerable sir; demon, demon; snake, snake" is said, then it is called strengthening. Just so, when merely "joy" is said, as if pressing just once with the tip of a stick, it is not called strengthening; but only when said again and again by way of phrasing, by way of prefix, and by way of meaning as "joy, gladness, rejoicing, delight, laughter, mirth, happiness," it is called strengthening. Thus the further elucidation serves two purposes. By the force of this too, the meaning should be understood everywhere in the analytic explanations of terms where they are obtainable.

Therein, "it gladdens" thus it is joy (pīti). It has the characteristic of fondness, the function of gladdening body and mind, or the function of pervading, and the manifestation of elation. "That which is connected with the five strands of sensual pleasure" means that joy which is connected with the five portions of sensual pleasure beginning with forms - that gladdens, thus it is joy (pīti); this is the term for its intrinsic nature. The state of one who is gladdened is gladness (pāmojja). The manner of rejoicing is rejoicing (āmodanā). The manner of delight is delight (pamodanā). Just as the combining together of medicines, or oils, or hot water and cold water is called "mixing" (modanā), so too this is a mixing by combining together of the states of joy. But by adorning with prefixes, they are called "rejoicing" (āmodanā) and "delight" (pamodanā).

"It causes laughter" thus it is laughter (hāso). "It causes great laughter" thus it is mirth (pahāso); this is a designation for the manner of being glad and delighted. "Happiness" (vitti) means wealth (vitta); this is a name for riches. But this is called happiness (vitti) because of being a condition for pleasure, by its resemblance to wealth. For just as pleasure arises for a wealthy person dependent on wealth, so too for one possessed of joy, pleasure arises dependent on joy. Therefore it is called "happiness" (vitti). "Contentment" (tuṭṭhi) is a name for joy established in its own intrinsic nature. But a person possessed of joy, because of the rising up and uplifting of body and mind, is called "elated" (udagga); the state of one who is elated is elation (odagya).

One's own mentality is pleasure (attamanatā). For the mind of one who is not satisfied, because it has suffering as its proximate cause, is not called one's own mind; but the mind of one who is satisfied, because it has happiness as its proximate cause, is called one's own mind. Thus one's own mentality is pleasure (attamanatā), one's own joyful mentality (sakamanatā); the meaning is the state of one's own joyful mind. But since that is not the mentality of anyone else's own, but is a state of consciousness itself, a mental factor, therefore it is said "pleasure of consciousness" (attamanatā cittassa).

Because of the variegation of consciousness, it is consciousness (citta). It knows by measuring the object, thus it is mind (mano). "Mental state" (mānasa) means mind itself; but in "The snare that moves through the sky, that which prowls connected with the mind" - here, however, the associated mental state is said to be "connected with the mind" (mānaso).

"For how indeed, Blessed One, could your disciple, delighted in the Dispensation,

A trainee who has not attained his goal, die while renowned among people?"

Here arahantship is said to be "the goal" (mānasa). But here mind itself is the mental state (mānasa); this term is extended by way of phrasing.

"Heart" (hadaya) means consciousness. In "I will derange your mind, or I will split your heart" - here the chest is said to be "heart" (hadaya). In "He planes as if knowing heart with heart" - here it means consciousness. In "The kidneys, the heart" - here it means the heart-organ (hadayavatthu). But here consciousness itself is called "heart" (hadaya) in the sense of being internal. That very same is called "the pure" (paṇḍara) in the sense of being pure; this is said with reference to the life-continuum (bhavaṅga). As he said - "This mind, monks, is luminous, and it is defiled by visiting impurities." But because of having gone out from that, even the unwholesome is called "the pure" (paṇḍara), just as a river that has gone out from the Ganges is called the Ganges, and one that has gone out from the Godhāvarī is called the Godhāvarī.

"Mind, mind sense base" - here, however, the use of the term "mind" is for the purpose of illustrating the sense-base nature of mind itself. By this it explains: "This is not a mind sense base because it is a sense base of mind, like a gods' domain; rather, mind itself is the sense base - mind sense base." Therein, a sense base should be understood in the meaning of a dwelling place, in the meaning of a mine, in the meaning of a meeting place, in the meaning of a place of origin, and in the meaning of a cause. For thus in the world, in such expressions as "the lord's domain" and "Vāsudeva's domain" and so on, a dwelling place is called a "sense base." In such expressions as "a gold mine" and "a silver mine" and so on, it means a mine. In the Dispensation, however, in such expressions as "in a delightful place, birds resort to it" and so on, it means a meeting place. In such expressions as "the southern route is the sense base of cattle" and so on, it means a place of origin. In such expressions as "in each and every case he attains the ability to witness, when there is a basis for mindfulness" and so on, it means a cause. Here, however, it is applicable in three ways: in the meaning of a place of origin, in the meaning of a meeting place, and in the meaning of a cause.

For contact and other phenomena are born here - thus this is a sense base in the meaning of a place of origin also. External forms, sounds, odours, flavours, and tangible objects enter here by way of being objects - thus it is a sense base in the meaning of a meeting place also. But because it is a cause for contact and so on in the meaning of being a condition such as conascence and so on, it should be understood as a sense base in the meaning of a cause also. That very same exercises the function of lordship in the characteristic of thinking - thus it is a faculty; mind itself is a faculty - the mind faculty.

It cognizes - thus consciousness. Consciousness itself is an aggregate - the aggregate of consciousness. Its meaning should be understood by way of heap and so on. In "it is reckoned simply as a great mass of water," here the aggregate is stated in the meaning of a heap. In such expressions as "the aggregate of morality, the aggregate of concentration" and so on, it is in the meaning of quality. In "the Blessed One saw a great log of wood," here it is in the meaning of mere designation. Here, however, the aggregate is stated by conventional usage. For in the meaning of a heap, a single consciousness is a portion of the aggregate of consciousness. Therefore, just as one cutting a portion of a tree is said to be "cutting the tree," just so even a single consciousness that constitutes a portion of the aggregate of consciousness is called "the aggregate of consciousness" by conventional usage.

"Corresponding mind-consciousness element" means the mind-consciousness element that is befitting those phenomena such as contact and so on. For in this term, one and the same consciousness is called by three names: mind in the meaning of measuring, consciousness in the meaning of cognizing, and element in the meaning of intrinsic nature or in the meaning of being without a being. "Accompanied by" means not separated from. "Arisen together" means gone forth together. "Conjoined" means standing in association. "Associated" means connected equally in modes. In which modes? In simultaneous arising and so on. There are no phenomena associated with any phenomena? Yes. Thus indeed, in the rejection of this question, "Is it not that there are some phenomena accompanied by some phenomena, conascent, conjoined, having simultaneous arising, having simultaneous cessation, having the same sense-organ, having the same object?" - thus the meaning of association is stated by way of simultaneous arising and so on. Thus, connected equally in these modes of simultaneous arising and so on, it is associated. "Arising together" means arisen together, not without - this is the meaning. "Ceasing together" means cessation together. "Having the same sense-organ" means having the same sense-organ by way of the heart-organ. "Having the same object" means having the same object by way of forms and so on.

Here the word "accompanied by" appears in the word of the Conqueror in five meanings: that state, mixed up, object, support, and conjoined. In "This craving which leads to rebirth, accompanied by delight and lust," here it should be understood in the sense of that state; the meaning is "being of the nature of delight and lust." In "Whatever investigation, monks, is accompanied by idleness, associated with idleness," here in the sense of mixed up; the meaning here is "mixed up with idleness arising now and then." In "One is an obtainer of attainments accompanied by fine-material or of attainments accompanied by immaterial," here in the sense of object; the meaning is "having fine-material objects, having immaterial objects." In "One develops the enlightenment factor of mindfulness accompanied by the perception of a skeleton," here in the sense of support; the meaning is "attained by depending on the perception of a skeleton, by developing the perception of a skeleton." In "This happiness is accompanied by this rapture, co-arisen, associated," here in the sense of conjoined; the meaning is "mixed together." In this passage too it is used in the sense of conjoined.

The word "co-arisen" is used in the sense of conascence, as in "conascence, prenascence, postnascence." The word "conjoined" is used in the sense of association in such passages as "in company with laypeople" and "thus in company, venerable sir." In "Having avoided the lean and the fat, horses conjoined are yoked," here in the sense of similar.

Surrounded by margosa trees, your mango tree, O bearer of curds;

Root conjoined with root, branch with branch they associate."

Here in the sense of accumulated. In "States conjoined with consciousness," here in the sense of states associated with consciousness. But here, that which in the giving of fruit is of the nature of non-separation, without making a distinction, having become of the nature of arising together and so on, is called "associated." That is its domain. Or else, having said "accompanied by," in order to show that it is not like a thread that has come from behind, "co-arisen" was said. In order to show that it is also not like matter and immaterial arisen together, "conjoined" was said.

And in order to show that it is also not like milk and water, "associated" was said. For in the sense of being unable to make a separation, states co-arisen together are also associated, like milk and oil. Likewise, they are also dissociated, like butter removed from milk. Thus, in order to show that association by characteristic is just the characteristic of arising together and so on, "arising together" and so on was said. Here, what is the diversity between arising together and conascence? Arising together means without an interval in arising. In order to show that it is not like butter that becomes manifest through churning and churning of curds from which the milk-time has passed, as if born on just one day by way of before the meal and after the meal, it is born at one moment, thus "co-arisen." "Having the same sense-organ" means having the same sense-organ by way of a single delimitation in the sense of support, without an interval of position, like two monks having the same dwelling. "Having the same object" means having an unfixed single object, not like eye-consciousness - thus some explain.

"Mortal" is the root term. A being is one who is attached, stuck, fastened to matter and so on, thus "a being." For this was said: "'A being, a being', venerable sir, is said. In what respect, venerable sir, is one called 'a being'? Rādha, whatever desire, whatever lust, whatever delight, whatever craving there is for matter, one is attached there, one is strongly attached there, therefore one is called 'a being.'" Or a being by way of attachment to existence. One who leads to fortunate and unfortunate realms, thus "a man." A son of Manu, thus "a young man." One who nourishes oneself by means of provisions, thus "a person." "Puṃ" is called hell; one who goes to that, thus "an individual." One who bears the life faculty, thus "a soul." One who goes from death to birth, thus "a creature." One who decays, thus "a being." One who goes by the faculties, thus "a human." Or else, one who goes by action that is lordly in nature, thus "a human." "Hindagū" is also a reading. "Hinda" means death; one who goes to that, thus "hindagu." Born from Manu, thus "a human being." "What he consents to" means what matter and so on he enjoys. The remainder is according to the method already stated. From here on, concluding the meaning already stated, therefore the Blessed One said -

"For one desiring sensual pleasure, etc. a mortal having obtained what he wishes";

From here onwards, without saying even this much, we shall describe only the distinctive points.

2. "For one desiring sensual pleasures" means for that person who is wishing for sensual pleasures, or who is being carried along by sensuality. "In whom desire has arisen" means in whom craving has arisen. "Being" means of a being. "Those sensual pleasures decline" means if those sensual pleasures decline. "He is transformed like one pierced by a dart" means then he is afflicted as if pierced by a dart made of iron and so on. From here onwards, having set aside what has been stated, whatever is obscure among what has not been stated, that alone I shall explain.

By way of reaching an object that gladdens the eye, one is driven, one goes. By way of the desirableness of what is fair to behold, by way of the object, it causes one to arrive - thus one is led. Having become pleasant to hear, by way of the object that gladdens the ear-passage, it drags one along - thus one is carried away. Having become something to be remembered, by way of the object that gladdens the mind, having seized one, one is drawn together - thus one is drawn along. "Just as" is an indeclinable particle in the sense of a simile. "One is driven, one goes by an elephant" means by an elephant vehicle, or; "or" is in the sense of an alternative. "One is driven, one goes by a horse" means by a horse vehicle, or. An ox-yoked litter and so on is a vehicle; an ox vehicle means by that ox vehicle. In the case of a goat vehicle and so on too, the same method applies. By way of being desirable, it has arisen, come to be.

By way of the dearness of the object, it has been born, been produced. By the agreeable state of the object, it has appeared. Or else, by way of sensual lust, it has arisen, come to be. By way of sensual delight, it has been born, been produced. By way of sensual craving, by way of sensual affection, by way of sensual desire, and by way of sensual fever, it has appeared - thus it should be known.

"Either those sensual pleasures decline" means those objective sensual pleasures and so on decline, depart. "Or he declines from sensual pleasures" means this person such as a warrior and so on declines from, departs from sensual pleasures consisting of objective sensual pleasures and so on, as in such passages as "Wealth abandons a mortal first, or the mortal gives up riches even earlier." "How" means in what manner. "While he still lives" means while he still endures. "Those riches" means those riches consisting of objective sensual pleasures and so on. "Kings or" means kings of the earth and so on. "Take" means having seized, they go away, or they rob. "Thieves or" means those who break through walls and so on. "Fire or" means forest fire and so on. "Burns" means sets ablaze, reduces to ashes. "Water or" means water such as floods and so on. "Carries away" means having seized, it brings to the great ocean. "Disagreeable or" means unpleasant, not agreeable. "Heirs take" means those deprived of rightful inheritance, those without ownership, take. "What has been stored or" means what has been placed as a deposit. "Does not find" means does not discover, does not obtain; the meaning is does not see. "Badly managed" means enterprises such as farming, trade and so on engaged in with improper effort. "Fail" means reach destruction; the meaning is they do not proceed. The origination should be understood in such passages as "Those who do not use it break the chariot."

"Or in the family a wastrel arises" means in a warrior-caste family and so on, one who burns up the family, the last man in the family, is born. "Kulaṅkaro" is also a reading. "Who scatters those riches" means whoever is the last one in the family squanders those riches consisting of gold and so on. "Disperses" means causes separation, throws far away. "Destroys" means removes, brings to disappearance. Or else, having become one who indulges in women, he scatters. Having become a drunkard, he disperses. Having become a gambler, he destroys. Or he scatters through not knowing the income that has arisen. He disperses through not knowing the means of expenditure. He destroys through not arranging protection at the place where things are stored - it should be connected by such methods and so on.

"Impermanence is the eighth" means the nature of destruction is the eighth. "They diminish" means they go to disappearance. "They decline" means they are no longer discerned. "They fall away" means they depart from their place. "They go to ruin" means they trickle away. "They disappear" means they go to disappearance and non-visibility. "They are destroyed" means having become crushed to bits, they depart.

"While those riches still remain" means at the time when those riches are still standing, as in such passages as "whether standing or quenched" and so on. "He" means that person who is the owner of the riches. "Passes away" means from the world of gods. "Dies" means from the human world. "Is destroyed" means from the world of nāgas, supaṇṇas and so on. Or else, "diminishes" is by way of the grain storehouse. "Declines" is by way of the wealth storehouse. "Falls away" is by way of oxen, elephants, horses and so on. "Goes to ruin" is by way of female and male slaves. "Disappears" is by way of wife and ornaments. "Perishes" is by way of water and so on - thus some explain.

"Made of iron" means produced from dark iron and so on. "By a dart" means by an arrow. "Made of bone" means by the remainder, setting aside human bone. "Made of tooth" means by elephant tusk and so on. "Made of horn" means by cow horn and so on. "Made of wood" means by bamboo wood and so on. "Pierced" means struck by any one of the darts of the aforementioned kinds. "Is transformed" means scatters, undergoes disturbance. "Is agitated" means trembles, gives rise to irritation. "Is struck" means becomes struck. "Is afflicted" means becomes afflicted; having received a blow, he is agitated. On the third day, having inserted the surgical instrument, at the time of washing, he is struck. At the application of alkaline substance, he is afflicted. Or at the washing of the blow, he is transformed. At that arising of suffering, he is agitated. At the insertion of the surgical instrument, he is afflicted. At the application of alkaline substance, he is struck - thus some explain.

"Sick" means having received a blow, he is oppressed. "Distressed" means overcome with displeasure. "From alteration and change" means by having abandoned the natural state and being brought to a state of otherwise; sorrow such as inner drying up and so on, and lamentation which is confused speech, and suffering such as bodily affliction and so on, and displeasure such as mental affliction and so on, and intense trouble and anguish. These aforementioned sorrow and so on arise and come into occurrence.

3. The meaning in brief of the third verse is: Whoever avoids these sensual pleasures therein, either by suppression of desire and lust or by eradication, as one avoids a snake's head with one's own foot, that monk, because of having spread throughout the entire world and remaining steadfast, being mindful, overcomes the craving termed clinging in the world.

"Whoever" is a term to be analysed. "Whoever, of whatever kind" and so on are the terms for its analysis. And here, since "whoever" is a term of meaning, and it indicates a person in an unspecified manner. Therefore, showing its meaning, he stated the very word "whoever" which indicates a person in an unspecified manner. Therefore here the meaning should be understood thus: "whoever" means whoever, anyone at all. Since whoever anyone at all may be, he is inevitably discerned in one way or another by way of whatever appearance, whatever engagement, whatever disposition, whatever manner, whatever state attained, and whatever quality possessed, therefore, in order to make that known therein, making manifest that distinction, he said beginning with "of whatever kind." Therein, "of whatever kind" means by way of outward appearance, let him be of whatever kind or of such kind, whether tall or short or dark or fair or of golden-fish complexion or thin or stout - this is the meaning.

"However engaged" means by way of occupation, let him be engaged in this or that, whether engaged in new construction work or engaged in recitation or engaged in the duty of residence - this is the meaning. "However disposed" means as appointed, by way of being an overseer of new construction work and so on. "Of whatever manner" means established in whatever manner, by way of being a lamp-leader and so on. "Having attained whatever state" means having attained whatever intermediate position, by way of the position of general, millionaire, and so on. "Possessed of whatever quality" means approached by whatever quality, by way of ascetic practices and so on.

"By suppression or" means by access and absorption concentration, that is, by the distancing of mental defilements, like algae by the striking of a pot. "By eradication or" means by eradication through the mode of abandoning by having brought about non-continuance, by having utterly cut off the root of mental defilements through the path. The eleven terms beginning with "sensual pleasures are like a skeleton" are stated by way of insight.

The six terms beginning with "even developing recollection of Buddha's qualities," including "even developing recollection of death" and "even developing recollection of peace" - these are stated by way of access meditative absorption. "Even developing mindfulness of breathing," "even developing mindfulness of the body," and those beginning with "even developing the first meditative absorption" ending with "even developing the attainment of the plane of neither-perception-nor-non-perception" are stated by way of absorption meditative absorption. Therein, "sensual pleasures are like a skeleton" means a skeleton well-scraped, scraped, fleshless, smeared with blood is the simile for these sensual pleasures - thus sensual pleasures are like a skeleton. "In the sense of having little gratification" means in the sense of seeing that "the enjoyment of happiness is small, limited; the danger here is greater." "Seeing" means seeing with the eye of knowledge that "that dog would only become a partaker of weariness and vexation." "Avoids" means goes far away. For this was said by the Blessed One -

"Just as, householder, a dog overcome by hunger and weakness might be present at a butcher's slaughterhouse, and a skilled butcher or a butcher's apprentice might throw towards him a skeleton well-scraped, scraped, fleshless, smeared with blood. What do you think, householder, would that dog, licking that skeleton well-scraped, scraped, fleshless, smeared with blood, dispel his hunger and weakness?" "No, Venerable Sir." "What is the reason for this?" "Because, venerable sir, that skeleton is well-scraped, scraped, fleshless, smeared with blood; that dog would only become a partaker of weariness and vexation." "Just so, householder, a noble disciple considers thus: 'Sensual pleasures have been declared by the Blessed One as like a skeleton, having much suffering, much anguish, the danger here is greater.' Having seen this as it really is with right wisdom, having avoided that equanimity which is of diversity, based on diversity, he develops that equanimity which is of unity, based on unity, where all clinging to worldly gains ceases without remainder."

A slice of flesh common to vultures and so on is the simile for these - thus "like a piece of flesh." "Shared by many" means common in the sense of being shared by many. A blazing grass torch is the simile for these - thus "like a grass torch." "In the sense of burning" means in the sense of setting fire to the hand and so on. A charcoal pit more than a man's height deep, full of glowing embers without flame and without smoke, is the simile for these - thus "like a charcoal pit." "In the sense of great fever" means in the sense of great tormenting. A dream of pleasant parks and so on is the simile for these - thus "like a dream." "In the sense of brief manifestation" means in the sense of not reaching, not approaching and remaining. Goods such as vehicles and so on obtained by borrowing is the simile for these - thus "like borrowed goods." "In the sense of being temporary" means in the sense of not being permanent. A tree with ripe fruit is the simile for these - thus "like tree fruits." "In the sense of breaking and destroying" means in the sense of breaking branches and also in the sense of breaking all around and felling the tree. A sword and a butcher's block are the simile for these - thus "like a butcher's block." "In the sense of cutting" means in the sense of chopping. A stake of spears is the simile for these - thus "like a stake of spears." "In the sense of piercing through" means in the sense of falling upon and penetrating. A snake's head, in the sense of producing fear, is the simile for these - thus "like a snake's head." "In the sense of being fearful" means in the sense of fear when face to face with it. A mass of fire that produces suffering is the simile for these - thus "like a mass of fire." "In the sense of great scorching" means in the sense of producing great scorching bodily affliction - thus "one avoids sensual pleasures." For this was said:

"Just as, householder, a vulture or a heron or a hawk, having taken a slice of flesh, might fly up, other vultures, herons, and hawks, having pursued and pursued it, might tear at it and pull it away. What do you think, householder, if that vulture or heron or hawk did not quickly give up that slice of flesh, on that account it might undergo death or suffering like death?" "Yes, venerable sir." "Just so, householder, a noble disciple considers thus: 'Sensual pleasures have been declared by the Blessed One as like a piece of flesh, etc. he develops that very equanimity. Just as, householder, a man having taken a blazing grass torch might go against the wind. What do you think, householder, if that man did not quickly give up that blazing grass torch, that blazing grass torch would burn his hand or burn his arm or burn one or another of his limbs, on that account he might undergo death or suffering like death?" "Yes, venerable sir." "Just so, householder, a noble disciple considers thus: 'Sensual pleasures have been declared by the Blessed One as like a grass torch, having much suffering, much anguish, etc. he develops that very equanimity. Just as, householder, there might be a charcoal pit, more than a man's height deep, full of glowing embers, without flame, without smoke. Then a man might come along, wishing to live, not wishing to die, wishing for happiness, averse to suffering; two strong men, having seized him by both arms, might drag him towards the charcoal pit. What do you think, householder, would that man twist his body this way and that?" "Yes, venerable sir." "For what reason?" "It is known, venerable sir, to that man: 'I will fall into this charcoal pit, on that account I will undergo death or suffering like death.'" "Just so, householder, a noble disciple considers thus: 'Sensual pleasures have been declared by the Blessed One as like a charcoal pit, etc. he develops that very equanimity. Just as, householder, a man might see a dream of a pleasant park, a pleasant forest, pleasant ground, a pleasant pond; he, having awakened, would see nothing. Just so, householder, a noble disciple considers thus: 'Sensual pleasures have been declared by the Blessed One as like a dream, etc. he develops that very equanimity. Just as, householder, a man having borrowed goods, having asked for a vehicle or excellent jewelled earrings. He, honoured and surrounded by those borrowed goods, might proceed to the market place. People, having seen him, would say thus: 'A wealthy man indeed, friend, this person is; thus indeed do wealthy people enjoy their wealth.' The owners, wherever they might see those things, right there they would take those things away. What do you think, householder, would that be enough for that man's distress?" "Yes, venerable sir." "For what reason?" "Because, venerable sir, the owners are taking those things away." "Just so, householder, a noble disciple considers thus: 'Sensual pleasures have been declared by the Blessed One as like borrowed goods, etc. he develops that very equanimity. Just as, householder, not far from a village or a town there might be a dense jungle thicket; there might be a tree with ripe fruit and abundant fruit. And there might be no fruits fallen on the ground. Then a man might come along, desiring fruit, seeking fruit, wandering about in search of fruit. He, having plunged into that jungle thicket, might see that tree with ripe fruit and abundant fruit. It might occur to him: 'This tree has ripe fruit and abundant fruit, and there are no fruits fallen on the ground; but I know how to climb a tree. What if I were to climb this tree and eat as much as I like and fill my lap?' He, having climbed that tree, would eat as much as he likes and fill his lap. Then a second man might come along, desiring fruit, seeking fruit, wandering about in search of fruit, having taken a sharp axe. He, having plunged into that jungle thicket, might see that tree with ripe fruit and abundant fruit. It might occur to him: 'This tree has ripe fruit and abundant fruit, and there are no fruits fallen on the ground; but I do not know how to climb a tree. What if I were to cut this tree at the root and eat as much as I like and fill my lap?' He would cut that tree at the very root. What do you think, householder, if that man who had first climbed the tree did not quickly come down, would that tree, falling, break his hand or break his foot or break one or another of his limbs, and on that account might he undergo death or suffering like death?" "Yes, venerable sir." "Just so, householder, a noble disciple considers thus: 'Sensual pleasures have been declared by the Blessed One as like tree fruits, having much suffering, much anguish, the danger here is greater.' Having seen this as it really is with right wisdom, having avoided that equanimity which is of diversity, based on diversity, that equanimity which is of unity, based on unity. Where all clinging to worldly gains ceases without remainder. He develops that very equanimity."

Thus, having shown insight ending with the simile of a mass of fire beginning with the skeleton, now showing access concentration, he said beginning with "developing recollection of Buddha's qualities."

Therein, because it arises again and again, mindfulness itself is recollection. And because it occurs only in the place where it should occur, it is mindfulness suitable for a son of good family who has gone forth out of faith - thus too it is recollection. Recollection arisen referring to the Buddha is recollection of Buddha's qualities. This is a designation for mindfulness having as its object the qualities of the Buddha beginning with Worthy One; that recollection of Buddha's qualities. "Developing" means increasing, accumulating. Recollection arisen referring to the Teaching is recollection of the Teaching; this is a designation for mindfulness having as its object the qualities of the Teaching beginning with well-proclaimed. Recollection arisen referring to the Community is recollection of the Community's qualities; this is a designation for mindfulness having as its object the qualities of the Community beginning with practising well. Recollection arisen referring to morality is recollection of morality; this is a designation for mindfulness having as its object the qualities of one's own morality beginning with unbrokenness. Recollection arisen referring to generosity is recollection of generosity; this is a designation for mindfulness having as its object the qualities of one's own generosity beginning with open-handedness. Recollection arisen referring to the deities is recollection of the deities; this is a designation for mindfulness having as its object one's own qualities beginning with faith, having placed the deities in the position of witnesses. Mindfulness arisen referring to breathing is mindfulness of breathing; this is a designation for mindfulness having as its object the sign of breathing. Mindfulness arisen referring to death is recollection of death; this is a designation for mindfulness having as its object death reckoned as the arrest of the life faculty included in a single existence.

Because it is the origin and mine of contemptible, repulsive things such as head hair and so on, mindfulness that has gone to, that has occurred in, the body that has come to be reckoned as "body" (kāya) is mindfulness of the body; or mindfulness that has gone to such a body - where "mindfulness gone to the body" (kāyagatasati) should be said, without making it short, "mindfulness of the body" (kāyagatāsati) is said. This is a designation for mindfulness having as its object the sign of repulsiveness in the bodily parts such as head hair and so on. Recollection arisen referring to peace. Recollection of peace; this is a designation for mindfulness having as its object the peace of all suffering.

Developing the first meditative absorption associated with applied thought, sustained thought, rapture, happiness, and unified focus of mind. Developing the second meditative absorption associated with rapture, happiness, and unified focus of mind. Developing the third meditative absorption associated with happiness and unified focus of mind. Developing the fourth meditative absorption associated with equanimity and unified focus of mind, etc. Even developing the plane of neither-perception-nor-non-perception, one avoids sensual pleasures.

Having shown abandoning by suppression, now in order to show the abandoning of sensual pleasures by eradication, he said beginning with "even developing the path of stream-entry." Therein, the entering upon the stream of the path is stream-entry; the path of stream-entry is the path of stream-entry. "Sensual pleasures leading to the realm of misery" means those sensual pleasures by which one goes to the realm of misery; one avoids those sensual pleasures leading to the realm of misery by eradication, developing the path of stream-entry. One who comes to this world only once by way of conception is a once-returner; his path is the path of once-returning. Developing that path. "Gross" means having reached the fever of passion. One who does not come to sensual existence by way of conception is a non-returner; his path is the path of non-returning. Developing that path. "Accompanied by residue" means having reached a subtle state. Because of being far from mental defilements, because of having destroyed the enemies that are mental defilements, because of having destroyed the spokes of the wheel of the round of rebirths, because of the absence of secrecy in evil-doing, and because of being worthy of requisites and so on, he is a Worthy One; the state of a Worthy One is arahantship. What is that? The fruition of arahantship. The path of arahantship is the path of arahantship. Developing that path of arahantship. "Entirely in every way" means all in every manner. "In every manner" means all in every way. "Without remainder, without exception" means without any residue, not leaving even a trace. Or else, "entirely in every way" is by way of roots. "In every manner" is by way of the all-embracing manner. "Without remainder, without exception" is by way of the all-embracing development. Likewise, by the first, through the absence of misconduct. By the second, through the absence of prepossession. By the third, through the absence of underlying tendencies - thus some explain.

"Snake" means serpent - whatever one moves along going. "In what sense" means for what reason. "Goes creeping along" means because it goes properly crawling along, it is a snake. "Bending" means having become crooked in every way. "With head lowered" means having become with head laid down. "Sleeps on its head" means having placed its head between its coils, by the nature of sleeping, it sleeps with its head - thus it is a sarīsapa. "Lies in a hole" means a bilāsaya. "Bilasayo" is also a reading; that is the better one. "Lies in a cave" means a guhāsaya. "Its fangs are its weapons" means that snake's two fangs are the weapon reckoned as a striking instrument. "Its poison is terrible" means that snake's poison reckoned as pervasive is severe and harsh. "Its tongue is twofold" means that snake's tongue is in two. "It tastes flavour with two tongues" means with its twofold tongues it knows flavour, finds gratification, consents to it. "Wishes to live" means one who desires to live. "Does not wish to die" means one who desires not to die. "Wishes for happiness" means one who desires happiness. "Averse to suffering" means not wishing for suffering. "With the foot" means with one's own foot. "A snake's head" means the head of a snake. "Would avoid" means would avoid from afar. "Would shun" means to that measure. "Would keep away from" means from all around. "Would completely avoid" means to the fourth measure. Or else, by the first, from the head. By the second and third, from the two sides. By the fourth, from behind. "But sensual pleasures, for one who has not attained them, one should avoid because they are a basis of suffering rooted in seeking. For one who has attained them, one should shun because they are a basis of suffering rooted in safeguarding. One should keep away from them because they are a basis of suffering rooted in the fever of ignorance. At the face of destruction, one should completely avoid them because they are a basis of suffering rooted in separation from the beloved" - thus some explain.

It is lust by way of dyeing. It is passion in the sense of powerful dyeing. It is attraction because of leading beings again and again towards objects. "It complies with" thus it is compliance; the meaning is "it desires." Beings delight by means of this in whatever existence - thus it is delight; or it itself delights - thus it is delight. That delight and lust in the sense of dyeing - thus it is passionate delight. Therein, craving that has arisen once regarding a single object is delight; that which arises again and again is called passionate delight. "Mental passion" means that which was said below as "passion in the sense of powerful dyeing" - that is not of a being, but is passion of consciousness itself - this is the meaning.

Objects are desired by means of this - thus it is desire. Living beings become infatuated by means of this through the state of thick defilements - thus it is infatuation. Holding is by way of seizing after swallowing and bringing to completion. By means of this, beings are greedy, they come to greed - thus it is greed. Or greed in the sense of being thick. For "greed or else a forest thicket" was said in the sense of thickness alone. The next term is augmented by way of a prefix, or greed from every side - thus it is intense greed. They cling by means of this - thus it is attachment. Or attachment in the sense of sticking. It is mire in the sense of sinking. It is longing by way of dragging. For it was said: "Longing drags this person along for the production of this or that existence." It is deceit in the sense of deception. It is the genetrix in the sense of generating beings in the round of rebirths. For it was said: "Craving generates a person, his mind runs about." It is the producer because it generates while binding beings with suffering in the round of rebirths. It is the seamstress in the sense of joining together. For this sews and joins beings together in the round of rebirths by way of death and rebirth-linking, like a tailor joining rag to rag; therefore it is said "the seamstress in the sense of joining together." It is the ensnarer because it has a net of manifold kinds, a net of objects, or because it has a net reckoned as the dwelling place of craving's agitation.

It is flowing because it is like a river with a swift current in the sense of dragging - thus it is flowing. Or it is flowing in the sense of being moist. For this was said: "Remembrances and affections, pleasures arise for a being." "Moist and smooth" - this is the meaning here. It is a thread because it is like a string tied to a tortoise in the sense of bringing about calamity and disaster. For this was said: "Thread, monks, this is a designation for passionate delight." It is spread in the sense of being extended regarding visible form and so on. It is the accumulator because it causes beings to strive for the attainment of this and that. It is the companion in the sense of being a comrade, because of not allowing one to become dissatisfied. For this does not allow beings to become dissatisfied in the round of rebirths, but causes them to delight like a dear companion wherever they go. For that very reason it was said -

"A person with craving as companion, wandering for a long course;

The state here and the state elsewhere, does not pass beyond the round of rebirths."

Aspiration is by way of aspiring. "Conduit to existence" means the rope of existence. For by this rope, beings, bound at the neck like oxen, are led to whatever place is desired. It desires, resorts to, and clings to this and that object, thus it is a forest; or it requests, thus it is a forest. "Undergrowth" - the term is extended by phrasing. Or in the sense of giving rise to harm and suffering, and in the sense of being a thicket, it is like a forest, thus it is a forest. This is a name for powerful craving. But in the sense of being a denser thicket, what is more powerful than that is called undergrowth. Therefore it was said -

"Cut down the forest, not the tree, from the forest arises fear;

Having cut down both the forest and the undergrowth, be free from craving, monks."

Intimacy is by way of becoming intimate; the meaning is association. That is twofold - intimacy of craving and friendly intimacy. Among these, here intimacy of craving is intended. Affection is by way of affection. Expectation is that which, trembling through making attachment, looks forward. And this too was said: "These eighty-four thousand cities are yours, Sire, with the royal city of Kusāvatī as chief. Here, Sire, arouse desire, have longing for life." "Have attachment" - this is the meaning here. It binds to each and every object, thus it is kinship; or in the sense of being a relative, a separate kinsman, thus too it is kinship. Even in the sense of being constantly relied upon, there is no relative for beings equal to craving. Hope is from reaching towards objects. The meaning is from overwhelming and from consuming while pursuing satisfaction. Wishing is by way of wishing. The state of having wished is the state of wishing.

Now, in order to show the basis of its occurrence, "hope for visible form" and so on was stated. Therein, hope is by way of wishing; having taken the meaning of hope, hope regarding visible form is hope for visible form. Thus all nine terms should be understood. And here the first five are stated by way of the five types of sensual pleasure, the sixth by way of greed for requisites. That is especially for those gone forth; the remaining three are for householders by way of objects of insatiability. For there is nothing dearer to them than wealth, sons, and life. It makes beings pray thus: "This is mine, this is mine" or "Such and such a person gave me this, gave this" - thus it is praying. The next two terms are augmented by a prefix; because beyond that it was begun to be analysed in another manner, "praying" was stated again. The act of praying is the act of praying. The state of having prayed is the state of having prayed. One who again and again plunders and drags in the domain of objects is greedy; the state of the greedy one is greed. The act of being greedy is the act of being greedy. The state of one endowed with greed is the state of being greedy.

"Tail-wagging" means by which craving they wander about trembling like dogs wagging their tails in places of gain; that is the name of that trembling craving. One who desires well in agreeable and disagreeable objects is one who desires excellence; the state of that is desire for excellence. Lust in inappropriate places such as one's mother, maternal aunt, and so on is lust for what is not according to the Teaching. Greed that has arisen powerfully even in appropriate places is unrighteous greed. Or, from the statement "lust is unrighteous" and so on, desire and lust arisen whether in appropriate or inappropriate places is lust for what is not according to the Teaching in the sense of being not according to the Teaching. It should be understood as unrighteous greed in the sense of unrighteousness. Attachment is by way of desiring objects. The act of desiring is desiring. Longing is by way of aspiring. Yearning is by way of envying. Aspiring well is aspiring. Craving regarding the five types of sensual pleasure is sensual craving. Craving regarding fine-material and immaterial existences is craving for existence. Craving regarding non-existence, which is termed annihilation, is craving for non-existence. Craving in purely fine-material existence alone is craving for fine-material existence. Craving in immaterial existence is craving for immaterial existence. Lust accompanied by the annihilationist view, craving regarding cessation, is craving for cessation. Craving regarding visible form is craving for visible form. Craving regarding sound is craving for sound. The same method applies also in the case of craving for odour and so on. Mental flood and so on have their meanings already stated.

It obstructs wholesome mental states - thus it is obstruction. Covering is by way of concealing. It binds beings in the round of rebirths - thus it is bondage. Having injured consciousness, it becomes defiled and makes it defiled - thus it is impurity. In the sense of having become firmly established, it lies latent again and again - thus it is an underlying tendency. It prepossesses consciousness that is arising - thus it is prepossession; the meaning is that by not allowing it to arise, it takes the turn of the wholesome. For in such passages as "thieves beset the road, cheats beset the road," the meaning is they seized the road. Thus here too, prepossession should be understood in the sense of seizing. It is like a creeper in the sense of entwining - thus it is a creeper. Even in the passage where "the creeper having arisen stands" occurs, this craving is called a creeper. It desires various things - thus it is avarice. The root of the suffering of the round of rebirths is the root of suffering. The source of that very suffering is the source of suffering. That suffering originates from this - thus it is the origin of suffering. It is like a snare in the sense of binding - thus it is a snare; Māra's snare is Māra's snare. It is like a hook in the sense of being difficult to disgorge - thus it is a hook; Māra's hook is Māra's hook. Those overcome by craving do not go beyond Māra's domain; Māra exercises control over them - by this method, it is Māra's domain, thus Māra's domain. In the sense of flowing, craving itself is a river - the river of craving. In the sense of overwhelming, craving itself is a net - the net of craving. Just as dogs bound by a leash are led wherever one wishes, so beings bound by craving - in the sense of firm binding, it is like a leash - thus it is a leash; craving itself is a leash - the leash of craving. In the sense of being difficult to fill, craving itself is an ocean - the ocean of craving. Covetousness is in the sense of coveting. They are greedy by means of it, or it itself is greedy, or it is merely the act of being greedy - thus it is greed. It is a root in the sense of being the support of the associated unwholesome states.

"Clinging" means clinging, thus. "In what sense" means by what intrinsic nature. "Spread out" means extended regarding visible form and so on. "Extensive" means vast. "Diffused" means diffused by way of pervading the three planes. It is stated by making the letter "ta" into the letter "ṭa" of the former word itself, having made a consonant division. "It clings" means it crawls about or endures. For one who is lustful endures even when being struck by the foot on the object of lust. They also call drawing back or writhing "visakkana." Some explain it as "the lord of wholesome and unwholesome states." "It draws together" means seeing benefits in sensual pleasures in this way and that way, it draws together and contracts the mind from proceeding towards renunciation in various ways; or "visa" means suffering, it carries that, conveys it - this is the meaning. "It deceives" means apprehending what is impermanent and so on as permanent and so on, it is deceitful. It has poison as its root because of being the cause of action that produces suffering; or "visa" means feeling that has become suffering-upon-suffering and so on is the root of this - thus it has poison as its root. Because of being the origin of suffering, poison is its fruit - thus it has poison as its fruit. That craving by which there is only the enjoyment of suffering beginning with visible form and so on, not of the Deathless - that is called "having poison as its enjoyment." Everywhere the derivation of the term should be understood by way of language.

Wishing to show its domain, he said beginning with "or that craving is extensive regarding visible form." Therein, "or extensive" means craving that is indeed great in the sense of craving; the five beginning with visible form are stated by way of lust for the five strands of sensual pleasure. The eleven terms beginning with "family, group" are stated by way of greed. The triad of the sensual element is classified by way of the round of action; the triad of sensual existence is classified by way of the round of result; the triad of percipient existence is classified by way of perception; the triad of single-aggregate constituent existence is classified by way of aggregates. The triad of the past is by way of time; the tetrad of the seen is by way of object; the triad of the realm of misery is by way of location; the triad of aggregates is classified by way of being soulless and lifeless - this should be known. Herein this is the brief illustration of meaning and the making clear -

"Therein, what is the sensual element? From below, making the Avīci hell the limit, from above, including the gods who control what is created by others, whatever in this interval are the aggregates, elements, and sense bases that frequent here and are included here - materiality, feeling, perception, activities, consciousness - this is called the sensual element."

"Therein, what is the material element? From below, making the Brahma world the limit, from above, including the Akaniṭṭha gods, whatever in this interval are the consciousness and mental factors that frequent here and are included here, of one who has attained or of one who has been reborn or of one dwelling in the happiness of the present life - this is called the material element."

"Therein, what is the immaterial element? From below, making the gods reborn in the plane of infinite space the limit, from above, including the gods reborn in the plane of neither-perception-nor-non-perception, whatever in this interval are the consciousness and mental factors that frequent here and are included here, of one who has attained or of one who has been reborn or of one dwelling in the happiness of the present life - this is called the immaterial element." In the commentary, however, "the sensual element" means sensual existence; the five aggregates are obtained. "The material element" means fine-material existence; the five aggregates are obtained. "The immaterial element" means immaterial existence; four aggregates are obtained - thus it is said.

Or the element connected with sensuality reckoned as sensual lust is the sensual element, or the element reckoned as sensuality is the sensual element. Having abandoned sensuality, the element connected with fine-materiality is the fine-material element, or the element reckoned as fine-materiality is the fine-material element. Having abandoned both sensuality and fine-materiality, the element connected with immateriality is the immaterial element, or the element reckoned as immateriality is the immaterial element. Those very same elements are again stated by the term existence. For "they exist" - thus they are called "existences." Existence connected with perception, or existence of those possessing perception, or perception exists here in this existence - thus percipient existence. That is sensual existence, and fine-material existence free from non-percipient existence, and immaterial existence free from neither-percipient-nor-non-percipient existence.

Non-percipient existence is not percipient existence; that is a part of fine-material existence. Because of the absence of grossness it is "neither-perception," because of the existence of subtlety it is "nor-non-perception" - thus neither-perception-nor-non-perception; existence connected with that is neither-percipient-nor-non-percipient existence. Or because of the absence of gross perception and because of the existence of subtle perception, neither-perception-nor-non-perception exists in this existence - thus neither-percipient-nor-non-percipient existence; that is a part of immaterial existence. Existence covered with a single aggregate of matter, or one constituent of being belongs to this existence - thus single-aggregate constituent existence; that is just non-percipient existence. Existence covered with four immaterial aggregates, or four constituents of being belong to this existence - thus four-aggregate constituent existence; that is just immaterial existence. Existence covered with five aggregates, or five constituents of being belong to this existence - thus five-aggregate constituent existence; that is both sensual existence and a part of fine-material existence. The triad of the past is by the same method as stated below. "Seen" means a visual object originating from four sources. "Heard" means a sound object originating from two sources. "Sensed" means odour, flavour, and tangible objects originating from four sources, to be apprehended by touching. "To be cognised" means a mind-object to be known by the mind. Among those phenomena that are seen, heard, sensed, and to be cognised. "Spread out and extended" means great and widespread.

"In the realm of misery" means because of the absence of income reckoned as growth, it is a realm of misery; in that realm of misery. "In the world of aggregates" means the five aggregates beginning with matter are themselves the world in the sense of a heap. "In the world of elements" means the eighteen elements beginning with the eye-element are themselves the world in the sense of emptiness. "In the world of sense bases" means the twelve sense bases are themselves the world for reasons such as being sense bases and so on. All are the world in the sense of crumbling and disintegrating; spread out and extended in the world of the aforementioned kind - thus clinging. "Mindful" means "he remembers" - thus mindful; mindfulness is stated by way of the person.

Therein, mindfulness has the characteristic of remembering. They remember by means of it, or it itself remembers, or it is merely the act of remembering - thus mindfulness. And this has the characteristic of non-floating, the function of non-forgetting, the manifestation of safeguarding, or the manifestation of facing towards the object, the proximate cause of firm perception, or the proximate cause of the establishment of mindfulness regarding the body and so on. But because of being firmly established in the object, it should be seen as like a pillar, and because of guarding the eye-door and so on, it should be seen as like a doorkeeper.

Showing the basis of its occurrence, he stated the fourfold establishment of mindfulness by the method beginning with "developing the establishment of mindfulness through observation of the body in the body, one is mindful." Therein, "body" means the material body. For here the material body is intended as "body" in the sense of a collection of limbs and minor limbs and phenomena such as head hairs and so on, just as an elephant corps, a chariot corps, and so on. And just as in the sense of a collection, so also in the sense of being the origin of contemptible things. For it is also the body in the sense of being the origin of contemptible things that are supremely loathsome. "Origin" means the place of arising. Herein this is the meaning of the word - That from which they come is the origin. What things come? The contemptible things such as head hairs and so on. Thus the body is the origin of contemptible things such as head hair and so on.

"Observation of the body" means observation of the body, or observation regarding the body; even though "in the body" has already been said, the second taking up of "body" in "observation of the body" should be understood as done for the purpose of showing the defining without mixing, the resolution of compactness, and so on.

By that, it is not observation of feelings in the body, nor observation of mind and mental phenomena, but rather observation of the body only - thus, by showing only the mode of body observation in the subject matter termed "body," the defining without mixing has been shown; likewise, it is not the observation of a single phenomenon separate from the limbs and minor limbs in the body, nor the observation of a woman or man separate from head hairs, body hairs, and so on. And even regarding that body which is here termed a collection of primary elements and derived matter consisting of head hairs, body hairs, and so on, there is not the observation of a single phenomenon separate from primary elements and derived matter; but rather, just as one who observes the components of a chariot observes the collection of limbs and minor limbs, just as one who observes the constituent parts of a city observes the collection of head hairs, body hairs, and so on, just as one who peels apart the layers of a plantain trunk, just as one who unwraps an empty fist, one observes only the collection of primary elements and derived matter - thus, by showing the subject matter termed "body" only as a collection in various ways, the resolution of compactness has been shown. For here no body separate from the aforesaid collection is seen, nor a woman, nor a man, nor any other phenomenon whatsoever; but beings make wrong adherence in various ways regarding what is merely a collection of the aforesaid phenomena. Therefore the ancients said:

"What one sees, that is not what has been seen; what has been seen, that one does not see;

Not seeing, the deluded one is bound; being bound, one is not released."

It was said "for the purpose of showing the resolution of compactness and so on." By the word "and so on," this meaning too should be understood here. For this is observation of the body in this body only, not observation of other phenomena. Just as there is observation of water even in a mirage that is not actually water, not so is there observation of the nature of permanence, happiness, self, and beauty in this body that is actually impermanent, suffering, non-self, and foul; but rather, observation of the body is only the observation of the collection of modes of impermanence, suffering, non-self, and foulness - thus it has been said.

Or alternatively, that body which in the Mahāsatipaṭṭhāna by the method beginning with "Here, monks, a monk, having gone to the forest, etc. he, mindful, breathes in" - the body spoken of by that method as ending with the bone stage beginning with in-breaths and out-breaths and so on including the pulverised bones, and that which in the Paṭisambhidā, in the treatise on the establishments of mindfulness, the body is spoken of as "here a certain one observes the earth body as impermanent. The water body. The fire body. The air body. The head-hair body. The body-hair body. The outer skin body. The hide body. The flesh body. The blood body. The sinew body. The bone body. The bone-marrow body" - because of the observation of all that in this very body, "observation of the body in the body" - thus too the meaning should be seen.

Or alternatively, because of not observing anything whatsoever that could be grasped as "I" or "mine" in the body, but because of observing the various collections of phenomena such as head-hairs, body-hairs, and so on, the meaning should be seen thus: observation of the body in the body, the body being termed a collection beginning with head-hairs and so on. Furthermore, by the method that has come in the Paṭisambhidā in due order beginning with "one observes this body as impermanent, not as permanent," because of observing the body termed a collection of modes beginning with the characteristic of impermanence and so on in its entirety, "observation of body in the body" - thus too the meaning should be seen. But this is a meaning common to the four establishments of mindfulness.

"Establishment of mindfulness" means the three establishments of mindfulness, the domain of mindfulness, the Teacher's transcendence of aversion and compliance regarding disciples practising in three ways, and mindfulness itself. "Monks, I will teach the origin and passing away of the four establishments of mindfulness. Listen to that, pay close attention, etc. And what, monks, is the origin of the body? From the origin of nutriment is the origin of the body" - in such passages, the domain of mindfulness is called "establishment of mindfulness." Likewise in such passages as "the body is the establishing, not mindfulness; but mindfulness is both the establishing and mindfulness." Its meaning is - "Establishment" (paṭṭhāna) means that in which something is established (patiṭṭhāti). What is established? Mindfulness. The establishment of mindfulness (satipaṭṭhāna) is the establishment (paṭṭhāna) of mindfulness (sati); or alternatively, "establishment" means the principal place (padhānaṭṭhāna), the establishment of mindfulness is the establishment of mindfulness, like the elephant station, the horse station, and so on.

In the passage "Three establishments of mindfulness which a noble one practises, which a noble one practising is worthy to instruct a group as a Teacher," the Teacher's transcendence of aversion and compliance regarding disciples practising in three ways is called "establishment of mindfulness." Its meaning is - "Establishment" because it is to be established, the meaning is because it is to be set going. By what is it to be established? By mindfulness; the establishment of mindfulness is the establishment of mindfulness. But in such passages as "The four establishments of mindfulness, when developed and cultivated, fulfil the seven factors of enlightenment," mindfulness itself is called "establishment of mindfulness." Its meaning is - "Establishment" because it establishes itself (patiṭṭhāti); it attends (upaṭṭhāti), meaning it proceeds by entering in and springing forward. Mindfulness itself is the establishment - thus it is an establishment of mindfulness. Or alternatively, it is "mindfulness" (sati) in the meaning of remembering (saraṇa), and "establishment" (paṭṭhāna) in the meaning of setting up (upaṭṭhāna). Thus, it is mindfulness and it is an establishment - thus also it is an establishment of mindfulness. This is what is intended here. That establishment of mindfulness. "Developing" means increasing. And here, what is called "establishment of mindfulness" as the Teacher's transcendence of aversion and compliance regarding disciples practising in three ways, that should be understood by this discourse. For this was said by the Blessed One -

"Three establishments of mindfulness which a noble one practises, which a noble one practising is worthy to instruct a group as a Teacher" - thus indeed this was said. Dependent on what was this said? Here, monks, the Teacher teaches the Teaching to his disciples, compassionate, seeking their welfare, out of compassion - "This is for your welfare, this is for your happiness." His disciples do not listen, do not lend an ear, do not apply their minds to final knowledge, and having turned aside, they conduct themselves contrary to the Teacher's instruction. There, monks, the Tathāgata is neither displeased nor does he experience displeasure, and he dwells without being affected by defilements, mindful and fully aware. This, monks, is the first establishment of mindfulness. Which a noble one, etc. is worthy.

"Furthermore, monks, the Teacher, etc. this is for your happiness." Some of his disciples do not listen, etc. they conduct themselves. Some disciples listen, etc. and do not conduct themselves having turned aside from the Teacher's instruction. There, monks, the Tathāgata is neither displeased nor does he experience displeasure, nor is he pleased nor does he experience pleasure. Having avoided both displeasure and pleasure, he dwells equanimous, mindful and fully aware. This is called, monks, the second, etc.

"Furthermore, etc. this is for your happiness." His disciples listen, etc. they conduct themselves. There, monks, the Tathāgata is pleased and experiences pleasure, and he dwells without being affected by defilements, mindful and fully aware. This is called, monks, the third."

Thus, the state of not being affected by defilements through aversion and compliance, the transcendence of both of those through the constant establishment of mindfulness, is called "establishment of mindfulness." It is said that the constant establishment of mindfulness belongs only to Buddhas, not to Individually Enlightened Ones and others.

In "observation of feeling in feelings" and so on, the purpose of the repetition of feeling and so on should be understood by connecting it as appropriate according to the very method stated in the observation of the body. This too is a common meaning. Among feelings of many varieties such as pleasant and so on, the observation of each individual feeling separately beginning with impermanence. Regarding mind of sixteen varieties beginning with mind with lust, the observation of each individual mind separately beginning with impermanence. Setting aside body, feeling, and mind, the observation of each individual mental phenomenon separately beginning with impermanence among the remaining three-plane phenomena is the observation of mental phenomena such as hindrances and so on according to the method stated in the Satipaṭṭhāna Sutta. Here, "body" is in the singular because of the oneness of the physical body. "Mind" is in the singular, and it should be understood as done by taking the class, because of the absence of distinction in the intrinsic nature of consciousness. And in whatever way feelings and so on should be observed, one observing them in that way should be understood as observation of feeling in feelings, observation of mind in mind, and observation of mental phenomena in mental phenomena. How should feelings be observed? First, pleasant feeling should be observed as suffering, unpleasant feeling as a dart, and neither-unpleasant-nor-pleasant feeling as impermanent. As he said -

"He who saw pleasure as suffering, saw pain as a dart;

The peaceful neither-unpleasant-nor-pleasant, he saw it as impermanent;

He indeed is a monk seeing rightly, he fully understands feelings."

All of these should also be observed as suffering. For this was said: "Whatever is felt, that is in suffering, I say." And they should be observed in terms of pleasure and pain as well. As he said: "Pleasant feeling is pleasant in its presence, unpleasant in its change. Unpleasant feeling is unpleasant in its presence, pleasant in its change. Neither-unpleasant-nor-pleasant feeling is pleasant when known, unpleasant when not known." Furthermore, they should also be observed by way of the seven insights beginning with impermanence. Regarding mind and mental phenomena too, first, consciousness should be observed by way of the diversity of distinctions such as object, predominance, conascence, plane, kamma, result, function, and so on, by way of the seven observations beginning with impermanence, and by way of the sixteen distinctions beginning with "with lust." Mental phenomena should be observed by way of their individual characteristics and common characteristics, by way of the phenomenon of emptiness, by way of the seven observations beginning with impermanence, and by way of the distinctions beginning with "tranquil" and "not tranquil" and so on.

These four establishments of mindfulness are found in the preliminary stage in different consciousnesses. For one comprehends the body with one consciousness, feeling with another, mind with another, and mental phenomena with another consciousness; but at the moment of the supramundane path, they are found in a single consciousness alone. For the mindfulness associated with insight of one who has come by comprehending the body from the beginning is called observation of the body; the person possessed of that mindfulness is called one who observes the body. The mindfulness associated with the path at the moment of the path for one who, having aroused zeal in insight, has attained the noble path is called observation of the body; the person possessed of that mindfulness is called one who observes the body.

The mindfulness associated with insight of one who has come by comprehending feeling, comprehending mind, and comprehending mental phenomena is called observation of mental phenomena; the person possessed of that mindfulness is called one who observes mental phenomena. The mindfulness associated with the path at the moment of the path for one who, having aroused zeal in insight, has attained the noble path is called observation of mental phenomena; the person possessed of that mindfulness is called one who observes mental phenomena. Thus far the teaching stands with respect to the person; but regarding the body, the mindfulness that comprehends the body, through the abandoning of the illusion "beautiful," succeeds by means of the path - this is called observation of the body. Regarding feeling, the mindfulness that comprehends feeling, through the abandoning of the illusion "pleasant," succeeds by means of the path - this is called observation of feeling. Regarding mind, the mindfulness that comprehends mind, through the abandoning of the illusion "permanent," succeeds by means of the path - this is called observation of mind. Regarding mental phenomena, the mindfulness that comprehends mental phenomena, through the abandoning of the illusion "self," succeeds by means of the path - this is called observation of mental phenomena. Thus one single mindfulness associated with the path obtains four names in the sense of accomplishing four functions. Therefore it was said: "But at the moment of the supramundane path, they are found in a single consciousness alone."

Again, three further sets of four were stated by way of benefit, by way of not having fallen away, and by way of virtue. Therein, "through avoiding unmindfulness" means: not mindfulness is unmindfulness, or unmindfulness is where mindfulness does not exist; this is a designation for forgetfulness. "Through avoiding" means by shunning on all sides. For by avoiding unmindful persons who are like crows left at food, by associating with persons of established mindfulness, and through having a mind slanting, sloping, and inclining towards arousing mindfulness in standing, sitting, and so on, mindfulness arises. "Of the states to be done with mindfulness" means of the states that should be done with mindfulness. "Through having done" means through the fact of having done. Through having done the four paths; the meaning is through having developed them. "Through having destroyed the states that obstruct mindfulness" means through having removed sensual desire and so on. "Through not forgetting the states that are the basis of mindfulness" means through the non-disappearance of the causes of mindfulness, namely the objects beginning with the body.

"Through being endowed with mindfulness" means through having rightly come to mindfulness and through not having fallen away from it. "Through mastery" means through having attained the state of mastery. "Through proficiency" means through the state of being well-practised. "Through not falling away" means through the state of not turning back and through the state of not retreating.

"Through existing" means through being present by intrinsic nature. "Through being peaceful" means through having a quenched intrinsic nature. "Through being calmed" means through the state of the mental defilements having been appeased. "Through being endowed with peaceful qualities" means through not having fallen away from the qualities of a good person. Recollection of the Buddha's qualities and so on are according to the method stated above. Mindfulness is by way of remembering; this is the term for the intrinsic nature of mindfulness. Recollection is by way of recollecting through remembering again and again. Recalling is by way of recollecting as if having gone face to face, by way of remembering back. Or it is merely extended by means of a prefix. The act of remembering is remembering. But since "remembering" is also the name for the three refuges, therefore the taking up of mindfulness again was done to exclude that. Remembering reckoned as mindfulness - this is the meaning here. Retaining is through the state of retaining what has been heard and learnt. Non-floating is the state of non-floating, in the meaning of plunging in, reckoned as entering into. For just as in water, gourd vessels and the like float and do not enter in, mindfulness is not so with regard to the object. For this enters into the object; therefore it is called "non-floating." Non-forgetting is through the state of not forgetting what was done long ago and what was said long ago. A faculty is that which exercises the function of lordship in the characteristic of establishing and in the characteristic of illuminating; the faculty reckoned as mindfulness is the mindfulness faculty. The power of mindfulness is that which does not waver regarding negligence. Right mindfulness is mindfulness in accordance with reality, mindfulness leading to liberation, wholesome mindfulness. A factor of one who awakens is a factor of enlightenment; a praised or beautiful factor of enlightenment is an enlightenment factor; mindfulness itself as an enlightenment factor is the enlightenment factor of mindfulness.

"The direct path" means one path; the meaning should be understood thus: this path is not one that becomes a road dividing in two. Or alternatively, "to be travelled by one" means one-way (ekāyano). "By one" means having abandoned the company of groups, by one who is withdrawn, with a secluded mind. To be travelled means to be practised; or "they travel by means of this," thus it is a path; the meaning is one goes from saṃsāra to Nibbāna. The path of one is one-way (ekāyano). "Of one" means of the foremost. The Blessed One is the foremost of all beings; therefore it means "of the Blessed One." Although indeed others also travel by it, even this being so, that path belongs to the Blessed One alone, because it was produced by him. As he said: "For that Blessed One, brahmin, is the producer of the unarisen path" and so on. Or alternatively, "it goes" (ayati) thus it is a path (ayano); the meaning is it goes, it proceeds. It goes in one, thus one-way. It means it proceeds in this Teaching and discipline only, not elsewhere. As he said: "In this Teaching and discipline, Subhadda, the noble eightfold path is found." This is merely a difference in teaching; in meaning, however, it is just one. Furthermore, "it goes to one" means one-way. It means that although in the preliminary stage it proceeds by the method of meditative development through various approaches, in the later stage it goes to one Nibbāna alone. As Brahmā Sahampati said -

"The one who sees the end of birth's destruction, understands the one-way path, compassionate for welfare;

By this path they crossed before, will cross, and those who are crossing the flood."

"Path": in what sense is it a path? In the sense of going to Nibbāna, and in the sense of being sought by those who desire Nibbāna. "Endowed with" means having gone near. "Fully endowed with" means having gone nearer than that. By both, the meaning is not fallen away from mindfulness. "Approached" means having approached and stood. "Fully approached" means having become associated and stood. "Upāgato samupāgato" is also a reading. By both too, the meaning is having come into the proximity of mindfulness. "Attained" means having reached inseparability. "Fully attained" means complete. "Possessed of" means existing without deficiency. "Endowed with, fully endowed with" - by these two terms, occurrence is spoken of. "Approached, fully approached" - by these two terms, penetration is spoken of. "Attained, fully attained, possessed of" - by these three terms, acquisition is spoken of - thus some explain.

"That clinging is in the world" means whatever clinging has been spoken of in many ways, that occurs only in the world of aggregates, not apart from the aggregates - this is the meaning. "That clinging in the world" means this craving reckoned as clinging that occurs only in the world of aggregates. He crosses by avoiding sensual pleasures. He crosses over by abandoning defilements. He goes beyond by cutting off the cause of their support. He transcends by passing beyond the round of rebirths. He passes beyond by making it impossible for conception to arise again. Or alternatively, he crosses and crosses over by observation of the body. He goes beyond by observation of feeling. He transcends by observation of mind. Or alternatively, he crosses by morality. He crosses over by concentration. He goes beyond by insight. He transcends by the path. He passes beyond by fruition - it should be connected by such methods and so on.

4. The meaning in brief of the fourth verse is this - whoever covets a single field such as a rice-field and so on, or a site such as a house-site and so on, or unwrought gold reckoned as coins, or cattle and horses of various kinds such as cattle and horses and so on, or slaves such as those born in the household and so on, or labourers such as hired servants and so on, or women designated as females, or relatives such as kinsmen and relations and so on, or other manifold sensual pleasures such as agreeable forms and so on. "Rice-field" means where rice grows. In the case of paddy fields and so on too, the same method applies. "Paddy" means the remaining kinds of paddy. "That which delights" means mung beans. "House-site" means a piece of land, prepared or unprepared, for the purpose of establishing a house. In the case of porch sites and so on too, the same method applies. "Porch" means a gate-porch and so on. "Front" means in front of the house. "Behind" means behind the house. Here, "park" means they please the mind, thus it is a park; the meaning is they delight with flowers, with fruits, with shade, and with water.

"Livestock and so on" means goats and so on. "Born in the household" means born in the womb of a female slave within the house. "Bought with wealth" means taken by buying and exchanging with wealth. "Oneself or" means by oneself or. "Slavery" means the state of being a slave is slavery; that slavery. "Approaches" means goes to. "Unwillingly or" means brought by capture against one's own wish or.

In order to show those four again, he said "some become slaves born in the household." "Slaves born in the household" means slaves born within the house. "Where the slave, born a slave, standing, utters rough words" - here too these very same are stated. "Bought with wealth" means wealth-slaves. "And some themselves" means self-made slaves. "Driven out by fear" means unwilling slaves. Driven out by fear means cast out.

"Hired servants" means those who live by wages. "Those who do work such as ploughing and so on" means labourers. "Dependents" means those who live by approaching through consultation and so on, having made a support, they live - thus dependents.

"Woman" - she bears, in her womb is the embryo - thus "woman." "Possession" means a companion, one having an owner. Those who are relatives through mother and father are kinsmen by kinship. One of the same clan is a kinsman by clan. One who has learnt sacred texts either in the household of one teacher or of one lineage of sacred texts is a kinsman by sacred texts. One who has learnt together with the art of archery and so on is a kinsman by craft. "Friends and relatives are also kinsmen" - this reading appears in some books.

"Lusts" means one desires through defilement sensual pleasure. "Covets" means one lusts again and again, desires again and again. "Craves" means one desires all around. "Clings" means one desires with distinction. "One lusts by way of grossness through grasping the sign, covets; one craves through grasping the features, clings" - thus some explain.

5. The meaning in brief of the fifth verse is this - Mental defilements reckoned as weak overpower, overcome, and crush that person. Or weak mental defilements overpower that person who is weak through the absence of the power of faith and so on; the meaning is that they overpower because of weakness. Or else both obvious dangers such as lions and so on and concealed dangers such as bodily misconduct and so on crush that one who is greedy for sensual pleasures, attached to sensual pleasures, and seeking sensual pleasures. Thereupon the suffering of birth and so on follows that person overpowered by concealed dangers, just as water follows a broken boat.

"Weak" means there is no power in them, thus weak; devoid of power. "Feeble" means devoid of the function to be done through the weakness of sluggish application. "Of little power" means small, limited is the power of them, thus of little power; unable to fight. "Of little strength" means small, limited is the strength, the effort, the endeavour of them, thus of little strength. "Inferior," "low" - through being deficient in application. "Inferior" - through being deficient in strength. "Sinful" - through being deficient in conditions. "Insignificant" - through being deficient in disposition. "Limited" - through being deficient in attainment. "They overcome" means they crush, they produce striking. "They master" means they crush from every side. "They overpower" - by way of arising again and again. "They submerge" - by way of arising repeatedly. "They exhaust" - by the state of having dried up. "They crush" - by preventing the arising of the wholesome.

"Power of faith" means they believe by means of it, or it itself believes, or it is merely the act of believing - thus faith. It has the characteristic of believing, or the characteristic of placing trust; its function is serene confidence, like a water-clearing gem. Or its function is leaping forward, like one crossing a flood. Its manifestation is absence of turbidity, or its manifestation is disposition. Its proximate cause is trustworthy objects, or its proximate cause is the factors of stream-entry. It should be seen as like seeds in the hand's wealth. It does not waver regarding faithlessness - this is the power of faith. "Power of energy" means the state of a hero is energy, or the action of heroes is energy, or that which is to be set in motion, to be kept going by method, by way, by means - thus energy. But this energy has the characteristic of supporting and the characteristic of exertion; its function is supporting conascent states; its manifestation is the state of non-sinking; from the statement "being stirred, he strives wisely," its proximate cause is spiritual urgency, or its proximate cause is the basis for the arousal of energy. When rightly aroused, it should be seen as the root of all achievements. It does not waver regarding idleness - this is the power of energy. The characteristic and so on of mindfulness have already been stated.

"One does not waver regarding unmindfulness" - this is the power of mindfulness. It rightly holds and establishes conascent states - thus concentration. It has the characteristic of release, or the characteristic of non-distraction; its function is combining conascent mental states on the object, like water for bath powder; its manifestation is peace, or its manifestation is knowledge. For it has been said: "One who is concentrated understands as it really is, sees as it really is." In particular, it should be seen as having happiness as its proximate cause, like the steadiness of a lamp's flame in a windless place - thus mental stability. "One does not waver regarding restlessness" - this is the power of concentration. "One understands" (pajānāti) - thus it is wisdom (paññā). What does one understand? The noble truths, by the method beginning with "This is suffering." It has the characteristic of penetrating according to the intrinsic nature, or the characteristic of unerring penetration, like the penetration of an arrow shot by a skilled archer; its function is illuminating the domain, like a lamp; its manifestation is absence of confusion, like a good guide gone to a forest. "Power of wisdom" means one does not waver regarding ignorance. "Power of shame, power of moral fear" - "one does not waver regarding shamelessness" - this is the power of shame. "One does not waver regarding moral fearlessness" - this is the power of moral fear. This is the explanation of meaning by way of both. One is ashamed of bodily misconduct and so on, thus "shame" (hirī); this is a designation for moral shame. One fears those very same things, thus "moral fear" (ottappa); this is a designation for dread of evil.

For the purpose of illustrating their difference - Having set down this matrix: "By origination, predominance, and by the characteristic of bashfulness and so on," this detailed discussion was stated - Shame is of internal origination, moral fear is of external origination. Shame takes oneself as predominant, moral fear takes the world as predominant. Shame is established in the intrinsic nature of bashfulness, moral fear is established in the intrinsic nature of fear. Shame has the characteristic of deference, moral fear has the characteristic of seeing danger in faults with timid fear.

Therein, one produces internally originated shame for four reasons - Having reviewed one's birth, having reviewed one's age, having reviewed one's valour, and having reviewed one's great learning. How? "This evil doing is indeed not the deed of those accomplished in birth; it is the deed of those of low birth such as fishermen and so on. It is not proper for one like me, accomplished in birth, to do this deed." Thus, firstly, having reviewed one's birth, by not doing evil such as killing living beings and so on, one produces shame. Likewise, "This evil doing is indeed a deed to be done by the young. It is not proper for one like me, established in age, to do this deed." Thus, having reviewed one's age, by not doing evil such as killing living beings and so on, one produces shame. Likewise, "This evil deed is indeed the deed of those of a weak nature. It is not proper for one like me, accomplished in valour, to do this deed." Thus, having reviewed one's valour, by not doing evil such as killing living beings and so on, one produces shame. Likewise, "This evil deed is indeed the deed of the blindly foolish, not of the wise. It is not proper for one like me, a wise one, very learned, to do this deed." Thus, having reviewed one's great learning, by not doing evil such as killing living beings and so on, one produces shame. Thus one produces internally originated shame for four reasons. And having produced it, having introduced shame into one's own mind, one does not commit evil deeds. Thus shame is of internal origination. How is moral fear of external origination? "If you commit an evil deed, you will incur reproach in the four assemblies -

"The wise will censure you, as a citizen censures filth;

Shunned by the moral ones, monk, what will you do?"

Thus one who reviews, through externally originated moral fear, does not commit evil deeds. Thus moral fear is of external origination.

How is shame with oneself as predominant? Here a certain son of good family, having made himself the authority and foremost, thinking "It is not proper for one like me, who has gone forth out of faith, who is very learned, who observes the ascetic practices, to do an evil deed," does not do evil. Thus shame is with oneself as predominant. Therefore the Blessed One said: "He, having made himself the authority, abandons the unwholesome, develops the wholesome, abandons the blameworthy, develops the blameless, he maintains himself pure."

How is moral fear with the world as predominant? Here a certain son of good family, having made the world the authority and foremost, does not commit an evil deed. As he said -

"Great indeed is this world community. In this great world community there are ascetics and brahmins possessing supernormal power, possessing the divine eye, knowing the minds of others; they see even from afar, even when near they are not seen, and with the mind they know the mind. They too would know me thus: 'See, sirs, this son of good family, having gone forth with faith from home into homelessness, dwells mixed up with evil unwholesome mental states.' There are also deities possessing supernormal power, possessing the divine eye, knowing the minds of others; they see even from afar, even when near they are not seen, and with the mind they know the mind. They too would know me thus: 'See, sirs, this son of good family, having gone forth with faith from home into homelessness, dwells mixed up with evil unwholesome mental states.' He considers thus: 'My energy will be aroused and unsluggish, mindfulness will be established and unconfused, the body will be calm and not excited, the mind will be concentrated and fully focused.' He, having made the world the authority, abandons the unwholesome, develops the wholesome, abandons the blameworthy, develops the blameless, he maintains himself pure."

Thus moral fear is with the world as predominant. "Shame is established in the intrinsic nature of bashfulness, moral fear is established in the intrinsic nature of fear" - here, however, "bashfulness" means the manner of being ashamed; shame is established in that intrinsic nature. "Fear" means fear of the realms of misery; moral fear is established in that intrinsic nature. Both of those are obvious in the avoidance of evil. For just as a certain son of good family, while defecating and urinating and so on, having seen someone before whom one ought to be ashamed, might become ashamed and scorned, just so, having entered upon the sense of shame internally, he does not commit an evil deed. A certain person, having become frightened by fear of the realms of misery, does not commit an evil deed.

Herein this is the simile - Just as among two iron balls, one might be cool and smeared with dung, and one hot and blazing. Therein a wise person, being disgusted because of its being smeared with dung, does not take the cool one, and the other because of fear of burning. Therein, just as the not taking of the cool one through disgust at the smearing with dung, so should be understood the non-performance of evil through entering upon the sense of shame internally; just as the not taking of the hot one through fear of burning, so should be understood the non-performance of evil through fear of the realms of misery.

"Shame has the characteristic of deference, moral fear has the characteristic of seeing danger in faults with timid fear" - this pair too is obvious in the avoidance of evil itself. For a certain person, through reviewing the greatness of birth, reviewing the greatness of the Teacher, reviewing the greatness of the inheritance, and reviewing the greatness of fellow practitioners of the holy life - by these four reasons, having aroused shame characterised by deference, does not do evil. A certain person, through fear of self-censure, fear of censure by others, fear of punishment, and fear of an unfortunate realm - by these four ways, having aroused moral fear characterised by seeing danger through fear of faults, does not do evil. Therein, reviewing the greatness of birth and so on, and fear of self-censure and so on, should be expounded in detail. Thus the sevenfold power as stated, for whatever person it does not exist, those mental defilements overcome that person, etc. exhaust and crush.

"Two dangers" means just two misfortunes by way of obvious and non-obvious - not one, not three. To show those by way of classification, he said beginning with "What are the obvious dangers?" Therein, "kokā" means wolves. Or this itself is the reading. "Thieves" means those engaged in acts of thievery. "Young men" means those engaged in acts of violence. "Having done their deed" means those who have committed criminal acts such as housebreaking and so on. "Not having done their deed" means those who have set out to commit that deed. Here "assū" means "they might be" - this is the meaning. "Eye disease" means a disease arisen in the eye; "disease" is so called because it afflicts. "Eye disease" and so on should be understood in terms of the physical basis. For there is no disease of the arisen sensitive matter itself. "Ear disease" means a disease of the outer ear. "Mouth disease" means a disease arisen in the mouth. "Tooth disease" means toothache. "Cough" means a consumptive disease. "Asthma" means asthma, a disease of belching. "Catarrh" means a disease of the outer nose. "Burning" means heat arising internally. "Fainting" means that which causes the loss of mindfulness. "Dysentery" means bloody diarrhoea, a flux. "Griping" means stomach griping, wind in the belly. "Cholera" means a great purgative disease. "Eczema" means spotted skin disease. "Consumption" means a drying disease, a wasting illness. "Epilepsy" means seizure by non-human spirits, an affliction caused by hostile spirits. "Ringworm" means ringworm sores. "Itch" means small sores. "Scab" means a major scab disease. "Scratches" means a disease at the place scratched by nails. "Nakhasā" is also a reading. "Scabies" means a disease that arises by splitting open the palms of the hands and soles of the feet, making splinter after splinter. "Blood and bile disease" means blood-bile; it is said to mean red bile disease. "Diabetes" means a superior disease inside the body. For this was said: "Furthermore, diabetes is a superior illness."

"Haemorrhoids" means the disease of piles. "Blisters" means blood-blisters. "It splits the perineum" thus "ulcers"; the meaning is it splits the anus. "Arising from bile" means bile is the origination, the arising, of these - thus "arising from bile." They are said to be thirty-two. In "originating from phlegm" and so on too, the same method applies. "Arising from the combination of humours" means arisen through the combination, the unification, of wind, bile, and phlegm. They are illnesses in the meaning of affliction. "Arising from change of climate" means through change of climate. "Excessively hot" means diseases arising from cold. "Arising from improper care" means arisen through improper care such as excessive standing, sitting, and so on. "Caused by assault" means arisen through assault such as murder, imprisonment, and so on. "Arising from the result of action" means produced from the result of powerful action. Cold, heat, etc. "Contact" - these are obvious indeed. "And so on" means or thus. "These are called" - he said by way of conclusion.

"What are the concealed dangers?" asks which are the non-obvious, covered-over misfortunes. Therein, "bodily misconduct" should be understood as the volition of killing living beings, taking what is not given, and sexual misconduct. "Verbal misconduct" should be understood as the volition of lying, divisive speech, harsh speech, and frivolous talk. "Mental misconduct" should be understood as covetousness, anger, and wrong view. Occurring in the body, or occurring from the body, badly practised conduct, or conduct that is corrupt because of being putrid with mental defilements - thus it is bodily misconduct. In verbal and mental misconduct too, the same method applies.

"They are desired" thus "sensual pleasures" - the five types of sensual pleasure. Desire towards sensual pleasures is sensual desire. Or "it desires" thus "sensual pleasure"; sensual pleasure itself is desire, sensual desire - not the desire to act, nor desire for mental states. It is just sensual craving so named. "It hinders wholesome mental states" thus it is a mental hindrance; sensual desire itself as a mental hindrance is the mental hindrance of sensual desire. Thus also with the remaining ones. "Is repelled" means by that the mind reaches a state of corruption; or "it destroys" monastic discipline, good conduct, beauty, success, welfare, happiness, and so on - thus it is anger. The state of being slothful is sloth. The state of being torpid is torpor; the meaning is the state of lacking endeavour and vigour, and the state of destruction of ability. Sloth and torpor together are sloth and torpor. Therein, sloth has the characteristic of lack of endeavour, the function of dispelling energy, and the manifestation of sinking. Torpor has the characteristic of unfitness for work, the function of covering, the manifestation of a shrinking state, or the manifestation of nodding and sleep. Both have as their proximate cause unwise attention regarding discontent, weariness, yawning, and so on.

The state of one who is agitated is restlessness. It has the characteristic of non-appeasement, like water stirred by the impact of wind; the function of instability, like a flag and banner swaying from the impact of wind; the manifestation of turmoil, like ashes thrown up by the impact of a stone; it is non-appeasement of the mind, with unwise attention as its proximate cause. It should be seen as mental distraction. What is contemptibly done is badly done; the state of that is remorse. It has the characteristic of subsequent regret, the function of sorrowing over what was done and what was not done, the manifestation of regret, the proximate cause of what was done and what was not done; it should be seen as like slavery. Restlessness and remorse together are restlessness and remorse. "Departed is remedy" - thus it is sceptical doubt; or, investigating intrinsic nature by means of it, one is troubled and wearied - thus it is sceptical doubt. It has the characteristic of doubt, the function of wavering, the manifestation of indecisiveness, or the manifestation of not grasping with certainty, with unwise attention as its proximate cause. It should be seen as creating an obstacle to practice.

Lust has the characteristic of finding pleasure. Hate has the characteristic of being hostile. Delusion has the characteristic of bewilderment. Wrath has the characteristic of being angry, or the characteristic of ferocity, the function of producing resentment, and the manifestation of hostility. Hostility has the characteristic of bearing grudges, the function of not relinquishing enmity, and the manifestation of the state of being bound to wrath. And this was said: "At a former time wrath, at a later time hostility" and so on.

Contempt has the characteristic of disparaging others' virtues. Its function is destroying them, and its manifestation is concealing them. Insolence has the characteristic of rivalry, the function of equalising one's own virtues with others' virtues, and the manifestation of presenting oneself as the measure of others' virtues.

Envy has the characteristic of being vexed at others' success, or the characteristic of being unable to endure it, the function of discontent therein, and the manifestation of turning away therefrom. Stinginess has the characteristic of concealing one's own success, the function of being unable to endure the state of one's own success being shared in common with others, and the manifestation of contraction.

Deceit has the characteristic of concealing evil done, the function of concealing it, and the manifestation of covering it over. Fraudulence has the characteristic of making known non-existent virtues of oneself, the function of proclaiming them, and the manifestation of making them clear even through bodily gestures.

Obstinacy has the characteristic of the swollen state of the mind, the function of not deferential conduct, and the manifestation of harshness. Impetuosity has the characteristic of surpassing in action, the function of contrariness, and the manifestation of disrespect.

Conceit has the characteristic of elevation, the function of I-making, and the manifestation of the swollen state. Arrogance has the characteristic of extreme elevation, the function of exceedingly great I-making, and the manifestation of the excessively swollen state.

Vanity has the characteristic of the state of intoxication, the function of seizing upon intoxication, and the manifestation of madness. Negligence has the characteristic of releasing the mind regarding the five types of sensual pleasure, the function of giving over to release, and the manifestation of separation from mindfulness. Thus the characteristics and so on of these mental states should be understood. This is the summary here; the detail, however, should be understood by the method stated in the Vibhaṅga beginning with "therein, what is wrath?"

In particular, here, one greedy for material gains, not obtaining himself, becomes angry at another who obtains. His wrath that has arisen once is just wrath. Beyond that is hostility. He, thus angry and bearing grudges, disparages the virtues of another who obtains even though they exist, and takes up rivalry thinking "I too am such." This is his contempt and insolence. He, thus being one who depreciates another's worth and is spiteful, regarding that one's material gains and honour and so on, thinking "What is this to him with this?" he envies and wrongs. This is his envy. But if he has some success, he does not endure the state of that being shared in common with others. This is his stinginess. For the sake of material gain, however, he conceals faults existing in himself. This is his deceit. He makes known even non-existent virtues. This is his fraudulence. He, thus practising, if he obtains material gain according to his intention, becomes obstinate thereby, with an unyielding mind, unable to be admonished saying "This should not be done thus." This is his obstinacy. But if anyone says anything to him, "This should not be done thus," thereby he becomes one with an agitated mind, with a frowning face, speaking forcefully "Who are you to me?" This is his impetuosity. Then, through obstinacy, imagining himself as "I alone am superior," he becomes conceited. Through impetuosity, despising others thinking "Who are these?" he becomes arrogant. This is his conceit and arrogance. He, through that conceit and arrogance, generates vanity of many kinds such as vanity of birth and so on. Being intoxicated, he is negligent regarding things of various kinds such as types of sensual pleasure and so on. This is his vanity and negligence - thus it should be understood.

"All mental defilements" means all unwholesome mental states. They are mental defilements in the sense of tormenting and in the sense of afflicting. They are misconducts because of being putrid with mental defilements. They are disturbances in the sense of causing the disturbance of mental defilements. They are fevers in the sense of causing internal burning and so on. They are torments in the sense of always tormenting. They are all unwholesome volitional activities in the sense of having arisen from lack of proficiency and in the sense of volitionally producing.

"In what sense" means for what reason. In order to show the threefold meaning beginning with overcoming, he said beginning with "they are dangers because they overcome." "They overcome" means they produce suffering and overpower. "They lead to decline" means they lead to the abandoning of wholesome mental states. "They dwell therein" means the meaning is that unwholesome mental states dwell, reside, and arise in that body. "Those dangers" means misfortunes such as bodily misconduct and so on. "For the obstruction of wholesome mental states" means they lead to the disappearance and non-seeing of mental states arisen from proficiency, beginning with right practice, which are to be stated above. "Of right practice" means of beautiful or praiseworthy practice, not of wrong practice. "Of conforming practice" means of non-conflicting practice, not of contrary practice. "Of non-opposing practice" means not of opposing practice, but of non-adversarial practice. "Of practice according to meaning" means of practice that follows the meaning, of practice that grows progressively higher and higher. It is said to mean of practice by which one should proceed according to the meaning. "Attatthapaṭipadāyā" is also a reading; that is not good. "Of practice in accordance with the Teaching" means the Teaching is the nine supramundane states. What is in conformity with the Teaching is insight and so on. The practice of the Teaching that is suitable for that Teaching is the practice in accordance with the Teaching; of that practice in accordance with the Teaching.

"Of fulfilment in the precepts" means of the state of standing having fulfilled the Pātimokkha precepts. "Of guarding the doors of the sense faculties" means of the state of having well-guarded doors in the faculties with mind as the sixth, as stated by the method beginning with "having seen a form with the eye." "Of moderation in eating" means of being appropriate in measure regarding receiving food and so on. Having given up excessive eating and so on, through eating in moderation.

"Of the pursuit of wakefulness" means of the pursuit of the five states of wakefulness by the method beginning with "during the day, by walking and sitting, from obstructive mental states." "Of mindfulness and full awareness" means of mindfulness and full awareness that is always helpful to all meditators engaged in the development of all meditation subjects.

"Of the establishments of mindfulness" means establishment is in the sense of setting up by having entered into and plunged into the objects; mindfulness itself is the establishment - the establishment of mindfulness. But its fourfold classification arises from its occurrence regarding body, feelings, mind, and mental phenomena by way of grasping the aspects of foulness, suffering, impermanence, and non-self, and by way of accomplishing the function of abandoning the perceptions of beauty, happiness, permanence, and self; of those four establishments of mindfulness.

"Of the four right strivings" means "they strive by means of this" - thus it is striving (padhāna); beautiful striving is right striving (sammappadhāna); or "they rightly strive by means of this" - thus it is right striving; or it is beautiful because of the absence of the ugliness of mental defilements, and because striving brings about the excellent state in the sense of producing welfare and happiness, and because it produces the state of striving - thus it is right striving; this is a designation for energy. But its fourfold classification operates by way of accomplishing the functions of abandoning, non-arising, arising, and presence of the four unwholesome and wholesome states, whether arisen or unarisen - of those four right strivings.

"Of the four bases for spiritual power" - here, each one among desire, energy, consciousness, and investigation succeeds - thus it is supernormal power (iddhi); the meaning is it succeeds, it is accomplished. Or, by means of this, beings succeed, become prosperous, grown, and gone to excellence - thus it is supernormal power (iddhi). By the first meaning, supernormal power itself is the basis - the basis for spiritual power (iddhipāda); the meaning is a portion of supernormal power. By the second meaning, the basis of supernormal power is the basis for spiritual power (iddhipāda); "basis" means support, the means of achievement - this is the meaning. For since they proceed to and attain the supernormal power reckoned as progressively higher and higher distinctions, therefore it is called "basis." Of those four bases for spiritual power.

"Of the seven factors of enlightenment" means factors (aṅga) of enlightenment (bodhi) or of the enlightened one (bodhi) are factors of enlightenment (bojjhaṅga). This is what is meant: that concord of mental states - by which concord of mental states, termed mindfulness, investigation of phenomena, energy, rapture, tranquillity, concentration, and equanimity, which when arising at the moment of the supramundane path is the counterpart of many dangers such as the support and accumulation of sloth and restlessness, the pursuit of sensual pleasure and self-mortification, adherence to annihilationism and eternalism, and so on - because the noble disciple awakens by means of it, it is called "enlightenment" (bodhi); "awakens" means one rises from the sleep of the continuity of mental defilements, or one penetrates the four noble truths, or one realises Nibbāna itself; factors of that enlightenment termed the concord of mental states are also factors of enlightenment (bojjhaṅga), like jhāna factors, path factors, and so on. And whoever is the noble disciple who is called "the enlightened one" (bodhi) because he awakens by means of this concord of mental states of the aforesaid kind, factors of that enlightened one are also factors of enlightenment (bojjhaṅga), like factors of an army, factors of a chariot, and so on. Therefore the commentary teachers said: "Factors of the person who awakens are factors of enlightenment (bojjhaṅga)." Of those seven factors of enlightenment.

"Of the noble eightfold path" - "noble" means it is noble because of being far from the mental defilements to be destroyed by each respective path, because of producing the state of nobility, and because of producing the attainment of noble fruition. "Having eight factors" means eightfold. This, like a fourfold army and like a fivefold musical ensemble, is merely factors; there is nothing separate from the factors. It seeks Nibbāna, or it goes killing mental defilements - thus it is a path (magga); of the pursuit of development of that noble eightfold path. "Of these wholesome mental states" means of the mundane and supramundane wholesome mental states of the aforementioned kind. "For the obstruction" means for the obstruction and disappearance of supramundane wholesome mental states, and for the relinquishment of mundane wholesome mental states.

Among these, they are called dangers in the sense of not allowing supramundane wholesome mental states to arise. For those, having arisen and ceasing, do not bring about misfortune. "There these" means these in that individual existence. "Evil" means inferior. "In dependence on individual existence" means they arise depending on individual existence, having made it their object - thus they are in dependence on individual existence. "Dake" means in water.

"For this was said" means for this was spoken. "One with a pupil" means one who lives together with the mental defilement reckoned as a pupil - thus one with a pupil. "One with a teacher" means one who lives together with the mental defilement reckoned as occurrence - thus one with a teacher.

"Having seen a form with the eye" means having seen a form with eye-consciousness. In the above "having heard a sound with the ear" and so on too, the same method applies. "Arise" means they occur. "Thoughts" means intentions arisen by way of wandering among various objects. "Subject to mental fetters" means having assumed the state of being objects, they are beneficial to the mental fetters by way of the connection of the mental fetters. "Those of him" means those evil ones of that person. "Dwell within" means they reside within the mind internally. "Flow along within" means having followed the continuity of mental defilements, they flow intensely and pursue. "Those him" means those unwholesome mental states that person. "They occur" means they fully conduct themselves, they proceed - this is the meaning.

They are stains in the sense of defiling. They are enemies in the sense of being foes. They are foes in the sense of being hostile. They are murderers in the sense of killing. They are adversaries in the sense of being opponents. Or else, stains are like the impurity of clouds to the sun. Enemies are like smoke to the sun. Foes are like snow to the sun. Murderers are like dust to the sun. Adversaries are like Rāhu to the sun. "Stains are destroyers of the radiance of consciousness, like the tarnish of gold. Enemies are destroyers of the smooth development in consciousness, like the tarnish of black metal; foes are destroyers of mental states established in consciousness, like foes fighting in conjunction. Murderers are destroyers of mental states, like killers of humans. Adversaries are obstructors of the path to liberation, like the destruction of one who has approached a king" - thus some explain.

"Producer of harm" means not benefit is harm; one who produces that harm is a producer of harm. What is that? Greed. "Agitator of the mind" means the agitation and disturbance of consciousness; the meaning is that it obstructs consciousness by preventing the wholesome. "The danger born from within" means born internally in one's own mind itself, being the cause of danger such as the production of harm and so on. "That people do not understand" means the foolish multitude, not having penetrated and entered into that danger, does not know it. "Benefit" means a greedy person does not know mundane and supramundane benefit. "The Teaching" means its cause. "Deep darkness" means thick darkness. "That" means because; or, whatever man. "Overcomes" means overpowers.

"Internally" means in one's own continuity. "Arising, they arise" means arising from the past onwards, they arise for harm and for suffering. And by both of those, for uncomfortable abiding. "For harm" means for the purpose of mental suffering. "For suffering" means for the purpose of bodily suffering. "For uncomfortable abiding" means by both of those, for the purpose of not dwelling in happiness. Or else, "arising, they arise" means beginning from the vibration of the life-continuum up to the determining, they are called arising. But having reached the determining, by the state of not turning back, they are called arising - thus some explain.

"Like the fruit destroys the bark-cored tree" means like a bamboo reckoned as bark-cored, destroyed by its own fruit. "Discontent" means dissatisfaction regarding wholesome mental states. "Delight" means delight in the five types of sensual pleasure. "Terror" means having become like a thorn, with hair standing upward. "From this source" means this individual existence is the source, the condition of these, thus "from this source." "From here born" means born from this individual existence. "From here arising do mental thoughts" means just as boys, having bound a crow by its feet with a long string, wind the end of that string around their finger and release it, and even though it goes far, it falls again right at their feet, just so, arising from this individual existence, evil thoughts release the mind.

The first discourse beginning with "One with a pupil" was said with reference to cohabitation with mental defilement. The second beginning with "There are these three inner stains, monks" is by way of making wholesome mental states defiled and by way of not knowing what is beneficial and unbeneficial. The third beginning with "Three mental states, great king, arising internally in a person" is by way of destroying one's own support. The fourth beginning with "Lust and hate, from this source do they arise" was said by way of showing the support of mental defilements - this should be known.

"From this and that danger" means from this and that misfortune. "That person" means the person endowed with mental defilements of the aforesaid kind. "Suffering follows" means suffering follows after, like a milk-drinker behind its mother. "Goes after" means goes near, like an executioner of thieves to one condemned. "Pursues" means it has arrived, like the conclusion of a knot in the Teaching. "The suffering of birth": first, many meanings of the word "birth" have been declared. As follows:

Existence, family, order, morality, concept, characteristic,

Bringing forth, and connection - thus the meanings of birth have been declared.

Thus indeed, in such passages as "even one birth, even two births" and so on, the meaning is existence. In "unassailed and irreproachable with respect to birth," here it means family. In "there are, Visākhā, ascetics called Jains," here it means order. In "since I was born, sister, with a noble birth, I do not know," here it means noble morality. In "a variety of grass called tiriyā, having grown up from the navel, stood reaching up to the sky," here it means concept. In "birth is included by two aggregates," here it means the characteristic of the conditioned phenomenon. In "just born, Ānanda, the Bodhisatta," here it means bringing forth. In "with existence as condition, birth" and "birth too is suffering," here, in a figurative sense, it is the moment of conception; but directly, whatever aggregates become manifest for those beings being reborn here and there, the first manifestation of each of those is called birth.

But why is this birth suffering, if asked? Because of being the basis for many sufferings. For there are many sufferings. That is: Suffering as suffering, suffering of change, suffering of activities, concealed suffering, unconcealed suffering, indirect suffering, and direct suffering.

Therein, bodily and mental unpleasant feeling, because of being suffering both by intrinsic nature and by name, is called "suffering as suffering."

Pleasant feeling, because of being the cause of the arising of suffering through change, is the suffering of change. Neutral feeling and also the remaining activities of the three planes, because of being oppressed by rise and fall, are the suffering of activities.

Bodily and mental affliction such as earache, toothache, fever born of lust, fever born of hate and delusion, and so on, because it can be known only by asking, and because of the non-obvious nature of its onset, is concealed suffering. It is also called non-obvious suffering.

Affliction originating from the thirty-two forms of bodily punishment and so on, because it can be known even without asking, and because of the obvious nature of its onset, is unconcealed suffering. It is also called obvious suffering.

Setting aside suffering as suffering, the remainder that has come in the analysis of the truth of suffering - birth and so on - all of it too, because of being the basis of this and that suffering, is suffering by way of exposition. But suffering as suffering is called suffering without exposition.

Herein, this birth is suffering because of being the basis of that suffering in the realm of misery which was made known by the Blessed One even by means of similes in the Discourse on the Fool and the Wise and so on, and also of the suffering classified as rooted in conception in the womb and so on that arises even in a fortunate world, in the human realm.

Herein, this suffering classified as rooted in conception in the womb and so on - For this being, when coming into existence in the mother's womb, is not born among blue lotuses, red lotuses, white lotuses, and so on; rather, below the stomach, above the intestines, in between the abdominal membrane and the backbone, in a place of utmost confinement, of intense darkness, pervaded by various corpse-like odours, traversed by supremely foul-smelling impure winds, in an exceedingly loathsome region of the belly, he is born like a worm among rotting fish, rotten porridge, cesspools, and so on. He, having been born there, for ten months, being cooked like a sealed pot by the heat generated in the mother's womb, sweating like a lump of flour, deprived of bending, stretching, and so on, experiences exceeding suffering. This, for now, is the suffering rooted in conception in the womb.

But whatever exceeding suffering he experiences during the mother's sudden stumbling, walking, sitting down, rising up, turning over, and so on - like a goat fallen into the hands of a drunkard, and like a young snake fallen into the hands of a snake-charmer - through the assault of pulling, dragging, shaking, and jolting and so on; and whatever acute suffering he experiences when the mother drinks cold water, as if reborn in a cold hell, when she swallows hot rice gruel, food, and so on, as if showered with a rain of embers, when she swallows salt, sour things, and so on, as if subjected to the bodily punishment of alkaline pits and so on - this is the suffering rooted in the care of the embryo.

But whatever suffering arises for the mother with an obstructed womb, through cutting, splitting, and so on, at a place where the arising of suffering is not fit to be seen even by friends, ministers, companions, and so on - this is the suffering rooted in the failure of the pregnancy.

Whatever suffering arises for one who, when the mother is giving birth, having been turned around by kamma-born winds, is being thrust down through the birth passage, which is exceedingly terrifying like a hellish precipice, and through the supremely narrow opening of the womb, being dragged out like a great elephant through a keyhole, and being crushed like a hell-being by the Saṅghāta mountains - this is the suffering rooted in birth.

But whatever suffering, similar to being pierced and split by needle-points and razor-edges, arises for one who has been born, whose body is delicate like a fresh wound, at the time of being held by the hands, bathed, washed, and rubbed with cloth and so on - this is the suffering rooted in emergence from the mother's womb.

But whatever suffering there is for one who, thereafter in the course of life, kills oneself, is engaged in the pursuit of self-mortification and tormenting by way of the naked ascetic practice and so on, does not eat through the power of anger, and hangs oneself - this is the suffering rooted in self-inflicted harm.

But whatever suffering arises for one experiencing murder, imprisonment, and so on from others - this is the suffering rooted in harm inflicted by others.

Thus, for all this suffering too, this birth is indeed the basis; this is the suffering of birth that follows.

"The suffering of ageing" - ageing is twofold: The characteristic of the conditioned and the state of oldness of the aggregates that is conventionally accepted as broken teeth and so on, included within a single existence in the continuity; that is what is intended here. And that is suffering because of being the suffering of activities and because of being the basis of suffering. For whatever bodily and mental suffering arises, having many conditions such as the looseness of the major and minor limbs, the deformity through alteration of the faculties, the destruction of youth, the impairment of strength, the separation from mindfulness and intelligence, the contempt of others, and so on - ageing is the basis of that. Therefore this is said -

"From the looseness of the limbs, from the alteration of the faculties;

Through the destruction of youth, through the impairment of strength.

"From the separation from mindfulness and so on, from one's own children and wife;

And from being unpleasing, and further from the attainment of foolishness.

"Whatever suffering a mortal reaches, bodily and mental likewise;

All this is because of ageing, since therefore ageing is painful."

This suffering of ageing follows - this is the connection. "Illness" means it inflicts and produces various suffering, thus illness. Or alternatively, it afflicts, torments, and causes trembling, thus illness.

"The suffering of death" - here too death is twofold: the characteristic of the conditioned, with reference to which it was said "ageing and death is included by two aggregates." And the severance of the continuity of the life faculty included within a single existence, with reference to which it was said "there is always fear from death." That is intended here. Death conditioned by birth, death by assault, death in the natural course, death by exhaustion of the life span, death by exhaustion of merit - these too are names for that very thing. Again, momentary death, conventional death, and eradication death - this distinction too should be known. The breaking up of material and immaterial phenomena during occurrence is called momentary death. "Tissa has died, Phussa has died" - this, because in the ultimate sense there is no being, "the crop has died, the tree has died" - this too, because of the absence of the life faculty, is called conventional death. The passing away without reconnection of one who has eliminated the mental corruptions is called eradication death. Setting aside external conventional death, the other conventional death too is here included by way of the severance of the continuity as stated above; but it is suffering because of being the basis for suffering. Therefore this is said -

"For the evil one contemplating the sign of evil action and so on;

For the fortunate one unable to endure separation from dear objects;

Whatever mental suffering there is for one who is dying, without distinction.

"And for all, whatever involves the cutting of connections and bonds and so on;

When the vital parts are being pierced, there is suffering born of the body.

"Since this is unbearable and irremediable, for this suffering,

Death is the basis; therefore this is spoken of as just suffering."

"The suffering of sorrow, lamentation, suffering, displeasure, and anguish" - here, among sorrow and so on, sorrow is the mental burning of one stricken by disasters of relatives and so on, having the characteristic of inner pondering. But it is painful both because of being suffering as suffering and because of being the basis for suffering. Therefore this is said -

"Sorrow pierces the hearts of beings, like a dart;

Like an iron bar heated in fire, it burns exceedingly again.

"And it brings about the destruction of illness, ageing, and death;

Since it also brings manifold suffering, therefore it is called painful."

Lamentation is the verbal prattle of one stricken by disasters of relatives and so on. But it is painful because of being the suffering of the round of rebirths and because of being the basis for suffering. Therefore this is said -

"One stricken by the dart of sorrow, lamenting, producing unbearable drying up of the throat, lips, palate, and palate-surface;

Attains even more exceedingly great suffering - therefore the Blessed One called lamentation suffering."

Suffering is bodily pain having the characteristic of bodily affliction. But it is suffering because of being suffering as suffering and because of bringing about mental suffering. Therefore this is said -

"Since this bodily pain oppresses, and generates even more mental suffering;

Therefore it is called suffering distinctively."

Displeasure is mental suffering having the characteristic of mental affliction. But it is suffering because of being suffering as suffering and because of bringing about bodily pain. For those overcome with mental suffering, having dishevelled their hair, weep, beat their breasts, roll forward, roll backward, fall down precipices, bring the knife, eat poison, hang themselves with a rope, enter fire, and experience suffering of many kinds. Therefore this is said -

"Since it oppresses the mind, and brings about affliction of the body;

Displeasure too is suffering, therefore displeasure came to be."

Anguish is hate itself, produced by intense mental suffering in one stricken by disasters to relatives and so on. Some say it is a single mental state included in the aggregate of mental activities. But it is suffering because of being of the nature of suffering of activities, because of scorching the mind, and because of destroying the body. Therefore this is said -

"Because of the scorching of the mind, and because of the destroying of the body, the exceeding

Suffering that anguish generates - therefore it is called suffering."

And here, sorrow should be seen as like cooking in an inner vessel with a gentle fire; lamentation as like the overflowing from the vessel of what is being cooked with a fierce fire; and anguish should be seen as like the cooking of the remainder that has not overflowed, unable even to overflow, right inside the vessel until utter elimination.

"Hell suffering" means the suffering of the fivefold binding and so on in hell follows; that should be explained by means of the Devadūta Sutta. Therefore this is said -

"If a being were not born in the hells, the unbearable suffering of fire-burning and so on there,

Where would that suffering find a footing? Thus the Sage said birth here is suffering."

"Animal realm suffering" means the manifold suffering of whipping, goading, beating, piercing and so on among animals follows; that should be taken from the Bālapaṇḍita Sutta. Therefore this is said -

"The manifold suffering among animals, consisting of the striking with whips, goads, sticks, and so on;

How would that be there without birth? Birth is therefore suffering."

"Ghost realm suffering" means among ghosts, the suffering produced by hunger and thirst, wind and heat of the sun and so on, and the suffering of unbearable cold and so on in the world-interstices of intense darkness, follows. Therefore this is said -

"But among ghosts, the suffering arising from hunger, thirst, wind, heat, and so on is variegated;

Since for the unborn it does not exist there, therefore too the Sage declared birth to be suffering.

"In intense darkness and unbearable cold, whatever suffering there is among the titans in the world-interstices;

That would not exist there, nor would there be birth; since this birth, therefore too it is suffering."

"Human suffering" means suffering such as murder, imprisonment, and so on among human beings. "Suffering rooted in conception in the womb" means whatever suffering of birth was stated by the method beginning with "this being, when being born in the mother's womb, is not born among waterlilies, lotuses, white lotuses, and so on" - this for now is the suffering rooted in conception in the womb that follows. "Suffering rooted in presence in the womb" means whatever acute suffering was stated by the method beginning with "when the mother suddenly stumbles, walks, sits down" and so on - this is the suffering rooted in presence in the womb that follows. "Suffering rooted in emergence from the womb" means whatever suffering was stated by the method beginning with "when the mother has a difficult pregnancy, at the place of the arising of suffering not fit to be seen even by friends, companions, and close associates" and so on - this is the suffering rooted in coming forth from the mother's womb that follows. Therefore this is said -

"Whatever suffering a being dwelling for a long time in the mother's womb, as if in a dung-hell,

And the coming forth outside, attains -

This extremely terrible suffering too does not exist

Without birth; thus indeed this birth is suffering.

"What is the use of much speaking? Is it not that wherever

There exists here any suffering at any time,

It indeed does not exist in the absence of birth; therefore the Great Sage

Declared this birth to be suffering before all else."

"Suffering bound up with one who is born" means the suffering of tending such as bathing, anointing, eating, drinking, and so on, which is the binding of one who is born, follows. "Suffering of one who is born being subject to others" means the suffering of being under the dominion of another, of someone else, the suffering of subjection, follows. For it was said: "All dependence on others is suffering." "Suffering from self-inflicted harm" means whatever suffering there is for one who kills oneself, for one engaged in the pursuit of self-mortification and tormenting by way of the naked ascetic practice and so on, for one not eating through the power of anger, and for one hanging oneself - this is the suffering from self-inflicted harm that follows. "Suffering from harm inflicted by others" means whatever arises for one experiencing murder, imprisonment, and so on from others - this is the suffering from harm inflicted by others that follows. "Suffering as suffering" means bodily and mental unpleasant feeling is suffering as suffering because of being suffering both by intrinsic nature and by name; this suffering as suffering follows. "Suffering of activities" means neutral feeling and the remaining activities of the three planes of existence are the suffering of activities because of being oppressed by rise and fall; this suffering of activities follows. "Suffering of change" means pleasant feeling is the suffering of change because of being the cause of the suffering of change; this suffering of change follows.

"Death of a mother" means the death of one's mother. "Death of a father" means the death of one's father. "Death of a brother" means the death of elder and younger brothers. "Death of a sister" means the death of elder and younger sisters. "Death of a son" means the death of one's sons. "Death of a daughter" means the death of one's daughters. "Disaster regarding relatives is suffering" means disaster of relatives; the meaning is the destruction of relatives, the ruin of relatives through thieves, illness, danger, and so on. The suffering that has arisen for one touched by, submerged by, and overpowered by that disaster regarding relatives is the suffering of disaster regarding relatives; that suffering of disaster regarding relatives follows. The same method applies in the remaining ones too. But this is the distinction - Disaster of wealth is disaster regarding wealth; the meaning is the destruction of wealth, the ruin of wealth by means of kings, thieves, and so on. By the method stated, that suffering of disaster regarding wealth follows. "Disaster regarding illness" means illness itself is disaster - this is disaster regarding illness. For illness scatters and destroys health - thus it is "disaster"; by the method stated, that suffering of disaster regarding illness follows. "Disaster regarding morality is suffering" means disaster of morality is disaster regarding morality; this is the name for immorality. By the method stated, that suffering of disaster regarding morality follows. A view that has arisen while destroying right view is itself disaster - this is disaster regarding view; by the method stated, that suffering of disaster regarding view follows. And here, the first two are not concretely produced; the latter three are concretely produced and struck by the three characteristics. And the first three are neither wholesome nor unwholesome. The dyad of disaster regarding morality and disaster regarding view is unwholesome.

"Just as" (yathā) is used in the sense of a simile. "A broken boat" (bhinnaṃ nāvaṃ) means a boat with loose bindings, or one that has become decrepit, or one with split planks. "That lets in water" (dakamesiṃ) means one that admits water, one that allows water to enter. "From here and there water follows" (tato tato udakaṃ anveti) means water enters from here and there, from the broken places. "From the front" (puratopi) means from the front part of the boat too. "From behind" (pacchatopi) means from the rear part of it too. "From below" (heṭṭhatopi) means from the lower part too. "From the sides" (passatopi) means from both sides too. Whatever was not stated here and there in between, that should be understood in accordance with the text.

Therefore, through the meditative development of mindfulness of the body and so on, a creature, having been always mindful, avoiding sensual pleasures of every kind among objective sensual pleasures such as forms and so on by way of suppression and eradication, should avoid sensual pleasures. Thus, having abandoned those sensual pleasures, by the very path that effects their abandoning, one would cross, could cross over the fourfold mental flood. Then just as a man, having bailed out a boat heavy with water, with a light boat would with little difficulty become one who has gone beyond, would go to the far shore, just so, having bailed out the boat of individual existence heavy with the water of mental defilements, with a light individual existence one would become one who has gone beyond. One would have gone to Nibbāna which is the far shore of all phenomena, and would go through the attainment of arahantship, and through final Nibbāna by means of the Nibbāna element without residue of clinging - thus he concluded the teaching with the pinnacle of arahantship.

"Therefore" (tasmā) means because suffering consisting of birth and so on follows that person, therefore. In "for that reason, because of that" and so on too, the same method applies. Because suffering of the aforesaid kind follows that, because of that. Because it follows, on that condition; because it follows, with that as source - thus the connection of terms should be made. "Cause" (hetu) and so on are synonyms for reason. For a reason is called "cause" (hetu) because by it the result of that is sent forth and proceeds. Dependent on this and that, the result goes and proceeds - thus it is a "condition" (paccaya). As if showing "Come, take it!", it points out its own result - thus it is a "source" (nidāna).

"For that reason" (taṃkāraṇā) is the refusal of no reason and without reason. "Because of that" (taṃhetu) is the refusal of without cause and of the primary elements as cause. "On that condition" (tappaccayā) is the refusal, together with without condition, of an uncommon condition. "With that as source" (taṃnidānā) is the refusal, together with without source, of scriptural tradition and attainment as source - thus some explain. "Seeing this danger" (etaṃ ādīnavaṃ sampassamāno) means rightly seeing, observing this misfortune of the aforesaid kind with insight knowledge.

"Always" (sadā) is the root term. Again, "always" (sadā) is the meaning term. "Always" (sadā) means every day. "At all times" (sabbadā) means at every time. "At every time" (sabbakālaṃ) means at all times such as the forenoon and so on. "Constantly" (niccakālaṃ) means day after day. "Permanently" (dhuvakālaṃ) means uninterrupted time. "Continually" (satataṃ) means without interval. "Continuously" (samitaṃ) means unified. "Uninterruptedly" (abbokiṇṇaṃ) means unmixed with anything else. "In succession" (poṅkhānupoṅkhaṃ) means connected in order, as in such passages as "fletching after fletching, without missing, it appears." "Like waves of water" (udakūmikajātaṃ) means like arisen waves and ripples of water. "Without interval" (avīci) means without gaps. "In continuity" (santati) means unbroken. "Connected" (sahitaṃ) means joined together or unified, as in such passages as "what I say is consistent, what you say is inconsistent." "Touched" (phassitaṃ) means contacted, as in such passages as "sheltered with bolted doors." "Before the meal, after the meal" - these two terms are by way of the division of daytime. "The first watch, the middle watch, the last watch" - these three are by way of the division of the night. "In the dark fortnight, in the bright fortnight" is by way of the fortnight. In the rainy season, etc. in the hot season - these three are by way of the season. In the first stage of life, etc. in the last stage of life - these three are stated by way of the division of age - this should be known.

"Mindful" means mindful for four reasons. "Developing the establishment of mindfulness through observation of the body in the body, one is mindful" and so on, ending with "thus one should avoid sensual pleasures by eradication" - these are of already stated meaning. Furthermore, "mindful through existing" means mindful through the state of existing in the three objects, or through the power of ability to make the three defilements retreat, through existing. "Through being peaceful" means mindful through being peaceful, having put to flight the defilements and impurities, and having freed by way of state and by way of object. "Through being calmed" means mindful through being calmed by merit that gives desirable results and by evil that gives undesirable results. "Endowed with peaceful qualities" means mindful through being endowed with peaceful qualities, because of cultivating the teachings of good persons, because of associating with noble persons such as the Buddha and so on.

"Having fully understood objective sensual pleasures" means having known these objective sensual pleasures of the three planes, of the aforementioned kind, by the full understanding as judgement. "Having abandoned" means having given up the defilement sensual pleasures by the full understanding as abandoning. "Having given up" means having thrown away. Like rubbish with a basket? Not so, but rather having dispelled, having crossed over, having pierced through, having taken out. Like an ox with a goad? Not so, rather having put an end to it, having made it gone to its end. Having done it in such a way that not even a trace of it will remain, not even so much as a fragment. But how has it been done thus? Having taken it to obliteration, having brought it gradually to non-existence. What is meant is having done it so that it is eradicated by abandoning through eradication. The same method applies to the mental hindrance of sensual desire and so on.

In "the mental flood of sensuality" and so on, lust for the five strands of sensual pleasure is called "the mental flood of sensuality" in the sense of sinking. "The mental flood of existence" means desire and lust in fine-material and immaterial existences, and attachment to jhāna. "The mental flood of views" means merely the longing for existence accompanied by the eternalist view and so on; the mental flood of views goes into combination with the mental flood of existence itself. "The mental flood of ignorance" means not knowing regarding the four truths. Therein, for one attending to the types of sensual pleasure as gratification, the unarisen mental flood of sensuality arises, and the arisen mental flood of sensuality increases. For one attending to exalted states as gratification, the unarisen mental flood of existence arises, and the arisen one increases. By way of being the proximate cause for the four illusions regarding phenomena of the three planes, the unarisen mental flood of ignorance arises, and the arisen one increases - this should be understood. The bright side should be expanded as the opposite of the method stated.

One practising the desireless deliverance would cross the mental flood of sensuality, one practising the signless deliverance would cross the mental flood of existence, and one practising the deliverance through emptiness would cross the mental flood of ignorance. By way of the first path one would cross, by way of the second path one would cross over, by way of the third path one would pass over, by way of the fourth path one would transcend, and by way of fruition one would overcome. Or else, "by way of the mental flood of sensuality one would cross, by way of the mental flood of existence one would cross over, by way of the mental flood of views one would pass over, by way of the mental flood of ignorance one would transcend, by way of all mental floods one would overcome" - thus some explain.

"Heavy" means not light. "Laden" means that on which heavy goods are placed - thus laden. "Having bailed out the water" means having poured out the water. "Having poured out" means having poured out the excess. "Having thrown away" means having cast down. "With a light one" means with a light one. "Quickly" means swiftly. "Swiftly" means at that very moment. "With little difficulty" means without suffering indeed. "The far shore" is called the Deathless, Nibbāna - the far shore that is beyond identity, on the other side. Nibbāna is spoken of as having departed from the weaving of craving. "Who he" means who is this one. "The stilling of all activities" and so on - all refers to Nibbāna itself. Because, having come to that, all the agitations of all activities are stilled and appeased, therefore it is called "the stilling of all activities." And because, having come to that, all clingings are relinquished, all craving is eliminated, all defilement-lusts fade away, all suffering ceases, therefore it is called "the relinquishment of all clinging, the elimination of craving, dispassion, cessation." Moreover, that craving weaves and stitches together existence with existence, or action together with its fruit - thus having made it so, it is called "weaving" (vāna); what has departed from that weaving is Nibbāna. "Would go to the far shore" means by way of the sign, through the change-of-lineage knowledge with emergence from one side, one would reach the far shore of Nibbāna. "Would attain" means by way of path knowledge with emergence from both sides, from the sign and from what occurs, one would reach the far shore of Nibbāna with distinction. "Would experience" means by way of the consciousness of fruition having Nibbāna as its object, one would experience the far shore of Nibbāna. "Would realise" means by way of virtue, having experienced it, through reviewing knowledge one would make the far shore of Nibbāna directly visible. Or else, "by the first path one would go to the far shore, by the second one would attain, by the third one would experience, by the fourth one would realise" - thus some explain. "Whoever wishes to go to the far shore" means whatever person established in insight knowledge wishes to go to the far shore of Nibbāna, he too will certainly go there - thus one who has gone to the far shore. For this was said: "I am overcome by birth, by ageing, by death, by sorrows, by lamentations, by sufferings, by displeasures, by anguishes" and so on. In the preliminary stage, by way of disposition and by the practice of insight, he too is called one who has gone to the far shore. "Whoever is going to the far shore" means whoever, being a possessor of the path, is going to the far shore of Nibbāna, he too is called one who has gone to the far shore. "Whoever has gone to the far shore" means whoever, having completed the task by the path, is established in the fruit, having gone to the far shore of Nibbāna, he too is called one who has gone to the far shore.

To show that by the Conqueror's word, he said beginning with "For this too was said by the Blessed One - one who has crossed over, gone beyond, the brahmin stands on dry ground." "Gone beyond through direct knowledge" means wishing to go, going, and having gone to the far shore of Nibbāna through full understanding as the known by means of attained knowledge - thus he is one who has gone to the far shore. "Gone beyond through full understanding" means having transcended through full understanding as judgement of all phenomena, one who has gone to the far shore in the manner stated. "Gone beyond through abandoning" means having transcended through full understanding as abandoning of the mental defilements belonging to the side of origination, one who has gone to the far shore in the manner stated. For whoever fully understands all phenomena, he fully understands with three full understandings: full understanding as the known, full understanding as judgement, and full understanding as abandoning. Therein, what is full understanding as the known? One knows all phenomena thus: "these are internal, these are external, this is its characteristic, these are its function, manifestation, and proximate cause" - this is full understanding as the known. What is full understanding as judgement? Having thus made it known, one judges all phenomena according to what is obtainable as impermanent, as suffering, as a disease, and so on - this is full understanding as judgement. What is full understanding as abandoning? Having thus judged, one abandons desire and lust for phenomena by the highest path - this is full understanding as abandoning. With reference to these full understandings, he said "he has gone beyond through direct knowledge, gone beyond through full understanding, gone beyond through abandoning."

"Gone beyond through development" means having reached the summit of development, one who has gone to the far shore of Nibbāna by means of the path. "Gone beyond through realization" means one who has gone to the far shore of realization, fruition, and Nibbāna by means of fruition and Nibbāna. "Gone beyond through attainment" means one who has reached the far shore of the eight attainments. "Of all phenomena" means of all phenomena beginning with the five aggregates. "Of all suffering" means of all suffering beginning with the suffering of birth. "Of all mental defilements" means of all mental defilements beginning with bodily misconduct. "Of the noble paths" means of the four noble paths beginning with the path of stream-entry. "Of cessation" means of Nibbāna. "Of all attainments" means of all eight fine-material and immaterial attainments. "He" means that noble one. "One who has attained mastery" means one who has attained the state of mastery. Or else, one who has attained the state of being desired, the state of sovereignty, and the state of accomplishment. "One who has attained perfection" means perfection is the end, the completion, or the highest state - one who has attained that. To show where he has attained, he said beginning with "in noble morality." Therein, "in noble morality" means in faultless morality. "In noble concentration" means in faultless concentration. "In noble wisdom" means in faultless wisdom. "In noble liberation" means in faultless fruition-liberation. It should be understood that by the first, speech, action, and livelihood are taken; by the second, effort, mindfulness, and concentration are taken; by the third, applied thought and right view are taken; by the fourth, the remaining mental states associated with them are taken.

"Gone to the end" means he has gone by the path to the end of the world of activities. "Reached the end" means he has reached that very end of the world by fruition. "Gone to the summit" means he has gone by the path to the summit of activities. "Reached the summit" means he has reached that very summit by fruition. "Gone to the limit" means he has gone by the path, having made a delimitation, a boundary of the world of aggregates, sense bases, and so on. "Reached the limit" means he has reached that very world by fruition, having made it the limit. "Gone to the conclusion" means he has gone by the path to the conclusion. "Reached the conclusion" means he has reached the conclusion by fruition. "Gone to shelter" means he has gone by the path to protection. "Reached shelter" means he has reached protection by fruition. "Gone to the rock cell" means he has gone by the path to hiding. "Reached the rock cell" means he has reached that hiding by fruition. "Gone to refuge" means he has gone by the path to support. "Reached refuge" means he has reached refuge by fruition. "Gone to fearlessness" means he has gone by the path to the fearless. "Reached fearlessness" means he has reached the fearless Nibbāna by fruition. "Gone to the imperishable" means he has gone by the path to Nibbāna which is devoid of passing away. "Reached the imperishable" means he has reached that by fruition. "Gone to the Deathless" means he has gone by the path to Nibbāna which is devoid of death. "Reached the Deathless" means he has reached that by fruition. "Gone to Nibbāna" means he has gone by the path to Nibbāna which has departed from the weaving of craving. "Reached Nibbāna" means he has reached that very same by fruition. "He has completed his dwelling" means that Worthy One has dwelt, lived under, stayed, and emerged in the ten noble dwellings - thus he has completed his dwelling. "Accomplished his conduct" means he is a master through practice in the eight attainments together with morality - thus he has accomplished his conduct. "Traversed the journey" means he has gone beyond the journey of the round of rebirths. "Gone to the direction" means he has gone to the direction of Nibbāna never gone to before, not even in a dream. "Gone to the summit" means he has gone to the summit of Nibbāna without residue of clinging and stands there. "Protected the holy life" means one whose holy life has been guarded. "Attained the highest view" means one who has attained the highest right view. "Penetrated the unshakable" means one who stands having penetrated the unshakable, immovable fruition of arahantship. "Realized cessation" means one who stands having realized cessation, Nibbāna.

"Suffering has been fully understood by him" means the threefold suffering has been fully comprehended by him, having transcended it. "What should be directly known" means what should be known in a beautiful manner by way of understanding the intrinsic characteristic. "Directly known" means known through superior knowledge. "What should be fully understood" means what should be fully comprehended by pervading it, by way of understanding the common characteristic and by way of accomplishing the function. "Fully understood" means known from all sides. "To be developed" means to be increased. "To be realized" means to be made evident. For realisation is twofold: realisation by attainment and realisation by way of object.

"With the cross-bar lifted" - here "cross-bar" means ignorance, which is the root of the round of rebirths. For this is called a "cross-bar" in the meaning of causing suffering. Therefore, because of its being lifted, he is called "one whose cross-bar has been lifted." "Whose moat has been filled in" - "moat" is called the volitional activity of kamma, which gives renewed existence, which is the condition for the aggregates of renewed existence that have obtained the name "the cycle of birth and wandering" by way of being born in existences and by way of wandering on. For that is called a "moat" because of standing having encircled by way of causing rebirth again and again. Therefore, because of its being filled in, because of its being scattered, he is called "one whose moat has been filled in." "Whose pillar has been pulled out" - "pillar" means craving, which is the root of the round of rebirths. For this is called a "pillar" in the meaning of having gone deep. Therefore, because of its being pulled out, because of having been uprooted and discarded, he is called "one whose pillar has been pulled out." "Unbolted" - "door-bolts" are called the lower fetters that produce the lower realms, that are conditions for rebirth in sensual existence. For these are called "door-bolts" because of standing having shut the mind like a great door panel at a city gate. Therefore, because of their being without door-bolts, because of their being broken, he is called "unbolted." "Noble" means free from mental defilements, pure. "Whose flag has fallen" means one whose flag of conceit has been brought down. "Whose burden has been laid down" means one for whom the burden of aggregates, the burden of mental defilements, the burden of volitional activities, and the burden of the five types of sensual pleasure have fallen, been laid down - thus he is one whose burden has been laid down. But further, here what is intended by "whose burden has been laid down" is because of the laying down of the burden of conceit alone. "Unbound" means unbound from the four mental bonds and from all mental defilements. But here, what is intended by "unbound" is because of being unbound from the bond of conceit alone.

To this extent, the Elder has shown the time of one who has eliminated the mental corruptions, who, having exhausted the mental defilements by the path, having attained the fruition attainment with Nibbāna as object, dwells having gone to the excellent resting place of cessation. For just as there are two cities, one a city of thieves, one a city of security. Then it might occur to a great warrior thus: "As long as this city of thieves stands, so long the city of security is not freed from danger. I shall make the city of thieves a non-city" - having donned his armour, having taken his sword, having approached the city of thieves, having cut down with his sword the strong posts raised at the city gate, having broken the door panel together with the door-posts, having lifted up the cross-bar, breaking the wall, having filled in the moat, having brought down the flags raised for the beautification of the city, having burnt the city with fire, having entered the city of security, having ascended the upper storey of the mansion, surrounded by a company of relatives, he would consume divine food. Thus identity is like the city of thieves, Nibbāna is like the city of security, one who practises meditation is like the great warrior. It occurs to him thus: "As long as the round of identity revolves, so long there is no release from the thirty-two bodily punishments, the ninety-eight diseases, and the twenty-five great dangers." He, like the great warrior, having donned his armour, the armour of morality, having taken the sharp sword of wisdom, like cutting down the strong posts with a sword, having cut down the pillar of craving by the path of arahantship; that warrior, like the city door panel together with its door-posts, having unfastened the door-bolt of the five lower mental fetters; that warrior, like the cross-bar, having lifted up the cross-bar of ignorance; that warrior, like breaking the wall and filling in the moat, breaking the wall of volitional activity and having filled in the moat of the cycle of birth and wandering; that warrior, like the flags raised for the beautification of the city, having brought down the flag of conceit, having burnt the city of identity; that warrior, like consuming divine food in the upper storey of the mansion having entered the city of security, having entered the city of Nibbāna, experiencing the happiness of fruition attainment with the deathless cessation as object, spends his time. For this was said by the Blessed One -

"And how, monks, is a monk one whose cross-bar has been lifted? Here, monks, for a monk ignorance has been abandoned, its root cut off, made like a palm stump, brought to obliteration, subject to non-arising in the future. Thus, monks, a monk is one whose cross-bar has been lifted.
"And how, monks, is a monk one whose moat has been filled in? Here, monks, for a monk the cycle of birth and wandering leading to rebirth has been abandoned, etc. Thus, monks, a monk is one whose moat has been filled in.
"And how, monks, is a monk one whose pillar has been pulled out? Here, monks, for a monk craving has been abandoned, etc. Thus, monks, a monk is one whose pillar has been pulled out.
"And how, monks, is a monk unbolted? Here, monks, for a monk the five lower mental fetters have been abandoned, etc. Thus, monks, a monk is unbolted.
"And how, monks, is a monk a noble one whose flag has fallen, whose burden has been laid down, who is unbound? Here, monks, for a monk the conceit 'I am' has been abandoned, its root cut off, made like a palm stump, brought to obliteration, subject to non-arising in the future. Thus, monks, a monk is a noble one whose flag has fallen, whose burden has been laid down, who is unbound.
"Monks, a monk with a mind thus liberated, the gods with Indra, including the Brahmā realm, with Pajāpati, searching, do not find - 'This is what the Tathāgata's consciousness is dependent upon.'"

"One who has abandoned five factors" means having abandoned the five factors beginning with sensual desire by various means, he stands firm. For this was said:

"And how, friends, is a monk one who has abandoned five factors? Here, friends, for a monk sensual desire has been abandoned, anger has been abandoned, sloth and torpor have been abandoned, restlessness and remorse have been abandoned, sceptical doubt has been abandoned. Thus, friends, a monk has abandoned five factors."

"Endowed with six factors" means having fulfilled six factors, having avoided aversion and attachment towards objects such as matter and so on at the six doors, having become mindful and fully aware by means of equanimity, by way of dwelling having fulfilled the six factors, having made them complete, because of standing firm, he is said to be "endowed with six factors." For this was said:

"And how, friends, is a monk endowed with six factors? Here, friends, a monk, having seen a form with the eye, is neither glad nor unhappy, he dwells equanimous, mindful and fully aware. Having heard a sound with the ear. Etc. Having smelled an odour with the nose, having tasted a flavour with the tongue, having touched a tangible object with the body, having cognised a mental object with the mind, he is neither glad nor unhappy, he dwells equanimous, mindful and fully aware. Thus, friends, a monk is endowed with six factors."

"One safeguard" means by the safeguarding of mindfulness, there is one supreme safeguard - thus "one safeguard." For this was said:

"And how, friends, is a monk one with one safeguard? Here, friends, a monk dwells endowed with a mind protected by mindfulness. Thus, friends, a monk has one safeguard."

"One with four supports" means one with four supports by way of wisdom's using, avoiding, dispelling, and abandoning - by way of four supports that are not turned back here and there - one with four supports, having attained them and standing firm. For this was said:

"And how, friends, is a monk one with four supports? Here, friends, a monk, after reflection, uses one thing; after reflection, avoids one thing. After reflection, dispels one thing; after reflection, abandons one thing" - it should be expanded by this method and so on.

"One who has rejected individual truths" means because of having individually grasped thus "only this view is the truth, only this is the truth," the view-truths reckoned as individual have been rejected, thrown out, and abandoned - thus one who has rejected individual truths.

"One who has completely relinquished all seeking" - here, "avayā" means not lacking. "Saṭṭhā" means relinquished. "One who has completely relinquished all seeking" means one whose seekings are completely and without deficiency relinquished. The meaning is one who has completely relinquished all seeking. "Consummate" means complete. "One who has lived the holy life" means one who has fulfilled the holy life; those who have lived in the communion with the venerable ones, in the noble path, and in the ten noble abodes. "The highest person" means because of the elimination of mental defilements, a distinguished person, a thoroughbred person. "The supreme person" means the highest person; or because of having attained the supreme attainment, having attained the highest attainable - the attainment of arahantship - having become an unsurpassed field of merit, the highest person; it is in that very meaning the supreme person. Because of having attained the Deathless attainment, being able to enter the unsurpassed meditative attainment, he is one who has attained the supreme attainment. Or else, having recognised the danger in the household life, by way of entering the Dispensation, the highest person. Having recognised the danger in individual existence, by way of entering insight, the supreme person. Having recognised the danger in mental defilements, having entered the intermediate noble plane, one who has attained the supreme attainment - thus some explain.

"He neither accumulates" means because wholesome and unwholesome states have been abandoned, he does not increase their result. "Nor diminishes" means because of being established in fruition, he does not destroy. "Having diminished, he stands firm" means because of being established in abandoning by tranquillisation, having destroyed the mental defilements, he stands firm. From here onwards, the three terms too should be connected by way of path and fruition alone. "He does not abandon" means because of the absence of anything to be abandoned, he does not abandon mental defilements. "He does not cling" means because of the absence of anything to be grasped by craving, conceit, and wrong view, he does not grasp through them. "Having abandoned, he stands firm" means having given up, he stands firm. "He does not sew together" means he does not sew together through the influence of craving. "He does not heap up" means he does not exalt through the influence of conceit. "Having unsewn, he stands firm" means standing firm without making the stitching together of craving - thus some explain. "He does not extinguish" means he does not quench the fire of mental defilements. "He does not kindle" means he does not set ablaze the fire of mental defilements. "Having extinguished, he stands firm" means having quenched that, he stands firm.

"With the aggregate of morality of one beyond training" means he stands firm through being endowed with the aggregate of morality of one beyond training - the aggregate of morality of speech, action, and livelihood - the mass of morality, because there is nothing further to be trained in; he stands firm through the state of not having fallen away. "With the aggregate of concentration" means with concentration associated with effort and mindfulness. "With the aggregate of liberation" means with the aggregate associated with fruition liberation. "With the aggregate of knowledge and vision of liberation" means with reviewing knowledge. "Having realised the truth" means having accomplished and penetrated the four noble truths by way of their intrinsic nature in one's own continuity, he stands firm. "Having transcended longing" means having surpassed the craving that is trembling. "The fire of mental defilements" means the fire of mental defilements beginning with lust. "Having consumed" means having exhausted and extinguished. "Through not going around" means through the state of not going in the round of rebirths, through the state of not coming again - this is the meaning. "Having taken up the mat" means having taken the victory throw. "Through resorting to freedom" means by way of resorting to objects such as materiality and so on, having been freed from all mental defilements. Or by way of resorting to fruition attainment, freed from all mental defilements. "Through purity of friendliness" means he stands firm through friendliness that is free from mental impurities and established in the state of purity. In the case of compassion and so on too, the same method applies.

"Through absolute purity" means having reached the end of purity through the state of surpassing purity, he stands firm. "Through non-identification" means craving, view, and conceit are called "identification." The absence of these is non-identification; through that state of being devoid of craving, view, and conceit, he stands firm. For this was said:

"Such a one, knower of the world, wise, the sage who identifies with nothing regarding all phenomena." Here too the meaning is devoid of craving, conceit, and view. "Through being liberated" means through the state of being freed from all mental defilements. "Through being content" means he stands firm through the state of being contented by way of contentment with whatever is gained, with whatever strength, and with whatever is suitable.

"At the limit of the aggregates" means having burnt the one-aggregate, four-aggregate, and five-aggregate existences with the three fires of full understanding, he stands at the end, at the conclusion; or the limit is that there is no end for this one, at that limit. In the case of the limit of elements and so on too, the same method applies. But this is the distinction - "At the limit of elements" means at the limit of the eighteen elements. "At the limit of sense bases" means of the twelve sense bases. "At the limit of destinations" means of the five destinations beginning with hell. "At the limit of rebirths" means of rebirth in fortunate and unfortunate worlds. "At the limit of conception" means of conception in the existences of sensual pleasure, fine-material, and immaterial realms. "At the limit of becoming" means of the single-aggregate, four-aggregate, five-aggregate, percipient, non-percipient, neither-percipient-nor-non-percipient, sensual, fine-material, and immaterial existences. "At the limit of wandering in the round of rebirths" means of the uninterrupted occurrence of aggregates, elements, and sense bases. "At the limit of the round of rebirths" means at the limit of the rounds of action, result, and mental defilements. "In the final existence" means in the final becoming of rebirth. "Standing in the final body" means standing in the final body, the physical body. "Bearing the final body" means he bears the final, last body, the physical body - thus one bearing the final body. "Worthy One" means a Worthy One because of being far from the enemies, because of having destroyed the spokes, because of being worthy of requisites and so on, and because of the absence of secrecy in evil-doing.

"This is his last" means this body, this individual existence, is the final one of that one who has eliminated the mental corruptions. "The final" means a small, slight, last morsel, like a last mouthful. With reference to the absence of renewed conception, he said "the cycle of birth and death, there is no more rebirth for him." Coming into being is birth; they die by means of it - thus death; and the uninterrupted continuation of the round of rebirths of aggregates and so on does not exist again for that one who has eliminated the mental corruptions - thus concluding the verse already stated, he said. Therefore the Blessed One said -

"Therefore a creature, etc. like one who has bailed out a boat, gone to the far shore."

Whatever was not said here and there in between in this discourse, that should be understood in accordance with the text.

In the Saddhammappajjotikā, the Commentary on the Mahāniddesa,

the Explanation of the Kāmasutta Niddesa is finished.

2.

Explanation of the Guhaṭṭhakasutta Niddesa

7. In the second - "A being" means stuck. "In the cave" means in the body. For the body is called "cave" because it is the dwelling place of fierce beasts such as lust and so on. "Covered over by many things" means covered over by the extensive collection of mental defilements such as lust and so on. By this, the internal bondage is stated. "Standing" means standing by way of lust and so on. "Sunk in delusion" - delusion is called the types of sensual pleasure. For here gods and humans become deluded, having been immersed in them; by this, the external bondage is stated. "Such a one is far from seclusion" means that such a man is far from, not near to, the threefold seclusion beginning with seclusion of the body. Why? "For sensual pleasures in the world are not easily abandoned" - because sensual pleasures in the world are not easily abandoned, therefore it is said.

"A being has indeed been said" means it has been spoken of by the method beginning with "a being, a man, a young man" and so on. "First the cave should be explained" means the cave should first be spoken of. In "body or" and so on, this is first the connection of terms - "body" or "cave" or etc. or "pot." Therein, "body" has already been stated below in the discussion on the establishments of mindfulness by the method beginning with "the body is the origin of contemptible things." It is a "cave" in the meaning of being the dwelling place of fierce beasts such as lust and so on; some say "in the meaning of concealing" also. As in such passages as "Far-wandering, travelling alone, bodiless, dwelling in the cave." It is a "physical form" in the meaning of being burnt by lust and so on, as in such passages as "They, having abandoned the human body." It is an "embodiment" in the meaning of causing heedlessness, as in such passages as "This putrid body breaks up, for life has death as its end." It is a "boat" in the meaning of travelling about in the round of rebirths, as in such passages as "Bail out, monk, this boat, bailed out it will go lightly for you." It is a "chariot" in the meaning of the existence of postures, as in such passages as "The chariot has morality as its accessory, meditative absorption as its axle, energy as its wheels." It is a "banner" in the meaning of being exceedingly lofty, as in such passages as "A flag is the mark of a chariot."

It is an "ant-hill" through being the residence of families of worms, as in such passages as "'Ant-hill', monk, this is a designation for this body made of the four primary elements." For just as an external ant-hill is called an "ant-hill" for four reasons: "it discharges," "it is discharged," "it is raised up by what is discharged," and "it is bound together by discharged cohesion." For it discharges various kinds of creatures such as snakes, mongooses, rats, and house lizards - thus it is an "ant-hill." It is vomited up by termites - thus it is an "ant-hill." Having been discharged by termites, it is raised up to the measure of a hip or even to the measure of a person by dust powder lifted with their beaks - thus it is an "ant-hill." Because of being bound by the spittle-cohesion discharged by termites, even when it rains for seven weeks it does not scatter; even in the dry season, having taken a fistful of dust from it, when that fistful is pressed, cohesion comes out - thus it is bound together by discharged cohesion, and so it is an "ant-hill." In the same way, this body too discharges various kinds of impure filth and stain by the method beginning with "from the eye, eye-filth" - thus it is an "ant-hill." Buddhas, Individually Enlightened Ones, and those who have eliminated the mental corruptions, through the exhaustion of attachment in this individual existence, have abandoned their individual existence and gone - thus it is vomited up by the noble ones, and so too it is an "ant-hill." And that by which this body is raised up by three hundred bones, bound together by sinews, plastered over with flesh, enveloped by moist hide, and coloured by skin, deceiving beings - all that is indeed renounced by the noble ones, thus it is raised up by what is renounced, and so too it is an "ant-hill." "Craving generates a person, his mind runs about" - thus, because of being generated by craving, this body, bound together by the cohesion of craving which is indeed renounced by the noble ones, is bound together by renounced cohesion - thus too it is an "ant-hill." And just as inside an ant-hill, various kinds of creatures are born right there, they defecate and urinate, the sick lie down, and the dead fall. Thus it is for them a birthing chamber, a toilet, a sick hall, and a cemetery. In the same way, even the body of wealthy warriors and others - without thinking "this is the guarded, protected, adorned, and beautified body of those of great power" - creatures dependent on the outer skin, creatures dependent on the hide, creatures dependent on the flesh, creatures dependent on the sinews, creatures dependent on the bones, creatures dependent on the bone marrow - thus by family reckoning, approximately eighty thousand families of worms are born right within the body itself, they defecate and urinate, afflicted by sickness they lie down, the dead and the not yet dead fall. Thus this too is for those creatures a birthing chamber, a toilet, a sick hall, and a cemetery, and so it has gone by the term "ant-hill."

It is a city in the sense of being a place where agreeable and disagreeable things befall, as in such passages as "the city of identity" and so on. It is a nest in the sense of being a nesting place, a dwelling place for diseases and so on, as in such passages as "a seat of disease, perishable" and so on. It is a hut in the sense of being a dwelling house for conception, as in such passages as "having entered this hut with five doors" and so on. It is a boil in the sense of being putrid, as in such passages as "disease, monks, boil, monks, dart, monks, this is a designation for the body" and so on. It is a pot in the sense of breaking, as in such passages as "having understood this body to be like a pot" and so on. "This is a designation for the body" means this is a designation, a description, for the collection of contemptible phenomena made of the four primary elements, of the aforesaid kind. "In the cave" means in the body. "Attached" means clinging. "Strongly attached" means diversely clinging by way of lust for beauty and so on. Clinging by way of lust for shape. Stuck by way of grasping right there as "beautiful" and "pleasant." Fastened by way of grasping as self. "Obstructed" means standing without releasing by way of lust for contact. "Wall peg" means a small post hammered into a wall. "Ivory peg" means likewise a curved hook resembling an elephant's tusk. "Attached" means stuck on a wall peg. "Strongly attached" means stuck on an ivory peg. "Clinging" means stuck on a bamboo pole for robes. "Stuck" means stuck on a cord for robes. "Fastened" means stuck on the leg of a chair. "Obstructed" means stuck on the leg of a bed - it should be connected by such methods and so on.

"A designation for attachment" means a description of clinging with distinction. "Covered" means concealed by mental defilements of the aforesaid kind. "Completely covered" means covered over and over by way of arising again and again. "Obstructed" means shut out. "Hindered" means blocked. "Enveloped" means covered over by spreading upon. "Closed" means wrapped around like the mouth of a pot with a lid. "Concealed" means veiled. "Turned upside down" means placed face downward. Therein, "covered" is like something covered with grass, leaves, and so on. "Completely covered" is like a dam obstructing a river. "Obstructed" is like an obstruction on a road for people's passage.

"Bound through the power of conceit" means having been bound to various objects through the power of various kinds of conceit and arrogance, he stands. "Adhered to through the power of views" means adhered to through the power of the sixty-two views, touched and seized. "Gone to distraction through the power of restlessness" means through the power of not remaining settled on the object, he has reached and attained mental distraction. "Not having reached a conclusion through the power of doubt" means through the power of sceptical doubt reckoned as uncertainty regarding the Triple Gem and so on, he has not reached a conclusion. "Become strong through the power of underlying tendencies" means through the power of underlying tendencies that are difficult to remove and unabandoned, having reached and attained a state of firmness, he stands.

"Involved with matter" means having approached matter by way of involvement through craving and views, having made it an object. "Consciousness, when remaining, remains" means consciousness having matter as its object, remaining in that object, remains. "With matter as its object, established upon matter" means having taken hold of matter itself as its object, having made matter itself its support. "Imbued with delight" means consciousness sprinkled with the water of craving accompanied by rapture. "Growth" means the state of growth. "Increase" means the state of increase upwards by way of impulsion. "Expansion" means expansion by way of that object.

"There is lust" and so on are names for greed itself. For it is called "lust" by way of dyeing, "delight" by way of rejoicing, and "craving" by way of thirsting. "Consciousness is established there and has grown" means having impelled the action, it is both established and grown through the ability to drag in conception. "Where" is a locative referring to the round of rebirths in the three planes. Or everywhere this locative refers to the preceding term. "There is growth of activities there" - this was said with reference to activities that are the cause of the future round of rebirths, for one standing in this resultant round of rebirths. "Where there is the production of rebirth in the future" means in whatever state there is the production of rebirth in the future. Therein, it should be known that the first discourse was said by way of attachment to objects such as matter and so on, the second discourse was said by way of delighting in that very object, the third was said by way of the station of consciousness, the fourth by way of the fourfold nutriment, by way of the station of wholesome and unwholesome consciousness.

"For the most part" means mostly. "Become deluded" means they fall into delusion. "Become completely deluded" means they become deluded with distinction. "Become thoroughly deluded" means they become deluded in every way. Or else, dependent on a visual object they become deluded, dependent on a sound object they become completely deluded, dependent on a sensed object they become thoroughly deluded. "Blinded by ignorance" means blinded by ignorance, by not knowing, in the eight instances. Or the reading is "gatā," the meaning being they have gone to a state of blindness. "Sunk" means entered into. "Plunged in" means entered into the lower part. "Immersed in" means having plunged in and covered over, entered in with distinction. "Submerged" means having become face downward, entered in. Or else, plunged in through the association of seeing. Immersed in through the association of hearing. Submerged through the association of speaking. Or plunged in through being deprived of the association of good persons. Or immersed in through being deprived of the practice of the Good Teaching. Or submerged through being deprived of the practice in conformity with the Teaching.

"Seclusion" means separation, or detachment is seclusion. "Three" is a delimitation by counting. "Seclusion of the body" means separation by body, moving apart without. In seclusion of the mind and so on too, the same method applies. "Here a monk" means in this Dispensation. A monk because of seeing danger in the round of rebirths. "Secluded" means empty, with little noise, with little disturbance - this is the meaning. For with reference to this very thing, in the Vibhaṅga, it was said: "Secluded" means even if a lodging is near, and it is not crowded by householders or those gone forth, therefore it is called "secluded." "One sleeps and also sits here" - thus "lodging" (senāsana); this is a designation for beds, chairs, and so on. Therefore he said -

"Lodging" means a bed is also a lodging, a chair too... a mattress too... a pillow too... a dwelling-place too... a lean-to too... a mansion too... a watchtower too... a pavilion too... a rock cell too... a cave too... a tree-root too... a bamboo thicket too... or wherever monks withdraw to, all this is a lodging.

Furthermore, a dwelling-place, a lean-to, a mansion, a long building, a cave - this is called dwelling-lodging. A bed, a chair, a mattress, a pillow - this is called bed-and-chair-lodging. A carpet, a piece of leather, a grass spread, a leaf spread - this is called spread-lodging. Or wherever monks withdraw to - this is called space-lodging. Thus lodging is fourfold. All that is included by the term "lodging."

But here, showing the suitable lodging for this monk who is like a bird, belonging to the four directions, he said "a forest, the root of a tree" and so on. Therein, "forest" means "having gone out beyond the gate, all this is forest" - this has come by way of the nuns. "A forest lodging is named as the last five hundred bow-lengths" - but this is suitable for this monk. Its characteristic has been stated in the Visuddhimagga in the description of the ascetic practices. "The root of a tree" means any secluded tree-root giving dense shade. "Mountain" means a rock. For there, having done the water-function at the natural rock-tanks, for one seated in the cool shade of a tree, with the various directions visible, being fanned by a cool breeze, the mind becomes fully focused. "Grotto" - "ka" is called water; split by that, a mountain region broken by water. Which they also call "river-basin" and also "river-glen." For there the sand is like a silver plate, at the top the forest thicket is like a canopy of jewels, and water flows like a mass of gems. Having descended into such a grotto, having drunk water, having cooled the limbs, having heaped up sand, having spread out a rag-robe, for one seated practising the ascetic duty, the mind becomes fully focused. "Mountain cave" means between two mountains, or in just one, a great opening like a tunnel. The characteristic of a cemetery has been stated in the Visuddhimagga.

"Deep forest" means having gone beyond the village boundary, a place not frequented by people, where they neither plough nor sow. Therefore he said "deep forest is a designation for distant lodgings" and so on. "Open space" means uncovered. But if one wishes, one makes a robe-hut here and dwells. "Heap of straw" means a pile of straw. For from a great heap of straw, having dragged out straw, they make shelters resembling an overhanging rock cell; and also having placed straw on top of shrubs, bushes and so on, seated underneath, they practise the ascetic duty. With reference to all this, it was said "he dwells secluded in body" and so on. "Alone determines upon the walking path" means he sets it going - this is what has been said. "Moves" means he maintains the posture. "Conducts himself" means he gives rise to the conduct of the posture. "Maintains himself" means he preserves the posture. "Sustains himself" means he sustains himself. "Supports himself" means he supports himself.

"For one who has attained the first meditative absorption" means for one who possesses wholesome meditative absorption. "The mind is secluded from the mental hindrances" - although even by access concentration the mind is secluded from the mental hindrances, in order to show that within absorption it is well secluded indeed, it was said "for one who has attained the first meditative absorption, the mind is secluded from the mental hindrances." The same method applies for those who have attained the second, third, and fourth meditative absorptions with regard to applied thought, sustained thought, rapture, happiness, and suffering. "From perception of material form" means from the perception of the fifteen fine-material-sphere meditative absorptions by way of wholesome, resultant, and functional. "From perception of aversion" means and from the perception of sensory impingement reckoned as the two sets of fivefold sense consciousness, arisen through the impingement of the eye with visible form and so on, by way of wholesome and unwholesome resultant. "From perception of diversity" means and from the forty-four sensual-sphere perceptions occurring with regard to various objects, the mind is secluded, is empty.

"For one who has attained the plane of infinite space" - here, that which has no end is infinite; space is infinite - thus infinite space; infinite space itself is the infinity of space; that infinity of space is a plane for this meditative absorption together with its associated mental states in the meaning of determination, just as the plane of the gods is for the gods - thus the plane of infinite space; this is a designation for the meditative absorption having as its object the space revealed by the removal of the kasiṇa. For one who has attained that plane of infinite space, for one who has attained the wholesome or functional meditative absorption. "From perception of material form" means under the heading of perception, from the fine-material-sphere meditative absorption and also from its object. For the fine-material-sphere meditative absorption too is called "material" in such passages as "one who is material sees forms" and so on; its object too in such passages as "one sees forms externally, beautiful and ugly" and so on. Therefore here, perception regarding material form is perception of material form - thus under the heading of perception, this is a designation for the fine-material-sphere meditative absorption. "There would be perception regarding material form" is perception of material form; it is said to mean "material form is its name." Thus it should be understood that this is also a designation for its object, which is distinguished as the earth kasiṇa and so on. From this perception of material form reckoned as meditative absorption of fifteen kinds by way of wholesome, resultant, and functional. And from this perception of material form reckoned as object of eight kinds by way of the earth kasiṇa and so on.

"From perception of aversion" means perception arisen through the impingement of the sense-bases such as the eye and so on and objects such as visible form and so on is perception of sensory impingement; this is a designation for perception of visible form and so on. As he said - "Therein, what is perception of sensory impingement? Perception of visible form, perception of sound, perception of odour, perception of flavour, perception of tangible object - these are called perceptions of sensory impingement." Those are five wholesome resultant and five unwholesome resultant - from this perception of sensory impingement.

"Perception of diversity" means by perception occurring in a diverse sensory field, or by diverse perception. As he said - "Therein, what is perception of diversity? For one not attained, whether possessing the mind-element or possessing the mind-consciousness element, perception, perceiving, the state of having perceived - these are called perceptions of diversity" - thus it was stated having been classified in the Vibhaṅga. Those are what is intended here. For one not attained, the perceptions included in the mind-element and mind-consciousness element occur in a diverse sensory field of various intrinsic natures, differentiated into material form, sound, and so on. Since these are eight sensual-sphere wholesome perceptions, twelve unwholesome perceptions, eleven sensual-sphere wholesome-resultant perceptions, two unwholesome-resultant perceptions, and eleven sensual-sphere functional perceptions - thus all forty-four perceptions are diverse, of various intrinsic natures, mutually dissimilar, therefore they are called "perceptions of diversity"; by that perception of diversity.

"The mind is secluded" means for one who has attained the plane of infinite space, the consciousness of the meditative absorption is secluded from the perceptions reckoned as perception of material form, perception of aversion, and perception of diversity - it is separated, it is withdrawn. "The plane of infinite consciousness" means this very consciousness is its plane in the meaning of foundation - thus the plane of infinite consciousness; this is a designation for the meditative absorption that has as its object the consciousness occurring in space. For one who has attained that meditative absorption, the mind is secluded from the perception of the plane of infinite space of the aforementioned kind.

"The plane of nothingness" - here, however, "there is nothing of it" means one who owns nothing; it is said to mean that not even so much as a fragment of it remains. The state of one who owns nothing is nothingness; this is a designation for the disappearance of the consciousness of the plane of infinite space. That nothingness is its plane in the meaning of foundation - thus the plane of nothingness; this is a designation for the meditative absorption that has as its object the disappearance of the consciousness that occurred in space. For one who has attained that plane of nothingness, the mind is secluded from that perception of the plane of infinite consciousness.

"The plane of neither-perception-nor-non-perception" - here, however, by the nature of whichever perception it is called "the plane of neither-perception-nor-non-perception," in order to show first what that perception is for one who has thus practised, in the Vibhaṅga, having extracted "neither percipient-nor-non-percipient," that very same is stated: "One attends to the plane of nothingness as peaceful, one develops the attainment with a residue of activities; therefore one is called neither percipient-nor-non-percipient." Therein, "attends to it as peaceful" means one attends to it as "peaceful" by way of its having a peaceful object, thus: "Peaceful indeed is this attainment, in that it dwells having made even the state of non-existence its object." For one seated having entered that plane of neither-perception-nor-non-perception, the consciousness of the meditative absorption is empty of that perception of the plane of nothingness.

"Of a stream-enterer" means of one who has attained the fruition of stream-entry. "Of identity view" means of identity view with twenty bases. "Of sceptical doubt" means of uncertainty regarding the eight instances. "Of adherence to moral rules and austerities" means the view that arises by adhering thus: "By morality there is purification, by ascetic practice there is purification." "Of the underlying tendency to wrong view" means the underlying tendencies to wrong view that lie latent in the continuity in the sense of not being abandoned. Likewise the underlying tendency to sceptical doubt. "And from those co-existent with these" means and from those standing together with identity view and so on. Mental defilements that torment and oppress - from those mental defilements beginning with identity view, the mind is secluded, is empty. Here, "co-existent" is twofold co-existence: co-existence by abandoning and co-existence by conascence. For the mental defilements leading to the realms of misery, as long as they are not abandoned by the path of stream-entry, so long they stand together with wrong view and sceptical doubt in one person - thus they are co-existent by abandoning. For among the ten mental defilements, here only wrong view and sceptical doubt have come. Among the underlying tendencies, the underlying tendency to wrong view and the underlying tendency to sceptical doubt have come. But the remaining eight mental defilements leading to the realms of misery - greed, hate, delusion, conceit, sloth, restlessness, shamelessness, and moral fearlessness - having become co-existent by abandoning together with wrong view and sceptical doubt, are abandoned by the path of stream-entry together with the two underlying tendencies. Or among the one and a half thousand mental defilements headed by lust, hate, and delusion, when wrong view is being abandoned by the path of stream-entry, sceptical doubt is abandoned together with wrong view, and together with the underlying tendency to wrong view and the underlying tendency to sceptical doubt, all mental defilements leading to the realms of misery are abandoned by way of co-existence by abandoning. But the co-existent by conascence are the remaining mental defilements standing together with wrong view and together with sceptical doubt in each individual consciousness.

For by the path of stream-entry, five consciousnesses are abandoned - four accompanied by wrong view and one accompanied by sceptical doubt. Therein, when the two unprompted consciousnesses associated with wrong view are being abandoned, greed, delusion, restlessness, shamelessness, and moral fearlessness that are conascent with them - these mental defilements are abandoned by way of co-existent; when the two prompted consciousnesses associated with wrong view are being abandoned, greed, delusion, sloth, restlessness, shamelessness, and moral fearlessness that are conascent with them - these mental defilements are abandoned by way of co-existent; when the consciousness accompanied by sceptical doubt is being abandoned, delusion, restlessness, shamelessness, and moral fearlessness that are conascent with it - these mental defilements are abandoned by way of co-existent. "The mind is secluded from those twofold co-existent mental defilements" means the consciousness of the path becomes secluded; the consciousness of fruition is secluded, detached, withdrawn, and empty - this is the meaning.

"Gross mental fetters of sensual lust of a once-returner" means the mental fetters that have become gross, that are coarse by being conditions for transgression at the body door, reckoned as lust for sexual intercourse. For it fetters one in sensual existence - thus it is called "mental fetter." "Mental fetter of aversion" means the mental fetter of anger. For it strikes against the object - thus it is called "aversion." Those very same, in the sense of having become firmly established, underlie in the continuity - thus they are underlying tendencies. "Residual" means the subtle mental fetter of sensual lust, the mental fetter of aversion, the residual underlying tendency to sensual lust, and the underlying tendency to aversion - in the sense of not being abandoned, by way of lying latent in the continuity, they are the subtle underlying tendencies to sensual lust and aversion. "And from those co-existent with these" means the mind is secluded from and empty of the mental defilements that are twofold co-existent as stated in meaning.

"Of a Worthy One" means of one who has received the name "Worthy One" because of having destroyed the enemies that are mental defilements. "Lust for material form" means desire and lust in fine-material existence. "Lust for immaterial existence" means desire and lust in immaterial existence. "Conceit" means conceit itself that is to be destroyed by the path of arahantship. Likewise restlessness, ignorance, the underlying tendency to conceit, and so on are to be destroyed by the path of arahantship. Among these, conceit has the characteristic of elevation. Restlessness has the characteristic of non-appeasement. Ignorance has the characteristic of blindness. The underlying tendencies to lust for existence that operate by way of lust for fine-material existence and lust for immaterial existence. "And from those co-existent with these" means and from the mental defilements standing together with those. "And externally from all signs" means the consciousness of the path becomes secluded from, is without, and withdraws from all signs of activities that, with reference to the unwholesome aggregates in the internal continuity of consciousness, have come to be reckoned as "external," and that, having been released internally, operate externally; the consciousness of fruition is secluded, detached, and withdrawn.

Therein, the absence of underlying tendencies should be understood in two ways: by the order of mental defilements and by the order of paths. For by the order of mental defilements, there is the absence of the underlying tendency to sensual lust and the underlying tendency to aversion by the third path, of the underlying tendency to conceit by the fourth path, of the underlying tendency to wrong view and the underlying tendency to sceptical doubt by the first path, and of the underlying tendency to lust for existence and the underlying tendency to ignorance by the fourth path itself. By the order of paths, however, there is the absence of the underlying tendency to wrong view and the underlying tendency to sceptical doubt by the first path, the diminution of the underlying tendency to sensual lust and the underlying tendency to aversion by the second path, their complete absence by the third path, and the absence of the underlying tendency to conceit, the underlying tendency to lust for existence, and the underlying tendency to ignorance by the fourth path. "Seclusion of the mind" means the state of being empty and void of mental defilements for exalted and supramundane consciousnesses - this is the meaning.

"Seclusion from clinging" means the state of being empty of the clingings reckoned as mental defilements, aggregates, and volitional activities. In order to show clinging first, he said beginning with "clinging is called mental defilements and" etc. Lust and so on arise in whomever, they torment and oppress that one - thus they are mental defilements. And the five aggregates beginning with matter, which are the domain of clinging. And the meritorious, demeritorious, and imperturbable volitional activities arisen from clinging. "The Deathless" means there is no death reckoned as dying for this - thus it is the Deathless; because of being the antidote to the poison of mental defilements, it is also the Deathless as medicine. Craving sews together and weaves in the round of rebirths, modes of generation, destinations, rebirths, stations of consciousness, and abodes of beings - thus craving is called "weaving"; that does not exist therein - thus it is Nibbāna. "Those whose bodies are in seclusion" means those whose bodies have departed from the desire to be in a crowd and company. "Who delight in renunciation" means those who delight in and are inclined towards the first meditative absorption and so on, which have gone forth from sensual pleasures and so on, as renunciation. "Who have attained the highest cleansing" means those who, having reached the fruit of the state of the highest purity, stand firm. "Those with pure minds through the absence of impurities, those who have attained the highest cleansing through the state of being freed from mental defilements. Those with pure minds through suppression-abandoning, those who have attained the highest cleansing through eradication-abandoning" - thus some explain. "Those free from clinging" means those in whom clinging has departed. "Those who have gone beyond activities" means those who, having abandoned activities as object, have approached Nibbāna, which is devoid of activities, by way of object. "The mind gone to the unconditioned" - here too indeed Nibbāna itself is said to be "the unconditioned."

"Distant" means far in various ways. "Very distant" means well and truly distant. "Not near" means not in proximity. "Not in the vicinity" means not on one side. "Not close" means not extremely near. "Removed from seclusion" means exceedingly far; the meaning is gone away. "One like that" means similar to that. "One standing in that way" means standing in that manner. "One of that manner" means standing in that way. "One of that kind" means one of that category. Or else, "one like that by the state of being attached in the cave of individual existence. One standing in that way by the state of being covered by mental defilements. One of that manner by the state of being sunk in delusion. One of that kind by the state of being far from the three kinds of seclusion" - thus some explain.

"Difficult to abandon" means they cannot be abandoned with ease. "Difficult to give up" means it is not possible to give up with ease. "Difficult to relinquish completely" means it is not possible to give up in every way. "Difficult to make sober" means it is not possible to make sober, to make free from intoxication. "Difficult to extricate from" means it is not possible to effect disentanglement, to effect release. "Difficult to cross" means it is not possible to cross over and surpass. "Difficult to cross over" means it is not possible to cross over in a distinguished way. "Difficult to transcend" means they are to be transcended only with difficulty. "Difficult to turn back from" means difficult to turn back from. Or else, "difficult to relinquish completely by their very nature. Difficult to make sober, like a bull's halter. Difficult to extricate from, like a serpent's snare. Difficult to cross, difficult to cross over, like a desert wilderness in the summer season. Difficult to transcend, like a forest occupied by tigers. Difficult to turn back from, like an ocean wave" - thus some explain.

8. Having thus established by the first verse that "such a one is far from seclusion," again making manifest the natural condition of such beings, he spoke the verse beginning with "with desire as source." Therein, "with desire as source" means having craving as cause. "Bound to the pleasure of existence" means bound by the pleasure of existence to pleasant feeling and so on. "They are difficult to free" means those phenomena that have become the basis of the pleasure of existence. Or those beings with desire as source who are bound therein are difficult to release. "For there is no release by another" means they are not able to release others. Or this is a word expressing reason. Those beings are difficult to free. Why? Because they are not to be released by another. If beings were to be released, they would be released by their own strength - this is its meaning. "Looking back or forward" means looking forward to sensual pleasures in the future or in the past. "Craving for these very sensual pleasures or for former ones" means desiring with powerful craving these present sensual pleasures or former ones, in both ways, past and future. And the connection of these two terms should be understood together with "they are difficult to free, for there is no release by another." Otherwise, "looking forward, craving - what do they do, or what has been done?" would not be clear.

"Bound to the pleasure of existence": pleasure in existence is the pleasure of existence; having been bound by that pleasure of existence, by the gratification of happiness, they remain. In order to show that by analysing it, he said "one pleasure of existence - pleasant feeling" and so on. The state of being youthful is youth. The state of being free from illness is health. The state of the life faculty continuing is life. "Material gain" means the gain of the four requisites. "Fame" means retinue. "Praise" means renown. "Happiness" means bodily and mental happiness. "Pleasing forms" means forms that increase the mind. The same method applies in the remaining ones too.

"Accomplishment of eye" means the accomplishment of the eye. With reference to the arisen gratification of happiness, "My eye is accomplished, it appears like an opened lattice window in a jewelled mansion," "accomplishment of eye" is said. The same method applies in the case of accomplishment of ear and so on too. Bound to the pleasure of pleasant feeling, etc. "Variously bound" means bound in various ways. "Fastened" means especially bound from the beginning. "Stuck" means applied together with the object. "Attached" means attached like a jar of molasses on an ivory peg. And whatever has not been said here should be understood by the method stated in the passage beginning with "a being, strongly attached."

"For there is no release by another" means there is no release by others. "Or those objects of pleasure in existence are difficult to free" means those phenomena that have become the basis of the gratification of pleasure in existence are difficult to release. "Or beings are difficult to release from this" means beings indeed are difficult to release from this object of pleasure in existence.

"Difficult to pull out" means difficult to pull out. "Difficult to pull out completely" means difficult to pull out upwards, like one who has fallen into a hellish pit with banks cut on all sides. "Difficult to raise up" means difficult to make rise. "Difficult to raise up completely" means exceedingly difficult to lift up, like establishing a subtle individual existence on the earth.

"Those who are themselves sunk in the marsh" means those submerged up to the head in deep mud are unable. "To pull out another who is sunk in the marsh" means they are unable to seize by the hands or by the head another likewise submerged, pull him out, and establish him on dry ground. "That indeed, Cunda" - "he" is a description of the person in the manner to be spoken of. Of that, having brought this term of synopsis "whoever," whoever is himself sunk in the marsh, that one indeed, Cunda, will pull out another who is sunk in the marsh. Thus the connection should be understood in the remaining terms. "Sunk in the marsh" means one submerged in deep mud. Just as, Cunda, some man submerged up to the head in deep mud would pull out another likewise submerged, having seized him by the hands or by the head - this is impossible. For indeed there is no reason by which he could pull him out and establish him on dry ground. As for "untamed, undisciplined, not attained final Nibbāna" - here, however, untamed because of not seeking after. Undisciplined because of the state of not having trained in the discipline. Not attained final Nibbāna because of the state of mental defilements not being quenched - this should be understood. That such a one will tame another, will make him seek after, will discipline, will train in the three trainings. "Will lead to final Nibbāna" means will extinguish his mental defilements.

"There is no one else" means there is no other person whatsoever able to release. "By one's own strength" means by the strength of one's own knowledge. "By power" means by the power of knowledge. "By energy" means by mental energy associated with knowledge. "By manly effort" means by great energy through stepping upon successive stages.

"I will not be able" means I will not be able, I am not capable; it is said to mean "I will not endeavour." "For the setting free" means to set free. "One who is doubting" means one with uncertainty. "Dhotaka" is a form of address. "You will cross" means you would cross.

"Indeed, evil done by oneself, by oneself one becomes defiled;

Evil not done by oneself, by oneself one becomes pure;

Purity and impurity are individual, no one can purify another."

Here the meaning is this: By whichever self unwholesome action has been done, he, experiencing suffering in the four realms of misery, becomes defiled by himself. But by whichever self evil has not been done, he, going to a fortunate world and to a fortunate destination, becomes pure by himself. Purity reckoned as wholesome action and impurity reckoned as unwholesome action individually ripen for the doer beings by themselves alone. One person cannot purify another person - he neither purifies nor defiles - this is what is said.

"Nibbāna exists" means the Deathless, the great Nibbāna, exists indeed. "The path leading to Nibbāna" means the noble path beginning from the preliminary part of insight. "I exist as the instigator" means I stand as one who causes to undertake, as one who establishes. "Being thus exhorted, being thus instructed" means being thus exhorted by me, being thus instructed by me. Here, one speaking regarding a case that has arisen is called exhorting; one instructing regarding a case that has not arisen, showing the future by way of "there will be disgrace for you too" and so on, is called instructing. Even one speaking face to face is called exhorting; one sending a messenger or a message in one's absence is called instructing. Even one speaking once is called exhorting; one speaking again and again is called instructing. Or one who exhorts is also called instructing. "Some" means even some; "some" is the meaning. "Attain the absolute goal, Nibbāna" - "absolute" means having gone beyond the end termed elimination and passing away; and that being absolute and being the goal because it is the state of non-occurrence of all activities - thus "absolute goal," the exclusive goal, the perpetual goal - this is the meaning. They attain, they accomplish that absolute Nibbāna. "Do not attain" means they do not accomplish, they do not obtain - this is the meaning. "What can I do about this" means among these, what can I do, what shall I do - this is the meaning. "One who points out the path" means one who points out the path of practice. "Tells" means speaks. "Practising by themselves, they would be released" means practising, we would be released.

"With reference to the past" means dependent on the past. "How does one look before" means in what manner does one look, does one gaze. "I was of such matter" means by way of tall, short, thin, stout and so on, I was of such kind, of such form. "Therein one pursues delight" means in that visual object one rightly brings, leads forth craving. The same method applies to feeling and so on as well.

"Thus my eye" and so on - he said this showing the arising of craving by way of sense-base and object. "Thus forms" means thus forms, thus. "Therein bound by desire and lust" - in those eye-forms, desire reckoned as weak and lust reckoned as strong, by that desire and lust it is bound, clinging. "Consciousness" means impulsion consciousness. "Because consciousness is bound by desire and lust" means because of the state of that impulsion consciousness being bound by desire and lust. "Delights in that" means one delights in that object through the influence of craving.

"Whatever of his those" means whatever of his those were. "Before" means in the past. "Together" means as one. "Laughing, talking and playing" means laughing such as showing the teeth and so on, and talking by making verbal expression, and playing such as bodily amusement and so on. "He enjoys that" means he enjoys that, finds gratification, consents to it. "He desires that" means he desires that, expects it. "Finds happiness" means reaches contentment.

"May I be" means I would be. "For the attainment of what has not been attained" means for the purpose of reaching what has not been reached. "Directs the mind" means places the mind. "By reason of the mind's aspiration" means by reason of the placing of consciousness.

"By morality or" means by morality such as the five precepts and so on, or. "By ascetic practice or" means by the observance of ascetic practices, or. "By austerity or" means by the observance of energy, or. "By the holy life or" means by abstinence from sexual intercourse, or. "A god or" means a king of gods of great might, or. "An inferior deity or" means a certain one among them, or.

"Craving" means speaking by way of virtue. "Yearning" means speaking in a particular manner. "Longing" means speaking with distinction, or the term is extended by means of a prefix.

9. Having thus established by the first verse that "such a one is far from seclusion," and having made manifest by the second verse the natural condition of such ones, now making manifest their evil doing, he spoke the verse "greedy for sensual pleasures."

Its meaning is - Those beings are greedy for sensual pleasures through craving for enjoyment, engaged due to being devoted to seeking and so on, bewildered due to having fallen into confusion, ungenerous due to going down, due to stinginess, and due to not heeding the words of the Buddha and so on, established in unrighteousness beginning with bodily misconduct, at the final moment brought to the suffering of death, they lament: "What shall we become when we have passed away from here?"

"Greedy" means greedy through sensual lust. "Bound" means having been expecting through lust for thoughts, bound. "Infatuated" means overcome by infatuation through sensual craving. "Attached" means pressed down and submerged by delight in sensual pleasures. "Stuck" means clinging through affection for sensual pleasures. "Fastened" means united through the fever of sensual passion. "Fettered" means ensnared by the perception of sensuality. Or else, "greedy in the seeing of views. Bound in frequent seeing. Infatuated in the act of association. Attached in the act of intimacy. Stuck in the pursuit of affection. Fastened in the attainment of coupling. Having been not releasing again and again, fettered" - thus some explain.

"Seeking" means they expect. "Searching for" means they track down. "Investigating" means they wish for and desire in every way. Or else, regarding a seen object, they seek whether there is beauty or ugliness, or not. Having made evident the beautiful or ugly object, making it dear for the purpose of pursuing, they search for it. By the power of the mind they seek. By the power of effort they search for. By the power of action they investigate. Having descended into and conducting themselves dependent on those twofold sensual pleasures - thus they are of that temperament. And they increase and set in motion those sensual pleasures abundantly and for the most part - thus they have that abundantly. And having made those sensual pleasures weighty, they delight in them - thus they are bent thereon. Having become slanting and bending towards those sensual pleasures, they dwell - thus they are slanting towards that. Having become fully slanting towards those sensual pleasures, they dwell - thus they are sloping towards that. Having hung upon those sensual pleasures, bending towards those very ones, they dwell - thus they are inclining towards that. Having spread over those sensual pleasures, having become overcome by infatuation and attachment, they speak - thus they are intent upon that. And having made those sensual pleasures the authority and foremost, they dwell - thus they have that as authority. Or else, "of that temperament due to the desirable nature of the object. Having that abundantly due to the pleasant nature of the object. Bent thereon due to the agreeable nature of the object. Slanting towards that due to the dear nature of the object. Sloping towards that due to the nature of the object being connected with sensuality. Inclining towards that due to the enticing nature of the object. Intent upon that due to the infatuating nature of the object. Having that as authority due to the binding nature of the object" - thus some explain.

In the passage beginning with "investigate visible forms" and so on, "investigate" means by way of search for the gaining of what has not been obtained. "Obtain" means by way of having come into possession. "Consume" means stated by way of using - this should be known. One who makes dispute and contention is a maker of disputes. One engaged in that is engaged in disputes. In the case of doer of action and so on too, the same method applies. "Walking in a resort" means walking about in the resort of prostitutes and so on, or in the resort of the establishments of mindfulness and so on. One engaged in those is engaged in the resort. "A meditator" means one who has meditative absorption by way of meditation on a single object. One engaged in that is engaged in meditative absorption.

"Those who go down" means they go to the realm of misery. "The stingy" means those who conceal their own success. "Word" means utterance. "Statement" means a sentence-path. "Teaching" means an answering exhortation. "Admonition" means instruction. "Do not heed" means they do not take up, they do not respect. "Na paṭissantī" is also a reading; the meaning is the same. For the purpose of showing stinginess by way of subject matter, "five kinds of stinginess - stinginess regarding residence" and so on was said. Therein, stinginess regarding residence is stinginess regarding residence. The same method applies to the remaining terms as well.

"Residence" means the entire monastery, or a residential cell, or a single room, or night-quarters and so on. Those dwelling in them dwell happily and obtain requisites. A certain monk does not wish for the coming there of a well-behaved monk who is accomplished in duty, and even when he has come, he thinks "Let him go away quickly" - this is called stinginess regarding residence. But for one who does not wish for the dwelling there of makers of quarrels and so on, it is not called stinginess regarding residence.

"Family" means both a supporting family and a family of relatives. Therein, for one who does not wish for the approach of another, there is stinginess regarding family. But for one who does not wish for the approach of an evil person, it is not called stinginess. For he proceeds to the destruction of their confidence. But for one who does not wish for the approach there of a monk who is indeed able to protect their confidence, it is called stinginess.

"Material gain" means the gain of the four requisites only. When another who is virtuous obtains that, for one thinking "May he not obtain it," there is stinginess regarding material gain. But whoever wastes offerings given in faith, destroys them by way of non-use, misuse, and so on, and does not give even what is going to a state of rottenness to another - for one who, having seen that, thinks "If this one were not to obtain this, another who is virtuous would obtain it and it would come to use," there is no stinginess whatsoever.

"Praise" means both bodily beauty and the beauty of virtues. Therein, one who is stingy regarding bodily beauty, when it is said "Another is pleasing and possesses beauty," does not wish to speak of that. One who is stingy regarding the beauty of virtues does not wish to speak the praise of another by way of morality, ascetic practices, practice, and conduct.

"Teaching" means both the Teaching of the scriptures and the Teaching of penetration. Therein, noble disciples are not stingy regarding the Teaching of penetration; regarding the Teaching penetrated by themselves, they wish for penetration by the world with its gods. Moreover, they wish "May others know that penetration." But stinginess regarding the Teaching exists only regarding the Teaching of the texts. A person endowed with that, whatever hidden text or method of discourse he knows, does not wish to make others know it. But whoever, having examined the person, does not give out of consideration for the Teaching, or having examined the Teaching, does not give out of consideration for the person, this one is not called stingy with the Teaching. Therein, a certain person is fickle; at one time he is an ascetic, at one time a brahmin, at one time a Jain. For whatever monk does not give, thinking "This person, having broken the tradition-received text, the smooth and subtle distinction of the Teaching, will throw it into confusion," this one, having examined the person, does not give out of consideration for the Teaching. But whoever does not give, thinking "This Teaching is smooth and subtle; if this person grasps it, having declared the final liberating knowledge and having revealed himself, he will be ruined," this one, having examined the Teaching, does not give out of consideration for the person. But whoever does not give, thinking "If this one grasps this Teaching, he will be able to break our tradition," this one is called stingy with the Teaching.

Among these five kinds of stinginess, first, through stinginess regarding residence, having become a demon or a ghost, one wanders about carrying the refuse of that very residence on one's head. Through stinginess regarding families, having seen others making gifts, paying honour, and so on in that family, for one thinking "This family of mine is indeed broken," blood rises from the mouth, there is purging of the belly, and the intestines come out broken into fragments. Through stinginess regarding material gain, having been stingy regarding the material gain belonging to the monastic community or to a group, having consumed it as if for individual use, one is reborn as a demon or a ghost or a great boa constrictor. Through stinginess regarding bodily beauty and the beauty of virtues, and through stinginess regarding the teachings of the scriptures, one praises only one's own beauty, regarding the beauty of others saying "What beauty has this one?" pointing out this and that fault, and not giving any of the teachings of the scriptures to anyone, one becomes ugly and an idiot.

Furthermore, through stinginess regarding residence, one is cooked in an iron house; through stinginess regarding families, one obtains little material gain; through stinginess regarding material gain, one is reborn in the excrement hell; through stinginess regarding beauty, for one reborn in existence after existence, there is no beauty whatsoever; through stinginess regarding the Teaching, one is reborn in the hot-ash hell.

Stinginess is by way of the act of being stingy. The manner of the act of being stingy is the act of being stingy. The state of one who is possessed of stinginess, who has been affected by avarice, is the state of being stingy. One who does not wish to share all one's own successes, thinking "May they be for me alone, not for another," is avaricious; the state of the avaricious one is avarice - this is the name for soft stinginess. A miser is called disrespectful; the state of that is miserliness - this is the name for obstinate stinginess. For a person endowed with that prevents even others from giving to others. And this too was said -

"Miserly, of evil thought, holding wrong view, disrespectful;

He prevents one who is giving food to those who are begging."

Having seen beggars, one who bends and contracts the mind with harshness is one of harsh contraction; the state of that is the state of harsh contraction. Another method - The state of harsh contraction is called the ladle-grip. For when taking food from a pot filled level to the brim, one takes with the tip of a ladle shrunken on every side and is unable to take it full. In the same way, the mind of a stingy person contracts; when that contracts, the body too likewise contracts, shrinks back, turns away, and does not extend - thus stinginess is called "the state of harsh contraction."

"The state of not grasping of the mind" means the state of the mind being held back by obstructing, in such a way that it does not expand in the manner of giving and so on for the purpose of helping others. But because a stingy person is unwilling to give what is his own property to others, and wishes to take what belongs to others. Therefore, by way of its occurrence as "Let this wonderful thing be for me alone, not for another," its characteristic of concealing one's own success and its characteristic of seizing others' success should be understood.

"Stinginess regarding the aggregates is also stinginess" means the stinginess that occurs as "Let this wonderful thing be for me alone, not for another" regarding the becoming of rebirth reckoned as one's own five aggregates, not shared with others, is called stinginess regarding the aggregates. In the case of stinginess regarding elements and sense bases too, the same method applies. "Grasping" means seizing by way of the determination to grasp. "With lack of generosity" means through the state of not knowing what has been spoken even by the Omniscient Buddhas. For one who does not give to beggars does not know what has been spoken by them. "People are heedless" means people who are separated from mindfulness. "Word" means a brief utterance. "Statement" means a detailed utterance. "Teaching" means an utterance that points out the meaning by showing a simile. "Admonition" means an utterance that causes one to discern again and again. Or else, speaking by showing is called "word." Speaking by causing to grasp is called "statement." Speaking by pleasing is called "teaching." Speaking by making evident is called "admonition." Or else, speaking by removing the suffering of torment is called "word." Speaking by removing the suffering of fever is called "statement." Speaking by removing the suffering of the realms of misery is called "teaching." Speaking by removing the suffering of existence is called "admonition." Or else, "word" is an utterance connected with the penetration of the full understanding of the truth of suffering. "Statement" is connected with the penetration of the abandoning of the truth of origin. "Teaching" is connected with the penetration of the realization of the truth of cessation. "Admonition" is connected with the penetration of the development of the truth of the path - thus by such a method and so on some explain.

"They do not listen" means they do not hear. "They do not lend an ear" means they do not place the ear for the purpose of hearing. "They do not apply their minds to final knowledge" means they do not establish their minds for the purpose of knowing. "Disobedient" means not hearing the exhortation. "Not doing what is said" means even though hearing, they do not act upon the word - thus they are not doing what is said. "Acting contrary" means having become opponents, they conduct themselves in opposition. "They turn their faces away" means even though acting, they do not give their faces - this is the meaning.

"In unrighteousness" means unrighteous because it is the opposite of what is righteous, that is, what is authorised as bodily good conduct and so on; in that unrighteousness. "Established" means entered into and difficult to remove. "In bodily action" means in bodily action that occurs from the body, or that occurs by means of the body. In the case of verbal action and so on too, the same method applies.

Therein, it should be known that bodily action, verbal action, and mental action are classified by way of misconduct, while killing living beings and so on are classified by way of the ten unwholesome courses of action. This is, for now, the explanation of the common terms here. But among the uncommon terms, the striking down of a living being is the killing of living beings; it means the murder of a living being, the slaughter of a living being. "Living being" here means, in conventional terms, a being; in the ultimate sense, the life faculty. But in the case of one who perceives a living being as a living being, the murderous volition, aroused by an effort to cut off the life faculty, occurring through one or another of the doors of body and speech, is the killing of living beings. That, among living beings devoid of virtues such as animals and so on, is of little fault in the case of a small living being, and of great fault in the case of a large-bodied one. Why? Because of the greatness of the effort; and even when the effort is equal, because of the greatness of the object. Among those endowed with virtues, such as human beings and so on, it is of little fault in the case of a living being of few virtues, and of great fault in the case of one of great virtues. But when body and virtues are equal, it should be understood as of little fault when the mental defilements and the effort are mild, and of great fault when they are intense.

There are five requisite factors of it - a living being, the perception of it as a living being, a murderous mind, the effort, and death thereby. There are six modes of action - by one's own hand, by command, by throwing, by a fixed device, by magical knowledge, and by supernormal power. But when this matter is elaborated upon, there is excessive prolixity; therefore we shall not elaborate upon it. And other matters of such a kind; but those who are interested should examine the Samantapāsādikā, the commentary on the Vinaya, and learn from it.

The taking of what is not given is taking what is not given; it means appropriating what belongs to another, theft, robbery. Therein, "not given" means belonging to another, where another, exercising ownership as he wishes, is not deserving of punishment and is blameless. But in the case of one who perceives as belonging to another that which belongs to another, the volition of theft, aroused by the effort of taking it, is taking what is not given. That is of little fault when the property of another is inferior, and of great fault when it is superior. Why? Because of the superiority of the object; and when the objects are equal, it is of great fault in respect of the property belonging to those of superior virtue. With reference to each one of superior virtue, it is of little blame in respect of the property belonging to one of inferior virtue in each case.

There are five requisite factors of it - belonging to another, perception of it as belonging to another, intention to steal, effort, and carrying away by that means. The six modes of action are those beginning with by one's own hand. And these indeed operate as appropriate by way of these five modes of carrying away: carrying away by theft, carrying away by force, carrying away by concealment, carrying away by scheming, and carrying away by lot-drawing. This is the summary here. But the detail is stated in the Samantapāsādikā.

"Sexual misconduct" - here, "in sensual pleasures" means in sexual conduct. "Misconduct" means utterly blameworthy, low conduct. But by characteristic, sexual misconduct is the volition that transgresses an improper object, occurring through the body-door with the intention of engaging in sexual intercourse.

Therein, an improper object for men, to begin with, is: protected by the mother, protected by the father, protected by both mother and father, protected by the brother, protected by the sister, protected by relatives, protected by the clan, protected by co-religionists, with protection, under penalty - these are the ten beginning with protected by the mother; bought with money, kept for passion, kept woman, one who receives clothes, one who provides water, one who takes off the pad, a slave wife, a worker wife, flag-brought, wife for the moment - these ten beginning with bought with money make twenty women. But for women, other men are the improper object of the twelve women: the two with protection and under penalty, and the ten beginning with bought with money. This is called the improper object.

And this misconduct is of little fault when the improper object is devoid of virtues such as morality and so on, and of great fault when endowed with virtues such as morality and so on. There are four requisite factors of it - an improper object, the intention for intercourse with that one, the effort of intercourse, and the endurance of the practice of the path by a non-path. There is one mode of action, which is only by one's own hand.

"Falsely" means the verbal action or bodily action that destroys the welfare of one with the intention to deceive. With the intention to deceive, the volition that gives rise to the bodily and verbal action of deceiving another is false speech. Another method - "falsely" means a subject matter that is not factual, that is untrue. "Speech" means the communicating of that as factual, as true. But by characteristic, false speech is the volition that gives rise to the intimation as true, of one who wishes to communicate to another an untrue subject matter as true. That is of little fault when the welfare it destroys is small, and of great fault when it is great. Furthermore, for householders, that which occurs by the method beginning with "it does not exist" through unwillingness to give what is one's own property is of little fault; that which is spoken for the purpose of destroying welfare after having become a witness is of great fault. For those gone forth, having obtained even a little oil or ghee, that which occurs by the method of exaggeration with the intention of amusement, such as "today in the village oil flows like a river, methinks," is of little fault; but for those who speak by the method beginning with claiming to have seen what has not been seen, it is of great fault.

There are four requisite factors of it - an untrue subject matter, a mind intent on deceiving, the appropriate effort, and the other's cognition of that meaning. There is one mode of action, which is only by one's own hand. And that should be understood as the act of deceiving another by body, or by something connected to the body, or by speech. If by that act the other person knows that meaning, one is bound by the action of false speech at the very moment of the volition that gives rise to the act.

In the passages beginning with "divisive speech": the speech by which, to the one to whom he speaks that speech, he creates in that person's heart a sense of one's own dearness and a sense of the other's emptiness - that is divisive speech. But that by which one makes both oneself and another harsh, speech which is itself harsh, neither pleasant to the ear nor going to the heart - this is harsh speech. That by which one prattles frivolously what is pointless - that is idle chatter. The volition that is their root also obtains the designation of divisive speech and so on, and it is that very volition which is intended here.

Therein, the volition of one with a defiled mind, which is instigated by bodily and verbal action, for the purpose of dividing others or for the desire to be dear to oneself, is divisive speech. That is of little fault due to the lesser virtue of the one whose division it causes, and of great fault due to the great virtue of that one.

There are four requisite factors of it - another person to be divided; either the aim of division, thinking "thus they will become separated, they will become estranged"; or the desire to be dear, thinking "thus I shall become dear, trustworthy"; the corresponding effort; and the other's cognition of that meaning.

The volition that is exclusively harsh, instigated by bodily and verbal action that wounds the vital spots of another, is harsh speech. Even an action that wounds the vital spots, due to the gentleness of mind, is not harsh speech. For parents sometimes say to their little children thus "May thieves cut you to pieces!" yet they do not wish even a waterlily petal to fall upon them. And teachers and preceptors sometimes say to their dependants thus "Why do these shameless ones without moral fear conduct themselves so? Expel them!" Yet they wish for them the achievement of scriptural learning and realisation. And just as due to the gentleness of mind it is not harsh speech, so too due to the gentleness of words it is not non-harsh speech. For indeed, for one who wishes to have someone killed, the words "Make this one lie down comfortably" are not non-harsh speech; rather, due to the harshness of mind, that is indeed harsh speech. That, with reference to whomever it is directed - is of little fault due to the lesser virtue of that one, and of great fault due to the great virtue of that one. There are three requisite factors of it - another person to be reviled, an angered mind, and the reviling.

Idle chatter is the unwholesome volition that conveys what is unbeneficial, originating from bodily and verbal action. That is of little fault when the practice is slight, and of great fault when the practice is great. There are two requisite factors of it - the inclination towards pointless talk such as the Bhārata war, the abduction of Sītā, and so on; and the speaking of such talk.

"It covets" - thus covetousness; the meaning is that it proceeds by being directed towards another's goods and by inclination towards that. That has the characteristic of coveting another's goods thus: "Oh, indeed, may this be mine!" It is of little fault and of great fault, like taking what is not given. There are two requisite factors of it - another's goods, and the diverting to oneself. For even when greed has arisen with another's goods as its object, there is not yet a completion of the course of action, as long as one does not divert it to oneself thus: "Oh, indeed, may this be mine!"

"It destroys welfare and happiness" - thus anger; that has the characteristic of mental corruption for the destruction of another. It is of little fault and of great fault, like harsh speech. There are two requisite factors of it - another being, and the thought of his destruction. For even when wrath has arisen with another being as its object, there is not yet a completion of the course of action, as long as one does not think of his destruction thus: "Oh, may this one be annihilated, may he perish!"

"One sees wrongly through the absence of grasping things as they really are" - thus wrong view. That has the characteristic of distorted seeing, by the method beginning with "there is not what is given." It is of little fault and of great fault, like idle chatter.

"We shall become percipient, non-percipient, neither percipient nor non-percipient" - they are uncertain by way of form and so on. By the phrase beginning with "Shall we indeed exist," they are uncertain about themselves. Therein, "Shall we indeed exist?" "Or shall we not exist?" - in dependence on the mode of eternalism and the mode of annihilation, they are uncertain about their own existence and non-existence in the future. "What shall we indeed become?" - in dependence on birth, characteristic, and rebirth, they are uncertain whether "Shall we indeed become of the warrior caste, or one among brahmins, merchants, workers, householders, those gone forth, gods, or human beings?" "How shall we indeed become?" - in dependence on shape and appearance, they are uncertain whether "Shall we indeed become tall, or one among the short, fair, dark, of proper measure, of improper measure, and so on?" Some, however, say that in dependence on the creation by a lord and so on, they are uncertain as to the cause, thinking "By what reason indeed shall we come to be?" "Having been what, what shall we indeed become?" - in dependence on birth and so on, "Having been of the warrior caste, shall we indeed become brahmins?" etc. "Having been gods, human beings" - they are uncertain about their own succession. But "period of time" everywhere is a designation for time.

10. Since this is so, therefore one should train, etc. "the wise have said." Therein, "should train" means one should attend to the three trainings. "Here only" means in this very Dispensation. Therein, "what should be trained in" is training. "Three" is a delimitation by counting. "Training in higher morality": what is superior and highest as morality is higher morality; and that higher morality is training in the sense of what should be trained in - thus it is the training in higher morality. The same method applies to the trainings in higher consciousness and higher wisdom.

But what here is morality, what is higher morality, what is consciousness, what is higher consciousness, what is wisdom, what is higher wisdom? It is said - The five-factored and ten-factored morality is, to begin with, merely morality. For that is practised in the world whether a Buddha has arisen or has not arisen. When a Buddha has arisen, both Buddhas and disciples encourage the public in that morality; when a Buddha has not arisen, Individually Enlightened Ones, believers in action, righteous ascetics and brahmins, universal monarchs, great kings, and great Bodhisattas encourage them; and wise ascetics and brahmins undertake it by themselves. They, having fulfilled that wholesome mental state, experience success among gods and human beings.

But the morality of Pātimokkha restraint is called "higher morality." For that, like the sun among lights, like Sineru among mountains, is both superior to and the highest of all mundane moralities, and it is practised only when a Buddha has arisen, not without the arising of a Buddha. For no other being is able to draw out that regulation and establish it. But only Buddhas, having completely cut off the stream of transgression through the doors of body and speech, lay down that morality of restraint befitting each and every transgression. And even beyond the Pātimokkha restraint, only the morality associated with the path and fruition is higher morality.

But the eight sensual-sphere wholesome consciousnesses and the mundane eight attainment consciousnesses, taken together, should be understood as merely consciousness. And its occurrence whether a Buddha has arisen or not, the encouraging and the undertaking, should be understood by the very method stated regarding morality.

But the consciousness of the eight attainments that serves as the foundation for insight is called "higher consciousness." For that, like higher morality among moralities, is both superior to and the highest of all mundane consciousnesses, and it exists only when a Buddha has arisen, not without the arising of a Buddha. And even beyond that, only the consciousness of the path and fruition is higher consciousness.

But the knowledge of the ownership of actions, which proceeds by way of "there is what is given, there is what is sacrificed" and so on, is wisdom. For that is practised in the world whether a Buddha has arisen or has not arisen. When a Buddha has arisen, both Buddhas and disciples encourage the public in that wisdom; when a Buddha has not arisen, Individually Enlightened Ones, believers in action, righteous ascetics and brahmins, universal monarchs, great kings, and great Bodhisattas encourage them; and wise beings undertake it by themselves. For thus Aṅkura gave a great gift for ten thousand years. Velāma, Vessantara, and many other wise people gave great gifts. They, having fulfilled that wholesome mental state, experienced success among gods and human beings.

However, insight knowledge that delimits the aspects of the three characteristics is called "higher wisdom." For just as higher morality and higher consciousness are superior to and higher than morality and consciousness, so too it is both superior to and higher than all mundane wisdom, and it does not occur in the world without the arising of a Buddha. And even beyond that, only the wisdom of the path and fruition is higher wisdom.

Now, showing each one individually, he said beginning with "What is the training in higher morality - here a monk is virtuous, he dwells restrained by the restraint of the Pātimokkha." The word "here" is an illumination of the Dispensation that is the support of the person who is accomplished in the preliminary duties and who fulfils morality in every way, and a denial of such a state in other dispensations. For this was said: "Here only, monks, is an ascetic, etc. The other doctrines are empty of other ascetics." "Monk" is the illustration of the person who fulfils that morality. "Restrained by the restraint of the Pātimokkha" - this is the illustration of his state of being established in the Pātimokkha restraint. "Dwells" - this is the illustration of his being endowed with a dwelling conforming with that. "Accomplished in good conduct and lawful resort" - this is the illustration of the qualities that support his Pātimokkha restraint. "Seeing danger in the slightest faults" - this is the illustration of his nature of not falling away from the Pātimokkha. "Having accepted" - this is the illustration of his undertaking of the training rules without remainder. "He trains" - this is the illustration of his being endowed with the training. "In the training rules" - this is the illustration of the qualities to be trained in.

Therein, "monk" means one who sees danger in the round of rebirths - thus a monk. "He has morality" - thus "virtuous"; here "morality" means morality in the meaning of composing. What is this composing? It is either composure - the meaning is the state of not being scattered by way of good conduct of bodily action and so on. Or it is a receptacle - the meaning is the state of being a support by way of being the foundation for wholesome mental states. For indeed those who are skilled in the characteristics of words accept precisely this twofold meaning here. But others explain: "Morality is so called in the meaning of repeated practice, in the meaning of good conduct, in the meaning of composing, in the meaning of being the head, in the meaning of coolness, and in the meaning of auspiciousness."

Composing is its characteristic, even though it is divided in many ways;

Just as being manifest is the characteristic of matter, even though it is divided in many ways.

For just as the characteristic of the visible form sense base, even though divided in many ways by the division into blue, yellow, and so on, is being manifest, because even though divided by the division into blue and so on, it does not go beyond the state of being manifest. So too, even though morality is divided in many ways by the division into volition and so on, that very composing which has been stated by way of the composure of bodily action and so on, and by way of being the foundation for wholesome mental states - that itself is the characteristic, because even though divided by the division into volition and so on, it does not go beyond the state of composure and foundation. Now, of this which has such a characteristic -

The destruction of immorality, and likewise the quality of blamelessness;

In the sense of functional achievement, it is called function.

Therefore, this morality should be known as having the function of destroying immorality in the sense of function, and the function of blamelessness in the sense of achievement.

Its manifestation is purity; this, of it, by the wise;

And moral fear and shame are described as the proximate cause.

For this morality has the manifestation of purity as stated thus "bodily purity, verbal purity, mental purity"; it manifests as purity, it comes to the state of being apprehended. But shame and moral fear have been described by the wise as its proximate cause; the meaning is the near cause. For when shame and moral fear are present, morality both arises and endures; when they are absent, it neither arises nor endures - by morality of such a kind one is virtuous. This morality should be known as the mental states such as volition and so on of one abstaining from killing living beings and so on, or of one fulfilling the duty practice. For this has been said in the Paṭisambhidā: "What is morality? Volition is morality, the mental factor is morality, restraint is morality, non-transgression is morality."

Therein, volition as morality is the volition of one abstaining from killing living beings and so on, or of one fulfilling the duty practice. The mental factor as morality is the abstinence of one abstaining from killing living beings and so on. Furthermore, volition as morality is the volition of the seven courses of action of one abandoning killing living beings and so on. The mental factor as morality is the mental states of non-covetousness, non-anger, and right view stated in the Saṃyutta Mahāvagga by the method beginning with "having abandoned covetousness, he dwells with a mind free from covetousness." "Restraint is morality": here restraint should be known as fivefold - Pātimokkha restraint, mindfulness restraint, knowledge restraint, patience restraint, and energy restraint. The difference between them will become evident above. "Non-transgression is morality" means the bodily and verbal non-transgression of one who has undertaken morality. And here, the morality of restraint and the morality of non-transgression - this alone is morality directly. Volition as morality and the mental factor as morality should be known as morality in a figurative sense.

"Pātimokkha" means the morality of the training rules. For whoever protects it, guards it, that liberates, releases him from sufferings beginning with those bound for the realm of misery; therefore it is called "Pātimokkha." "Restrained by the restraint of the Pātimokkha" means endowed with the morality of Pātimokkha restraint. "Accomplished in good conduct and lawful resort" means accomplished in good conduct and in resort. "In the slightest" means in the most trifling. "In faults" means in unwholesome mental states. "Realising the danger" means one who sees danger. "Having accepted" means having rightly taken up. "He trains in the training rules" means having taken upon himself each and every training rule, he trains. Furthermore, "having accepted, he trains in the training rules" means whatever is to be trained in among the training rules, in the divisions of training, whether bodily or mental, having accepted all of that, he trains.

"The minor aggregate of morality" means the aggregate of morality with remainder beginning with saṅghādisesa. "The great" means without remainder beginning with pārājika. But since a monk is established in the Dispensation by means of Pātimokkha morality, therefore it is said to be "the support." Either a monk is established here, or wholesome mental states are established here - thus it is the support. This meaning should be understood by way of such discourses beginning with "A wise man established in morality" and "The characteristic of morality is support, great king, for all wholesome mental states" and "Established in morality, great king, etc. all wholesome mental states do not decline."

That same is the beginning in the meaning of arising first. And this too was said: "Therefore, Uttiya, you should purify the very beginning in wholesome mental states. And what is the beginning of wholesome mental states? Morality that is well purified and view that is straight." Just as a city builder, wishing to build a city, first clears the city site, then afterwards, having divided it by the demarcation of streets, crossroads, and intersections and so on, builds the city. Just so, one who practises meditation first purifies morality, then afterwards realizes concentration, insight, path, fruition, and Nibbāna. Or just as a washerman first washes a cloth with three alkaline substances, and then applies whatever kind of dye to the purified cloth; or just as a skilled painter, wishing to draw a picture, first does the wall preparation from the very beginning, then afterwards produces the picture. Just so, one who practises meditation, having purified morality from the very beginning, afterwards realizes the mental states beginning with serenity and insight. Therefore morality is said to be "the beginning."

That same is conduct by way of resemblance to feet. For "conduct" means feet. Just as for a man whose feet have been cut off, the volitional activity of going in a direction does not arise, but arises only for one with complete feet, just so for one whose morality is broken, defective, and incomplete, the going of knowledge for the purpose of going to Nibbāna does not succeed. But for one whose morality is unbroken, without defect, and complete, the going of knowledge for the purpose of going to Nibbāna succeeds. Therefore morality is said to be "conduct."

That same is self-control by way of controlling. Restraint by way of guarding - thus by both, morality as self-control and morality as restraint are spoken of. The meaning of the word here, however, is: it controls the struggling of transgression, or it controls a person - it does not allow him to struggle by way of transgression - thus it is self-control. It guards, it shuts the door of entry for transgression - thus it is restraint.

"The chief" means the highest or that which has become the entrance. Just as the fourfold nutriment of beings, having entered through the mouth, pervades the various limbs, so too for one who practises meditation, the wholesome of the four planes, having entered through the entrance of morality, accomplishes the success of purpose. Therefore it is called "the chief." "Good at the forefront" means the foremost; the meaning is the forerunner, the best, the chief. "For the attainment of wholesome mental states" should be understood as the foremost, the forerunner, the best, the chief for the purpose of obtaining the wholesome of the four planes.

"Quite secluded from sensual pleasures" means having been secluded from sensual pleasures, having been without them, having withdrawn. The particle "eva" here should be understood as having the meaning of delimitation. And since it has the meaning of delimitation, therefore at the time of entering and dwelling in the first meditative absorption, it indicates the opposing nature of sensual pleasures to that first meditative absorption, even though they are not present, and that its achievement is through the relinquishment of sensual pleasures alone. How? When the delimitation is being made thus "quite secluded from sensual pleasures," this becomes clear: surely sensual pleasures are the opposite of this meditative absorption; when they are present, this does not occur, just as the light of a lamp does not occur when there is darkness; and its achievement is through the relinquishment of them alone, just as the far shore is reached through the relinquishment of the near shore. Therefore it makes the delimitation.

Therein, one might ask: "But why is this stated only in the first term and not in the further term - could one enter and dwell in meditative absorption even without being secluded from unwholesome mental states?" But this should not be seen thus. Because it is the escape from those, it is stated only in the first term. Because this meditative absorption transcends the sensual element and is the opponent of sensual lust, it is the escape from sensual pleasures only. As he said - "The escape from sensual pleasures is this, namely renunciation." But in the further term too, just as in "here only, monks, is an ascetic, here is a second ascetic," the word "eva" is brought in and stated, so it should be said. For it is not possible to enter and dwell in meditative absorption without being secluded from other unwholesome mental states too, reckoned as mental hindrances. Therefore, "quite secluded from sensual pleasures, quite secluded from unwholesome mental states" - thus this should be seen in both terms as well. And in both terms, although by this common expression "being secluded," all kinds of seclusion - seclusion by substitution and so on, seclusion of the body and so on - are included, nevertheless in the preliminary stage, seclusion of the body, seclusion of the mind, and seclusion by suppression should be seen. At the moment of the supramundane path, seclusion of the body, seclusion of the mind, seclusion by eradication, and seclusion by escape.

"From sensual pleasures": by this term, both those objective sensual pleasures stated here by the method beginning with "what are objective sensual pleasures? Pleasing forms," and those defilement sensual pleasures stated here in the Vibhaṅga thus: "desire is sensual pleasure, lust is sensual pleasure, desire and lust is sensual pleasure, thought is sensual pleasure, lust is sensual pleasure, lust for thoughts is sensual pleasure" - all of them should be seen as included. For when this is so, the meaning "quite secluded from sensual pleasures" fits as "secluded even from objective sensual pleasures." By that, seclusion of the body is stated.

"Secluded from unwholesome mental states" - the meaning fits as "secluded from defilement sensual pleasures or from all unwholesome states." By that, seclusion of the mind is stated. And here, by the first, through the expression of seclusion from objective sensual pleasures, the relinquishment of sensual happiness is indicated; by the second, through the expression of seclusion from defilement sensual pleasures, the discernment of the happiness of renunciation is made clear. Thus, through the expression of seclusion from objective sensual pleasures and defilement sensual pleasures, by the first of these, the abandoning of the basis of defilement; by the second, the abandoning of defilement. By the first, the giving up of the cause of the state of greediness; by the second, of the state of foolishness. And by the first, purity of practice; by the second, the nourishment of disposition is made clear - this should be known. This, then, is the method regarding the side of objective sensual pleasures among the sensual pleasures stated here in "from sensual pleasures."

But on the side of defilement sensual pleasures, sensual desire itself, with its many varieties such as "desire" and "lust" and so on, is intended as "sensual pleasure." And although it is included in the unwholesome, it is stated separately in the Vibhaṅga by the method beginning with "therein, what is sensual desire? Sensual pleasure," as the opponent of meditative absorption. Or it is stated in the first term because of being a defilement sensual pleasure, and in the second term because of being included in the unwholesome. And because of its many varieties, instead of saying "from sensual pleasure" in the singular, "from sensual pleasures" in the plural is stated. And although other mental states too exist in the unwholesome state, only the mental hindrances are stated in the Vibhaṅga by the method beginning with "therein, what are unwholesome mental states? Sensual desire," because of showing the state of being the adversary and opponent of the higher meditative absorption factors. For the mental hindrances are the adversaries of the meditative absorption factors; they are the very opponents of those meditative absorption factors, their destroyers, their annihilators - this is what is stated. For thus it is stated in the Peṭaka: "Concentration is the opponent of sensual desire, rapture of anger, applied thought of sloth and torpor, happiness of restlessness and remorse, sustained thought of sceptical doubt."

Thus here, by "quite secluded from sensual pleasures," seclusion by suppression of sensual desire is stated; by "secluded from unwholesome mental states," of all five mental hindrances. But by the taking up of what was not taken up, by the first, of sensual desire; by the second, of the remaining mental hindrances. Likewise, by the first, among the three unwholesome roots, of greed whose object is the fivefold types of sensual pleasure; by the second, of hate and delusion whose objects are the grounds of resentment and so on. Or among mental states such as mental floods and so on, by the first, of the mental flood of sensuality, the mental bond of sensuality, the mental corruption of sensuality, clinging to sensual pleasures, covetousness, the bodily knot, and the mental fetter of sensual lust; by the second, of the remaining mental floods, mental bonds, mental corruptions, clingings, mental knots, and mental fetters. And by the first, of craving and those associated with it; by the second, of ignorance and those associated with it. Furthermore, by the first, seclusion by suppression of the eight types of arising of consciousness associated with greed is stated; by the second, of the remaining four types of arising of unwholesome consciousness - this should be understood.

And having thus far shown the factor of abandoning of the first meditative absorption, now in order to show the factor of association, "with applied thought and sustained thought" and so on was said. Therein, applied thought has the characteristic of fixing the mind upon the object, and sustained thought has the characteristic of stroking the object. And even though they are somewhere inseparable, in the sense of being gross and in the sense of being a forerunner, applied thought is the first striking of the mind upon the object, like the striking of a bell, while sustained thought is the continuation, like the reverberation of the bell, in the sense of being subtle and by its nature of stroking. And here applied thought is diffusive, being the agitation of consciousness at the time of first arising, like the flapping of the wings of a bird wishing to fly up into space, and like the descent towards a lotus of a wasp whose mind is bound by the scent. Sustained thought is of peaceful conduct, being the state of not-excessive-agitation of consciousness, like the spreading of the wings of a bird that has flown up into space, and like the circling of a wasp that has descended towards a lotus, over the upper part of the lotus.

But in the Commentary on the Book of Twos it is said: "Applied thought is that which has occurred by way of fixing the mind upon the object, like the flight of a great bird going through space, having caught the wind with both wings and having let the wings settle down; sustained thought is that which has occurred by way of stroking, like the flight of one causing the wings to flutter for the purpose of catching the wind." That is fitting with regard to occurrence by way of continuation. But that distinction between them becomes obvious in the first and second meditative absorptions. Furthermore, just as when one firmly holds a stain-covered bronze vessel with one hand and polishes it with the other hand using powder, oil, and a ball of wool, the hand that holds firmly is like applied thought. The hand that polishes is like sustained thought. Likewise, for a potter who, having set the wheel spinning with a stroke of a stick, is making a vessel, the hand that presses down is like applied thought. The hand that moves here and there is like sustained thought. Likewise, for one making a circle, the thorn that stands fixed, having been pressed down in the middle, is like applied thought as application. The thorn that revolves outside, stroking, is like sustained thought. Thus, this meditative absorption occurs together with this applied thought and this sustained thought, like a tree with its flowers and fruits - therefore this meditative absorption is called "with applied thought and sustained thought."

"Born of seclusion" - here separation is seclusion; the meaning is the departure of the mental hindrances. Or "secluded" is seclusion; the meaning is the mass of mental states associated with the meditative absorption, secluded from the mental hindrances. Therefore, born from seclusion, or born in that seclusion - thus "born of seclusion." "Rapture and happiness" - here, it gladdens, thus it is rapture (pīti); it has the characteristic of fondness. And this is fivefold: minor rapture, momentary rapture, recurring rapture, uplifting rapture, and pervading rapture.

Therein, minor rapture is able only to cause goose-flesh on the body. Momentary rapture is like the arising of lightning, moment by moment. Recurring rapture, like a wave on the ocean shore, having descended upon the body again and again, breaks. Uplifting rapture is powerful, having raised the body upward, reaching the extent of causing one to leap into space.

Pervading rapture is exceedingly powerful. For when it has arisen, having inflated the entire body, it becomes thoroughly pervaded, like an inflated bladder, and like the belly of a mountain cavern flooded by a great torrent of water. And this fivefold rapture, taking hold and reaching maturity, fulfils the twofold tranquillity - tranquillity of the mental body and tranquillity of consciousness; tranquillity, taking hold and reaching maturity, fulfils the twofold happiness - bodily and mental; happiness, taking hold and reaching maturity, fulfils the threefold concentration - momentary concentration, access concentration, and absorption concentration. Among those, that which, having become the root of absorption concentration, growing, and having reached the stage of association with concentration, is pervading rapture - this is the rapture intended in this meaning.

The other, however, "it makes happy" - thus happiness (sukhaṃ); the meaning is that in whomever it arises, it makes that one happy. Or "making happy" is happiness; or it well devours and destroys bodily and mental affliction - thus happiness; this is the name for pleasurable feeling. It has the characteristic of comfort. And even though they are somewhere inseparable, rapture is the contentment at the obtaining of a desirable object, and happiness is the experiencing of the flavour of what has been obtained. Where there is rapture, there is happiness; but where there is happiness, there is not necessarily rapture. Rapture is included in the aggregate of mental activities; happiness is included in the aggregate of feeling. Rapture is like the seeing and hearing of water at the edge of a forest for one exhausted in a wilderness; happiness is like entering the shade of the forest and partaking of the water. It should be understood that this was said because of their becoming obvious at each respective time. Thus, this rapture and this happiness belong to this meditative absorption, or exist in this meditative absorption - therefore this meditative absorption is called "with rapture and happiness."

Or else, rapture and happiness together are "rapture-and-happiness," like the Teaching and discipline and so on. Rapture and happiness born of seclusion belongs to this meditative absorption, or in this meditative absorption there is - thus also "rapture-and-happiness-born-of-seclusion." For just as the meditative absorption itself, so too the rapture and happiness here are born of seclusion only, and that belongs to it; therefore, having made an elision compound, it is fitting to say in a single term "rapture-and-happiness-born-of-seclusion" also.

"First" means first in the order of counting; it is also first because this arose first. "Meditative absorption" means meditative absorption is twofold: meditation on a single object and meditation on the characteristics. Therein, the eight meditative attainments are reckoned as meditation on a single object because they meditate upon the earth kasiṇa and other objects. But insight, path, and fruition are called meditation on the characteristics. Therein, insight is meditation on the characteristics because of meditating upon the characteristic of impermanence and so on. The path is meditation on the characteristics because the task accomplished by insight succeeds through the path; but fruition meditates upon the truth of cessation, the true characteristic - thus it is meditation on the characteristics. Among these, here in the preliminary stage, meditation on a single object is intended; at the moment of the supramundane path, meditation on the characteristics is intended. Therefore, it should be understood as "meditative absorption" because of meditation on the object, because of meditation on the characteristics, and because of the burning of adverse mental states.

"Having attained" means having approached, having reached - this is what is said. Or having produced, having accomplished - this is what is said. "Dwells" means one moves with a posture and mode of dwelling conforming with that; having become endowed with the meditative absorption of the aforesaid kind, one produces the movement and conduct of one's individual existence.

But this first meditative absorption has five factors abandoned, is endowed with five factors, is threefold in goodness, and is accomplished in ten characteristics. Therein, the state of having five factors abandoned should be understood by way of the abandoning of these five mental hindrances: sensual desire, anger, sloth and torpor, restlessness and remorse, and sceptical doubt. For meditative absorption does not arise when these have not been abandoned. Therefore these are called its factors of abandoning. Although indeed at the moment of meditative absorption other unwholesome mental states too are abandoned, nevertheless these alone are particularly obstructive to meditative absorption. For consciousness enticed by sensual desire towards various objects does not become concentrated on a single object; or overpowered by sensual desire, it does not enter upon the practice for the abandoning of the sensual element. Or struck against the object by anger, it does not proceed continuously. Overpowered by sloth and torpor, it becomes unwieldy. Beset by restlessness and remorse, being unquiet, it wanders about. Impaired by sceptical doubt, it does not ascend the practice conducive to the achievement of meditative absorption. Thus, because they particularly obstruct meditative absorption, these alone are said to be the factors of abandoning.

But since applied thought directs consciousness upon the object, and sustained thought sustains it, and because of the success of endeavour arising from the accomplishment of effort of the mind whose effort has been prepared for non-distraction by these, rapture produces gladness and happiness produces augmentation. Then the remaining associated mental states, supported by these acts of directing, sustaining, gladdening, and augmenting, and the unified focus, are evenly and rightly placed upon a single object. Therefore, the state of being endowed with five factors should be understood by way of the arising of these five: applied thought, sustained thought, rapture, happiness, and unified focus of mind. For when these five have arisen, meditative absorption is said to have arisen. Therefore these are called its five factors of endowment. Therefore, it should not be taken that there is some other meditative absorption endowed with these. But just as a fourfold army, a fivefold musical ensemble, and an eightfold path are so called merely by way of their factors, so too this should be understood as being called "fivefold" or "endowed with five factors" merely by way of its factors.

And although these five factors are present even at the moment of access, yet at access they are more powerful than normal consciousness. But here they are more powerful than at access, having attained the characteristic of the fine-material sphere, and are concretely produced. For here applied thought arises implanting consciousness upon the object in a very clear manner. Sustained thought exceedingly stroking the object. Rapture and happiness pervading the entire body. Therefore he said - "There is no part of his entire body unpervaded by the rapture and happiness born of seclusion." Unified focus of mind too arises having touched the objects like the upper casket-lid upon the lower casket-lid; this is the distinction of these from the others. Therein, although unified focus of mind is not indicated in this passage "with applied thought and sustained thought," nevertheless, because it is stated thus in the Vibhaṅga - "meditative absorption means applied thought, sustained thought, rapture, happiness, unified focus of mind" - it is indeed a factor. For with whatever intention the synopsis was made by the Blessed One, that very same was made clear by him in the Vibhaṅga.

Threefold Goodness

"Threefold in goodness and accomplished in ten characteristics" - here, however, the threefold goodness is by way of the beginning, the middle, and the end. And the accomplishment in ten characteristics should be understood by way of the characteristics of those very same beginning, middle, and end. Herein this is the canonical text -

"Purification of practice is the beginning of the first meditative absorption, development of equanimity is the middle, gladdening is the end. Purification of practice is the beginning of the first meditative absorption. How many characteristics does the beginning have? The beginning has three characteristics - Whatever is its obstacle, from that the mind becomes pure; because of purity the mind proceeds to the middle sign of serenity; because of having proceeded, the mind springs forward there. And that the mind becomes pure from the obstacle, and that because of purity the mind proceeds to the middle sign of serenity, and that because of having proceeded the mind springs forward there. Purification of practice is the beginning of the first meditative absorption; these are the three characteristics of the beginning. Therefore it is said - 'The first meditative absorption is good in the beginning and accomplished in three characteristics.'
"The development of equanimity of the first meditative absorption is the middle. How many characteristics does the middle have? The middle has three characteristics - One looks upon the pure mind with equanimity, looks upon that which has entered serenity with equanimity, looks upon the establishing of oneness with equanimity. That one looks upon the pure mind with equanimity, that one looks upon that which has entered upon serenity with equanimity, that one looks upon the establishing of oneness with equanimity. The development of equanimity of the first meditative absorption is the middle; these are the three characteristics of the middle. Therefore it is said - 'The first meditative absorption is good in the middle and accomplished in three characteristics.'
"The gladdening of the first meditative absorption is the end. How many characteristics does the end have? The end has four characteristics - Gladdening in the sense of the mental states arisen therein not surpassing one another, gladdening in the sense of one heap of the faculties, gladdening in the sense of conveying the energy going towards that, gladdening in the sense of practice. The gladdening of the first meditative absorption is the end; these are the four characteristics of the end. Therefore it is said 'the first meditative absorption is good at the end and accomplished in four characteristics.'

"Therein, purification of practice means access with its requisites. Development of equanimity means absorption. Gladdening means reviewing" - thus some explain. But since it is stated in the canonical text that "the mind that has come to unity both enters into purification of practice, and is developed by equanimity, and is gladdened by knowledge," therefore purification of practice should be understood as being within absorption itself by way of arrival, development of equanimity by way of the function of equanimity of neutrality, and gladdening by way of the accomplishment of the function of the purifying knowledge through the establishing of the state of non-surpassing and so on of mental states.

How? For at the occasion when absorption arises, from the group of mental defilements called mental hindrances, which is the obstacle to that meditative absorption, the mind becomes pure. Because of purity, having become free from obstruction, it proceeds to the middle sign of serenity. The middle sign of serenity is just the evenly proceeding absorption concentration itself. But immediately after that, the preceding consciousness, approaching that state by the method of transformation within a single continuity, proceeds to the middle sign of serenity; thus, because of having proceeded, by approaching that state, it springs forward there. Thus, for now, the purification of practice should be understood as that which produces the aspects existing in the preceding consciousness, at the very moment of arising of the first meditative absorption, by way of arrival.

But since that which has thus become pure has no further need to be purified, not engaging in the task of purifying, one looks upon the pure mind with equanimity. Since it has approached the state of serenity, not engaging in the task of further concentrating that which has entered serenity, one looks upon that which has entered serenity with equanimity. And precisely because of the state of having entered serenity, having abandoned contact with mental defilements, for that which is established in oneness, not engaging in the task of further establishing oneness, one looks upon the establishing of oneness with equanimity. Thus the development of equanimity should be understood by way of the function of equanimity of neutrality.

But those paired mental states reckoned as concentration and wisdom, arisen therein when equanimity has been thus developed, which have occurred without surpassing each other; and those faculties beginning with faith, which have occurred having become of one flavour through the flavour of liberation because of being freed from various mental defilements; and the befitting energy that he exerts for those states of non-surpassing and one-flavour nature; and the practice occurring at that moment - all those aspects, since they have been accomplished only through having been gladdened, purified, and cleansed in this way and that way by knowledge, having seen this and that danger and benefit in defilement and cleansing, therefore it was said: "Gladdening should be understood by way of the accomplishment of the function of the purifying knowledge through the establishing of the state of non-surpassing and so on of mental states."

"With the subsiding of applied and sustained thought" means the subsiding, the transcendence of these two - applied thought and sustained thought; it is said to mean their non-manifestation at the moment of the second meditative absorption. Therein, although in the second meditative absorption none of the mental states of the first meditative absorption are present - for contact and so on in the first meditative absorption are different, and different here. But it should be understood that "with the subsiding of applied and sustained thought" was thus said for the purpose of showing that through the transcendence of each successively gross factor, the achievement of the second meditative absorption and so on beyond the first meditative absorption occurs. "Internally" - here one's own internal is intended; but in the Vibhaṅga, only this much was said: "internally means individual." Since one's own internal is intended, therefore the meaning here is: arisen in oneself, produced in one's own continuity.

"Confidence" - confidence is called faith. Through the connection with confidence, the meditative absorption too is confidence, just as a cloth is called blue through the connection with blue colour. Or because that meditative absorption, being endowed with confidence, and through the subsiding of the agitation of applied and sustained thought, inspires confidence in the mind, therefore too it is called "confidence." And in this alternative meaning, the connection of terms should be understood thus: "confidence of the mind." But in the former alternative meaning, "of the mind" should be connected with "unification."

Herein, this is the interpretation of meaning - "One rises" - thus "ekodi"; the meaning is: because of not being overwhelmed by applied and sustained thought, being the highest, the foremost, it rises. For even in the world, the foremost is called "the one." Or it is proper to say also: being without applied and sustained thought, being one, without a companion. Or alternatively, it raises up the associated mental states - thus "udi"; the meaning is: it causes them to rise. In the sense of foremost, it is one, and it is that which rises - thus "ekodi"; this is a designation for concentration. Thus, it develops, increases this unification - thus this second meditative absorption is the unification. But this unification is of the mind, not of a being, not of a soul. Therefore it is called "unification of mind."

Is it not that this faith exists even in the first meditative absorption, and this concentration named unification, then why was only this said as "confidence and unification of mind"? It is said - Because that first meditative absorption, due to the agitation of applied and sustained thought, like water turbulent with waves and ripples, is not very clear; therefore, even though faith is present, it was not said to be confidence. Because of not being very clear, here concentration too is not well manifest; therefore it was not said to be unification of mind either. But in this meditative absorption, due to the absence of the impediment of applied and sustained thought, faith has found its opportunity and is powerful, and through the very acquisition of powerful faith as a companion, concentration too is manifest. Therefore it should be understood that only this was said thus.

"Without applied thought and without sustained thought" means without applied thought because it has been abandoned through meditative development in this, or because applied thought does not exist for this. By this very method, without sustained thought. Here one asks: "Is it not that by 'with the subsiding of applied and sustained thought' this meaning is already established? Then why was 'without applied thought and without sustained thought' said again?" It is said - That is so; this meaning is indeed established. But that does not illuminate this meaning; did we not say "it was said 'with the subsiding of applied and sustained thought' for the purpose of showing that through the transcendence of each gross factor, the attainment of the second meditative absorption and so on beyond the first meditative absorption occurs"?

Furthermore, through the subsiding of applied and sustained thought there is this confidence, not from the murkiness of mental defilements. And through the subsiding of applied and sustained thought there is unification of mind, not through the abandoning of mental hindrances as in access absorption, nor through the manifestation of factors as in the first meditative absorption - thus this statement illuminates the cause of confidence and unification of mind. Likewise, through the subsiding of applied and sustained thought this is without applied thought and without sustained thought, not through mere absence as in the third and fourth meditative absorptions or as in eye-consciousness and so on - thus it illuminates the cause of the state of being without applied and sustained thought, and does not merely illuminate the absence of applied and sustained thought. But this statement "without applied thought and without sustained thought" merely illuminates the absence of applied and sustained thought. Therefore, even though the former was stated, it must indeed be stated again.

"Born of concentration" means born from the concentration of the first meditative absorption or from the associated concentration - this is the meaning. Therein, although the first too was born from associated concentration, yet this very concentration deserves to be called "concentration," because of being exceedingly unshakeable and very clear through the absence of the agitation of applied and sustained thought. Therefore, for the purpose of praising this, only this was said as "born of concentration." "Rapture and happiness" - this is the same as the method already stated.

"Second" means second in the order of counting. It is also second because this arose as the second.

"With the fading away of rapture" means dispassion is either disgust for or transcendence of rapture of the aforementioned kind. But the word "and" between the two has the purpose of combining; it combines either the subsiding or the subsiding of applied and sustained thought. Therein, when it combines the subsiding itself, then the explanation should be understood thus: through dispassion for rapture, and what is more, through subsiding as well. And in this explanation, dispassion has the meaning of disgust; therefore this meaning should be seen: through disgust for and transcendence of rapture. But when it combines the subsiding of applied and sustained thought, then the explanation should be understood thus: through dispassion for rapture, and what is more, through the subsiding of applied and sustained thought as well. And in this explanation, dispassion has the meaning of transcendence; therefore this meaning should be seen: through the transcendence of rapture and through the subsiding of applied and sustained thought.

Certainly these applied and sustained thought are appeased in the second meditative absorption itself, but this was stated for the purpose of illustrating the path of this meditative absorption and for the purpose of speaking praise. For when it is said "with the subsiding of applied and sustained thought," this becomes evident: "Surely the appeasement of applied and sustained thought is the path of this meditative absorption." And just as in the third noble path, even though identity view and so on have not been abandoned, when the abandoning is spoken of thus "with the abandoning of the five lower mental fetters," this speaking of abandoning becomes the speaking of praise, generating enthusiasm in those who are zealous for the achievement of that; just so here, the appeasement of applied and sustained thought being spoken of, even though they have not been appeased, becomes the speaking of praise; therefore this meaning was stated as "with the transcendence of rapture and with the appeasement of applied and sustained thought."

"He dwells equanimous" - here, equanimity means he looks on closely; he sees evenly; the meaning is he sees having become impartial. Because of being endowed with that which is clear, extensive, and having reached strength, one who possesses the third meditative absorption is called "equanimous."

Equanimity, however, is tenfold - six-factored equanimity, divine-abiding equanimity, enlightenment-factor equanimity, energy equanimity, equanimity towards activities, feeling equanimity, insight equanimity, equanimity of neutrality, meditative-absorption equanimity, and purity equanimity.

Therein, whatever equanimity has come thus: "Here, monks, a monk, having seen a form with the eye, is neither glad nor unhappy, he dwells equanimous, mindful and fully aware" - the equanimity that is of the nature of not abandoning the pure natural state in the range of the six desirable and undesirable objects at the six doors of one who has eliminated the mental corruptions - this is called six-factored equanimity.

But whatever equanimity has come thus: "He dwells having pervaded one direction with a mind accompanied by equanimity" - the equanimity that is of the nature of a neutral attitude towards beings - this is called divine-abiding equanimity.

But whatever equanimity has come thus: "He develops the enlightenment factor of equanimity based upon seclusion" - the equanimity that is of the nature of a neutral attitude towards conascent mental states - this is called enlightenment-factor equanimity.

But whatever equanimity has come thus: "From time to time he attends to the sign of equanimity" - the equanimity reckoned as energy that is neither too tense nor too lax - this is called energy equanimity.

But whatever: "How many kinds of equanimity towards activities arise by means of serenity? How many kinds of equanimity towards activities arise by means of insight? Eight kinds of equanimity towards activities arise by means of serenity, ten kinds of equanimity towards activities arise by means of insight" - the equanimity that has come thus, which is of a neutral nature in the reflection upon, remaining in, and non-grasping of mental hindrances and so on - this is called equanimity towards activities.

But whatever equanimity has come thus: "At whatever time wholesome consciousness of the sensual sphere has arisen, accompanied by equanimity" - the equanimity reckoned as neither-unpleasant-nor-pleasant - this is called feeling equanimity.

But whatever equanimity has come thus: "Whatever there is, what has come to be, that he abandons, he obtains equanimity" - the equanimity that is of a neutral nature in discrimination - this is called insight equanimity.

But whatever equanimity has come in the "whatever" sections beginning with desire and so on, which is of the nature of evenly conveying conascent states - this is called equanimity of neutrality.

But whatever equanimity has come thus: "He dwells equanimous" - the equanimity that does not generate partiality even towards the highest happiness therein - this is called meditative-absorption equanimity.

But whatever equanimity has come thus: "Purity of mindfulness due to equanimity, the fourth meditative absorption" - the equanimity that is purified from all opposing factors, and that is of the nature of non-activity even in the appeasement of opposing factors - this is called purity equanimity.

Therein, six-factored equanimity, divine-abiding equanimity, enlightenment-factor equanimity, equanimity of neutrality, meditative-absorption equanimity, and purity equanimity are one in meaning; they are just equanimity of neutrality. But this distinction of it is due to the various distinctions of conditions. Just as there is a distinction for even one and the same being by way of boy, youth, elder, general, king, and so on; therefore, among those, wherever there is six-factored equanimity, there are not enlightenment-factor equanimity and so on. Or wherever there is enlightenment-factor equanimity, there are not six-factored equanimity and so on - this should be understood.

And just as there is unity in meaning of those, so too of equanimity towards activities and insight equanimity. For this is indeed wisdom, divided in two by way of function. Just as for a man searching for a snake that has entered his house in the evening, having taken a goat-foot stick, having seen it lying in the chaff store-room, looking at it thinking "Is it a snake or not?" having seen the three auspicious marks, for one free from doubt, in the discrimination "snake or not snake," neutrality arises; just so, whatever neutrality arises for one who has begun insight practice, when the three characteristics have been seen through insight knowledge, in the discrimination of the impermanent nature and so on of activities - this is insight equanimity. But just as for that man, having firmly seized the snake with the goat-foot stick, thinking "How might I release this snake without harming it and without being bitten by it?" for one seeking only the manner of releasing, there is neutrality in the grasping; just so, whatever neutrality in the grasping of activities for one who, because of having seen the three characteristics, sees the three existences as if ablaze - this is equanimity towards activities. Thus, when insight equanimity is accomplished, equanimity towards activities too is accomplished as well. But by this, it is divided in two by the function reckoned as neutrality in discrimination and grasping. But energy equanimity and feeling equanimity are different in meaning both from each other and from the rest. And here it is said -

"Neutrality, divine-abiding, enlightenment-factor, six-factored, meditative-absorption, and purity;

Insight and activity and feeling and energy - thus.

"In detail ten kinds of equanimity - six being neutrality and so on, from that;

Two are wisdom, from that by two, these become only four."

Thus, among these kinds of equanimity, meditative absorption equanimity is what is intended here. It has the characteristic of neutrality, the function of non-reflective attention, the manifestation of non-activity, and the proximate cause of the fading away of rapture. Here one asks - "Is not this, in meaning, just neutrality equanimity, and does it not exist also in the first and second meditative absorptions? Therefore there too, 'he dwells equanimous' - thus this should have been stated; why was it not stated?" Because its function was not manifest. For its function there was not manifest, because of being overpowered by applied thought and so on. But here, because of not being overpowered by applied thought, sustained thought, and rapture, it has become as if with raised head, with manifest function; therefore it was stated.

"Mindful and fully aware" - here "he remembers" - thus "mindful." "He fully comprehends" - thus "fully aware." Thus, by way of the person, mindfulness and full awareness are stated. Therein, mindfulness has the characteristic of remembering, the function of non-forgetting, and the manifestation of safeguarding. Full awareness has the characteristic of non-confusion, the function of judging, and the manifestation of thorough investigation.

Therein, although this mindfulness and full awareness exists in the previous meditative absorptions too - for one who is unmindful and not fully aware, even access alone does not succeed, how much less absorption. But because of the grossness of those meditative absorptions, the course of a person's consciousness is easy, as on level ground; the function of mindfulness and full awareness there is not manifest. But because of the subtlety of this meditative absorption through the abandoning of gross factors, the course of a person's consciousness should be taken up only as encompassed by the function of mindfulness and full awareness, as on a razor's edge - thus it was stated only here. And what is more - Just as a calf that follows the cow, when removed from the cow and not guarded, goes right back to the cow, so too this happiness of the third meditative absorption, even though removed from rapture, if not guarded by the safeguarding of mindfulness and full awareness, would go right back to rapture, would become associated with rapture alone; and beings become attached even to happiness. And this is exceedingly sweet happiness, and beyond that there is no happiness. But through the power of mindfulness and full awareness, there is non-attachment to happiness here, and not otherwise - it should be understood that this particular meaning too was stated only here in order to show it.

Now, regarding "and experiences happiness with the body" - here, although for one endowed with the third meditative absorption there is no reflective attention to the experiencing of happiness, even this being so, because his happiness is associated with the mental body. Or that happiness associated with the mental body - because by the matter originated from that, by exceedingly sublime matter, his material body is pervaded, and because of its being pervaded, even one who has emerged from the meditative absorption would experience happiness - therefore, showing this meaning, he said "and experiences happiness with the body."

Now, regarding "that which the noble ones declare: 'one who is equanimous and mindful, one who dwells in happiness'" - here, on account of which meditative absorption, for the reason of which meditative absorption, the noble ones such as the Buddha and others tell, teach, make known, establish, open up, analyse, make clear, and explain that person endowed with the third meditative absorption - the intention is that they praise him. How? "One who is equanimous and mindful, one who dwells in happiness." He enters and dwells in that third meditative absorption - thus the explanation here should be understood.

But why do they praise him thus? Because he is worthy of praise. For this one, because he is equanimous in the third meditative absorption, which has exceedingly sweet happiness and has reached the perfection of happiness, he is not dragged along there by attachment to happiness. And just as rapture does not arise, so he is mindful through the establishment of mindfulness. And because he experiences with the mental body happiness that is dear to the noble ones, frequented by noble persons alone, and undefiled, therefore he is worthy of praise. Thus, because he is worthy of praise, those noble ones, making known the virtues that are the cause of praise, praise him thus: "one who is equanimous and mindful, one who dwells in happiness" - thus it should be understood. "Third" means third in the order of counting; it is also third because this arose as the third.

"With the abandoning of pleasure and with the abandoning of pain" means with the abandoning of bodily pleasure and bodily pain. "Previously" means that indeed previously, not at the moment of the fourth meditative absorption. "With the passing away of joy and displeasure" means the passing away of these two as well - mental pleasure and mental pain - previously; it is said to mean simply "abandoning."

But when does their abandoning occur? At the access moment of the four meditative absorptions. For pleasure is abandoned at the very access moment of the fourth meditative absorption, and pain, displeasure, and happiness at the access moments of the first, second, and third meditative absorptions. Thus the abandoning of happiness, pain, pleasure, and displeasure, which were not stated here in the order of their abandoning, but were stated here too in the order of the synopsis of the faculties in the Analysis of the Faculties, should be understood.

But if these are abandoned at the very access moment of each respective meditative absorption, then why "Where does the arisen faculty of pain cease without remainder? Here, monks, a monk, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, etc. enters and dwells in the first meditative absorption; here the arisen faculty of pain ceases without remainder. Where does the arisen faculty of displeasure... the faculty of pleasantness... the pleasure faculty cease without remainder? Here, monks, a monk, with the abandoning of pleasure, etc. he enters and dwells in the fourth meditative absorption. Here the arisen pleasure faculty ceases without remainder" - thus cessation is stated as being in the meditative absorptions themselves? Because of surpassing cessation. For their surpassing cessation is in the first meditative absorption and so on, not mere cessation. But at the access moment there is mere cessation only, not surpassing cessation.

For thus, at the access to the first meditative absorption with varied adverting, even though the faculty of pain has ceased, there could be arising through the contact of gadflies, mosquitoes, and so on, or through the distress of an uncomfortable seat; but not within absorption itself. Or even though it has ceased at access, it is not well ceased because it has not been destroyed by the opposite. But within absorption, through the pervading of rapture, the whole body is suffused with happiness, and for one whose body is suffused with happiness, the faculty of pain is well ceased because it has been destroyed by the opposite. And regarding the faculty of displeasure that has been abandoned at the access to the second meditative absorption with varied adverting - since this arises even conditioned by applied and sustained thought when there is bodily weariness and mental distress, but does not arise at all in the absence of applied and sustained thought. But where it arises, there in the presence of applied and sustained thought. And since applied and sustained thought are not yet abandoned at the access to the second meditative absorption, there could be its arising there; but not in the second meditative absorption itself, because the conditions have been abandoned. Likewise, even though the faculty of pleasantness has been abandoned at the access to the third meditative absorption, there could be arising for one whose body is pervaded by sublime matter originating from rapture; but not in the third meditative absorption itself. For in the third meditative absorption, rapture, which is the condition for happiness, has completely ceased. Likewise, even though the pleasure faculty has been abandoned at the access to the fourth meditative absorption, there could be arising because of nearness, because absorption has not been attained, because of the absence of equanimity, and because it has not been properly transcended; but not in the fourth meditative absorption itself. Therefore indeed the phrase "without remainder" was included in each case in "here the arisen faculty of pain ceases without remainder."

Here one asks - "If these feelings have been abandoned at the access of each respective meditative absorption, why have they been brought together here?" For the purpose of easy comprehension. For the neither-unpleasant-nor-pleasant feeling stated here as "neither-unpleasant-nor-pleasant" is subtle and difficult to cognise, and cannot be grasped with ease. Therefore, just as a cowherd, for the purpose of easily catching a vicious bull that cannot be caught by approaching it in one way or another, gathers all the cows into one pen, and then, leading them out one by one, when the one that has come in succession arrives, he has it seized saying "This is the one, seize it!" - just so the Blessed One gathered all these together for the purpose of easy comprehension. For having thus gathered and shown these, it becomes possible to have this grasped: "That which is neither pleasant, nor painful, nor joyful, nor displeasurable - this is the neither-unpleasant-nor-pleasant feeling."

Furthermore, it should be understood that these were stated also for the purpose of showing the conditions for the attainment of the neither-unpleasant-nor-pleasant liberation of mind. For the abandoning of suffering and so on are conditions for that. As he said - "There are, friends, four conditions for the attainment of the neither-unpleasant-nor-pleasant liberation of mind. Here, friend, a monk, with the abandoning of pleasure, etc. he enters and dwells in the fourth meditative absorption. These, friends, are the four conditions for the attainment of the neither-unpleasant-nor-pleasant liberation of mind." Just as elsewhere even identity view and so on, already abandoned, were stated as "abandoned therein" for the purpose of praising the third path, so too it should be understood that these were stated here also for the purpose of praising this meditative absorption. Or it should be understood that these were stated here to show the extreme remoteness of lust and hate through the destruction of their conditions. For among these, happiness is a condition for pleasure, pleasure for lust, suffering for displeasure, displeasure for hate. And through the destruction of happiness and so on, lust and hate together with their conditions are destroyed, thus they become extremely remote.

"Neither-unpleasant-nor-pleasant" means not unpleasant through the absence of suffering, not pleasant through the absence of happiness. By this, herein it explains the third feeling that is the opposite of happiness and suffering, not merely the absence of suffering and happiness. The third feeling is called neither-unpleasant-nor-pleasant, and is also called equanimity. It should be understood as having the characteristic of experiencing what is contrary to the desirable and undesirable, the function of neutrality, the manifestation of an obscure object, and the proximate cause of the cessation of happiness.

"Purity of mindfulness due to equanimity" means purity of mindfulness produced by equanimity. For in this meditative absorption mindfulness is well purified, and that purity of that mindfulness is brought about by equanimity, not by anything else. Therefore this is called "purity of mindfulness due to equanimity." And the equanimity by which mindfulness here becomes pure should be understood as, in meaning, neutrality of mind. And here not only mindfulness alone is purified by that, but also all associated mental states; however, the teaching was stated under the heading of mindfulness.

Therein, although this equanimity is found even below in the three meditative absorptions, just as the crescent moon, though existing during the day, is impure and not bright because of being overpowered by the radiance of the sun during the day, and because of not obtaining its congenial night due to its gentle nature and its being a helper to oneself, so too this crescent moon of neutrality-equanimity, though existing in the divisions beginning with the first meditative absorption, is impure because of being overpowered by the power of opposing mental states beginning with applied thought, and because of not obtaining its congenial night of neutral feeling. And when that is impure, just as the radiance of the impure crescent moon during the day, even the co-arisen mindfulness and so on are likewise impure. Therefore in none of those was "purity of mindfulness due to equanimity" stated. But here, because of the absence of being overpowered by the power of opposing mental states beginning with applied thought, and because of obtaining its congenial night of neutral feeling, this crescent moon of neutrality-equanimity is exceedingly pure; because of its purity, just as the radiance of a pure crescent moon, even the co-arisen mindfulness and so on are pure and bright. Therefore it should be understood that only this was stated as "purity of mindfulness due to equanimity." "Fourth" means fourth in the order of counting. It is also fourth because this arose as the fourth.

"He is wise" means he is wise because wisdom exists in him. "That discerns rise and fall" means that which discerns both rise and fall. "Endowed with" means complete. "Noble" means faultless. "Penetrative" means belonging to the side of penetration. "Leading to the destruction of suffering" means leading to Nibbāna. In "He understands 'this is suffering'" and so on, "this much is suffering, there is no more beyond this" - he understands as it really is and penetrates the entire truth of suffering through the penetration of its own characteristic. And the craving that produces that suffering, as "this is the origin of suffering." That state having reached which both of those cease, that non-continuance of them, Nibbāna, as "this is the cessation of suffering." And the noble path that leads to that, as "this is the practice leading to the cessation of suffering" - he understands as it really is and penetrates through the penetration of its own characteristic. Thus the meaning should be understood.

Having thus shown the truths in their own nature, now showing them by way of exposition through mental defilements, he said beginning with "these are the mental corruptions." These should be understood by the very method already stated. Having thus shown the three trainings, now in order to show the order of their fulfilment, he said beginning with "these three trainings - one should train by attending to them." Its meaning is - One should train by attending to each one in order to fulfil it; even having attended, one should train by knowing "this is such and such a training"; having known, one should train by seeing again and again; having seen, one should train by reviewing what has been seen; having reviewed, one should train by making the mind unshakeable right there and establishing it; one should train by performing their respective functions through faith, energy, mindfulness, concentration, and wisdom associated with each respective training; even at the time of directly knowing what should be directly known, performing each respective function, one should train in the three trainings; one should practise higher morality, one should rightly practise higher consciousness, having accepted higher wisdom one should proceed.

"Here" is the root term. By the ten terms beginning with "in this view," the Dispensation of the Omniscient Buddha, reckoned as the threefold training, alone is spoken of. For since it was seen by the Buddha, the Blessed One, it is called "view." By way of that very one's acquiescence, it is called acceptance; by way of approval, preference; by way of grasping, undertaking; in the meaning of intrinsic nature, the Teaching; in the meaning of what should be trained in, discipline; by both of those, the Teaching and discipline; by way of being proclaimed, the Scriptures; in the meaning of the supreme conduct, the holy life; by way of giving instruction, the Teacher's instruction - thus it is called. Therefore, in "in this view" and so on, it means in this view of the Buddha, in this acceptance of the Buddha, in this preference of the Buddha, in this undertaking of the Buddha, in this Teaching of the Buddha, in this discipline of the Buddha.

"Whatever teachings you, Gotamī, would know - 'these teachings lead to lust, not to dispassion; they lead to bondage, not to separation from bondage; they lead to accumulation, not to diminution; they lead to great desire, not to fewness of wishes; they lead to discontent, not to contentment; they lead to company, not to solitude; they lead to idleness, not to arousal of energy; they lead to being difficult to support, not to being easy to support' - You should definitely keep in mind, Gotamī - 'This is not the Teaching, this is not the monastic discipline, this is not the Teacher's instruction.'
"And whatever teachings you, Gotamī, would know - 'these teachings lead to dispassion, not to lust, etc. they lead to being easy to support, not to being difficult to support' - You should definitely keep in mind, Gotamī - 'This is the Teaching, this is the monastic discipline, this is the Teacher's instruction.'" -

When thus stated, the meaning should be understood as: in this Teaching and discipline of the Buddha, in this Scriptures of the Buddha, in this holy life of the Buddha, in this Dispensation of the Buddha.

Moreover, this entire Dispensation, reckoned as the threefold training, is view because it was seen by the Blessed One, because it is a condition for right view, and because it is preceded by right view. It is acceptance by way of the Blessed One's acquiescence. It is preference by way of approval. It is undertaking by way of grasping. It is the Teaching because it sustains its practitioner, making him not fall into the realms of misery. That itself removes the side of defilement - thus it is discipline. It is the Teaching and that is the discipline - thus it is the Teaching and discipline. Or, this is the removal of unwholesome mental states by wholesome mental states - thus it is the Teaching and discipline. For that very reason it was said -

"And whatever teachings you, Gotamī, would know - 'these teachings lead to dispassion, not to lust, etc. you should definitely keep in mind, Gotamī - 'This is the Teaching, this is the monastic discipline, this is the Teacher's instruction.'"

Or, discipline by the Teaching, not by the stick and so on - thus it is the Teaching and discipline. And this too was said -

"Some tame with a stick, with goads and with whips;

Without stick, without sword, the elephant was tamed by the great sage."

Likewise -

"For those being led by the Teaching, what envy is there for those who understand?"

Or, discipline for the sake of the Teaching - thus the Teaching and discipline. This discipline is for the purpose of blameless qualities, not for the purpose of existence, enjoyment, and material gain. Therefore the Blessed One said: "This holy life, monks, is not lived for the purpose of deceiving people" - in detail. The Elder Puṇṇa too said: "For the purpose of final nibbāna without clinging, friend, is the holy life lived under the Blessed One." Or, it leads to the distinguished - thus discipline. Discipline from the Teaching - thus the Teaching and discipline. For this leads to the distinguished Nibbāna, away from the phenomena of the round of rebirths or from the phenomena beginning with sorrow. Or, the discipline of the Teaching, not of the founders of other sects - thus the Teaching and discipline. For the Blessed One has become the Teaching itself; it is his very own discipline.

Or, because phenomena alone are to be directly known, to be fully understood, to be abandoned, to be developed, and to be realized, therefore this is discipline regarding phenomena, not regarding beings, not regarding souls - thus the Teaching and discipline. Because it is the foremost utterance among the utterances of others, with meaning and phrasing and so on, it is the teaching (pavacana); the teaching itself is the Scriptures (pāvacana). It is the holy life because of being the distinguished conduct among all conducts. The instruction of the Blessed One who has become the Teacher of gods and humans - thus the Teacher's instruction. Or, the instruction that has become the Teacher - thus also the Teacher's instruction. "He will be your Teacher after my passing - indeed the Teaching and discipline itself is the Teacher" - thus it has been said; thus the meaning of these terms should be known.

But because a monk who produces meditative absorptions of all kinds is seen only in this very Dispensation, and not elsewhere, therefore in each case the restriction "of this" and "in this" should be known as having been made.

The phenomena associated with it live by means of it - thus life. It exercises the function of lordship in the characteristic of maintenance - thus faculty. Life itself is the faculty - thus the life faculty. That has authority over the continuity of occurrence. The life faculty has the characteristic of maintenance of phenomena inseparable from itself by way of characteristic and so on; its function is causing them to occur; its manifestation is the establishing of those very phenomena; its proximate cause is the phenomena that are to be sustained. Even though there is the arrangement beginning with the characteristic of maintenance, it maintains those phenomena only at the moment of their existence, just as water maintains blue lotuses and so on. It also protects phenomena arisen through their respective conditions, like a nurse protects a child, and it proceeds only through connection with the phenomena set in motion by itself, like a helmsman with a boat. It does not cause occurrence beyond the moment of dissolution, because of the absence of both itself and those that should be made to occur. It does not establish at the moment of dissolution, because of itself being broken, like the wick-oil being consumed and the flame of a lamp; yet it is not devoid of the power of maintenance, occurrence, and establishing, because at the aforesaid moment it accomplishes each respective function - thus it should be seen. "Because of the limited duration or" means because of the weakness and brevity of the moment of presence. "Short" means slight, inferior. "Because of the limited substance or" means because of the scarcity and weakness of the functions and achievements that serve as conditions for it.

To show those two reasons by way of classification, he said beginning with "How is life short because of the limited duration?" Therein, the passage beginning with "In a past mind-moment one lived" and so on should be understood as spoken with reference to immaterial life, since in the occurrence in five-aggregate constituent existence, at the time of the cessation of consciousness, even though all material and immaterial phenomena are not ceasing, the immaterial has its establishment from the material; or with reference to the death consciousness in five-aggregate constituent existence, since all material and immaterial phenomena cease together with the death consciousness; or with reference to four-aggregate constituent existence, due to the absence of matter in four-aggregate constituent existence. "In a past mind-moment" means at the time endowed with the dissolution moment of past consciousness, it is possible to say of the person endowed with that "one lived." "One does not live" means it is not possible to say "one lives" either. "One will not live" means it is not possible to say "one will live" either. "In a future mind-moment one will live" means at the time endowed with the non-arising moment of future consciousness, it is possible to say "one will live." "One does not live" means it is not possible to say "one lives." "One did not live" means it is not possible to say "one lived" either. "In a present mind-moment" means at the time endowed with the present mind-moment. "One lives" means it is possible to say "one lives now." "One did not live" means it is not possible to say "one lived." "One will not live" means it is not possible to say "one will live" either.

"Life and individuality, and pleasure and pain" - this verse should be understood as spoken with reference to five-aggregate constituent existence only, because painful feeling, which is obtainable only without excluding five-aggregate constituent existence, is taken. How? "Life" means the aggregate of mental activities, with life as the heading. "Individuality" means the aggregate of matter. Because it was said "But equanimity, being peaceful, is spoken of as happiness only," having included equanimity feeling within, "and pleasure and pain" means the aggregate of feeling; "consciousness" means the aggregate of consciousness is stated. It should be understood that by the very fact that these four aggregates have been spoken of, the aggregate of perception too is spoken of by way of the characteristic of aggregates, through the state of having a single characteristic, by way of the mode of characteristic. Thus, when the five aggregates have been stated, having set aside immaterial phenomena, through the non-occurrence of matter originated by kamma and so on, "associated with a single consciousness" means the predominance of the immaterial has been spoken of. How? In the case of non-percipient beings, even matter proceeds without releasing the power of kamma accumulated here; for those attained to cessation, even matter proceeds without releasing the power of the attainment first attained. Thus, it should be understood that even in the place where it itself does not occur, having made the occurrence of matter as its own possession, for the immaterial phenomenon whose intrinsic nature is occurrence, through being the predominant cause of the occurrence of matter in the place of its own occurrence, "associated with a single consciousness" means the predominance of consciousness has been spoken of.

Thus, in the occurrence in five-aggregate constituent existence, through the cessation of consciousness which is the predominant factor for the occurrence of matter, while matter still remains, there is what is called cessation of those that are occurring - thus it was said "the moment passes quickly" with reference to immaterial phenomena only. Or it should be understood as spoken with reference to the death consciousness in five-aggregate constituent existence. When thus being spoken of, "and pleasure and pain" means bodily and mental pleasant feeling and bodily and mental unpleasant feeling, though not existing at the moment of the death consciousness, are spoken of as ceasing together with the death consciousness by way of a single continuity. It should also be understood as spoken with reference to four-aggregate constituent existence. How? In another context, "individuality" means because the aggregate of perception has been stated as individuality, "individuality" means only the aggregate of perception is taken. In the Brahma world, although bodily pleasure, bodily pain, and displeasure do not exist, it should be understood that "and pleasure and pain" means the aggregate of feeling is taken as obtainable by the generality of feeling. The remainder is exactly the same as what was said. And in these three alternatives, "entirely" means permanent, pleasant, beautiful, and self do not exist; entirely unmixed with those. "The moment passes quickly" means according to the method stated, through lasting only a single mind-moment, the moment of life and so on passes quickly, being light and extremely slight.

Showing the non-occurrence of two consciousnesses together, he spoke the verse "eighty-four thousand." "Eighty-four thousand cosmic cycles, those gods remain" means those companies of gods, having taken a life span of eighty-four thousand cosmic cycles, remain in the plane of neither-perception-nor-non-perception. "Ye narā" is also a reading. "Yet even they do not live, combined with two consciousnesses" means those gods too, combined with two consciousnesses, having become together, do not indeed live with a paired consciousness; they live with each single consciousness - this is the meaning.

Now, showing the time of death, he spoke the verse "those that have ceased." Therein, "those that have ceased" means those aggregates that have ceased, that have passed away. "For one dying" means for one who has died. "Or for one remaining" means or for one who is lasting. "All aggregates alike" means whether aggregates that have ceased after the passing away, or aggregates that have ceased during occurrence, all aggregates are alike in the sense of being unable to be joined together again. "Gone, incapable of reconnection" means they are called "gone, incapable of reconnection" because of the impossibility of the ceased aggregates coming back again and being reconnected.

Now, in order to show that there is no diversity among the ceased aggregates in the three times, he spoke the verse "immediately." Therein, "and those broken immediately, and those broken in the future" means those aggregates that, having become immediately past, were broken and ceased, and those future aggregates that will be broken. "In between those" means of the present aggregates that have ceased in between those. "There is no difference in characteristic" means the state of being uneven is unevenness; that unevenness does not exist; there is no diversity among them - this is the meaning. "That which is characterised" is a characteristic; in that characteristic.

Now, speaking of the unmixed nature of the future aggregates with the present aggregates, he spoke the verse "not born with the unborn." "Not born with the unborn" means not born, not arisen, with the unborn, the unmanifested, future aggregate. By this he spoke of the unmixed nature of the future aggregate with the present aggregate. "One lives with the present" means one lives with the momentarily present, existing aggregate. By this it is stated that one does not live with two consciousnesses at one moment. "Dead with the breaking of consciousness" means dead through the dissolution of consciousness, by the state of not living with two consciousnesses at one moment. "Uparito cittabhaṅgā" is also a reading; that is straightforward indeed. "A concept in the ultimate sense" means according to the statement "The form of mortals decays, name and clan do not decay," it is merely a concept, not having the nature of decay; the supreme duration of this is "in the ultimate sense"; the meaning is "having the nature of intrinsic duration." For "Datta has died, a friend has died" - merely the concept indeed remains. Or alternatively, "in the ultimate sense" means "having ultimate purpose." "The supreme purpose of this" - thus "having ultimate purpose." "Unlike unborn space" - unlike speaking of a concept dependent on a non-existent phenomenon, "dead" as a concept is not spoken dependent on a non-existent phenomenon; it is spoken dependent on the phenomenon reckoned as the dissolution of the life faculty.

"Gone without deposit, broken" means those aggregates that are broken do not go to a deposit, a store, an accumulation - thus "gone without deposit." "There is no heap in the future" means even in the future there is no state of being a heap, no state of being a mass, for them. "Those that have arisen just remain" means having arisen by way of the present, at the moment of duration they remain being merely of the nature of fall. Like what? "Like a mustard seed on a needle-point" means like a mustard seed on the tip of a needle.

Now, showing the visible nature of the aggregates, he spoke the verse "of those that have arisen." Therein, "of arisen phenomena" means of the present aggregates. "Their dissolution is placed before them" means their breaking up is placed in front of them. "Subject to disintegration" means having the nature of perishing. "Not associated with the old" means not mixed with, not in contact with aggregates that arose before.

Now, showing the invisible nature of the aggregates, he spoke the verse "from invisibility they come." Therein, "from invisibility they come" means they come, they arise, while being invisible. "After dissolution they go to invisibility" means after breaking up, beyond dissolution, they go to the state of invisibility. "Like the arising of lightning in space" means like the emanation of a lightning flash in the open sky. "They arise and pass away" means from the past onwards they arise and break apart and perish - this is the meaning. As in such passages as "the moon rises, waxes and wanes."

Having thus shown the limitedness of duration, now showing the limitedness of substance, he said beginning with "how is life short due to the limitedness of its substance?" Therein, "life bound to the in-breath" means the life faculty bound to the nasal wind entering internally. "Out-breath" means the nasal wind going out externally. "In-breath and out-breath" means both of those. "Bound to the primary elements" means life bound to the primary elements of earth, water, fire, and air, which have four origins. "Bound to edible food" means bound to edible food consisting of what is eaten, drunk, and so on. "Bound to heat" means bound to the kamma-born fire element. "Bound to consciousness" means bound to the life-continuum consciousness. With reference to which it was said: "When vitality, heat, and consciousness leave this body."

Now, showing the reason for their weakness, he said beginning with "the root of these is weak." Therein, "the root too" means even that which is the root in the sense of being a support. For the material body is the root of the in-breath and out-breath. For the primary elements and so on, ignorance, action, craving, and nutriment are the root. "Of these" means of those of the aforementioned kind, the in-breath and so on, stated by way of being the cause for the occurrence of the life faculty. For when even one of these is absent, the life faculty does not persist. "Weak" means of little strength. "The prior causes too" means even ignorance, activities, craving, clinging, and becoming, which are reckoned as causes, being the roots of this round of results in past births. "Whatever conditions of these are weak, they too are weak" means whatever common conditions such as object and so on. "Productive" means craving for existence, which, having become predominant, is productive. "The co-existent ground" means even the co-existent material and immaterial phenomena. "The associations too" means even the immaterial phenomena conjoined together. "The co-arisen too" means even those arisen together in a single consciousness. "Whatever is the connecting factor" means that which is appointed to connect by way of death and rebirth-linking is the connecting factor - craving, which is the root of the round of rebirths. For this was said: "A person with craving as companion." "Constantly weak" means weak without interruption. "Unsettled" means not settled, not standing firm having descended. "These bring each other to ruin" means these cause each other to fall and to be consumed. "Of each other" means one of another, each one of each one - this is the meaning. "Hi" is an indeclinable particle in the sense of cause. "There is no protector" means there is no guardian, no protector. "And these do not establish one another" means they are unable to establish one another. "Even the producer, he is not found" means even the phenomenon that produces these, that does not exist now.

"And no one is diminished by anyone" means not even one declines by the power of anyone. "And these gandhabbas are in every way" means indeed all these aggregates are fit to reach dissolution in every way. "These are produced by the former" means these present ones are produced by prior root conditions. "And those who were productive" means those present ones that are productive are prior root conditions. "They died before" means those conditions of the aforesaid kind, without reaching the present, attained death first. "Both the former and the latter" means the former prior root conditions and the latter arisen from conditions in the present. "Never once saw each other" means they were never previously seen by each other at any time. The syllable "ma" is stated by way of word-junction.

"Of the gods ruled by the four great kings" means the four great kings reckoned as Dhataraṭṭha, Virūḷhaka, Virūpakkha, and Kuvera are lords of these - thus "ruled by the four great kings." They sport and play with forms and so on - thus they are gods. They dwell in the middle region of Mount Sineru. Among them there are some dwelling on mountains and some dwelling in the sky. Their succession extends to the encircling world-mountain. The gods corrupted by play, the gods corrupted by mind, the cold rain cloud gods, the hot rain cloud gods, the moon young god, and the sun young god - all these too are situated in the realm of the gods ruled by the four great kings. That is the life of those gods ruled by the four great kings. "Compared to" means dependent on. "Limited" is the negation of growth. "Brief" means of short duration; the negation of a long period. "Momentary" means of short duration; the negation of an interval of time. "Light" means slight; the negation of sluggishness. "Fleeting" is the negation of swiftness and strength. "Not lasting long" means not enduring the long course by way of time. "Not of long duration" means it does not last for a long time by way of days - thus "not of long duration"; the negation of days.

"Of the Thirty-three" means thirty-three persons were reborn there - thus "the Thirty-three." Furthermore, it has also been said that "Tāvatiṃsa" is simply the name of those gods. They too include some dwelling on mountains and some dwelling in the sky; their succession extends to the encircling world-mountain. Likewise for the Yāma gods and so on. For even in a single heavenly world there is no case where the succession of gods has not reached the encircling world-mountain. Those who have gone, proceeded, and arrived at divine happiness - thus "Yāma." Those who are satisfied and delighted - thus "Tusita." Beyond the objects ordinarily prepared, at the time when they desire to create in excess, having created enjoyments according to their preference, they delight - thus "those who delight in creation." Having known the disposition of the mind, they exercise mastery over enjoyments created by others - thus "those who control what is created by others." Those engaged in the endeavour of the Brahmā company in the Brahmā realm - thus "those of Brahmā's company." All the five-aggregate Brahmās are included.

"Ought to go" means a gandhabba (a being ready for conception in a new existence). "Future state" means the world beyond. "One who, monks, lives long, lives a hundred years" means one who remains for a long time remains for merely a hundred years. "A little more" means one remaining beyond a hundred years, one remaining for two hundred years - there is no such thing. "Should scorn it" means one should make that life despised, should think of it as inferior. Some also read "hīḷeyyāna." "Pass by" means they pass beyond. "Days and nights" means the divisions of night and day. "Ceases" means the life faculty ceases, reaches non-existence. "The life span of mortals is exhausted" means the life principle of beings goes to elimination. "Like water in small streams" means just as water in a small stream whose water is cut off, so the life span of mortals is exhausted. For in the ultimate sense, the life-moment of beings is extremely slight, being merely the duration of a single mind-moment. Just as a chariot wheel, even when rolling, rolls on just one point of the rim, and even when standing, stands on just one point, just so the life of beings lasts one mind-moment, and when that consciousness has merely ceased, the being is said to have ceased.

"Wise" means the wise thus. Again, "wise" means the wise ones. "Possessing steadfastness" means steadfastness belongs to him, thus possessing steadfastness. "Accomplished in steadfastness" means possessed of wisdom. "Having made evil despised" means those whose evil is reproached. To show that very same exposition, he said beginning with "dhī is called wisdom." Therein, "one understands" is wisdom. What does one understand? The noble truths, by the method beginning with "This is suffering." In the commentary, however, it is said: "Wisdom is by way of making known." What does it make known? It makes known "impermanent, suffering, non-self." That itself, because of overcoming ignorance, is a faculty in the meaning of predominance; or because it exercises the function of lordship in the characteristic of seeing, it is also a faculty; wisdom itself is a faculty - the wisdom faculty. And this has the characteristic of illuminating and the characteristic of understanding; just as indeed in a house with four walls, when a lamp is lit in the night-time, darkness ceases and light appears, just so wisdom has the characteristic of illuminating. There is no light equal to the light of wisdom. For one who is wise, seated in a single cross-legged posture, the ten-thousand world-system becomes a single light. Therefore the Elder said -

"Just as, great king, a man might bring an oil lamp into a dark house; the lamp having entered destroys the darkness, generates light, shows illumination, and makes forms obvious; just so indeed, great king, wisdom when arising destroys the darkness of ignorance, generates the light of true knowledge, shows the light of knowledge, and makes the noble truths obvious. Thus indeed, great king, illuminating is the characteristic of wisdom."

But just as a skilled physician knows what is suitable and unsuitable food and so on for the sick, so wisdom when arising understands mental states that are wholesome and unwholesome, to be cultivated and not to be cultivated, inferior and superior, dark and bright, with counterpart and without counterpart. And this too was said by the General of the Teaching: "'He understands, he understands', friend, therefore one is said to be wise. And what does one understand? 'This is suffering' - one understands" - this should be expanded. Thus its characteristic of understanding should be known.

Another method - wisdom has the characteristic of penetrating according to the intrinsic nature, or the characteristic of unerring penetration, like the penetration of an arrow shot by a skilled archer. Its function is illuminating the domain, like a lamp. Its manifestation is absence of confusion, like a good guide gone to a forest.

"Wise regarding the aggregates" means those who exercise knowledge regarding the five aggregates are wise regarding the aggregates. Those who exercise knowledge regarding the eighteen elements are wise regarding the elements. The meaning should be understood by this method in the remaining ones too. "Those wise ones said thus" means those wise ones thus spoke. "They speak" means they say "short, limited." "They declare" means they say "brief, momentary." "They explain" means they establish "light, fleeting." "They express" means they express in various ways "not lasting long, not of long duration."

11. Now, showing the arising of disaster for those who do not act thus, he spoke the verse "I see." Therein, "I see" means I look with the physical eye and so on. "In the world" means in the realm of misery and so on. "Trembling" means trembling here and there. "This generation" means this order of beings. "Gone to craving" means gone to craving, overpowered; the intention is "cast down." "In existences" means in sensual existence and so on. "Inferior men" means men of inferior activity. "Lament in the mouth of death" means when the final moment has arrived, they lament in the mouth of dying. "Not free from craving" means craving not gone. "Existence" means sensual existence and so on. "In existences" means in sensual existence and so on. Or alternatively, "in existence after existence" means in existence upon existence; it is said to mean "in repeated existences."

"I see" means "I see with the physical eye" - the physical eye is twofold - the eye with its constituents, and the sensitivity-eye. Therein, that lump of flesh established in the eye-socket, delimited below by the bone of the eye-socket, above by the eyebrow bone, on both sides by the corners of the eyes, externally by the eyelashes, bound by a sinew-thread emerging from the middle of the eye-socket to the brain, decorated with white and dark circles - this is called the eye with its constituents. But whatever sensitivity herein dependent, herein bound, derived from the four primary elements - this is called the sensitivity-eye. This is what is intended. That same, in the middle of the dark circle surrounded by the white circle of that eye with its constituents, in the sphere of sight at the place where the arising of bodily forms standing in front occurs, having pervaded the seven eye-membranes like oil poured on seven layers of cotton pervading the cotton layers, in measure merely the size of a louse's head, stands accomplishing the function of sense-base and door as is appropriate for eye-consciousness and so on.

"It tastes that" - thus it is the eye; with that physical eye I see. "With the divine eye" means with the divine eye of such a kind as "I saw, monks, with the divine eye, which is pure." "With the eye of wisdom" means with the eye of wisdom that has come thus: "the stainless, spotless eye of the Teaching arose." "With the Buddha-eye" means with the Buddha-eye that has come thus: "I saw, monks, surveying the world with the Buddha-eye." "With the all-seeing eye" means with the all-seeing eye that has come thus: "the all-seeing eye is called the knowledge of omniscience." "I see" means with the physical eye, what pertains to matter, as if an emblic myrobalan placed on the palm of the hand, with the physical eye. "I discern" means I perceive with the divine eye the passing away and rebirth. "I look at" means I look upon with the eye of wisdom the four truths. "I reflect upon" means I contemplate with the Buddha-eye the faculties with faith as the fifth. "I examine" means I look all around, I search with the all-seeing eye the five paths of those who need to be guided.

"Trembling with the trembling of craving" means moving with the agitation of craving. From here onwards, since the method has been stated ending with "trembling with suffering from disaster of wrong view" beginning with "trembling with the trembling of wrong view," it is clear in itself. "Trembling repeatedly" means trembling again and again. "Trembling in various ways" means moving in various ways. "Quaking" means shaking. "Greatly quaking" means shaking with intensity. "Violently quaking" means shaking again and again. Or the term is extended by means of a prefix.

"Followed by craving" means entered into by craving. "Spread by craving" means spread over by craving. "Near to craving" means submerged in craving. "Cast down by craving" means thrown by craving. Or the reading is "paripātita." "Overpowered" means crushed and overwhelmed by craving. "With mind seized" means mind taken after being exhausted. Or, gone to craving is like being carried away by a flood. Followed by craving is like having fallen and gone through the conditions of kammically acquired materiality. Spread by craving is like the surface of water covered by spread-out indigo plants covering the surface of the water. Near to craving is like being submerged in a cesspit. Cast down by craving is like having fallen from a treetop and fallen into hell. Overpowered by craving is like the bondage of kammically acquired materiality. With mind seized by craving is like the arisen insight of one who discerns kammically acquired materiality. Or, gone to craving through sensual desire. Followed by craving through sensual thirst. Spread by craving through the mental corruption of sensuality. Near to craving through the fever of sensual passion. Cast down by craving through sensual attachment. Overpowered by craving through the mental flood of sensuality. With mind seized by craving through clinging to sensual pleasures - thus some explain. "Sensual existence" means in the sensual-sphere of existence. "Fine-material existence" means in the fine-material-sphere of existence. "Immaterial existence" means in the immaterial-sphere of existence. Their diversity has been made known just below.

"In existence after existence": "existence after existence" - "existence" means the sensual element. "Non-existence" means the fine-material and immaterial element. Or alternatively, "existence" means the sensual element and fine-material sphere element. "Non-existence" means the immaterial element. In those existences after existences. "Kammic becoming" means in the kammic round of rebirths. "Rebirth" means in the resultant round of rebirths leading to rebirth. "Sensual existence" means in the sensual element. "Kammic becoming" means in the kammic round of rebirths. Therein, kammic becoming - it develops, thus it is becoming. "Rebirth in sensual existence" means in the becoming of rebirth in the sensual element, in the resultant round of rebirths. Resultant becoming comes to be, thus it is becoming. The same method applies in fine-material existence and so on too. And here, "in sensual existence, in fine-material existence, in immaterial existence" was said with reference to spatial becoming. In all three too, "in kammic becoming" was said with reference to kammic becoming; likewise "in rebirth" was said with reference to becoming of rebirth. "In repeated existence" means in arising again and again. "In destination" means in one of the five destinations. "In the production of individual existence" means in the production of individual existences. "Not free from craving" is the root term. "Craving not gone" means craving has not gone from these, due to the absence of momentary abandoning, like momentary concentration - thus craving not gone. "Craving not abandoned" means craving not relinquished due to the absence of abandoning by substitution of opposites. "Craving not vomited" means craving not vomited due to the absence of abandoning by suppression - thus craving not vomited. "Craving not released" means craving not released due to the absence of abandoning by absolute eradication. "Craving not eliminated" means craving not eliminated due to the absence of abandoning by subsidence. "Craving not relinquished" means craving not relinquished because of remaining without relinquishing the underlying tendency of defilement established in existence, due to the absence of abandoning by escape.

12. Now, because those whose craving has not gone thus tremble and lament, therefore instigating in the removal of craving, he spoke the verse "over what is cherished." Therein, "over what is cherished" means regarding the object taken possession of as "mine" through the selfish attachments of craving and wrong view. "See" - he said this addressing the listeners. "This too" means this danger too. The remainder is well-known.

"Two kinds of selfish attachment" means two kinds of attachment. "Whatever" is an indeclinable particle in the sense of delimiting restriction. "By what is reckoned as craving" means by the portion of craving; "term" and "reckoned" are one in meaning, as in such passages as "for the terms of obsession have perception as their source." "Made a boundary" means free from the fault of non-delimitation, made a limit, as in such passages as "let him authorise a boundary of a maximum of three yojanas." "Made a restriction" means free from the fault of verbal non-delimitation, made a delimitation, like a boundary tree. "Made an end" means made a delimitation. But a boundary tree is common to two; this, however, is "made an end" as if made like a palm-leaf fan belonging to one alone. "Possessed" means having released what belongs to others even after a period of time, taken in every way. "Cherished" means made an attachment, like a lodging entered for the rains retreat. "This is mine" means standing nearby. "That is mine" means standing far away. "This much" is a restriction of requisites, as in "even this much would not have occurred." "To this extent" is a restriction of an indeclinable particle also in the sense of delimitation, as in "to this extent indeed, Mahānāma." "Even the entire great earth" means even the whole great earth.

"One hundred and eight thoughts of craving" means the detailed extent of the course of one hundred and eight cravings. If asked, how does one hundred and eight come about? Craving for visible form, etc. "Craving for mental objects" - thus craving occurring in the impulsion process at the eye-door and so on has obtained its name from a similar object, just as in such cases as "merchant's son" or "brahmin's son" the name is obtained from the father. And here, craving having visible form as object - craving for visible form means craving for visible form. That, operating by way of sensual lust, relishing visible form, is sensual craving. Operating by way of lust accompanied by the eternalist view, relishing thus: "visible form is permanent, stable, eternal" - is craving for existence. Operating by way of lust accompanied by the annihilationist view, relishing thus: "visible form is annihilated, perishes, will be cut off" - is craving for non-existence. Thus it is threefold. And just as craving for visible form, so too craving for sound and so on - these are eighteen thoughts of craving. Those are eighteen regarding internal visible form and so on, and eighteen regarding external visible form and so on - making thirty-six; thus thirty-six relating to the past, thirty-six relating to the future, thirty-six relating to the present - making one hundred and eight. "With reference to the internal, 'I am' occurs, 'I am thus' occurs" - or by such methods, eighteen based on internal visible form and so on; "with reference to the external, by this 'I am' occurs, by this 'I am thus' occurs" - eighteen based on external visible form and so on - making thirty-six. Thus thirty-six relating to the past, thirty-six relating to the future, thirty-six relating to the present - in this way too there are one hundred and eight thoughts of craving.

"Identity view with twenty bases" means having made each of the five aggregates beginning with matter into bases occurring in four ways by the power of grasping according to the method beginning with "one regards matter as self," the view arisen in the body reckoned as the pentad of aggregates, in the sense of existing, is identity view. "Wrong view with ten bases" means wrong view proceeding by the method beginning with "there is not what is given, there is not what is sacrificed"; a view that is not exact, or a false view because of grasping having missed the mark, is wrong view; also a view contemptible to the wise because of bringing harm is wrong view. It should be seen as having the characteristic of unwise adherence, the function of adherence, the manifestation of wrong adherence, the proximate cause of unwillingness to see the noble ones and so on, and as the supreme fault. "Extreme-grasping view with ten bases" means a view proceeding by the method beginning with "the world is eternal, the world is non-eternal, the world is finite," having made each portion a support, thus occurring by the power of grasping - this is extreme-grasping view with ten bases. "Whatever such view" means whatever view of such a kind. "Wrong view" means gone among views. This seeing, because of being included within the sixty-two views, is wrong view; view itself is a thicket in the sense of being difficult to pass through - this is the thicket of views, like thickets of grass, thickets of forest, and thickets of mountains. In the sense of being dangerous and frightful, it is the wilderness of views, like the wilderness of thieves, the wilderness of wild beasts, the waterless wilderness, and the famine wilderness. In the sense of being pierced through by right view and in the sense of being contrary, it is the wriggling of views. For wrong seeing, when arising, pierces through right seeing and opposes it. Because of sometimes grasping eternalism and sometimes annihilationism, it is a deformed writhing of view - thus the writhing of views. For one gone to wrong views is unable to become established in one position. Sometimes he recollects eternalism, sometimes annihilationism. View itself in the sense of binding is a mental fetter - thus the mental fetter of wrong view. Like crocodiles and so on, it firmly grasps a person as its object - thus grasping. Because of establishing, it is support-grasping. For this grasps having established itself by the power of strong occurrence. One adheres by way of permanence and so on - thus adherence. Having transgressed the intrinsic nature of phenomena, one touches from outside by way of permanence and so on - thus adherence. A path contemptible because of bringing harm, or a path to the contemptible realms of misery - thus a wrong path. Because of being a path that is not exact, it is a wrong path. Just as even though grasped by one who has lost his bearings as "this is the path to such and such a village," it does not lead to that village; so too, even though grasped by one gone to wrong views as "the path to a fortunate destination," the view does not lead to a fortunate destination - because of being a path that is not exact, it is a wrong path. Because of having a wrong intrinsic nature, it is a wrong course. Because of wandering about right there, the foolish cross here - thus it is a belief; and it is both a belief and a plane of harm - thus the sphere of sectarian doctrines; or it is also the sphere of sectarian doctrines in the sense of being a plane as a place of origin and a dwelling place for sectarians. A grasping that has become a perversion, or a grasping through perversion - thus grasping through perversion. A grasping of what is not the intrinsic nature - thus grasping through reversal. A grasping by reversing through the power of proceeding by the method beginning with "permanent in what is impermanent" - thus grasping through distortion. A grasping without the right means is wrong grasping. In a subject matter that is not exact, in a subject matter that is not of its own intrinsic nature, the grasping of what is true, exact, and of intrinsic nature is the grasping "what is actual in what is not actual." "As far as" means however many. "The sixty-two wrong views" means the sixty-two wrong views that have come in the Brahmajāla.

"Fearing that it will be taken away, they tremble" means even those in whom fear has arisen that others will take it by force, having cut it off forcibly, they shake. "While it is being taken away" means according to the method stated, even while it is being taken by force. "When it has been taken away" means according to the method stated, even when it has been taken by force, having cut it off. "Fearing that it will change" means even fearing by way of alteration, becoming otherwise. "While it is changing" means even at the time of transformation. "When it has changed" means even when it has been transformed. "They tremble" means they shake. "They shake violently" means they shake in every way. "They struggle" means they tremble in various ways. "They quake" means having seen fear, they tremble. "They shudder" means due to trepidation, they tremble especially through fear. "They shudder violently" means they tremble in every way through the fear of horripilation. "Phandamāne" is an accusative plural. "With little water" means in scanty water. "In scanty water" means in disturbed water. "When the water is exhausted" means when the water is eliminated. "Or by herons" means by the remaining winged creatures not already mentioned. "Being attacked" means being harmed, being struck against. "Being picked up" means being taken out from the midst of the mud, or being swallowed. "Being devoured" means being eaten. They tremble because of crows. They shake violently because of hawks. They struggle because of herons. They quake at the time of being seized by the beak, by the power of death. They shudder at the time of being pierced. They shudder violently near death.

"Having seen" means having seen the fault. "Having weighed" means having weighed the virtue and fault. "Having determined" means having expanded the virtue and fault. "Having made clear" means having released and avoided what is subject to the destruction of its basis. "Having made manifest" means having brought to accomplishment, having made it distinctive. Or else, having freed from the fault of confusion, having seen by means of the classification of the subject matter. Having freed from the fault of non-delimitation, having weighed by means of establishing the measure. Having freed from the fault of the subject matter, having determined by means of making the classification. Having freed from the fault of delusion, having made clear by means of making the highest classification. Having freed from the fault of compactness, having made manifest by means of making the classification of nature. "Having abandoned" means having given up. "Having relinquished" means having let go. "Not cherishing" means not making attachment through craving and wrong view. "Not grasping" means not grasping that by wisdom in the preliminary stage of wrong view. "Not adhering to" means not making consideration by applied thought. "Not being attached to" means not entering by way of the view of entering upon the fixed course.

"Not making" means not doing by the influence of craving for possession. "Not generating" means not generating by the influence of craving leading to rebirth. "Not producing" means not producing with distinction. "Not bringing forth" means not bringing forth by the influence of craving for aspiration. "Not fully bringing forth" means not fully bringing forth in every way. Or these terms are extended by means of prefixes. Thus here, the gratification by the first verse.

13. Having shown the danger by the following four verses, now in order to show the escape together with its method and the benefit of escape; or having shown by all these the danger, degradation, and defilement of sensual pleasures, now in order to show the benefit of renunciation, he spoke the pair of verses beginning with "for both extremes." Therein, "for both extremes" means in the two, two divisions of contact, the origin of contact, and so on. "Having removed desire" means having removed desire and lust. "Having fully understood contact" means having fully understood contact beginning with eye-contact and so on, or by following contact, all the immaterial phenomena associated with it, and the material phenomena by way of their bases, doors, and objects - thus having fully understood the entire mentality-materiality with three full understandings. "Not greedy" means not greedy regarding all phenomena beginning with matter and so on. "Not doing what he himself would blame" means not doing what one censures oneself. "The wise one does not cling to what is seen and heard" means he, being of such a kind, the wise one endowed with energy, does not cling by even one of the two taints to phenomena that are seen and heard. Like space, untainted, he has attained absolute cleansing.

"Contact is one extreme" means contact is one division. It touches - thus contact (phassa). This has the characteristic of touching, the function of striking together, the manifestation of meeting, and the proximate cause of an object that has come into range. For this, although being an immaterial phenomenon, occurs in the manner of touching the object - thus it has the characteristic of touching. Although not clinging even in one part, just as matter strikes the eye, and just as sound strikes the ear, it strikes together consciousness and the object - thus its function is striking together; or because it has arisen from the striking together of sense-base and object, it should be understood as "having the function of striking together" by way of function in the sense of achievement as well. For this was said in the commentary -

"It is not that contact of the four planes does not have the characteristic of touching; but the function of striking together belongs only to the five-door contact. For the five-door contact has the name of both the characteristic of touching and the function of striking together. The mind-door contact has only the name of the characteristic of touching, not the function of striking together."

And having said this, this discourse was brought forth -

"Just as, great king, two rams might fight; just as one ram, so should the eye be seen. Just as the second ram, so should matter be seen. Just as their collision, so should contact be seen. Thus contact has the characteristic of touching and the function of striking together. Just as, great king, two cymbals might strike together, two hands might strike together. Just as one hand, so should the eye be seen. Just as the second hand, so should matter be seen. Just as their collision, so should contact be seen. Thus contact has the characteristic of touching and the function of striking together" - this is the detail.

Or just as in such passages as "having seen a form with the eye," eye-consciousness and so on are stated by the name of eye and so on, so too here they should be understood as stated by the name of eye and so on. Therefore, in such passages as "thus the eye should be seen," the meaning should be understood by this method as "thus eye-consciousness should be seen." This being so, because of the striking together of consciousness and object, even in this discourse, it is established as "having the function of striking together" by way of function in the sense of function alone. But because it is made known by way of its own cause, reckoned as the meeting of three, it has the manifestation of meeting. For this is made known here and there as "the meeting of the three is contact" - thus by way of the cause alone. And the meaning of this discourse passage is "by the meeting of the three, contact arises," not that the mere meeting itself is contact.

But because it has been thus made known, it manifests in that very same manner - thus it is said to have "the manifestation of conjunction." But in the sense of result, by way of manifestation, this is called having the manifestation of feeling. For it makes feeling manifest, the meaning is it produces it. And in producing, just as heat, although having an external condition of warmth, being dependent on the element reckoned as lac, causes softness in its own support, not in the external state of warmth reckoned as spent charcoal which is its own condition. Thus, although having other conditions reckoned as sense-base and object, because of being dependent on consciousness, this is a producer of feeling only in consciousness which is its own support, not in the sense-base or object which are its own conditions - this should be understood. But because it arises without obstacle in an object examined by the appropriate attentiveness and by the faculty, this is said to have "an object that has come into range as its proximate cause."

That from which contact arises and originates is called "the origin of contact." For this was said: "The six sense bases are the condition for contact." The dyad of the past is stated by way of time. The dyad of feeling, because it was said "But equanimity, being peaceful, is spoken of as happiness only," should be understood as stated by way of pleasure and pain, having made equanimity feeling as happiness only; the dyad of mentality-materiality by way of material and immaterial; the dyad of sense bases by way of the continuation of the round of rebirths; the dyad of identity by way of the five aggregates. Therein, "it makes happy" (sukhayati) - thus pleasant (sukhā). It feels - thus feeling (vedanā). It afflicts - thus unpleasant (dukkhā). Mentality has the characteristic of bending (namana). Materiality has the characteristic of being deformed. The six internal are the eye sense base and so on. The six external are the visible form sense base and so on. The five aggregates beginning with the aggregate of material form are identity in the sense of existing. Ignorance, action, craving, nutriment, contact, and mentality-materiality are the origin of identity.

"Eye-contact" means "it tastes" (cakkhati) - thus it is the eye (cakkhu); the meaning is it enjoys and makes clear visible form. Contact that has occurred from the eye is eye-contact. But that is a condition for the feeling associated with it in eight ways: by way of conascence, mutuality, support, result, nutriment, association, presence, and non-disappearance. "It hears" (suṇāti) - thus it is the ear (sota). That, inside the ear-hole with its constituents, at the spot covered with fine copper-coloured hairs having the shape of a finger-ring, stands accomplishing the function of sense-base and door as is appropriate for ear-consciousness and so on. Contact that has occurred from the ear is ear-contact. In the case of nose-contact and so on too, the same method applies. "It smells" (ghāyati) - thus it is the nose (ghāna). That, inside the cavity with its constituents, at the spot having the shape of a goat's hoof, stands accomplishing the function of sense-base and door as is appropriate for nose-consciousness and so on. "It calls out life" (jīvitam avhāyati) - thus it is the tongue (jivhā); or the tongue in the sense of tasting (sāyana). That, having excluded the extreme tip, root, and sides of the tongue with its constituents, at the spot in the middle of the upper surface having the shape of the tip of a split blue lotus petal, stands accomplishing the function of sense-base and door as is appropriate for tongue-consciousness and so on. The body is the origin of contemptible phenomena with mental corruptions. "Origin" means the place of arising. Wherever in this body there is what is called clung-to occurrence, there for the most part body-sensitivity stands accomplishing the function of sense-base and door as is appropriate for body-consciousness and so on. "It knows" (munāti) - thus it is mind (mano); the meaning is it cognizes. "Mind" means the life-continuum together with adverting; contact that has occurred from mind is mind-contact.

In order to show that the sixfold contact is just twofold, he said "designation-contact, impingement-contact." That which occurs through the mind-door is designation-contact. That which occurs through the five doors is impingement-contact, because it arises through the impingement of sense-base, object, and so on.

That which has pleasant feeling by way of object is experienced as pleasant. That which has unpleasant feeling by way of object is experienced as unpleasant. That which has neither-unpleasant-nor-pleasant feeling by way of object is experienced as neither-unpleasant-nor-pleasant. Therein, "it makes happy" - thus happiness (sukhaṃ); the meaning is that in whomever it arises, it makes that one happy. Or it well digs up and devours bodily and mental affliction - thus happiness. "It afflicts" - thus suffering (dukkhaṃ); the meaning is that in whomever it arises, it makes that one afflicted. "Not suffering, not happiness" is neither-unpleasant-nor-pleasant; the syllable "ma" is stated by way of word-junction.

"Wholesome" and so on are stated by way of category. Therein, "wholesome" means associated with the twenty-one wholesome consciousnesses. "Unwholesome" means associated with the twelve unwholesome consciousnesses. "Indeterminate" means associated with the remaining resultant and functional indeterminate consciousnesses.

Again, indicating by way of the classification of existence, he said beginning with "sensual-sphere." That associated with the fifty-four sensual-sphere consciousnesses is sensual-sphere. Having abandoned sensuality, it frequents in fine-materiality - thus fine-material-sphere; associated with the fifteen fine-material-sphere consciousnesses by way of wholesome and indeterminate. Having abandoned both sensuality and fine-materiality, it frequents in immateriality - thus immaterial-sphere; associated with the twelve immaterial-sphere consciousnesses by way of wholesome and indeterminate.

Now, showing by way of adherence, he said beginning with "empty." Therein, "empty" means empty because of being void of lust, hate, and delusion. "Signless" because of being without signs, due to the absence of the signs of lust, hate, and delusion. Because of the absence of the aspirations of lust, hate, and delusion, it is called "desireless."

Now, showing by way of what is included and not included in the round of rebirths, he said beginning with "mundane." "World" is called the round of rebirths in the sense of crumbling and disintegrating; because of being included in that, engaged in the world - thus mundane. "Crossed over" means higher; because of not being included in the world, higher than the world - thus supramundane. "Touching" means the mode of touching. "Contacting" and "the state of having contacted" - the term is augmented by a prefix.

"Having thus made it known" means having thus made it manifest, one who knows judges, determines, reflects in the manner to be stated above. One judges as impermanent because of having the nature of impermanence and because of having a beginning and an end. As suffering because of the oppression of arising and passing away and because of being the basis of suffering. As a disease because of being sustained by conditions and because of being the root of disease. As a boil because of being conjoined with the spike of suffering, because of the oozing of the impurity of mental defilements, and because of being swollen, ripened, and burst open through arising, ageing, and dissolution. As a dart because of producing oppression, because of piercing within, and because of being difficult to extract. As misery because of being blameworthy, because of bringing non-growth, and because of being the basis of misery. As an affliction because of producing a state of being without ease and because of being the proximate cause of affliction. As alien because of not being under one's control and because of not being amenable. As disintegrating because of crumbling and disintegrating through illness, ageing, and death. As a calamity because of bringing many disasters. As a danger because of bringing abundant harm that is not even known, and because of being the basis of all misfortunes. As peril because of being the source of all fears and because of being the opposite of the supreme relief reckoned as the appeasement of suffering. As an obstacle because of being pursued by many harms, because of being beset with faults, and because, like an obstacle, it is not worthy of endurance. As unstable because of being shaken by illness, ageing, and death, and also by worldly adversities such as material gain and so on. As perishable because of having the nature of going towards destruction both through assault and by its own nature. As not lasting because of being cast down in all circumstances and because of the absence of a firm state. As without shelter because of not providing protection and because of the impossibility of obtaining security from it. As without refuge because of being unworthy of clinging to, and because even for those who have clung to it, it does not perform the function of a refuge. As without protection because of the absence of being a refuge from fear for those who depend upon it. As empty because of being devoid of the states of permanence, beauty, happiness, and selfhood as imagined. As hollow just because of being empty, or because of being insignificant. For even what is insignificant is called "hollow" in the world. As void because of being devoid of an owner, an inhabitant, an experiencer, a doer, and a controller.

And by itself being without an owner, as non-self. Because of the suffering of occurrence, and because of the dangerousness of suffering, as dangerous. Or else, "ādīna" means one who goes about wretchedly, one who proceeds - thus "ādīnava" (a wretched one); this is a designation for a miserable person. And the aggregates too are indeed wretched - thus because of being similar to a wretched one, as dangerous. Through ageing and through death - because of being of the nature of change in two ways, as subject to change. Because of feebleness, and because of being easily breakable like softwood, as without substance. Because of being the cause of misery, as the root of misery. Like an enemy with the face of a friend, because of killing through trust, as murderous. Because of the disappearance of existence, and because of being arisen from non-existence, as non-existence. Because of being the proximate cause of mental corruptions, as with mental corruptions. Because of being conditioned by causes and conditions, as conditioned. Because of being the bait of Death-Māra and Defilement-Māra, as Māra's bait. Because of being of the nature of birth, ageing, illness and death, as subject to birth, ageing, illness and death. Because of being the cause of sorrow, lamentation and anguish, as subject to sorrow, lamentation and anguish. Because of being the domain of craving, wrong view, misconduct and defilement, as subject to defilement. By way of ignorance, action, craving and the six sense bases as arising, as arising. Through the absence of those, as passing away. By way of desire and lust for contact, through the sweet gratification, as gratification. Through the change of contact, as danger. Through the escape from both, as escape - one judges; and in all of these, "one judges" should be seen as the remainder of the reading.

"Abandons" means removes from one's own continuity. "Dispels" means pierces. "Puts an end to" means makes it gone to its end. "Brings to obliteration" means brings gradually to non-existence. Their root, which is made of craving and ignorance, has been cut off by the knife of the noble path - thus "with root cut off." Their site has been made like a palm stump - thus "made like a palm stump." Just as when a palm tree has been pulled up with its root and only its site has been made in that place, no further arising of that palm is discerned, so when the functions of matter and so on have been pulled up with their root by the knife of the noble path, and only their site has been made in the continuity of consciousness through the state of having previously arisen before, all of them are called "made like a palm stump." "For whom this" means for whatever person this greed. "Cut off" means destroyed. "Appeased" means appeased by the fruit. "Tranquillised" means calmed by the abandoning through tranquillisation. Or the term is extended by means of a prefix. "Incapable of arising" means incapable of arising again. "Burnt by the fire of knowledge" means consumed by the fire of path knowledge. Or else, abandoned together with its basis, like poison put aside and thrown away together with the vessel. Like a poisonous creeper with its root cut off, "cut off with its root" means cut off. Like embers extinguished by pouring water into an oven, appeased. Like a drop of water fallen on extinguished embers, tranquillised. Like a seed with its cause destroyed for the sprouting of a shoot, incapable of arising. Like a poisonous tree struck by a thunderbolt, burnt by the fire of knowledge - thus some explain.

"Free from greed" is said by way of relinquishing one's own nature. "With greed gone" is by way of relinquishing the state of attachment to the object. "With greed abandoned" is again by way of showing the state of not taking up again. "With greed released" is by way of freeing from the continuity. "With greed eliminated" is by way of showing that even what is released does not remain anywhere. "With greed relinquished" is said by way of showing the giving up of what was formerly taken. "Without lust, with lust gone, with lust abandoned" should be connected according to the method stated. Therein, greed is by way of being greedy. It is lust by way of dyeing. "Without hunger" means free from craving. "Nicchado" is also a reading; the meaning is devoid of the covering of craving. "Quenched" means of quenched nature. "Become cool" means of cool nature. "Experiencing happiness" means of the nature of experiencing bodily and mental happiness. "With a self become divine" means with a nature that is highest. "Self" means mind.

"Because of what has been done" means and because of the fact of having done evil deeds. "Because of what has not been done" means and because of the fact of not having done wholesome deeds. "Bodily misconduct was done by me, bodily good conduct was not done by me" and so on are stated by way of the doors, by way of non-abstinence and abstinence, and by way of courses of action. "I am not one who fulfils morality" and so on are by way of the fourfold purification morality. "Not devoted to wakefulness" is by way of the five kinds of keeping awake. "With mindfulness and full awareness" is by way of full awareness of purpose and so on. "The four establishments of mindfulness" and so on are qualities conducive to enlightenment by way of the mundane and supramundane. "Suffering has not been fully understood by me" and so on should be understood as stated by way of the four noble truths. These are obvious in meaning, since the method has been stated in the respective places.

"The wise one, the wise person" - the seven terms are of the meaning already stated. Furthermore, he is wise in the meaning of being unshakeable in suffering. He is a wise person in the meaning of not being elated in happiness. He is one endowed with wisdom in the meaning of having practised in matters pertaining to the present life and the future life. He is intelligent in the meaning of being steadfast in one's own welfare and the welfare of others. He is one with knowledge in the meaning of not shrinking back in matters profound and shallow. He is discerning in the meaning of illuminating matters that are hidden and concealed. He is sagacious in the meaning of being like a balance through the purification of being free from mental defilements. "Does not cling" means he does not cling by his own nature, like a line in space. "Does not cling closely" means he does not cling with distinction. "Does not cling thoroughly" means even having become connected, he does not cling, like a line on the palm of the hand. "Untainted" means even having become connected, he is not defiled, like a gem-jewel placed on Kāsi cloth. "Not closely tainted" means he is not defiled with distinction, like Kāsi cloth wrapped around a gem-jewel. "Not thoroughly tainted" means even having approached, he does not adhere, like a drop of water on a lotus leaf. "Gone out" means gone out outside, like one who has escaped from a prison. "Escaped" means one who has abandoned evil, like a defiled object concealed by an enemy. "Free" means well released, like having destroyed delight in an object liable to seizure and not coming again. "Unbound" means not joined together with mental defilements, like a sick person freed from disease. "With a mind rid of barriers" means with a mind from which barriers have been removed; the meaning is with a mind freed from all existence, from all objects, and from all mental defilements.

14. Now, in the verse "Having fully understood perception," this is the meaning in brief - Not only contact alone, but further perception too, distinguished as perception of sensuality and so on, or by following perception, mentality-materiality in the manner already stated previously, having fully understood with three full understandings, by this practice one would cross over the fourfold mental flood; thereupon he, having crossed over the flood, unstained by the abandoning of the mental defilements of craving and wrong view among the possessions of craving and wrong view, the sage who has eliminated the mental corruptions, with the dart pulled out because of the pulling out of the darts of lust and so on, wandering diligently through the attainment of the fullness of mindfulness, or wandering diligently in the preliminary stage, through that conduct of diligence having become one with the dart pulled out, does not long for this world or the next, distinguished as one's own individual existence, another's individual existence, and so on; but rather, through the cessation of the final consciousness, without clinging, he attains final Nibbāna like fire - thus he concluded the teaching with the pinnacle of arahantship, doing nothing other than establishing the guide of the Teaching; However, he did not produce by this teaching any path or fruition, because it was taught for one who has eliminated the mental corruptions.

Perception is that which perceives an object differentiated into blue and so on. It has the characteristic of perceiving and the function of recognising again. For it is not the case that perception of the four planes does not have the characteristic of perceiving; all have the characteristic of perceiving. But that which here perceives by means of a distinguishing mark, that has the function of recognising again. Its occurrence should be understood at the time when a carpenter, having made a distinguishing mark on a piece of timber, again recognises it by that distinguishing mark; at the time when, having observed a person's distinguishing marks such as a dark mole and so on, one again recognises him by that distinguishing mark as "This is such and such a person"; and at the time when the king's storekeeper who guards the ornaments, having tied a name-label to each ornament, when told "Bring the ornament called such and such," lights a lamp, enters the inner chamber, reads the label, and brings that very ornament.

Another method - By way of including all, perception has the characteristic of perceiving, the function of making a sign that is a condition for perceiving again, like carpenters and so on with regard to timber and so on; its manifestation is the making of adherence by way of the sign as grasped, like a blind man who sees an elephant; or its manifestation is not remaining long, by way of not being deeply immersed in the object, like lightning; its proximate cause is the object as it has presented itself, like the perception arisen as "men" in the young deer regarding scarecrows. But that which here is associated with knowledge, that simply conforms to knowledge; it should be understood that the remaining mental states in relation to earth and so on with their constituents are like earth and so on.

Perception connected with sensuality is perception of sensuality. Perception connected with anger is perception of anger. Perception connected with violence is perception of violence. Among those, two arise regarding beings as well as regarding activities. For perception of sensuality arises in one who thinks about dear and agreeable beings or activities. Perception of anger arises regarding not dear and disagreeable beings or activities, having become angry, from the time of looking up to the point of destruction. Perception of violence does not arise regarding activities. For there is no such thing as an activity that can be made to suffer. But it arises regarding beings at the time of thinking "May these beings be killed, or annihilated, or destroyed, or may they not exist!" Perception connected with renunciation is perception of renunciation; it is of the sensual-sphere in the preliminary stage of foulness, of the fine-material-sphere in the meditative absorption on foulness, and having made that meditative absorption the foundation, at the time of the arisen path and fruition, it is supramundane. Perception connected with non-anger is perception of non-anger; it is of the sensual-sphere in the preliminary stage of friendliness, of the fine-material-sphere in the meditative absorption of friendliness, and having made that meditative absorption the foundation, at the time of the arisen path and fruition, it is supramundane. Perception connected with non-violence is perception of non-violence; it is of the sensual-sphere in the preliminary stage of compassion, of the fine-material-sphere in the meditative absorption of compassion, and having made that meditative absorption the foundation, at the time of the arisen path and fruition, it is supramundane. When non-greed is the lead, then the other two are following it. When friendliness is the lead, then the other two are following it. When compassion is the lead, then the other two are following it. Perception arisen referring to a visual object is perception of material form. In the case of perception of sound and so on too, the same method applies. This is its name from the object itself. Since the objects have been stated, the sense-bases such as that born of eye-contact and so on are also stated.

"Whatever such perception" - other kinds too should be understood, such as "perception born of contact with impingement, perception born of contact with designation" and so on. Therein, "perception born of contact with designation" is also, by method of exposition, belonging to the six doors only. For the three immaterial aggregates, themselves becoming the supporting basis, give the name "perception born of contact with designation" to the perception co-arisen with them; but without qualification, perception born of contact with impingement means perception belonging to the five doors, and perception born of contact with designation means perception belonging to the mind-door. These should be understood as the additional perceptions that have been included.

"Perception" is the name of the intrinsic nature. "Perceiving" is the mode of perceiving. "The state of having perceived" is the state of having perceived.

"The mental flood of ignorance" - in the sense of being inappropriate to fulfil, bodily misconduct and so on is called what should not be found, the meaning being what should not be obtained. It finds that which should not be found - thus it is ignorance. Conversely, bodily good conduct and so on is called what should be found; it does not find that which should be found - thus it is ignorance. It makes unknown the meaning of heap of the aggregates, the meaning of sense base of the sense bases, the meaning of emptiness of the elements, the meaning of predominance of the faculties, the meaning of actuality of the truths - thus too it is ignorance. It makes unknown the fourfold meaning of suffering and so on stated by way of oppression and so on - thus too it is ignorance. In the round of rebirths which is without end, it causes beings to rush into modes of generation, destinations, existences, stations of consciousness, and abodes of beings - thus it is ignorance. In the ultimate sense, it rushes towards women, men, and so on which do not exist, and does not rush towards aggregates and so on which do exist - thus it is ignorance. Furthermore, ignorance is also because of concealing the sense-bases and objects of eye-consciousness and so on, and the phenomena of dependent origination and the dependently arisen; that is the mental flood of ignorance. By way of the mental flood of sensuality, one would cross over. By way of the mental flood of becoming, one would pass over. By way of the mental flood of views, one would transcend. By way of the mental flood of ignorance, one would overcome. Or else, by way of abandoning through the path of stream-entry, one would cross over. By way of abandoning through the path of once-returning, one would pass over. By way of abandoning through the path of non-returning, one would transcend. By way of abandoning through the path of arahantship, one would overcome. Or else, some say "the five terms beginning with 'would cross' should be connected with the five abandonings beginning with abandoning by substitution of opposites."

Having said "wisdom is called knowledge," in order to show that in detail, he said beginning with "whatever wisdom, understanding." That is by the same method as already stated, setting aside the term "non-delusion, investigation of phenomena." Non-delusion is the opponent of non-development regarding wholesome mental states, and the cause of development. Through non-delusion one grasps without distortion, because of the deluded one's distorted grasping. Through non-delusion, holding what is exact as exact, one proceeds according to the inherent nature. For the deluded one grasps "what is true as untrue, and what is untrue as true"; likewise, the suffering of not obtaining what is desired does not arise. For one who is not deluded, because of the arising of reviewing such as "how could that be obtained here?", the suffering of death does not arise. For death in confusion is suffering, and that does not occur for one who is not deluded. There is pleasant communal life for those gone forth, and there is no production in the animal realm. For those constantly deluded through delusion are reborn in the animal realm. And non-delusion, being the opponent of delusion, is the maker of the absence of the state of non-neutrality through the power of delusion. Through non-delusion, the perception of non-violence, the perception of elements, the undertaking of the middle practice, and the breaking of the last pair of mental knots come about. The last two establishments of mindfulness succeed by its very power. Non-delusion is a condition for longevity. For one who is not deluded, having known what is beneficial and harmful, avoiding what is harmful and resorting to what is beneficial, is long-lived, and is not fallen away from personal success. For one who is not deluded, doing only what is beneficial for oneself, accomplishes oneself. It is a condition for the noble abiding; one who is not deluded is quenched regarding indifferent parties, because of the absence of all attachment. Through non-delusion, the seeing of non-self arises. For one who is undeluded, skilled in grasping things as they really are, understands fully the five aggregates as without a leader, from the standpoint of being without a leader. And just as through this there is the seeing of non-self, so through delusion there is the seeing of self. For who indeed, having understood fully the emptiness of self, would fall into confusion again?

"Endowed with that knowledge" means possessed of knowledge of the aforesaid kind - the sage, beginning with trainees and so on. "Has attained wisdom" means one who has attained knowledge has reached the state of a sage. "Three" is a delimitation by counting. "Moral perfections" means phenomena that are the practice productive of the state of a sage, productive of moral perfection. In the passage beginning with "bodily moral perfection" and so on, bodily moral perfection is to be declared by way of the intimating body and the material body. Verbal moral perfection is to be declared by way of intimating speech and sound speech. Mental moral perfection is to be declared by way of mind-door consciousness and so on. "The abandoning of the threefold bodily misconduct" means the abandoning of badly practised conduct occurring from the body, of the kinds beginning with killing living beings and so on. "Bodily good conduct" means well practised conduct occurring from the body. "Knowledge with the body as object" means knowledge occurring by way of impermanence and so on, having made the body its object - knowledge with the body as object. "Full understanding of the body" means knowledge occurring by way of knowing the body through the full understandings as the known, as judgement, and as abandoning. "The path accompanied by full understanding" means the path produced by contemplating the internal body is accompanied by full understanding. "The abandoning of desire and lust for the body" means the abandoning of craving, desire and lust for the body. "Cessation of bodily activity" means the cessation, the obstruction of in-breath and out-breath - the attaining of the attainment of the fourth meditative absorption. "Cessation of verbal activity" means the cessation, the obstruction of applied and sustained thought - the attaining of the attainment of the second meditative absorption. "Cessation of mental activity" means the cessation, the obstruction of perception and feeling - the attaining of the attainment of the cessation of perception and feeling.

In the first verse, in the passage beginning with "a sage in body" and so on, a sage in body is by way of the abandoning of bodily misconduct. A sage in speech is by way of the abandoning of verbal misconduct. A sage in mind is by way of the abandoning of mental misconduct. A sage without mental corruptions is by way of the abandoning of all that is unwholesome. "Accomplished in moral perfection" means accomplished in moral perfection because of being established in fruition, having known what is to be known. "They call him one who has abandoned all" means they say he is one who has abandoned all because of being established after having abandoned all mental defilements.

In the second verse, "one who has washed away evil" - the meaning should be seen thus: whoever, having washed away, having cleansed by path knowledge all evil deeds that are grounds for rebirth by way of internal and external objects in the entire sense base, which is termed internal and external, because of being established after having washed and cleansed them, they call him one who has washed away evil. Those dwelling in the midst of a house are householder sages. Those who have gone forth into the going forth are homeless sages. Among them, trainees are trainee sages. Worthy Ones are those beyond training sages. Individually Enlightened Ones are solitary sages. Perfectly Self-awakened Ones are sage of sages.

Again, by way of a question prompted by the desire to explain, he said "which are the householder sages?" "Householders" means those engaged in household work such as farming, cattle-keeping and so on. "Who have seen the state" means those who have seen Nibbāna. "Who have cognised the teaching" means those for whom the teaching of the threefold training has been cognised - thus "who have cognised the teaching." "The homeless" means those for whom household work such as farming, cattle-keeping and so on does not exist - thus those gone forth are called "the homeless." "Seven trainees" means the seven beginning with stream-enterers and so on. "Trainees" means those who are training in the three trainings. "Those beyond training" means Worthy Ones do not train. Individually Enlightened Ones are solitary sages because, dependent on this and that cause, entirely alone and without a teacher, they have awakened to the four truths.

"Sage of sages are called the Tathāgatas" - here the Blessed One is a Tathāgata for eight reasons. He who has thus come is a Tathāgata; he who has thus gone is a Tathāgata; he who has arrived at the true characteristic is a Tathāgata; he who has fully awakened to the true phenomena as they really are is a Tathāgata; by his true seeing he is a Tathāgata; by his true speaking he is a Tathāgata; by his true acting he is a Tathāgata; in the sense of overcoming he is a Tathāgata.

How is the Blessed One a Tathāgata in the sense of "he who has thus come"? Just as the former Perfectly Self-awakened Ones who had undertaken zeal for the welfare of the entire world came. What is meant? By whatever resolution the former Blessed Ones came, by that very same resolution our Blessed One too came. Or just as the former Blessed Ones, having fulfilled the thirty perfections - namely the ten perfections, ten secondary perfections, and ten ultimate perfections, reckoned as giving, morality, renunciation, wisdom, energy, patience, truth, determination, friendliness, and equanimity - having relinquished these five great relinquishments, namely the relinquishment of limbs, eyes, wealth, kingdom, sons, and wife, having fulfilled the preliminary exertion, the preliminary conduct, the proclamation of the Teaching, the conduct for the welfare of relatives, and so on, having reached the summit of the conduct of higher intelligence, came; in the same way our Blessed One too came. And just as the former Blessed Ones, having developed and fulfilled the four establishments of mindfulness, the four right strivings, the four bases for spiritual power, the five faculties, the five powers, the seven factors of enlightenment, and the noble eightfold path, came; in the same way our Blessed One too came. Thus he is a Tathāgata in the sense of "he who has thus come."

"Just as Dīpaṅkara Buddha and the others, sages who attained the state of omniscience came here;

So too this Sage of the Sakyans has come, therefore the One with Vision is called the Tathāgata."

How is "one who has thus gone" the Tathāgata? Just as the former Blessed Ones, just born, went. And how did they go? For they, just born, having stood firmly on even feet on the earth, facing north, went with seven strides. As he said -

"Just born, Ānanda, the Bodhisatta, having stood firmly on even feet on the earth, facing north, walks with seven strides, while a white umbrella is held over him, and surveys all directions, and speaks a bold speech - 'I am the foremost in the world, I am the eldest in the world, I am the best in the world, this is my last birth, there is now no more rebirth.'

And that going of his was true, unerring, by being an advanced sign of many specific attainments. For that he, just born, stood firmly on even feet - this was the advanced sign of his attainment of the four bases for spiritual power. The state of facing north, however, was the advanced sign of the state of being entirely supramundane. The seven strides were of the attainment of the jewel of the seven factors of enlightenment. "Chowries with golden handles fly up and down" - the waving of chowries mentioned here, however, was of the crushing of all heretical teachers. The holding of the white umbrella was of the attainment of the excellent, stainless white umbrella of liberation through arahantship. The surveying of all directions was of the attainment of the unobstructed knowledge of omniscience. The speaking of the bold speech, however, was the advanced sign of the setting in motion of the excellent, irreversible Wheel of the Teaching. Likewise this Blessed One too went. And that going of his was true, unerring, by being an advanced sign of those very same specific attainments. Therefore the ancients said:

"Just as a lord of cattle, born but a moment, with even feet he touched the earth;

He, Gotama, strode seven steps, and the gods held over him a white umbrella.

"Having gone seven steps, he, Gotama, looked at the directions evenly all around;

He uttered a speech endowed with eight factors, like a lion standing on a mountain peak."

Thus "gone thus" means Tathāgata.

Or just as the former Blessed Ones, this Blessed One too likewise, through renunciation, sensual desire, etc. Through the first meditative absorption, the mental hindrances, etc. Through observation of impermanence, perception of permanence, etc. Having abandoned all mental defilements by the path of arahantship, he went forth; in this way too, "gone thus" means Tathāgata.

How is he a Tathāgata in the sense of "having arrived at the true characteristic"? The characteristic of hardness of the solid element is true, unerring; the characteristic of flowing of the liquid element; the characteristic of hotness of the heat element; the characteristic of distension of the air element; the characteristic of non-contact of the space element; the characteristic of cognition of the consciousness element.

The characteristic of being deformed of materiality; the characteristic of being felt of feeling; the characteristic of perceiving of perception; the characteristic of volitional activity of activities; the characteristic of cognition of consciousness.

The characteristic of application of applied thought; the characteristic of stroking of sustained thought; the characteristic of pervading of rapture; the characteristic of comfort of happiness; the characteristic of non-distraction of unified focus of mind; the characteristic of touching of contact.

The characteristic of decision of the faith faculty; the characteristic of exertion of the energy faculty; the characteristic of establishing of the mindfulness faculty; the characteristic of non-distraction of the concentration faculty; the characteristic of understanding of the wisdom faculty.

The characteristic of unshakeability regarding faithlessness of the power of faith; of the power of energy regarding idleness; of the power of mindfulness regarding unmindfulness; of the power of concentration regarding restlessness; the characteristic of unshakeability regarding ignorance of the power of wisdom.

The characteristic of establishing of the enlightenment factor of mindfulness; the characteristic of investigation of the enlightenment factor of investigation of phenomena; the characteristic of exertion of the enlightenment factor of energy; the characteristic of pervading of the enlightenment factor of rapture; the characteristic of peace of the enlightenment factor of tranquillity; the characteristic of non-distraction of the enlightenment factor of concentration; the characteristic of reflection of the enlightenment factor of equanimity.

The characteristic of seeing of right view; the characteristic of application of right thought; the characteristic of discernment of right speech; the characteristic of origination of right action; the characteristic of cleansing of right livelihood; the characteristic of exertion of right effort; the characteristic of establishing of right mindfulness; the characteristic of non-distraction of right concentration.

The characteristic of not knowing of ignorance; the characteristic of volition of activities; the characteristic of cognition of consciousness; the characteristic of bending of mentality; the characteristic of being deformed of materiality; the characteristic of extending of the six sense bases; the characteristic of touching of contact; the characteristic of being felt of feeling; the characteristic of cause of craving; the characteristic of grasping of clinging; the characteristic of accumulation of existence; the characteristic of production of birth; the characteristic of decaying of ageing; the characteristic of passing away of death.

The characteristic of emptiness of the elements; the characteristic of extending of the sense bases; the characteristic of establishing of the establishments of mindfulness; the characteristic of striving of the right strivings; the characteristic of succeeding of the bases for spiritual power; the characteristic of predominance of the faculties; the characteristic of unshakeability of the powers; the characteristic of leading out of the factors of enlightenment; the characteristic of cause of the path.

The characteristic of actuality of the truths; the characteristic of non-distraction of serenity; the characteristic of observation of insight; the characteristic of single function of serenity and insight; the characteristic of not surpassing one another of the paired.

The characteristic of restraint of purification of morality; the characteristic of non-distraction of purification of mind; the characteristic of seeing of purification of view; the characteristic of eradication of knowledge of destruction; the characteristic of tranquillity of knowledge of non-arising; the characteristic of root of desire.

The characteristic of origination of attention; the characteristic of combination of contact; the characteristic of converging of feeling; the characteristic of being chief of concentration; the characteristic of authority of mindfulness; the characteristic of being the highest of wisdom; the characteristic of substance of liberation; the characteristic of final goal of Nibbāna grounded upon the Deathless - this is true, unerring; this true characteristic he has arrived at by the course of knowledge, without failing, having attained, having reached - he is the Tathāgata. Thus, he who has arrived at the true characteristics is the Tathāgata.

How is it that he who has fully awakened to the true phenomena as they really are is the Tathāgata? The true phenomena are namely the four noble truths. As he said -

"Monks, there are these four things that are true, unerring, not otherwise. What are the four? 'This is suffering,' monks - this is true, this is unerring, this is not otherwise" - in detail.

And the Blessed One has fully awakened to them; because of having fully awakened to the true, he is called "Tathāgata." For here the word "gata" has the meaning of "fully awakened to".

Furthermore, the meaning of ageing and death having arisen and come about with birth as condition is actual, unerring, not otherwise... etc. The meaning of activities having arisen and come about with ignorance as condition is actual, unerring, not otherwise. Likewise, the meaning of ignorance being the condition for activities, etc. the meaning of birth being the condition for ageing and death is actual, unerring, not otherwise. The Blessed One has fully awakened to all that; because of having fully awakened to those truths too, he is the Tathāgata. Thus, he who has fully awakened to the true phenomena as they really are is the Tathāgata.

How is he a Tathāgata by virtue of true seeing? The Blessed One, whatever in the world with its gods, etc. among the generation with its gods and humans, in immeasurable world systems, there exists what is called a visual object coming into the range of the eye-door of immeasurable beings - that he knows and sees in every respect. And by one who thus knows and sees, by him that is analysed either by way of desirable, undesirable, and so on, or by way of the terms obtainable among the seen, heard, sensed, and cognised - "What is that matter, the visible form sense base? Whatever matter is derived from the four primary elements, radiance of colour, manifest, impinging, blue, yellow" - by this method, when analysed by many names, in thirteen sections, by fifty-two methods, it is just so; there is nothing false. This same method applies also to sounds and so on coming into the range of the ear-door and the other doors. And this too was said by the Blessed One -

"Whatever, monks, in the world with its gods, etc. among the generation with its gods and humans, has been seen, heard, sensed, cognised, attained, sought after, pondered over by the mind - that I know, etc. that I have directly known. That has been understood by the Tathāgata, to that the Tathāgata has not clung."

Thus he is a Tathāgata by virtue of true seeing. Therein, the derivation of the term "Tathāgata" in the sense of "one who sees truly" should be understood.

How is he a Tathāgata by virtue of true speaking? On the night when the Blessed One, seated on the unconquered divan at the seat of enlightenment, having crushed the heads of the four Māras, fully awakened to the unsurpassed perfect enlightenment, and on the night when he attained final Nibbāna through the Nibbāna element without residue of clinging between the twin Sal trees, in the intervening period of forty-five years, during the first enlightenment, the middle enlightenment, and the last enlightenment, whatever was spoken by the Blessed One - discourse, mixed prose and verse, etc. catechism. All that, both in meaning and in phrasing, is blameless, neither deficient nor excessive, complete in every respect, crushing the intoxication of lust, crushing the intoxication of hate and delusion; there is not even a hair-tip's worth of stumbling therein; all that, as if stamped with a single seal, as if measured with a single measure, as if weighed with a single balance, is just so, unerring, not otherwise. As he said -

"And, Cunda, on the night when the Tathāgata fully awakens to the unsurpassed perfect enlightenment, and on the night when he attains final Nibbāna through the Nibbāna element without residue of clinging, whatever he speaks, talks, and points out in between - all that is just so, not otherwise; therefore he is called 'Tathāgata'."

For here the word "gata" has the meaning of "speech." Thus he is a Tathāgata by virtue of true speaking.

Furthermore, speaking is "āgada"; the meaning is "utterance." His utterance is true, undistorted - by changing the letter "da" to the letter "ta," the derivation of the term "Tathāgata" in this meaning should be understood.

How is he a Tathāgata by virtue of true acting? For the Blessed One's body is in accordance with his speech, and his speech also with his body. Therefore he speaks as he acts, and acts as he speaks. For one who is such, as is his speech, so too his body has gone forth in action - this is the meaning. And as is his body, so too his speech has gone forth in action - thus he is a Tathāgata. Therefore he said - "Monks, the Tathāgata speaks as he acts, acts as he speaks. Thus he speaks as he acts, acts as he speaks. Therefore he is called 'Tathāgata'." Thus he is a Tathāgata by virtue of true acting.

How is he a Tathāgata in the sense of overcoming? Making the summit of existence above and Avīci below as the limits, and across in immeasurable world systems, he overcomes all beings by morality, by concentration, by wisdom, by liberation, and by the knowledge and vision of liberation; there is no balance or measure of him; rather he is unequalled, immeasurable, unsurpassed, a king above kings, a god above gods, a Sakka above Sakkas, a Brahmā above Brahmās. Therefore he said -

"In the world with its gods, monks, etc. among the generation with its gods and humans, the Tathāgata is the overlord, unvanquished, the all-seeing, wielding power; therefore he is called 'Tathāgata'."

Therein the derivation of the term should be understood thus - Like a medicine, it is a medicine. But what is this? Both the beauty of instruction and the accumulation of merit. For by that, this physician of great might overcomes all proponents of other doctrines and the world including the gods, as if with a divine medicine against snakes. Thus, in the overcoming of the entire world, the beauty of instruction and the accumulation of merit are true, not distorted, and are a medicine - by changing the letter "da" to the letter "ta," he should be understood as "Tathāgata." Thus he is a Tathāgata in the sense of overcoming.

Furthermore, he is a Tathāgata as one who has gone to truth, and he is a Tathāgata as one who has gone truly. "Gone" means understood, transcended, attained, practised - this is the meaning. Therein, he is a Tathāgata as one who has gone to truth, having understood the entire world through the full understanding by investigation. He is a Tathāgata as one who has gone to truth, having transcended the origin of the world through the full understanding by abandoning. He is a Tathāgata as one who has gone to truth, having attained the cessation of the world through realization. He is a Tathāgata as one who has truly gone, having practised the practice leading to the cessation of the world. Therefore, what was said by the Blessed One -

"The world, monks, has been fully awakened to by the Tathāgata; the Tathāgata is unbound from the world. The origin of the world, monks, has been fully awakened to by the Tathāgata; the origin of the world has been abandoned by the Tathāgata. The cessation of the world, monks, has been fully awakened to by the Tathāgata; the cessation of the world has been realized by the Tathāgata. The practice leading to the cessation of the world, monks, has been fully awakened to by the Tathāgata; the practice leading to the cessation of the world has been developed by the Tathāgata. Whatever, monks, in the world with its gods, etc. pondered over by the mind - all that has been fully awakened to by the Tathāgata. Therefore he is called 'Tathāgata'."

Its meaning should be understood thus too. And this too is merely a beginning in the illumination of the Tathāgata's state of being a Tathāgata. But in every way, only a Tathāgata could describe the Tathāgata's state of being a Tathāgata. But since all Buddhas are perfectly equal even in the quality of being a Tathāgata, therefore he said "Tathāgatas" with reference to all of them.

"Worthy One" means the Tathāgata is a Worthy One because of being far from mental defilements, because of having destroyed the enemies and the spokes, because of being worthy of requisites and so on, and because of the absence of secrecy in evil-doing. For he stands very far away from all mental defilements, because of having destroyed the defilements together with their latent tendencies by the path - thus he is the Worthy One because of being far from.

"He is called far from that, from whatever he is not endowed with;

And not endowed with faults, the Protector is therefore considered a Worthy One."

And those enemies that are mental defilements have been destroyed by him through the path - thus he is the Worthy One also because of having destroyed the enemies.

"Because all the enemies reckoned as lust and so on have been destroyed;

By the Protector with the weapon of wisdom, therefore too he is considered a Worthy One."

And that wheel of the round of rebirths whose hub is made of ignorance and craving for existence, whose rim is ageing and death of the volitional activities beginning with merit, which has been pierced through with the axle made of the origin of mental corruptions, which has been yoked to the chariot of the three existences, and which has been revolving since beginningless time - by him, at the seat of enlightenment, having established himself on the ground of morality with the feet of energy, having taken with the hand of faith the axe of knowledge that brings about the destruction of action, all the spokes have been destroyed - thus he is the Worthy One.

"The spokes of the wheel of the round of rebirths have been destroyed by the sword of knowledge; since

By the Lord of the World, therefore he is called 'a Worthy One'."

And because of being the foremost worthy of offerings, he deserves requisites such as robes and so on, and special veneration; and for that very reason, when the Tathāgata has arisen, whatever influential gods and humans there are, they do not make offerings elsewhere. For thus Brahmā Sahampati venerated the Tathāgata with a garland of jewels the size of Sineru, and according to their ability, other gods and humans such as Bimbisāra, the King of Kosala, and so on. Even with reference to the Blessed One who had attained final Nibbāna, having given up ninety-six ten million in wealth, the great King Asoka established eighty-four thousand monasteries throughout the entire Indian subcontinent. What then to say of other special venerations - thus he is the Worthy One also because of being worthy of requisites and so on.

"Since this Lord of the World deserves special veneration together with requisites;

They deserve in the world in accordance with the purpose, therefore the Conqueror deserves this name."

And just as in the world some fools who fancy themselves wise do evil in secret out of fear of ill-repute, he never does so - thus he is the Worthy One also because of the absence of secrecy in evil-doing.

"Since there is no secrecy whatsoever for such a one in evil deeds;

By the absence of secrecy, therefore he is renowned as a Worthy One."

Thus in every way also -

"Because of being far from, and because of having destroyed the enemies that are mental defilements, that sage;

With the spokes of the wheel of the round of rebirths destroyed, and worthy of requisites and so on;

He does not do evil deeds in secret; therefore he is called the Worthy One."

But since all Buddhas are equal to one another also in the quality of arahantship, therefore with reference to all of them he said "Worthy Ones." "Perfectly Self-awakened Ones" means because of having perfectly and by himself awakened to all phenomena, he is the perfectly Self-awakened One. For thus he is the perfectly Self-awakened One regarding all phenomena - the phenomena to be directly known as what should be directly known, the phenomena to be fully understood as what should be fully understood, the phenomena to be abandoned as what should be abandoned, the phenomena to be realized as what should be realized, the phenomena to be developed as what should be developed. Therefore he said -

"What should be directly known has been directly known, what should be developed has been developed;

What should be abandoned has been abandoned by me, therefore I am the Buddha, brahmins."

Or alternatively, the eye is the truth of suffering, the former craving that gave rise to it by being its root cause is the truth of origin, the non-continuance of both is the truth of cessation, the practice of understanding cessation is the truth of the path - thus by the extraction of each single term also, he perfectly and by himself awakened to all phenomena. The same method applies to the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind. And by this very method, the six sense bases beginning with visible form, the six classes of consciousness beginning with eye-consciousness, the six contacts beginning with eye-contact, the six feelings beginning with feeling born of eye-contact, the six perceptions beginning with perception of visible form, the six volitions beginning with volition regarding visible form, the six classes of craving beginning with craving for visible form, the six applied thoughts beginning with applied thought regarding visible form, the six sustained thoughts beginning with sustained thought regarding visible form, the five aggregates beginning with the aggregate of material form, the ten kasiṇas, the ten recollections, the ten perceptions by way of the perception of the bloated and so on, the thirty-two aspects beginning with head hairs, the twelve sense bases, the eighteen elements, the nine existences beginning with sensual existence, the four meditative absorptions beginning with the first, the four boundless states beginning with the development of friendliness, the four immaterial attainments, in reverse order ageing and death and so on, in forward order ignorance and so on - the factors of dependent origination should also be connected.

Herein this is the single-term connection - Ageing and death is the truth of suffering, birth is the truth of origin, the escape from both is the truth of cessation, the practice of understanding cessation is the truth of the path - thus by the extraction of each single term, he perfectly and by himself awakened to, understood, and penetrated all phenomena. Or whatever there is that is to be guided by name, because of having perfectly and by himself awakened to all of it, by the power of the knowledge culminating in deliverance, he is the perfectly Self-awakened One. But their classification will become evident above. But since all Buddhas are equal to one another also in the quality of perfect Self-awakening, therefore with reference to all of them he said "perfectly Self-awakened Ones."

"By silence" means although indeed one becomes a sage by the silence of path-knowledge reckoned as the practice of moral perfection, here however "by silence" is said with reference to mere quietness. "Foolish in appearance" means of hollow appearance. "Unwise" means unintelligent. For such a one, even though silent, is not called a sage. Or alternatively, by moral perfection one is not called a sage, but is of hollow nature and unintelligent - this is the meaning. "But whoever, as if holding up a balance" means just as one standing having taken a balance, if there is excess, removes it; if there is deficiency, puts in more. Just so, as if removing the excess, he removes and avoids evil; and as if putting into what is deficient, he fulfils the wholesome. And doing thus, having taken the excellent, the highest indeed, reckoned as morality, concentration, wisdom, liberation, and knowledge and vision of liberation, he avoids evil things, unwholesome actions - he is called a sage - this is the meaning. "Because of that he is a sage" - but if one asks why is he a sage? The reason stated below, because of that he is a sage - this is the meaning. "Whoever understands both worlds" means whatever person, in this world of aggregates and so on, as if placing upon a balance and measuring, understands both these meanings by the method beginning with "these are internal aggregates, these are external." "He is called a sage because of that" means by that reason he is indeed called a sage - this is the meaning.

"Of the bad and" - this is the meaning in brief of the verse - That principle of the bad and the good, which is distinguished as unwholesome and wholesome - having known that principle of the bad and the good by the knowledge of investigation in this entire world as "internally and externally." Because of that having been known, having passed beyond, having overcome the sevenfold attachment distinguished as lust and so on, and the twofold net distinguished as craving and wrong view, he stands. He is a sage because of being endowed with that knowledge of investigation termed wisdom. "Venerated by gods and humans" - this, however, is a word of praise for him. For because of being a sage who has eliminated the mental corruptions, he is worthy of veneration by gods and humans; therefore it is thus said.

"Dart" is the root term. "Seven darts" is a delimitation by counting. "The dart of lust" means lust in the sense of dyeing, and a dart because of producing oppression, because of piercing within, and because of being difficult to extract - thus the dart of lust. In the case of the dart of hate and so on too, the same method applies. "One with the dart pulled out" is the root term. "One with the dart extracted" means one whose dart has been removed. "One with the dart raised up" means one whose dart has been taken upward, one whose dart has been lifted out. "One with the dart thoroughly raised up" is said by way of prefix. "One with the dart torn out" means one whose dart has been pulled out. "One with the dart thoroughly torn out" is likewise by way of prefix.

"One who acts carefully" means one who acts carefully by way of careful performance regarding the development of wholesome mental states such as giving and so on, or regarding the person or the gift. By way of making it constant, one who acts with perseverance. By way of making it steadfast, one who acts steadfastly. Just as a chameleon, having gone a little way, stops for a little while, and does not go continuously; just so whatever person, having given a gift on one day, or having made an offering, or having heard the Teaching, or having practised the ascetic duty, does it again only after a long time, does not carry it on continuously. He is called "one who acts without perseverance, one who acts unsteadily." This one does not act thus - thus one who acts steadfastly. "One who is not sluggish in conduct" means by the presence of pervasion reckoned as continuous performance, one who is not of sluggish conduct - thus one who is not sluggish in conduct. "One who has not laid down desire" means one who has not laid down desire by way of the state of not having laid down the desire of energy in performing the wholesome. "One who has not laid down the responsibility" means one who has not laid down the responsibility by way of not lowering the responsibility of energy; the meaning is one whose mind has not drawn back. "Whatever desire and effort therein" means whatever desire for the Teaching in the sense of wishing to do regarding those wholesome mental states, and effort reckoned as exertion. And endeavour by way of striving. And enthusiasm by way of exceeding striving. And this is effort in the sense of going to the far shore. And this is endeavour in the sense of being a forerunner. And this is enthusiasm in the sense of exceeding. "And unremitting" means and non-turning back. "And mindfulness and full awareness" - "it remembers" - thus mindfulness. "One fully understands" - thus full awareness; the meaning is one knows by all modes. Full awareness as to the goal, full awareness of what is suitable, full awareness of the meditation's object, and awareness without confusion - the distinction should be known by way of this full awareness. "Ardour" means the energy that scorches the mental defilements. "Striving" means the highest energy. "Determination" means the state of being a support in performing the wholesome. "Pursuit" means engaging in. "Diligence" means non-negligence, the continuous presence of mindfulness.

"Does not long for this world" is the root term. "One's own individual existence" means one's own individual existence. "Another individual existence" means individual existence in the world beyond. "One's own matter, feeling, and so on" means one's own five aggregates; "another's matter, feeling, and so on" means the five aggregates in the world beyond. "The sensual element" means sensual existence. "The fine-material element" means fine-material existence. "The immaterial element" means immaterial existence. Again, in order to show a dyad by way of material and immaterial, it is stated by making the sensual element and the fine-material element as one, and the immaterial element as one. "Or destination" means the five destinations are stated by way of support. "Or rebirth" means the four modes of generation are stated by way of arising. "Or conception" means conception is stated by way of the linking of the three existences. "Or existence" means by way of kammic becoming. "Or the round of rebirths" means by way of the uninterrupted continuity of aggregates and so on. "Or the cycle" means he does not long for the cycle of the three planes.

In the Saddhammappajjotikā, the Commentary on the Mahāniddesa,

the Explanation of the Guhaṭṭhakasutta Niddesa is finished.

3.

Explanation of the Duṭṭhaṭṭhakasutta Niddesa

15. In the Duṭṭhaṭṭhaka, in the first verse firstly, therein, "they speak" means they blame the Blessed One and the community of monks. "Some with corrupted minds and also some with truthful minds" means some with corrupted minds, some having become perceivers of it as true; the sectarians had corrupted minds; those who, having heard them, believed them - they had truthful minds. This is the intention. "And the dispute that has arisen" means this reviling speech that has arisen. "The sage does not approach" means through being innocent and through being unshakeable, the Buddha-sage does not approach it. "Therefore the sage has no barrenness anywhere" means for that reason this sage should be understood as having no barrenness anywhere by way of the barrennesses of lust and so on.

"With corrupted minds" means those whose minds are corrupted by the faults that have arisen. "With opposed minds" means those whose minds are obstructed, not giving a door to the wholesome through those mental defilements. "With contrary minds" means the term is extended by means of a prefix. "With struck minds" means those whose minds are struck by aversion - thus "with struck minds." "With counter-struck minds" means just by means of a prefix. "With afflicted minds" means those whose minds are afflicted through cruelty - thus "with afflicted minds." "With counter-afflicted minds" means just by means of a prefix. Or else, "with corrupted minds through the power of anger, with deeply corrupted minds through the power of hostility, with opposed minds through the power of contempt, with contrary minds through the power of insolence, with struck and counter-struck minds through the power of hate, with afflicted and counter-afflicted minds through the power of anger. With corrupted and deeply corrupted minds through the lack of requisites, with opposed and contrary minds through disgrace, with struck and counter-struck minds through reproach, with afflicted and counter-afflicted minds through the state of being endowed with unpleasant feeling" - thus by such a method and so on some explain. "They blame" means they produce reproach. "With what is not factual" means with what is non-existing.

"Believing" means producing faith through the power of confidence. "Trusting" means having descended by way of virtues, they settle upon. "Resolving upon" means having made a conclusion through the power of placidity, they accept their talk. "With truthful minds" means with genuine minds. "Perceiving truth" means perceiving what is genuine. "With actual minds" means with non-distorted minds. "With factual minds" means with minds directed to factual meaning. "With exact minds" means with unwavering minds. "With non-distorted minds" means with minds of determination. Therein, "with truthful minds, perceiving truth" speaks of the quality of truthful speech; "with actual minds, perceiving what is actual" speaks of the quality of true faith; "with factual minds, perceiving what is factual" speaks of the quality of stability; "with exact minds, perceiving what is exact" speaks of the quality of trustworthiness; "with non-distorted minds, perceiving what is non-distorted" speaks of the quality of non-deception - this should be known.

"The sound from others" means a sound arisen from the presence of others. "Reviling" means a certain one among the ten revilings regarding birth and so on. "Whoever approaches the dispute" means whatever person goes to the blame. "As a doer or" means or one who has committed a fault. "Through being a doer" means being spoken to by the fact of having committed a fault - thus being told. "When being blamed" means being charged with a fault. "Becomes angry" means produces irritation.

"The state of arisen barrenness also does not exist" means the barrenness of aversion, reckoned as the state of bondage of mind and the state of rubbish of mind, has arisen in him - thus he is one with barrenness arisen; the state of that is the state of arisen barrenness; that too does not exist, is not present. "The five mental rigidities also" means not free from lust towards sensual pleasures, not free from lust towards the body, not free from lust towards material form, having eaten as much as he likes to fill his belly he dwells devoted to the pleasure of sleeping, the pleasure of lying on his side, the pleasure of torpor, he practises the holy life having aspired to a certain order of gods - "By this morality or by this ascetic practice or by this austerity or by this holy life I shall become a god or an inferior deity" - such five mental rigidities, reckoned as the state of bondage and the state of rubbish of the mind, do not exist.

16. And having said this verse, the Blessed One asked the Elder Ānanda - "Monks, Ānanda, when being thus jeered at and scoffed at, what do they say?" "Nothing, Blessed One." "No, Ānanda, one should not remain silent everywhere thinking 'I am virtuous.' For in the world they do not know one not speaking, a wise one mixed among fools," and having said this, "Monks, Ānanda, should reprove those people thus," for the purpose of teaching the Teaching, he spoke this verse "A speaker of untruth goes to hell." The Elder, having learnt that, said to the monks - "Those people should be reproved by you with this verse." The monks did so. The wise people remained silent. The king too, having sent royal servants everywhere, having seized those cheats to whom the sectarians had given a bribe to have her killed, having rebuked them, having known the circumstances, abused the sectarians. People too, having seen the sectarians, struck them with clods of earth and scattered dust on them, saying "They gave rise to disgrace for the Blessed One." The Elder Ānanda, having seen that, reported it to the Blessed One. The Blessed One spoke this verse to the Elder: "One's own view indeed, etc. one would speak."

Its meaning is - This view of the sectarian folk, "Having killed Sundarī, having made known the dispraise of the ascetics, disciples of the Sakyan, by this means we shall enjoy the honour obtained" - how could he go beyond that view? Indeed, that disgrace came back upon those very sectarian folk, who were unable to go beyond that view. Or whoever is a proponent of eternalism and so on, how could he too go beyond his own view, being led by that desire for views and established in that personal preference for views? But rather, making complete things by oneself, making those wrong views perfect by oneself alone, as one knows, so indeed one would speak.

"Having made known the dispraise" means having made the fault manifest. "Honour" means the respectful offering of the four requisites. "Respect" means esteem with the mind. "We shall bring back" means we shall produce this material gain and so on. "Of such views" means of such theory. Just as they have this theory "We shall produce material gain and so on," so too "There is a teaching of the aforesaid kind for me" - this is acceptable to them and pleasing to them; or their mind is of such a nature, "There is my mind." Then, showing that there is either their view, or acceptance together with view, or personal preference together with view and acceptance, or theory together with view, acceptance and personal preference, or disposition together with view, acceptance, personal preference and theory, or intention together with view, acceptance, personal preference, theory and disposition, he said "of such views, etc. of such intention." "One's own view" means one's own seeing. "One's own acceptance" means one's own endurance. "One's own preference" means one's own personal preference. "One's own theory" means one's own theory. "One's own disposition" means one's own disposition. "One's own intention" means one's own nature. "To go beyond" means to transcend. "Then that very disgrace" means that very disgrace, definitively. "Came back to them" means returned to them. "Te" is an accusative case used in the sense of the genitive.

"Or else" is showing a different meaning. "Eternal" means permanent, stable. "The world" means individual existence. "Only this is the truth, anything else is vain" means this alone is real, actual; anything else is hollow. "Complete" means full. "Taken upon oneself" means rightly taken up. "Grasped" means having approached, grasped.

"Adhered to" means grasped by having adhered to in every way. "Attached to" means having obtained a footing with distinction. "Non-eternal" should be understood by the reverse of what has been stated.

"Finite" means having an end. "Infinite" means infinite by way of growth. "That soul" means "he is the soul"; a change of gender has been made. And "soul" means self itself. "Tathāgata" means a being; some say "a Worthy One." "After death" means beyond death; the meaning is the world beyond. "The Tathāgata does not exist after death" means beyond death he does not exist. "The Tathāgata both exists and does not exist after death" means beyond death he both exists and does not exist. "The Tathāgata neither exists nor does not exist after death" means by way of annihilation he neither exists, and by way of reasoning he does not not exist.

"By one's own view" and so on are instrumental expressions. "Clinging" means become one with.

"One makes complete by oneself" means having freed from the state of deficiency by oneself, one rightly makes the self complete. "Perfect" means having freed from the fault of excess, full. "Superior" means having freed from the fault of inferiority, not low. "The highest" means the first. "Foremost" means the chief, faultless. "Distinguished" means the eldest. "Eminent" means exceeding. "Best" means distinguished, not lower. "Makes excellent" means makes the highest in excess. Or else, some explain thus: "By freeing from the fault of disposition, the highest; by freeing from the fault of defilement, the foremost; by freeing from the fault of impurity, the distinguished; by freeing from the fault of heedlessness, the eminent; by freeing from the fault of the middling, the best; by freeing from the fault of the highest middling, he makes excellent." "This Teacher is omniscient" means this Teacher of ours is omniscient by virtue of knowing all. "This Teaching is well proclaimed" means this Teaching of ours is well proclaimed. "This group is practising well" means this group of ours is well practising. "This view is auspicious" means this theory of ours is beautiful. "This practice is well laid down" means this preliminary practice of ours leading to the end of self is well laid down. "This path is leading to liberation" means this path of ours that leads to liberation by entering upon deliverance is leading to liberation - thus one makes complete by oneself.

He would discuss "the world is eternal". He would declare "only this is the truth, anything else is vain". He would explain "the world is finite". He would express, would cause to be grasped in various ways "both exists and does not exist".

17. Then the king, after the elapse of seven days, having had that corpse thrown away, having gone to the monastery in the afternoon, having paid respect to the Blessed One, said - "Surely, venerable sir, when such disgrace has arisen, I too should have been informed." When this was said, the Blessed One, having said "No, great king, it is not befitting for noble ones to announce to others 'I am virtuous, accomplished in virtues,'" spoke the remaining verses "Whoever his own moral practices" in the arising of the occasion for that.

Therein, "moral practices" means the moralities beginning with the Pātimokkha and the ascetic practice observances beginning with the forest-dweller practice. "Without being asked" means not questioned. "Speaks" means says. "The skilful call that an ignoble quality, whoever praises himself by himself" means whoever thus speaks of himself by himself, regarding that saying of his, the skilful thus declare "this is an ignoble quality."

"There is both morality and ascetic practice" means there is morality in the meaning of composing, and there is ascetic practice in the meaning of acceptance. "Ascetic practice but not morality" means in the meaning as stated, there is ascetic practice, but that is not morality. "What" is a question from the wish to speak. "Here a monk is virtuous" and so on are according to the method already stated. "In the sense of restraint" means in the sense of restraining, in the sense of closing the door of transgression. "In the sense of acceptance" means in the sense of rightly taking up each and every training rule. "The forest-dweller's practice" means one whose practice is dwelling in the forest is a forest-dweller; his factor is the forest-dweller's practice. "The almsfood eater's practice" means the falling early of lumps of material food reckoned as almsfood from others is almsfood; the meaning is the falling of lumps given by others into the bowl. One who gleans that almsfood, seeking it by approaching this and that family, is an almsfood eater; or one whose practice is to go about for almsfood is an almsfood eater. "To go about" means to walk. An almsfood eater is indeed an almsfood eater; his factor is the almsfood eater's practice. "Factor" is called a reason. Therefore, by whatever acceptance he becomes an almsfood eater, it should be understood that this is a designation for that. By this very method, because of standing on top of the dust at roads, cemeteries, rubbish heaps and so on, anywhere at all, in the sense of having risen up, it is as if a rag-robe among them - thus "rag-robe." Or else, it goes towards a contemptible state like dust - thus "rag-robe"; the meaning is it goes towards a contemptible state. The wearing of a rag-robe thus etymologically derived is "rag-robe"; one whose practice is the rag-robe is a wearer of rag-robes; the factor of the wearer of rag-robes is the rag-robe wearer's practice. The three robes reckoned as the double robe, upper robe and inner robe being his practice - thus a three-robe wearer; the factor of the three-robe wearer is the three-robe wearer's practice. "The successive house-to-house alms goer's practice" means "dāna" is called breaking off; gone away from breaking off is "apadāna"; the meaning is non-breaking off. Together with non-breaking off is "sapadāna," free from breaking off; the meaning is going from house to house without omission. One whose practice is to walk successively - thus a successive walker; a successive walker is indeed a successive house-to-house alms goer; his factor is the successive house-to-house alms goer's practice. "The one-session eater's practice" means "khalu" is an indeclinable particle in the sense of prohibition. Food obtained afterwards by one who is mindful after being invited to admonish is called "after-meal food"; the eating of that after-meal food is after-meal eating; having made the perception of after-meal food regarding that after-meal eating, one whose practice is after-meal food is an after-meal eater; not an after-meal eater is a one-session eater; this is the name for the food that is leftover rejected by way of acceptance; his factor is the one-session eater's practice. "The sitter's practice" means one whose practice is to dwell sitting, having rejected lying down, is one who remains sitting; his factor is the sitter's practice. "The any-bed user's practice" means whatever is spread is "as spread"; "this reaches you" - thus this is a designation for the lodging first allotted. One whose practice is to dwell in that whatever-is-spread is one who uses whatever seat is assigned; his factor is the any-bed user's practice. All of these are the factors of a monk who has shaken off mental defilements through this and that acceptance; or because of shaking off mental defilements, the knowledge that has obtained the conventional expression "shaken off" is the factor of these - thus ascetic practices. Or else, they are shaken off because of shaking off the opposites, and they are factors of the practice - thus also ascetic practices. Thus, for now, the judgment here should be understood in meaning. All of these have the characteristic of the volition of acceptance. And this too was said -

"He who takes upon himself, that is the person. That by which he takes upon himself, those are consciousness and mental factors. Whatever is the volition of acceptance, that is the ascetic practice. Whatever he rejects, that is the subject matter."

And all of them have the function of destroying greed, the manifestation of the state of non-greed, and the proximate cause of noble qualities beginning with fewness of wishes. Thus here the judgment should be known by way of characteristic and so on.

"The undertaking of energy also" means the taking up of energy also. "Surely" (kāmaṃ) is an indeclinable particle used in a definitive sense. "Skin and sinews and" means the outer skin and the sinew-creepers and. "And bones" means and all the bones. "Let remain" means let them stand. "Let the flesh and blood dry up" means let all the flesh and blood dry up. "Skin" is one factor, "sinews" is one, "bones" is one, "let the flesh and blood dry up" is one factor. "Whatever that" is connected with the term to be stated above. "By manly strength" means by a man's bodily power; "by power" means by the power of knowledge. "By energy" means by the force of mental knowledge-energy. "By effort" means by energy that has reached endeavour through stepping upon successive stages. "To be attained" means whatever that is to be reached. "Without attaining that" means without having reached that which is to be attained. "There will be cessation of energy" means there will be no looseness, no sinking of energy of the aforesaid type. "Paṭṭhāna" is also a reading; the meaning is the same. "He exerts the mind" means he causes the mind to take up endeavour. "Strives" means he establishes.

"I shall not eat" means I shall not chew, I shall not consume. "I shall not drink" means I shall not drink rice gruel, beverages and so on. "I shall not leave the dwelling" means I shall not go out from the lodging. "Nor shall I lay down my side" means I shall not make the laying down, the placing of my side on a bed or a chair or on the ground or on a reed mat. "While the dart of craving is not rooted out" means while the arrow reckoned as craving is not pulled out; the meaning is not departed.

"This cross-legged posture" means a seat with the thighs bound, folded all around. "I will not break" means I will not abandon. "Until by non-clinging" means without grasping through the four kinds of clinging. "From the mental corruptions" means from the four mental corruptions beginning with the mental corruption of sensuality. "Will be liberated" means will not be freed by the liberation of eradication. Beginning with "I will not rise from this seat" up to "I will not leave the tree-root" is stated by way of location. Beginning with "In this very earlier period of the day I will bring the noble teaching" up to "in summer" is stated by way of time. "In the first stage of life" and so on are stated by way of age. Therein, "I will not rise from the seat" means I will not get up from the seat where I am sitting. "Half-roofed house" means houses with curved roofs. "Mansion" means long mansions. "Long building" means houses with flat roofs. "Cave" means an earthen cave. "Rock cell" means mountain rock cells with openings cut through the boundary. "Hut" means a hut that is plastered and so on. "Pinnacle chamber" means from a house made by mounting a pinnacle. "Watchtower" means gate-towers. "Pavilion" means round houses. "Tent" (uddaṇḍa) is a particular type of shelter. Some say "a house with three roofs" also. "Assembly hall" means a meeting hall or a refectory. "Shed" and so on are obvious indeed. "Noble teaching" means blameless teaching, or the teaching of the noble ones - Buddhas, Individually Enlightened Ones, and disciples of the Buddha. "I will bring" means I will bring near to my mind through morality. "I will fully bring" means I will bring with distinction through concentration. "I will attain" means I will go by way of attainment through substitution of opposites. "I will touch" means I will experience through the path. "I will realise" means I will make directly visible through the fruit. Or alternatively, I will bring through the path of stream-entry. I will fully bring through the path of once-returning, I will attain through the path of non-returning, I will touch through the path of arahantship, I will realise through reviewing. In both methods, "I will touch" means I will experience Nibbāna with the mental body - this is the meaning.

"Not asked" is the root term; its meaning is "not questioned." "Not questioned" means not made to know. "Not requested" means not invited. "Not invited" means not commanded; "not desired," say some. "Not disparaged" means not caused to have confidence. "Speaks" means says. "I am" means I am, I exist. "Or by birth" means or by warrior or brahmin birth. "Or by clan" means or by the Gotama clan and so on. "Or by being a son of good family" means or by the state of being a son of good family. "Or by beauty of complexion" means or by bodily beauty. "Or by wealth" means or by achievement of wealth. "Or by study" means or by the practice of recitation. "Or by field of work" means work itself is the field of work; by that field of work, or by farming, cattle-keeping and so on. "Or by field of craft" means or by the art of archery and so on. "Or by subject of study" means or by the eighteen subjects of study. "Or by learning" means or by the quality of being very learned. "Or by discernment" means or by the knowledge reckoned as discernment of what is a reason and what is not a reason. "Or by some subject matter or other" means or by each one of the subject matters such as birth and so on.

"From a high family" means from a warrior or brahmin family; by this it explains the greatness of birth and clan. "From a wealthy family" means from a family of very wealthy householders; by this it explains the greatness of riches. "From a family of eminent wealth" means from the remaining merchant families and so on; by this it explains abundant gold, silver and so on. For even outcasts can be of eminent wealth. "Well-known" means renowned. "Famous" means accomplished with a retinue. "One versed in the discourses" means one engaged in the discourses. "An expert in monastic discipline" means one who bears the Canon of monastic discipline. "A Dhamma preacher" means one versed in the higher teaching. "A forest dweller" and so on are said for the purpose of showing the practice preceded by the ascetic practices. "An obtainer of the first meditative absorption" and so on are said by way of showing penetration, having shown the eight attainments of the material and immaterial spheres. "Speaks" is the root term. "Says" means he says "I am a teacher of the Canon." "Declares" means he makes it well-known "I am one who practises the ascetic practices." "Explains" means he illumines "I am an obtainer of fine-material meditative absorption." "Expresses" means he makes a different statement "I am an obtainer of immaterial meditative absorption."

"Skilled in the aggregates" means skilful in the own-characteristics and common characteristics of the five aggregates; the meaning is skilful by way of knowing, judging, and abandoning. In the case of elements, sense bases, dependent origination, and so on too, the same method applies. "Skilled in Nibbāna" means skilful regarding Nibbāna. "Of the ignoble" means not of the noble ones. "This quality" means this intrinsic nature. "Of the foolish" means of the unwise. "Of bad persons" means not of good persons. "Oneself" means oneself.

18. "Peaceful" means peaceful through the appeasement of mental defilements beginning with lust. Likewise, with a perfectly calmed self. "Not boasting thus about his morality" means not boasting thus about his morality by the method beginning with "I am accomplished in morality"; it is said to mean not speaking speech that applies to oneself on account of morality. "The skilled call that the noble teaching" means the Buddha and so on, skilled in aggregates and so on, call that non-boasting of his "this is a noble teaching." "For whom there are no swellings anywhere in the world" means for whichever one who has eliminated the mental corruptions, the seven swellings beginning with lust are not present anywhere in the world. The connection is: the skilled call that non-boasting of his "this is a noble teaching" thus.

"Peaceful" is the root term. "Through the calming of lust" means through the state of being calmed of lust, which has the characteristic of dyeing. The same method applies in the case of hate and so on too. "Through being burnt up" means through the burning up of all fevers. "Through being quenched" means through the state of quenching of all torments. "Through being gone" means through the state of being gone, through the state of being far from all unwholesome volitional activities. "Through being tranquillised" means through the state of being incapable of arising in every way. "Through the breaking of seven qualities, one is a monk" means a monk through the state of standing having broken the seven qualities to be stated above. "Identity view, sceptical doubt, adherence to moral rules and austerities" - these three mental defilements are broken by the path of stream-entry; "lust, hate" - these two mental defilements, being gross, are broken by the path of once-returning; those same, being residual, are broken by the path of non-returning; "delusion, conceit" - these two mental defilements are broken by the path of arahantship. In order to show the remaining mental defilements, he said "for him evil unwholesome mental states are broken." "Subject to defilement" means having mental defilements as condition. "Leading to rebirth" means giving rise to renewed existence. "That give trouble" means the disturbances of mental defilements are present here - thus "that give trouble." "Saddarā" is also a reading; the meaning is "with disturbance." "With painful results" means giving suffering at the time of fruition. "Leading to future birth, ageing and death" means being conditions for birth, ageing and death in the future.

"By the path made by oneself" - this is the summarised meaning of the verse - Whoever, by the path developed by oneself, has gone to final nibbāna, has attained the final extinguishment of the mental defilements, and precisely because of having gone to final nibbāna is one who has crossed over uncertainty, having abandoned the distinction of failure and success, deterioration and growth, annihilation and eternalism, demerit and merit, and existence and non-existence, one who has lived the holy life, one whose rebirth is eliminated - he is worthy of these words of praise - that is a monk.

"Itihanti" and "idahantī" - there is a twofold reading. "Itī" - with reference to word-connection and so on, they do not approve the reading "idaha." Therein, "thus" means what was said. "Word-connection" means the connection of terms is word-connection; the meaning is word-joining. "Word-combination" means the unification of terms. "Word-completion" means the completion of terms, the unification of two terms. "Syllable-conjunction" - even what is unified can be incomplete; this is not so. In order to show that there is a conjunction, a coming together of syllables, he said "syllable-conjunction." "Smoothness of phrasing" means the softness of the text due to the sweetness of the phrases stated as "an accumulation of phrases is a term," or of the meaning-phrases, or of the causes of making the meaning clear. "Word-sequence - this" means the progressive order of terms is word-sequence; the meaning is the state of being in succession of terms. "This" means that. If one asks "which?" "Thus" means this. "This" - here the syllable "ma" is stated by way of word-junction. "Is a boaster" means having exalted oneself saying "I am accomplished in morality," one is habitually given to such talk. "He boasts" means he speaks in the manner stated. "He vaunts" means he speaks in various ways. "Boasting" means talk. "Abstaining" means delighted from afar. "Refraining" means delighted through the state of being gone by way of transition from the position. "Desisting" means having turned back from that, having become completely detached in every way, delighted. Therein, like one who has fled having seen a goblin - abstaining. Like one who has gone having run about when an elephant is trampling - refraining. Like one who has gone having struck and crushed in a warrior's battle - desisting.

"One who eliminated the mental corruptions" means one who has eliminated the mental corruptions that are defilements. "The swelling of action" means the swelling, the abundance of actions termed meritorious volitional activity, demeritorious volitional activity, and imperturbable volitional activity. "For whom these" means for whom, the one who has eliminated the mental corruptions, these are the swellings.

19. Having thus shown the practice of one who has eliminated the mental corruptions, now showing the practice of the sectarians who are holders of views, he said "designed, conditioned." Therein, "designed" means supposed. "Conditioned" means conditioned by conditions. "For whom" means for whichever holder of views whatsoever. "Mental states" means views. "Put in front" means placed in front. "They are" means they exist. "Impure" means not clean. "Whatever benefit he sees in himself, dependent on that, peace based on the unstable" means for whom these view-states are put in front, impure, and exist, such a one, since he sees in himself the benefit of that view both pertaining to the present life such as honour and so on, and pertaining to the future life such as distinction of destination and so on, therefore he remains dependent on that benefit and on that view reckoned as peace based on the unstable - so called because of its being unstable, because of its being dependently arisen, and because of its being existent only by convention. He, because of his dependence on that, would either exalt himself or scoff at others even with unfactual virtues and faults.

"Conditioned" is the root term. "Conditioned" means produced by conditions having come together. The term is extended by means of a prefix. "Prepared" means fully produced by conditions. "Established" means rightly placed by way of conditions alone. "Impermanent" means in the sense of non-existence after having been. "Dependently arisen" means arisen dependent on sense-base and object. "Subject to destruction" means having the intrinsic nature of destruction gradually. "Having the nature of falling" means having the intrinsic nature of declining by way of occurrence. "Subject to fading away" means having the intrinsic nature of passing away without returning. "Having the nature of cessation" means having the intrinsic nature of ceasing; the meaning is having the intrinsic nature of ceasing, being of the nature of non-arising. "For one who has gone to views" means for a person who stands having taken up the sixty-two views.

"Putting in front" means placed before. "With craving as his flag" means craving is his flag in the sense of being hoisted; he has the banner of craving - thus "with craving as his flag." In the sense of going before, craving itself is his banner - thus "with craving as his banner." "With craving as his authority" means by way of desire as predominance; or craving has come from predominance - thus "with craving as his authority"; or he has craving as his predominant factor - thus "with craving as his authority." In the case of wrong view as his flag and so on too, the same method applies. "Not clean" means not purified. "Defiled" means soiled by themselves. "Subject to defilement" means causing remorse.

"He sees two benefits" means he will see two virtues. "And a benefit pertaining to the present life" means and a benefit of phenomena evident in this very individual existence. "Pertaining to the future life" means and a benefit to be attained in the world beyond. "Whatever view the teacher holds" means the teacher is one having whatever view he has obtained. "The disciples hold that same view" means the disciples too, hearing his word, become holders of that same view. "They honour" means they make him one who has attained honour. "They respect" means they make him one who has attained respect. "They revere" means they hold him dear with the mind. "They venerate" means they venerate with the veneration of offering the four requisites. "They show esteem" means they make him one who has attained esteem. Therein, to whomever they give the four requisites, having honoured them, well prepared and made superior, he is honoured. To whom they give having established an attitude of respect, he is respected. Whom they hold dear with the mind, he is revered. For whomever they do all this, he is venerated. For whomever they perform the supreme act of humble respect by way of paying respect, rising up in attendance, salutation with joined palms, and so on, he is esteemed. Some explain: "They honour by body, they respect by speech, they revere by mind, they venerate by material gain." "Sufficient for the state of a serpent or" means sufficient, capable, for the state of a serpent or the state of a serpent king. "Or for the state of a supaṇṇa" means for the state of a supaṇṇa king. "Or for the state of a demon" means for the state of a demon general. "Or for the state of a titan" means for the state of a titan. "Or for the state of a gandhabba" means for the state of being reborn in the company of gandhabba gods. "Or for the state of a great king" means for the state of being one of the four great kings. "Or for the state of Indra" means for the state of Sakka. "Or for the state of Brahma" means for the state of being one of the Brahma's retinue and so on. "Or for the state of a god" means for the state of being one of the conventional gods and so on. "For purity" means sufficient, capable, for the state of being pure. "For purification" means for the state of being absolutely pure, free from all stains. "For complete purity" means for the state of being pure in every way.

Therein, lordship in the animal realm is "purity." Lordship in the heavenly world is "purification." Lordship in the Brahma world is "complete purity." "For freedom" means having passed beyond eighty-four thousand cosmic cycles, for the purpose of becoming free. "For liberation" means for the purpose of becoming free through the absence of obstacles. "For complete liberation" means for freedom in every way. "They become pure" means at that time they attain purity through the state of having gone forth. "They become purified" means having taken up the going forth, they become pure in various ways through the state of being engaged in practice. "They become completely pure" means having brought about accomplishment, they become pure in every way. "They become free" by the teaching of another time of those teachers. "They become liberated" by the exhortation of this teacher. "They become completely liberated" by the instruction of this teacher. "I shall become pure" and so on are stated in the sense of the future. "He expects fruit in the future" means expecting resultant fruit in the future. This is merely the wish of those who have gone to wrong views. For a wrong view, when it succeeds, produces hell or the animal realm.

"Absolute peace" means the peace of ultimate escape. "Peace by substitution of factors" means meditative absorption is peace by substitution of factors because the wholesome factor of the first meditative absorption and so on meets the unwholesome factor of the mental hindrances and so on. "Conventional peace" means the peace of views by way of collective designation. To show those by way of classification, he said beginning with "What is absolute peace?" "The Deathless, Nibbāna" and so on are of the meaning already stated above. "For one who has attained the first meditative absorption, the mental hindrances are peaceful" and so on are stated by way of excellence within absorption. But conventional peace is intended in this meaning; "peace" - having rejected the other two kinds of peace, it explains conventional peace only. "Unstable peace" means wavering peace by way of producing results and by way of turning around. "Very unstable peace" means especially wavering peace. "Shaken peace" means trembling peace. "Greatly shaken peace" means especially trembled peace. "Wavering peace" is a synonym for that very thing. "Struck peace" means oppressed peace. "Dependent on peace" means dependent on peace reckoned as wrong view. "Attached" means approached, especially dependent. "Clinging" means become one with.

20. Thus regarding one who is dependent, first, "attachments to views, etc. takes up a teaching." Therein, "attachments to views" means the dwellings of views reckoned as dogmatic belief that "This alone is the truth." "Not easily overcome" means they are not to be overcome with ease. "Having discriminated what is grasped among phenomena" means having discriminated this and that grasped and attached-to teaching among the sixty-two wrong views, the attachments to views that have occurred are not easily overcome - so it is said. "Therefore a man, in those attachments, rejects and takes up a teaching" means since they are not easily overcome, therefore a man, in those very attachments to views, rejects and takes up, gives up and grasps this and that teaching - the teacher, the preaching of the teaching, and the variety of group and so on, of the variety of goat-practice, cow-practice, dog-practice, five-fold austere asceticism, precipice-leaping, squatting-striving, thorn-bed and so on - like a forest monkey this and that branch; so it is said.

Thus rejecting and taking up, because of an unsettled mind, one would produce fame or ill repute for oneself or for another even through non-existent virtues and faults. "Difficult to overcome" means difficult to surpass. "Difficult to cross" means difficult to cross over. "Difficult to cross over, difficult to transcend, difficult to turn back from" are augmented by a prefix.

"Having discriminated" means having made a determination by way of eternalism. "Having decided" means having made a judgment in various ways by way of self. "Having examined" means having sought. "Having thoroughly examined" means having sought in every way by way of what belongs to a self. "Nicinitvā viccinitvā" is also a reading. "Grasping by limitation" means grasping by setting a boundary. "Grasping by portion" means grasping by way of share, as in such passages as "having divided into portions." "Grasping by excellence" means the highest grasping. "Grasping by share" means grasping by way of constituent parts. "Grasping by accumulation" means grasping by way of category. "Grasping by collection" means grasping by way of share and by way of category. "This is true" means this very intrinsic nature. "Real" means the state of being actual, the undistorted intrinsic nature. "Actual" means devoid of change. "Factual" means existing. "Exact" means according to its inherent nature. "Not reversed" means not wrong.

"Rejects" means discards, throws away. "By cutting off others, or" means by causing others to give up. "Being unable to attain, or" means not reaching or being unable, one gives up. "Another cuts off" means another causes separation. "There is not here" means there is not here. "Being unable to attain morality" means not accomplishing morality. "Rejects morality" means gives up morality. The same method applies to the subsequent ones from here as well.

21. But whoever is wise because of being endowed with wisdom that shakes off the faults of all wrong views and so on, for that wise one indeed, etc. he is unattracted. What is meant? Because of being endowed with the qualities of wisdom, for the wise one who has shaken off all evil, the Worthy One, there is no designed view anywhere in the world, in this or that existence. He, through the absence of that view, and whereas sectarians, concealing the evil deeds done by themselves, go to this bias through deceit or through conceit, having abandoned even that deceit and conceit, the wise one, by what would he go among the faults of lust and so on; or in the present life or in the future state, by what would he come to be reckoned among the distinctions of destination in hell and so on; he is unattracted; for he is unattracted through the absence of the two involvements of craving and wrong view.

"Why" means for what reason. "'Wise' is called wisdom" means why is wisdom spoken of as "wise"? "By that wisdom, bodily misconduct" means by that wisdom of the aforementioned kind, conduct occurring from the body that is badly practised, or conduct that is corrupt because of being putrid with mental defilements - thus it is bodily misconduct. "Shaken off and washed" means shaken and cleansed. "Thoroughly washed" means rightly cleansed. "Completely washed" means especially well completely washed. "Lust is shaken off" and so on should be applied by means of the four paths.

"By right view, wrong view is shaken off" means by right view associated with the path, wrong view is shaken, moved, and cleansed. In the case of right thought and so on too, the same method applies. For this was said: "For one of right view, monks, wrong view has been worn away" - the discourse should be expanded. "By right knowledge" means by knowledge associated with the path, or by reviewing knowledge. "Wrong knowledge" means perverted knowledge, inexact knowledge, and the delusion that has arisen by way of thinking about the means for evil deeds, having done evil, and by way of reviewing thus "It was well done by me." "By right liberation, wrong liberation" means the opposite of liberation by eradication, being merely an inexact liberation designated as liberation of mind.

"The Worthy One with these qualities of wisdom" means the Worthy One, standing far from mental defilements such as lust and so on, is endowed with these qualities of the aforementioned kind that wash away mental defilements. "Wise one" means a wise person; for that very reason he said "He has shaken off lust" and so on.

"Deceit is called deceptive conduct" means deceptive conduct is that which has the doing of deception, the making of deception. "For the purpose of concealing that" means for the reason of not making manifest those misconducts. "Directs an evil wish" means establishes an inferior longing. "He wishes 'May they not know me'" means he expects "May others not know the evil done by me." "He thinks" means he produces applied thought. "He speaks words" means a monk, knowingly transgressing the regulation, makes it weighty. He speaks as if at peace, saying "There is no place of transgression for us." "He exerts himself bodily" means he makes an effort with the body, thinking "May no one know this evil deed done by me." Because of concealing existing faults, there is eye-deluding deceit - thus he is deceitful; the state of a deceitful one is deceitfulness. Because of concealing again after having done evil, beings transgress by means of this - thus it is transgression. Because of showing otherwise through bodily and verbal actions, one deceives - thus it is deception. By means of this, beings act fraudulently - thus it is fraud; the meaning is they act wrongly. Because of scattering away evil deeds, saying "I do not do thus" - thus it is scattering. Because of avoiding, saying "I do not do thus" - thus it is evasion. Because of gathering together by body and so on - thus it is concealment. Concealment in equal proportion is complete concealment. Just as one covers dung with grass and leaves, so one conceals evil with bodily and verbal actions - thus it is covering. Covering from every side is complete covering. Not showing by making it clear - thus it is not making manifest. Not showing by making it open - thus it is not making open. Covering well is thorough covering. Because of doing evil again by means of concealing what has been done - thus it is evil doing. "This is called" means this deceit, having the characteristic of concealing what has been done, is called deceit; a person endowed with which is like an ember concealed by ashes, like a stump concealed by water, and like a knife wrapped in rags.

"Conceit in one way" means conceit as one delimitation, one portion. "That which is the elevation of consciousness" means that which is the uplifting of consciousness; the meaning is "this is conceit." Here, conceit that has arisen without reference to a person is stated.

"Conceit of self-extolling" means the conceit of placing oneself above. "Conceit of scoffing at others" means the conceit of making others inferior. These two conceits are stated mostly by way of the manner in which they actually occur.

"The conceit 'I am superior'" means conceit arisen in dependence on birth and so on as "I am superior." In the case of the conceit of equality and so on too, the same method applies. Thus these three conceits too are stated by way of the manner in which they actually occur, without depending on a particular person. Among those, each one arises for all three - the superior, the equal, and the inferior. Therein, the conceit "I am superior" is exact conceit only for the superior, and inexact conceit for the rest. The conceit "I am equal" is exact conceit only for the equal, and inexact conceit for the rest. The conceit "I am inferior" is exact conceit only for the inferior, and inexact conceit for the rest.

Conceit in four ways is stated by way of worldly adversities. Conceit in five ways is stated by way of the five types of sensual pleasure. Conceit in six ways is stated by way of the accomplishment of the eye and so on. Therein, "generates conceit" means produces conceit.

In the description of conceit in seven ways, "conceit" means elation. "Arrogance" means conceit arisen by way of imagining, having surpassed, thinking "There is none equal to me in birth and so on." "Conceit and arrogance" means conceit arisen thus: "This one was formerly equal to me, now I am the foremost, this one is more inferior." He said "conceit and arrogance" in order to show that, just as a burden upon a burden, taking up the former conceit of equality, this is called conceit and arrogance. "Inferiority complex" means the conceit of inferiority. That which was called the conceit "I am inferior," this is called inferiority complex. But here too, "You are of noble birth, your birth is like the birth of a crow. You are of good clan, your clan is like the clan of an outcast. You have a voice, your voice is like the voice of a crow" - thus, by way of occurrence placing oneself below, this should be understood as "inferiority complex."

"Overestimation" means the conceit of attainment arisen for one who, without having reached the four truths, has the perception of having reached them; for one who, when the function to be done by the four paths has not been done, has the perception of it being done; for one who, when the phenomena of the four truths have not been attained, has the perception of having attained them; for one who, when arahantship has not been realised, has the perception of having realised it - this is called overestimation. But for whom does this arise, and for whom does it not arise? First, it does not arise for a noble disciple. For he, having arisen pleasure through reviewing the mental defilements abandoned by the path, fruition, and Nibbāna, and the remaining mental defilements, is without uncertainty regarding the penetration of noble qualities; therefore conceit does not arise for stream-enterers and so on by way of "I am a once-returner" and so on, and it does not arise for one who is immoral. For he is indeed without hope regarding the achievement of noble qualities. It does not arise even for one who is moral but has abandoned the meditation subject and is devoted to fondness of sleep and so on; but it arises for one of pure morality who is diligent in the meditation subject, who, having defined mentality-materiality, has crossed over uncertainty through the discernment of conditions, and having applied the three characteristics, is meditating on activities, who has begun insight practice; and when it has arisen, one who is a pure obtainer of serenity or a pure obtainer of insight sets it aside in the meantime. For he, not seeing the occurrence of mental defilements for even ten years, or twenty years, or thirty years, or eighty years, imagines "I am a stream-enterer" or "a once-returner" or "a non-returner"; but one who is an obtainer of serenity and insight sets it aside only at arahantship. For his mental defilements have been suppressed by the power of concentration, and activities have been well discerned by the power of insight; therefore even for sixty years, or eighty years, or a hundred years, mental defilements do not occur; his mental conduct is just like that of one who has eliminated the mental corruptions. He, thus not seeing the occurrence of mental defilements for a long time, without remaining in the meantime, imagines "I am a Worthy One."

"The conceit 'I am'" means conceit arisen in regard to the five aggregates by the method beginning with "I am" regarding matter, thinking "I am matter and so on." "Wrong conceit" means conceit arisen through evil fields of work, fields of craft, subjects of study, learning, discernment, moral rules and austerities, and through evil view. Therein, "evil field of work" means the work of fishermen, fish-catching, hunting, and the like. "Evil field of craft" means skill in making fish-nets, fish-traps, and worm-hooks, and in casting snares, impalement, and so on. "Evil subject of study" means whatever knowledge for harming others. "Evil learning" means that connected with the Bhārata war, the abduction of Sītā, and so on. "Evil discernment" means discernment connected with insulting speech, theatrical contrivance, lamentation, and so on. "Evil morality" means goat-morality, ox-morality. "Ascetic practice" too is just the goat-practice and ox-practice. "Evil view," however, is any view whatsoever among the sixty-two wrong views. The eightfold conceit is of obvious meaning only.

In the description of conceit in nine ways, the nine conceits beginning with "I am superior" towards a superior are stated in dependence on a person. Here, however, the conceit "I am superior" towards a superior arises in kings and in those gone forth. For a king, by reason of his country or his wealth and vehicles, produces this conceit thinking "Who is there equal to me?" One gone forth too, by reason of his morality and ascetic practices and so on, produces this conceit thinking "Who is there equal to me?"

The conceit "I am equal" towards a superior also arises in those very same persons. For a king, by reason of his country or his wealth and vehicles, produces this conceit thinking "What difference is there between me and other kings?" One gone forth too, by reason of his morality and ascetic practices and so on, produces this conceit thinking "What difference is there between me and another monk?"

The conceit "I am inferior" towards a superior also arises in those very same persons. For a king whose country or wealth and vehicles and so on are not very well accomplished, he produces this conceit thinking "Being called a king is merely a conventional expression for me; what kind of king am I?" One gone forth too, of little material gain and honour, produces this conceit thinking "That I am a preacher of the Teaching, very learned, a great elder - this is mere talk; what kind of preacher of the Teaching am I, what kind of learned person am I, what kind of great elder am I, when I have no material gain and honour?"

The conceit "I am superior" towards an equal and so on arise in ministers and the like. For a minister or a provincial official, by reason of his wealth, vehicles, and conveyances and so on, produces these conceits thinking either "What other royal servant is there equal to me?" or "What difference is there between me and others?" or "Minister is merely a name for me; I do not even have enough for food and clothing; what kind of minister am I?"

The conceit "I am superior" towards an inferior and so on arise in slaves and the like. For a slave, through his mother's side or his father's side, produces these conceits thinking either "What other slave is there equal to me? Others, being unable to make a living, became slaves on account of their bellies, but I am superior because I have come by lineage," or "By the state of being a slave of pure lineage on both sides, what difference is there between me and such-and-such a slave?" or "I have come to slavery by reason of my belly, but on the side of my mother and father, there is no ground for my being a slave; what kind of slave am I?" And just as a slave, so too refuse-removers, outcasts, and the like produce these very conceits.

And here, only the conceit arisen as "I am superior" towards a superior is a conceit in accordance with reality; the other two are conceits not in accordance with reality. Likewise, only the conceit arisen as "I am equal" towards an equal and "I am inferior" towards an inferior is a conceit in accordance with reality; the other two are conceits not in accordance with reality. Therein, conceits in accordance with reality are to be destroyed by the path of arahantship; conceits not in accordance with reality are to be destroyed by the path of stream-entry.

And here, the conceit "I am superior" towards a superior is conceit arisen thus as "I am superior" in the sense of being the highest regarding one who is the highest; the conceit "I am equal" towards a superior is conceit arisen thus as "I am equal" in the sense of being equal regarding one who is the highest. The conceit "I am inferior" towards a superior is conceit arisen thus as "I am inferior" in the sense of being inferior regarding one who is the highest. Thus the conceit of superiority, the conceit of equality, and the conceit of inferiority - these three conceits arise towards a superior. For an equal too, three conceits arise: "I am superior," "I am equal," "I am inferior." For an inferior too, three conceits arise: "I am inferior," "I am equal," "I am superior."

In the description of conceit in ten ways, "here a certain one generates conceit" means a certain person generates conceit. "Or by birth" means or by the achievement of birth such as the state of being a warrior and so on. "Or by clan" means or by a superior clan such as the Gotama clan and so on. "Or by being a son of good family" means or by the state of being of a great family. "Or by beauty of complexion" means or by the state of having a body endowed with beauty. For the body is called "pokkhara" (lotus); the meaning is by the state of being handsome through the achievement of beauty. "Or by wealth" means or by the state of being endowed with wealth; the meaning is "there is no measure of my wealth that has gone into storage." "Or by study" means or by way of recitation. "Or by field of work" means or by field of work proceeding by the method beginning with "the remaining beings are like crows with broken wings, but I am of great supernormal power, of great might," or "whatever work I do, that succeeds." "Or by field of craft" means or by field of craft proceeding by the method beginning with "the remaining beings are without craft, I am skilled in craft." "Or by subject of study" means this is by the very method stated above. "Or by learning" means or by learning of the kind beginning with "the remaining beings are of little learning, but I am very learned." "Or by discernment" means or by discernment of the kind beginning with "the remaining beings are without discernment, but there is no measure of my discernment." "Or by some subject matter or other" means or by some other subject matter not mentioned. "Whatever such conceit" means conceit by way of the making of conceit. "Imagination, state of imagining" is a description of the mode and nature. It is "elevation" in the meaning of being raised up. In whomever it arises, it raises up that person, having lifted him up and placed him - thus "elation." It is a "flag" in the meaning of being elevated. It is "exertion" in the meaning of lifting up, because it seizes consciousness. "Banner" is called the flag that is exceedingly lofty among many flags. Conceit too, arising again and again, with reference to successive ones, is like a banner in the meaning of being exceedingly lofty - thus "banner"; desiring that banner is "vainglory"; the state of that is "vainglory." But that belongs to consciousness, not to itself. Therefore it was said "vainglory of consciousness." For consciousness associated with conceit desires the banner; the state of that, conceit reckoned as the banner. "The wise one, having abandoned deceit and conceit" - having abandoned, having given up - he who is that wise one, the Worthy One, having abandoned defilements by way of dispelling, putting an end to, and so on according to the method stated above, stands firm; would he go by that defilement of lust and so on?

"As doomed to Niraya Hell or" means or as a being reborn in hell. In the case of the animal realm and so on too, the same method applies. "That cause does not exist" means the productive cause by which he would be reborn in the destinations and so on, that cause does not exist. "Condition" is a synonym for that very thing. "Reason" means possibility. For a reason, because of the result's dependent occurrence upon it, is called the "possibility" of its own result. Therefore, by whatever cause, by whatever condition he would be reborn in the destinations and so on, that reason does not exist.

22. Now, whoever has involvement by the state of those two involvements, that one with involvement indeed, etc. all views right here. Therein, "involvement" means based upon craving and wrong view. "Approaches dispute regarding phenomena" means "he is lustful" or "he is hateful" - thus regarding those various phenomena he approaches dispute. "But by what and how would one speak of one without involvement" means but by the abandoning of craving and wrong view, one without involvement, one who has eliminated the mental corruptions - by what lust or hate and how would one say "he is lustful" or "he is hateful"? Thus he is blameless, and would he be one who conceals what he has done like the sectarians? - this is the intention. "For self and non-self do not exist for him" means for him there is neither view of self nor annihilationist view; there is no grasping or releasing designated as self and non-self. If one asks, for what reason do they not exist? "He has shaken off all views right here." Because he right here in this individual existence has shaken off, abandoned, dispelled all wrong views by the water of knowledge - thus he concluded the teaching with the pinnacle of arahantship. Having heard that, the king, delighted, paid respect to the Blessed One and departed.

"Lustful or" means lustful through lust, or. In "corrupted or" and so on too, the same method applies. "Those volitional activities have not been abandoned" means the meritorious, demeritorious, and imperturbable volitional activities - those have not been abandoned. "Because volitional activities have not been abandoned" means by the state of not having been abandoned of those volitional activities of action of the aforementioned kind. "He approaches dispute regarding destination" means he goes to the speaking of one of the five destinations. Therefore he said - "As doomed to Niraya Hell or" etc. "he approaches, goes to the dispute." "Would speak" means would discuss. "There is nothing grasped" means there is nothing to be grasped. "There is nothing to be released" means because of having released and remaining steadfast, there is nothing to be freed.

"For whom there is something grasped" means for whatever person there is grasping as "I" and "mine." "For him there is something to be released" means for that person there is something to be freed. The terms above should be reversed and connected. "Has transcended grasping and releasing" means the Worthy One has gone beyond grasping and releasing. "Has passed beyond growth and decline of higher intelligence" means having surpassed both growth and decline, he proceeds. From "He has completed his dwelling" and so on, making "burnt by the fire of knowledge" the conclusion, is by the very method stated above. "Has shaken off" means has cut off. "Shaken, thoroughly shaken, completely shaken off" - the term is augmented by a prefix.

In the Saddhammappajjotikā, the Commentary on the Mahāniddesa,

the Explanation of the Duṭṭhaṭṭhakasutta Niddesa is finished.

4.

Explanation of the Suddhaṭṭhakasutta Niddesa

23. In the fourth, the Pure Octad, the meaning of the first verse to begin with is - Not, monks, by such seeing does purity come to be, but rather, having seen Candābha the brahmin - who is impure due to the state of being stained by mental defilements, and still afflicted due to the achievement of the diseases of mental defilements - or another of such form, a fool who is a holder of wrong views directly knows "I see the pure, the supreme, the healthy; by that seeing reckoned as views, purity of a man comes to be." He, thus directly knowing, having known that seeing as "supreme," being one contemplating purity in that seeing, falls back on that seeing as "path knowledge." That, however, is not path knowledge.

"Attained the supreme health" means having reached the highest freedom from disease and standing firm therein. "Attained shelter" means likewise having attained protection. "Attained a rock cell" means having attained a hiding place. "Attained refuge" means having attained support, or having attained the removal of suffering. "Attained fearlessness" means having attained the state of being without fear. "Attained the imperishable state" means having attained the state of being motionless. "Attained the deathless" means having attained the Deathless, the great Nibbāna. "Attained Nibbāna" means having attained that which is devoid of craving.

"Directly knowing" means knowing with distinction. "Understanding" means one who is understanding. "Cognizing" means knowing in manifold ways. "Recognizing" means cognizing dependent on this and that. "Penetrating" means making it in the heart.

"Eye-consciousness through seeing of material form" means seeing of material form by eye-consciousness. "He falls back on it as knowledge" means he believes it to be wisdom. "He falls back on it as the path" means he believes it to be "a method." "The way" means passage. "Means of deliverance" means that which takes and goes - thus deliverance. Or the reading is "niyyāna."

24. "If purity by what is seen" is the second verse. Its meaning is - If by that which is seen, reckoned as the seeing of material form, purity from mental defilements comes to be for a man, or if by that knowledge he abandons the suffering beginning with birth, this being so, it follows that he is purified by another, by a path of impurity other than the noble path, that he is purified while still with clinging, being one with clinging through the clingings of lust and so on - he has arrived at the point where this must be said; but one of such a nature is not purified. Therefore "for view reveals him thus speaking" - that view itself declares him as "this one holds wrong views"; in accordance with the view, by the method beginning with "the world is eternal," he speaks in such and such ways.

"One who conducts himself together with lust" is "with lust"; the meaning is "one who has lust." In the case of "with hate" and so on too, the same method applies.

25. "The brahmin does not" is the third verse. Its meaning is - Whoever is a brahmin because of having warded off evil, he, having attained the elimination of mental corruptions through the path, a brahmin who has eliminated the mental corruptions, does not speak of purity by means other than noble path knowledge - through wrong knowledge arisen regarding what is seen, reckoned as forms considered to be supremely auspicious, regarding what is heard, reckoned as sounds of such a kind, regarding morality, reckoned as non-transgression, regarding observances, classified as elephant-vow and so on, or regarding what is sensed, classified as earth and so on. The remainder is stated for the purpose of praising that brahmin. For he is untainted by merit in the three realms and by all evil. Why? Because of the abandoning of that view of self, or because of the abandoning of any grasping whatsoever, he is one who has abandoned self; because of the non-performance of meritorious volitional activities and so on, he is called "not producing anything here." Therefore, praising him thus, he said. And the connection of all of it with the first line should be understood - "Untainted by merit and evil, having abandoned self, not producing anything here, the brahmin does not speak of purity from another." "Not" as rejecting means "not" is a negation.

"Having expelled all evil deeds" - the meaning of the verse is - Whoever, having expelled all evil deeds by the fourth path, is of established self - it is said simply as "established." And precisely because of having warded off evil, he is spotless, having attained the spotless state, the state of Brahmā, the supreme state; well concentrated through the concentration of the highest path and fruition, by which the stain of mental defilements that cause disturbance to concentration has been relinquished; having passed beyond the round of rebirths through the transcendence of the cause of the round of rebirths, a consummate one because of having completed his task; and because of being independent of craving and wrong views, he is called independent; and because of being unchanging regarding worldly adversities, he is called "such a one." Thus worthy of praise, he is a Brahmā, he is a brahmin.

"Apart from the establishments of mindfulness" means having excluded the four establishments of mindfulness. In the case of the right strivings and so on too, the same method applies.

"There are some ascetics and brahmins" means certain ones who have obtained the conventional expression "ascetics and brahmins" by worldly convention are found. "Those who believe in purity through what is seen" means those wishing for purity through what is seen. "The seeing of certain forms by them" means these believers in purity through what is seen, their looking at those visual objects. "They regard as a blessing" means they establish it as the cause of supernormal power, the cause of higher intelligence, the cause of all success. "They regard as a non-blessing" means they establish it as not the cause of supernormal power, not the cause of higher intelligence, not the cause of success. "Having risen early" means these believers in blessings through what is seen and so on, having risen up beforehand. "Associated with blessings" means associated with the cause of growth in a special way. "They see forms" means they will see various kinds of visual objects. "A cāṭaka bird" means one so named. "A young bamboo shoot born under the Phussa constellation" means a young Marmelos tree shoot arisen under the Phussa constellation. "A pregnant woman" means a woman with child. "One going with a boy placed on the shoulder" means one going having lifted a young boy onto the shoulder. "A full pot" means a pot full of water. "A red fish" means a red salmon. "A chariot with thoroughbreds" means a chariot yoked with Sindh horses. "A bull" means an auspicious bull. "A tawny cow" means a tawny cow.

"A heap of straw" means a heap of chaff. "A pot of buttermilk" means a jar filled with cow's buttermilk and so on. "An empty pot" means a hollow pot. "A dancer" means a dancer and so on. Some say "a cheat's performance." "A naked ascetic" means a clotheless ascetic. "A donkey" means a donkey. "A donkey-cart" means a vehicle and so on yoked with a donkey. "A vehicle yoked with one" means a vehicle connected with one draught animal. "A one-eyed person" means one blind in one eye or both eyes. "A cripple" means one with a crooked hand. "A lame person" means one with a lame foot, a foot gone sideways. "A paralytic" means one who creeps on a chair. "An old person" means one decrepit with age. "A sick person" means one afflicted by disease. "Dead" means deceased.

"Those who believe in purity through what is heard" means those desiring purity through what is heard by ear-consciousness. "The hearing of sounds" means the hearing of sound-objects. "Vaḍḍhā" or and so on are said having taken merely the sounds current in the world. But as for non-blessings, they are just the sounds spoken by each and every name beginning with "one-eyed" and so on. "They cut" or means the hands and feet and so on are cut off, or. "They break" or means the head and so on are broken, or. "Burnt" or means burnt by fire, or. "Lost" or means destroyed by thieves and so on, or. "There is not" or means it is not found, or.

"Those who believe in purification through morality" means those desiring purification through morality. "By mere morality" means by mere restraining. "By mere self-control" means by mere abstaining. "By mere restraint" means by mere closing of the doors. "By mere non-transgression" means by merely not having transgressed. "The ascetic Muṇḍikāputta" means one who obtained his name from his mother. "Accomplished in the wholesome" means fully complete in the wholesome. "Supreme in the wholesome" means highest in the wholesome. "One who has attained the highest attainment" means one who, having reached the state of being able to attain the highest arahantship, stands thus. "Unconquerable" means an ascetic who is unable to be defeated.

"Those who believe in purification through ascetic practices" (vatasuddhikā) means those who desire purity through ascetic practice by way of observance. "Elephant-practice observers or" (hatthivatikā vā) means those who have taken upon themselves the elephant practice are elephant-practice observers; the meaning is they perform all the actions of elephants. How? With the mind arisen thus: "From today onwards I shall do what is to be done by elephants," they perform the manner of walking of elephants, the manner of standing, the manner of sitting, the manner of lying down, the manner of defecating and urinating, and having seen other elephants, having raised the trunk, they perform the manner of walking and everything - thus they are elephant-practice observers. In the case of horse-practice observers and so on too, it should be connected as appropriate according to what is obtainable. Among those, at the end, "direction-practice observers or" means those who have taken upon themselves the direction practice by way of worshipping the eastern and other directions. The taking up of a religious vow by these ascetics and brahmins of the aforementioned kind, when succeeding, leads to the company of elephants and so on. But if he has wrong view, it should be known that for one thinking "By this observance of morality and ascetic practice and holy life I shall become a god or an inferior deity," he becomes one of those in hell or the animal realm. For this was said by the Blessed One -

"Here, Puṇṇa, a certain one develops the dog-duty completely and uninterruptedly, develops the dog-morality completely and uninterruptedly, develops the dog-mind completely and uninterruptedly, develops the dog-deportment completely and uninterruptedly. He, having developed the dog-duty completely and uninterruptedly, having developed the dog-morality completely and uninterruptedly, having developed the dog-mind completely and uninterruptedly, having developed the dog-deportment completely and uninterruptedly, upon the body's collapse at death, is reborn in the company of dogs. But if he has such a view: 'By this morality or by this ascetic practice or by this austerity or by this holy life I shall become a god or an inferior deity,' that is his wrong view. For one of wrong view, Puṇṇa, I declare one of two destinations - hell or the animal realm. Thus indeed, Puṇṇa, the dog-duty when succeeding leads to the company of dogs, when failing to hell."

The meaning should not be taken that gandhabba-practice observers and so on approach the company of gandhabbas and so on; it should be taken that because of having grasped wrong view, they approach only hell or the animal realm.

"Those who believe in purification through what is sensed" (mutasuddhikā) means those who believe in purification through what is touched. "They touch the earth" (pathaviṃ āmasanti) means they touch with the body the great earth together with its constituent materials. "Green vegetation" (harita) means moist, green grass. "Cow-dung" (gomaya) means the dung of cows and so on. "Tortoise" (kacchapa) means of many kinds such as bone tortoises and so on. "They step on a ploughshare" (phālaṃ akkamanti) means they tread upon an iron ploughshare. "A cartload of sesame" (tilavāha) means a cart of sesame or a heap of sesame. "They eat auspicious sesame" (phussatilaṃ khādanti) means they eat sesame connected with a blessing. "They anoint with auspicious oil" (phussatelaṃ makkhenti) means they anoint the body with such sesame oil. "Toothbrush" (dantakaṭṭha) means a tooth-bangle. "They bathe with clay" (mattikāya nhāyanti) means having rubbed the body with smooth clay such as that from an anthill and so on, they bathe. "They wear a cloth" (sāṭakaṃ nivāsenti) means they put on a garment connected with a blessing. "They wrap a turban" (veṭhanaṃ veṭhenti) means they place and fasten on the head a head-wrap, a cloth of wool and so on.

"Wholesome volitional activity in the three realms" (tedhātukaṃ kusalābhisaṅkhāra) means the conditioned volitional activity arisen from proficiency, giving rise to conception in the sensual element, the material element, and the immaterial element. "All that is unwholesome" (sabbaṃ akusala) means the twelvefold unwholesome arisen from lack of proficiency. "When" (yato) means whenever (yadā). Those tenfold meritorious volitional activity, twelvefold demeritorious volitional activity, and fourfold imperturbable volitional activity are as appropriate abandoned by abandoning through eradication. "Having abandoned the view of self" (attadiṭṭhijaha) means one who has given up the view grasped as "this is my self." "Having abandoned grasping" (gāhaṃ jaha) means one who has given up the grasping associated with conceit as "this I am." Again, "having abandoned self" (attañjaha) means what has been grasped by adhering through the influence of craving and through the influence of views as "this is mine," and touched from outside, and attached to therein, and having swallowed through the influence of strong craving, clung to, and strongly infatuated with. "All that has been given up" and so on are according to the method already stated.

26. Having thus said "the brahmin does not speak of purity from another," now, showing the inability of that view to lead out for those who hold wrong views and speak of purity from another, he spoke the verse "having abandoned the former." Its meaning is - For they, though being proponents of purity from another, because of the non-abandonment of that view, there is grasping and releasing; because of that, having abandoned the former - the teacher and so on - and dependent on the latter, followed by craving termed longing, overpowered, they do not cross over attachment classified as lust and so on; and not crossing over that, they take up and let go of this and that teaching, like a monkey with branches.

"Having abandoned the former teacher" means having avoided the formerly taken acknowledgment of a teacher. "Dependent on another teacher" means dependent on, clinging to another acknowledgment of a teacher. In "having abandoned the former preaching of the teaching" and so on too, the same method applies.

"Followed by craving" means followed by craving. "Gone after craving" means gone after craving. "Spread by craving" means spread by craving, or rushed forward. "Fallen into craving, dropped" means submerged in and cast down by craving.

"Monkey" means an ape. "In the forest" means in the woodland. "Forest wilds" means in a great forest. "Roaming" means going. "Just so" is the comparison of the simile. "Various" means different. "Various wrong views" means wrong views of different kinds. "They take and release" means they take by way of grasping and they release by way of abandoning. "They grasp and let go" means they make an impediment and give up and cast away.

27. And the connection of the fifth verse - He who was stated as "for view reveals him thus speaking," he is meant by "having accepted by oneself." Therein, "by oneself" means oneself. "Having accepted" means having taken up. "Rites" means the elephant rite and so on. "High and low" means from one to another, or inferior and superior, from teacher to teacher and so on. "Attached to perception" means stuck to the perception of sensuality and so on. "And the wise one, having understood the Teaching through the knowledges" means the one wise in ultimate reality, and the Worthy One, having thoroughly understood the Teaching of the four truths through the four knowledges of the path as inspirations. The remainder is well-known.

"Having accepted oneself" means having taken up by oneself. "Having taken" means having taken up, having grasped. "Having accepted" means having rightly taken. "Having taken up" means having made an impediment. "Having taken upon oneself" means having rightly made an impediment. "Having grasped" means not having let go. "Having adhered to" means having shown. "Having clung to" means having established. The perception of sensuality and so on are according to the method already stated.

"Wise one" means sagacious. "Gone to true knowledge" means gone to the state of cognising. "One with knowledge" means accomplished in wisdom. "Discerning" means one who investigates with knowledge. "Sagacious" means one whose knowledge is weighed by impermanence and so on. "Wisdom" and so on are according to the method stated above. "Investigates the Teaching of the four truths" is the enlightenment factor of investigation of phenomena. The meaning of factor of enlightenment has already been stated above. "Investigation" is just wisdom that discriminates the Teaching of the four truths. For it has been said: "Investigation is reflection on the Teaching." "Insight" is just wisdom that sees in various ways, associated with the path. "Right view" means the beautiful, praised, excellent right view associated with the path. "Through those knowledges" means through just those four knowledges of the path. "Gone to the end" means gone to the conclusion of birth, ageing and death. "Gone to the summit" and so on are according to the method stated above. Or "one who has gone to the end of the knowledges" means one who has reached the conclusion of what is to be known. Or "one who has gone to the end through the knowledges" means one who has gone to Nibbāna, reckoned as the end, by way of the limit of the suffering of the round of rebirths through the four knowledges of the path as inspirations. "Because of having known" means by the state of having known, by the state of having understood.

The meaning of the verse "Having investigated all the vedas" is as follows: Whoever, making the destruction of mental defilements by means of the four knowledges of the path as inspirations, has gone, he is in the ultimate sense called one who has attained the highest knowledge. He himself, the vedas designated as scriptures of all ascetics and brahmins, having investigated them by that very path development, by function, by way of impermanence and so on. Therein, through the abandoning of desire and lust, having overcome that very all knowledge, whatever feelings arise conditioned by knowledge or otherwise, he is without lust regarding all those feelings. Therefore, showing that meaning, when asked "what attainment do they call one who has attained the highest knowledge," without saying "this is the attainment," "having investigated the vedas, etc. he is one who has attained the highest knowledge" - thus he said. Or because whoever, having investigated the vedas through the wisdom of investigation, through the abandoning of desire and lust therein, having overcome all knowledge, goes on. He has gone to, known, and indeed surpassed the vedas designated as scriptures. Whoever is without lust regarding feelings, he too has gone to and surpassed the vedas designated as feelings; one who has attained the highest knowledge also because he has gone beyond feeling. Therefore, showing that meaning too, without saying "this is the attainment," "having investigated the vedas, etc. he is one who has attained the highest knowledge" - thus he said.

"Having understood" means having come together with knowledge. "Having fully realised" means having penetrated with knowledge. "The Teaching" means the Teaching of the four truths. "All activities" means all phenomena with conditions. For they are called conditioned activities. "Activities" means they are produced by conditions having come together; they are spoken of as distinguished as "conditioned" because of being thus produced by conditions having come together. "The material and immaterial phenomena of the three planes produced by kamma are conditioned activities" - thus it is said in the commentaries. They too are included among the conditioned activities in such passages as "impermanent indeed are activities" and so on. In such passages as "When, monks, this male person gone to ignorance generates a meritorious activity" and so on, activities with ignorance as condition themselves have come. The wholesome and unwholesome volitions of the three planes are called generating activities. In such passages as "as far as the momentum of the effort, having gone that far, it stood, methinks, as if fixed on its axle" and so on, the bodily and mental energy that has come is called the activity of exertion. In such passages as "For a monk who has attained the cessation of perception and feeling, friend Visākha, verbal activity ceases first, then bodily activity, then mental activity" and so on, applied and sustained thought construct speech - thus they are verbal activities; in-breath and out-breath are conditioned by the body - thus they are bodily activities; perception and feeling are conditioned by consciousness - thus they are mental activities. But here conditioned activities are intended. Impermanent in the sense of non-existence after having been. Suffering in the sense of oppression. "All phenomena" is said including Nibbāna within. Non-self in the sense of being beyond control. In "with ignorance as condition, activities," here that dependent on which the result goes is the condition. "Dependent on" means not without, not rejecting - this is the meaning. "Goes" means arises and also proceeds - this is the meaning. Furthermore, the meaning of being helpful is the meaning of condition. Ignorance and that is a condition - thus "ignorance-condition"; therefore "with ignorance as condition." "Activities come to be" means they are produced; thus the connection of the word "come to be" should be made with the remaining terms as well.

Therein, what is ignorance? Not knowing suffering, not knowing the origin of suffering, not knowing the cessation of suffering, not knowing the practice leading to the cessation of suffering, not knowing the past, not knowing the future, not knowing both the past and the future, not knowing phenomena that are dependently arisen through specific conditionality. What are activities? Meritorious volitional activity, demeritorious volitional activity, imperturbable volitional activity, bodily activity, verbal activity, mental activity; eight sensual-sphere wholesome volitions, five fine-material-sphere wholesome volitions are meritorious volitional activity; twelve unwholesome volitions are demeritorious volitional activity; four immaterial-sphere wholesome volitions are imperturbable volitional activity; bodily volition is bodily activity, verbal volition is verbal activity, mental volition is mental activity.

Therein one might ask - But how should this be known: "These activities have ignorance as condition"? Because of their existence when ignorance exists. For one in whom not knowing reckoned as ignorance regarding suffering and so on has not been abandoned, he, through not knowing regarding suffering first and regarding the past and so on, having grasped the suffering of the round of rebirths with the perception of happiness, begins the threefold activities which are the cause of that very suffering. Through not knowing regarding the origin, imagining the activities which are the accessories of craving - though being the cause of suffering - as the cause of happiness, he begins them. But through not knowing regarding cessation and the path, having become one with the perception of the cessation of suffering even regarding special destinations which are not the cessation of suffering, and having become one with the perception of the path to cessation even regarding sacrifices, immortality practices, and so on which are not the path to cessation, desiring the cessation of suffering, he begins the threefold activities by means of sacrifices, immortality practices, and so on.

Moreover, he, through that state of ignorance not abandoned regarding the four truths, especially not knowing as suffering the suffering reckoned as the result of merit - though beset with numerous dangers such as birth, ageing, disease, death, and so on - begins meritorious volitional activity, consisting of the divisions of bodily, verbal, and mental activity, for the achievement of that, like one desiring a celestial nymph leaping off a precipice. And even though not seeing the suffering of change that produces great fever at the end of that result of merit deemed to be happiness, and its unsatisfactoriness, he begins meritorious volitional activity of the aforesaid kind conditioned by that, like a moth rushing into a lamp flame, and like one greedy for a drop of honey licking a sword-blade smeared with honey.

And not seeing the danger in the indulgence of sensual pleasures and so on together with their results, through the perception of happiness and through being overpowered by mental defilements, he begins demeritorious volitional activity operating through the three doors, like a fool playing with excrement, and like one wishing to die eating poison. And also not comprehending the suffering of change of activities even regarding the results of the immaterial states, through the illusion of eternality and so on, he begins imperturbable volitional activity which is of the nature of mental activity, like one who has lost his bearings going along the road facing a goblin city. Thus, since the existence of activities is only from the existence of ignorance, not from its absence. Therefore this should be known: "These activities have ignorance as condition."

Here one asks - Let us accept this much that "ignorance is the condition for activities"; but is this ignorance alone the condition for activities, or are there other conditions as well? What then? If it is only the one, one falls into the doctrine of a single cause. If there are others as well, does not the description of a single cause as "activities are conditioned by ignorance" become untenable? It is not untenable. Why? Because -

"A single result does not come from a single cause here, nor do many results come from many causes as a single result;

But there is a result, and there is a purpose in illustrating a single cause and result."

For the Blessed One sometimes because of predominance, sometimes because of obviousness, sometimes because of not being shared, and in accordance with the beauty of the teaching and the suitability for those to be trained, illustrates just one cause or one result. Therefore this ignorance here, even though other causes of activities exist - such as sense-organ, object, conascent phenomena, and so on - should be understood as illustrated as the cause of activities because of predominance, since from the statements "for one observing gratification, craving increases" and "from the origin of ignorance is the origin of mental corruptions," it is the cause of the causes of activities such as craving and so on; because of obviousness, from the statement "the unwise one, monks, gone to ignorance, generates even meritorious volitional activity"; and because of not being shared. And by this very statement resolving the illustration of a single cause and result, the purpose of illustrating a single cause and result everywhere should be understood.

Here one asks - Even this being so, how is the state of being a condition for meritorious and imperturbable volitional activities fitting for ignorance, which has exclusively undesirable results and is blameworthy? For sugar-cane does not arise from a neem seed. How would it not be fitting? For in the world -

"Both opposed and not opposed, both similar and dissimilar likewise;

A condition for phenomena is established, but they are not resultants themselves."

Thus this ignorance, although having exclusively undesirable results by way of resultant, and being blameworthy by way of intrinsic nature, should be understood as a condition for all these meritorious volitional activities and so on, as appropriate, by way of the condition of being opposed and not opposed in state, function, and intrinsic nature, and by way of the condition of being similar and dissimilar. Furthermore, there is also this other method of exposition -

"Regarding passing away and rebirth, the round of rebirths, and the characteristic of activities;

Whoever is confused regarding dependently arisen phenomena.

"He generates these threefold activities, since

Ignorance is the condition for them, this is therefore the condition for the threefold.

"Just as indeed a man blind from birth, without a guide;

At one time goes by the road, and at one time by a wrong path.

"A fool wandering in the round of rebirths, likewise without a guide;

At one time performs merit, and at one time demerit.

"But when, having known the Teaching, he will fully realise the truths;

Then through the subsiding of ignorance, he will live at peace."

"Activities are the condition for consciousness" means the six classes of consciousness: eye-consciousness, ear-consciousness, nose-consciousness, tongue-consciousness, body-consciousness, mind-consciousness. Therein, eye-consciousness is twofold: wholesome resultant and unwholesome resultant. Likewise ear-, nose-, tongue-, and body-consciousness. Mind-consciousness, however, is twenty-twofold: two resultant mind-elements, three rootless resultant mind-consciousness elements, eight resultant consciousnesses with roots, five fine-material-sphere resultant consciousnesses, and four immaterial-sphere resultant consciousnesses. Thus there are altogether thirty-two mundane resultant consciousnesses.

Therein one might ask - But how should this be known: "This consciousness of the aforesaid kind arises with activities as condition"? Because of the absence of resultant in the absence of accumulated action. For this is a resultant, and a resultant does not arise in the absence of accumulated action; if it were to arise, all resultants would arise for everyone, but they do not arise - thus this should be known: "This consciousness arises with activities as condition." For indeed all of this proceeds in two ways by way of occurrence and conception. Therein, the two sets of fivefold sense consciousness, the two mind-elements, and the rootless mind-consciousness element accompanied by pleasure - these thirteen proceed only in occurrence in five-aggregate constituent existence. The remaining nineteen proceed as appropriate in the three existences both in occurrence and in conception.

"Having obtained its conditions, this mere phenomenon goes to another existence;

Nothing of it transmigrates from there, nor does it come to be without a cause from there."

Thus this, having obtained its conditions, being a mere material and immaterial phenomenon arising, is said to "go to another existence" - not a being, not a soul. And of it there is neither any transmigration from a past existence to here, nor any manifestation here without a cause from there. And here the former is called "passing away" because of the act of passing away, and the latter is called "conception" because of the reconnecting with the beginning of another existence.

Here one asks - Is it not that when there is manifestation without transmigration, since the aggregates in this human existence have ceased, and since the action that is the condition for the result does not go there, the result would be of one thing from another, and when there is no experiencer, whose result would that be; therefore this process is not satisfactory? Herein this is said -

"This result is in the continuity, not of another nor from another;

The volitional activity of seeds is the proof of this meaning.

"By the very arising of the fruit, the convention of an experiencer is established;

Just as a tree bears fruit by the production of fruit, so is the convention."

Even if one were to say "Even this being so, these activities, whether existing or non-existing, would be conditions for the result. And if existing, at the very moment of their occurrence there should be their result. Then if non-existing, they would constantly bring results both before and after occurrence." He should be told thus -

"These are conditions because of having been done, and they do not constantly bring results;

Therein, a surety and so on should be understood as an illustration."

"Consciousness is the condition for mentality-materiality" - here the aggregates of feeling, perception, and mental activities are mentality; the four primary elements and the materiality derived from the four primary elements are materiality. For those without sex and womb-born beings and egg-born beings, at the moment of conception, the sense-base decad and the body decad make twenty material matters, and the three immaterial aggregates - these twenty-three phenomena should be understood as "mentality-materiality with consciousness as condition." For those with sex, having included the sex decad, thirty-three; among spontaneously born beings, for the Brahmā's retinue and so on, at the moment of conception, the eye decad, ear decad, and sense-base decad, and the life faculty nonad - thus thirty-nine material matters, and the three immaterial aggregates - these forty-two phenomena should be understood as "mentality-materiality with consciousness as condition." But in sensual existence, for the remaining spontaneously born beings, or for moisture-born beings with complete sense bases of those with sex, at the moment of conception, the eye, ear, nose, tongue, body, sense-base, and sex decads - thus seventy material matters, and the three immaterial aggregates - these seventy-three phenomena should be understood as "mentality-materiality with consciousness as condition." This is the maximum; but by the minimum, for those lacking this or that decad, having reduced by the influence of each respective one, the reckoning of mentality-materiality with consciousness as condition at conception should be understood. But for immaterial beings, there are only the three immaterial aggregates. For non-percipient beings, from materiality there is only the life faculty nonad. This, then, is the method regarding conception.

But during occurrence, everywhere in the region where materiality occurs, at the moment of duration of the consciousness of conception, together with the consciousness of conception, from the temperature that occurs, a temperature-originated pure octad appears. From the first life-continuum onwards, a consciousness-originated pure octad; at the time of the manifestation of sound, from temperature and from consciousness a sound nonad; for those living on edible food, a nutriment-originated pure octad - thus by way of the nutriment-originated pure octad, and the two nonads of temperature-originated and consciousness-originated, twenty-six kinds; and the aforesaid kamma-originated arising three times in each consciousness, seventy-one kinds - thus ninety-six kinds of materiality, and the three immaterial aggregates - ninety-nine phenomena should be understood as "mentality-materiality with consciousness as condition" according to their origination.

Therein one might ask - But how is this to be known: "mentality-materiality at conception has consciousness as condition"? From the discourses and from reasoning. For in the discourses, by the method beginning with "phenomena consecutive to consciousness," the conditionality of consciousness for feeling and so on is established in many ways. But from reasoning -

"For by consciousness-produced materiality seen here, it is established;

Consciousness is the condition even for unseen materiality - thus."

"Mentality-materiality is the condition for the six sense bases" - mentality has been stated already. But here materiality is, by way of fixed procedure, elevenfold: the four primary elements, the six sense-bases, and the life faculty. The six sense bases, however, are the eye sense base, the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind sense bases.

Therein one might ask - but how should this be known, that "mentality-materiality is a condition for the six sense bases"? Because of their presence when mentality-materiality is present. For indeed, when this or that mentality and materiality are present, this or that sense base exists, and not otherwise.

"The six sense bases are the condition for contact" -

"In brief, there are only six contacts, beginning with eye-contact;

Like consciousness, in detail they become thirty-two."

"Contact is the condition for feeling" -

"Feelings are stated by way of door, beginning with that born of eye-contact;

By way of classification they are only six; here there are thirty-two feelings."

"Feeling is the condition for craving" -

"By the classification of craving for visible form and so on, six cravings are shown here;

Each one is considered threefold therein, by way of the mode of occurrence.

"One who is afflicted longs for happiness, one who is happy desires even more;

But equanimity, being peaceful, is spoken of as happiness only.

"Therefore all three feelings are conditions for craving;

Feeling is the condition for craving, thus it was said by the Great Sage."

"Craving is the condition for clinging" means the four kinds of clinging: clinging to sensual pleasures, clinging to views, clinging to moral rules and austerities, and clinging to the doctrine of self. "Clinging is the condition for existence" - here kammic becoming is intended, but the becoming of rebirth is stated by way of term extraction. "Existence is the condition for birth" means birth conditioned by kammic becoming is the manifestation of the aggregates at conception.

Therein one might ask - but how should this be known, that "existence is a condition for birth"? Because of the observation of distinction as inferior and superior even when external conditions are complete. For indeed, even when external conditions such as the father, mother, semen, blood, nutriment, and so on are complete, a distinction as inferior and superior is seen among beings, even among a hundred twins. And that is not without cause, because it is not present always and in all cases; nor is it due to another cause other than kammic becoming, because of the absence of another cause in the internal continuity of the beings produced by that - therefore it is caused by kammic becoming alone. For action is the cause of the distinction as inferior and superior among beings. Therefore the Blessed One said - "It is action that divides beings, that is to say, into the inferior and the superior." Therefore this should be known: "existence is a condition for birth."

In "birth is the condition for ageing and death" and so on, because when birth is absent, ageing and death as well as sorrow and other mental states do not exist; but when birth exists, ageing and death as well as sorrow and other mental states exist - either connected with ageing and death and so on for the fool who is touched by painful phenomena reckoned as ageing and death, or unconnected for one who is touched by this or that painful phenomenon. Therefore, "birth is the condition for ageing and death." "Having understood, having fully realised the Teaching" means having come together with knowledge, having penetrated the Teaching of the four truths.

Having thus shown the occurrence of the mode of dependent conditions with twelve factors, now for the purpose of showing the cessation of ignorance and so on by way of the end of the round of rebirths, he said beginning with "from the cessation of ignorance comes the cessation of activities - having understood, having fully realised the Teaching." Therein, "from the cessation of ignorance" means from the cessation of non-arising of ignorance, by the cessation of non-continuance again. "Cessation of activities" means there is the cessation of non-arising of activities. So too in the remaining terms. "This is suffering" and so on are according to the method stated previously. "These phenomena are to be directly known" means these phenomena of the three planes are to be known by way of understanding the intrinsic characteristic, in a beautiful manner, or by superior knowledge according to their intrinsic nature. "To be fully understood" means to be known by pervading, by way of understanding the common characteristic and by way of accomplishing the function. "These phenomena are to be abandoned" means these phenomena belonging to the side of origination are to be abandoned by this or that quality and factor. "To be developed" means to be increased. "To be realised" means to be made directly visible. Realisation is twofold: realisation by attainment and realisation by way of object. "Of the six sense bases of contact" means of the six sense bases beginning with the eye. "Origin and passing away" means arising and cessation.

"Of extensive wisdom" - "like the earth" (bhūri) thus bhūri; endowed with that extensive wisdom, one is of extensive wisdom. In "of great wisdom" and so on, the meaning is endowed with great wisdom and so on.

Here is the diversity of great wisdom and so on - What is great wisdom? One comprehends great meanings - this is great wisdom. Great phenomena, etc. great languages... one comprehends great discernments - this is great wisdom. One comprehends the great aggregate of morality - this is great wisdom. The great aggregate of concentration, etc. the aggregate of wisdom... the aggregate of liberation... one comprehends the aggregate of knowledge and vision of liberation - this is great wisdom. The great possible and impossible, etc. the great dwelling attainments... the great noble truths... the great establishments of mindfulness... the right strivings... the bases for spiritual power... the great faculties... the powers... the factors of enlightenment... the great noble paths... the great fruits of asceticism... the great direct knowledges... one comprehends the great ultimate reality, Nibbāna - this is great wisdom.

What is broad wisdom? Knowledge proceeds in the various different aggregates - this is broad wisdom. In the various different elements, etc. in the various different sense bases... in the various different dependent originations... in the various different non-apprehensions of emptiness... in the various different meanings... in mental phenomena... in languages... in discernment... in the various different aggregates of morality... in the various different aggregates of concentration, wisdom, liberation, and knowledge and vision of liberation... in the various different possible and impossible... in the various different abiding attainments... in the various different noble truths... in the various different establishments of mindfulness... in right strivings... in bases for spiritual power... in faculties... in powers... in factors of enlightenment... in the various different noble paths... in fruits of asceticism... in direct knowledges... having surpassed phenomena common to the various different people, knowledge proceeds in Nibbāna, the ultimate reality - this is broad wisdom.

What is joyful wisdom? Here a certain one, abundant in mirth, abundant in inspiration, abundant in contentment, abundant in gladness, fulfils morality. He fulfils restraint of the faculties. Moderation in eating, etc. pursuit of wakefulness... the aggregate of morality... the aggregate of concentration... the aggregate of wisdom... the aggregate of liberation... the aggregate of knowledge and vision of liberation he fulfils - this is joyful wisdom. Abundant in mirth, etc. abundant in gladness, penetrates the possible and impossible - this is joyful wisdom. Abundant in mirth, fulfils the dwelling attainments - this is joyful wisdom. Abundant in mirth, penetrates the noble truths - this is joyful wisdom. He develops the establishments of mindfulness, the right strivings... the bases for spiritual power... the faculties... the powers... the factors of enlightenment... develops the noble path - this is joyful wisdom; abundant in mirth, realizes the fruits of asceticism - this is joyful wisdom; penetrates the direct knowledges - this is joyful wisdom; abundant in mirth, realizes Nibbāna, the ultimate reality - this is joyful wisdom.

What is swift wisdom? Whatever materiality, past, future, or present, internal or external, gross or subtle, inferior or superior, whether far or near, all materiality quickly hastens as impermanent - this is swift wisdom. As suffering, as non-self quickly hastens - this is swift wisdom. Whatever feeling... etc. whatever perception... whatever activities... whatever consciousness, past, future, or present... etc. whether far or near, all consciousness as impermanent... as suffering... quickly hastens as non-self - this is swift wisdom. The eye... etc. ageing and death, past, future, or present, as impermanent... as suffering... quickly hastens as non-self - this is swift wisdom.

Materiality, past, future, or present, is impermanent in the meaning of destruction, suffering in the meaning of fear, non-self in the meaning of being coreless - having weighed, having determined, having made clear, having made manifest, quickly hastens to Nibbāna, the cessation of materiality - this is swift wisdom. Feeling... perception... activities... consciousness... the eye... etc. ageing and death, past, future, or present, is impermanent in the meaning of destruction, suffering in the meaning of fear, non-self in the meaning of being coreless - having weighed... etc. having made manifest, quickly hastens to Nibbāna, the cessation of ageing and death - this is swift wisdom.

Materiality, past, future, or present, is impermanent, conditioned, dependently arisen, subject to destruction, having the nature of falling, subject to fading away, having the nature of cessation - having weighed... etc. having made manifest, quickly hastens to Nibbāna, the cessation of materiality - this is swift wisdom. Feeling... etc. perception... activities... consciousness... the eye... etc. ageing and death, past, future, or present, is impermanent... etc. having the nature of cessation - having weighed... etc. having made manifest, quickly hastens to Nibbāna, the cessation of ageing and death - this is swift wisdom.

What is sharp wisdom? One quickly cuts off mental defilements - this is sharp wisdom. One does not accept an arisen sensual thought. An arisen thought of anger... An arisen thought of violence... whatever evil unwholesome mental states have arisen... arisen lust... arisen hate... delusion... wrath... hostility... contempt... insolence... envy... stinginess... deceit... fraudulence... obstinacy... impetuosity... conceit... arrogance... vanity... negligence... all mental defilements... all misconducts... all volitional activities... all actions leading to existence - one does not accept them, abandons them, dispels them, puts an end to them, brings them to obliteration - this is sharp wisdom. In one sitting, the four noble paths, the four fruits of asceticism, the four analytical knowledges, and the six higher knowledges are attained, realized, touched by wisdom - this is sharp wisdom.

What is penetrative wisdom? Here a certain one is full of agitation regarding all activities, full of fright, full of dissatisfaction, full of discontent, full of non-delight, turned outward, one does not delight in all activities; one pierces and breaks through the mass of greed never before pierced, never before broken through - this is penetrative wisdom. The mass of hate never before pierced, never before broken through... etc. The mass of delusion... wrath... Hostility... etc. One pierces and breaks through all actions leading to existence - this is penetrative wisdom.

28. "He who has become free from the army regarding all phenomena, whatever is seen or heard or sensed": the one of extensive wisdom, one who has eliminated the mental corruptions, whatever is seen or heard or sensed, regarding all those phenomena, having destroyed Māra's army, by the state of standing firm, has become free from the army. "That very seer" means that very one of purified seeing. "Walking unveiled" means having become unveiled through the disappearance of the covering of craving and so on, walking. "By what could one here in the world assign him?" means by what could anyone here in the world assign him, whether by the assigning of craving or by the assigning of wrong view, or because of their having been abandoned, by lust and so on as previously stated.

In the four verses beginning with "Sensual pleasures are your first army," this is the meaning - Because from the very beginning defilement sensual pleasures delude beings who are in household life regarding objective sensual pleasures, and for those who, having overcome them, have entered the state of homelessness, discontent arises in remote lodgings or in various highly wholesome mental states. And this was said - "For one gone forth, friend, contentment is difficult to do." Thereupon, because their livelihood is dependent on others, hunger and thirst oppresses them; for those oppressed by that, craving for seeking wearies the mind; then for those whose minds are wearied, sloth and torpor descends upon them. Thereupon, for those not attaining distinction, dwelling in lodgings in forests and deep forest wildernesses that are difficult to endure, fear designated as terror arises; for those who are suspicious and apprehensive, dwelling for a long time savouring the flavour of seclusion, sceptical doubt arises regarding the practice thus "Could this indeed not be the path?"; for those who, having dispelled that, dwell, through a trifling specific attainment, conceit, contempt, and obstinacy arise; for those who, having dispelled those too, dwell, in dependence on a specific attainment even greater than that, material gain, honour, and praise arise; those infatuated with gain and so on, making known distortions of the rule, having attained wrong fame, steady in that, exalt themselves by means of birth and so on, and scoff at others. Therefore, the status of sensual pleasures and so on as the first army and so on should be understood.

Having thus recited this tenfold army, since it, being possessed of dark qualities, leads to the help of the Dark One, the Destroyer, therefore, defining it as "your army," he said - "This, Namuci, is your army, the Dark One's striking force." Therein, "striking force" means the slayer, the crusher of ascetics and brahmins; the meaning is "the one who creates obstacles." "A coward does not conquer it, but having conquered one obtains happiness" - thus a coward, a person who has longing for the body and for life, does not conquer your army; but a hero conquers it, and having conquered, attains the happiness of the path and the happiness of fruition.

"When by the four noble paths" means when by the paths reckoned as the four faultless paths leading to Nibbāna. "Māra's army" means Māra's army, the mental defilements that are obedient to him. "Opposing" means creating enmity. "Conquered" means being defeated and struck down. "Defeated" means restrained. "Broken" means shattered. "Destroyed" means crushed to bits. "Turned away" means brought to the state of turning away. "Free from the army" means having become free from mental defilements, standing firm.

"Of bright seeing" means one of very bright seeing. "Those coverings" means these coverings of craving and other mental defilements. "Unveiled" means made open. "Demolished" means removed from their established place. "Removed" means torn out. "Completely removed" means especially torn out.

29. "They do not form views": the connection and meaning of the verse - And what is more? For they, being such ones, do not form any of the two views and preferences by anything, nor do they hold anything as foremost. Because of having attained absolute purity in the ultimate sense, they do not speak of what is merely non-absolute purity - the view of non-action and eternalism - as "absolute purity." "Having released the knot of grasping that was bound": having released, having cut with the knife of the noble path, the fourfold knot of grasping - which is the taker up of matter and so on - that was bound, tied in one's own continuity of consciousness. The remainder is well-known.

"Absolute purity" means absolute, ultimate purity. "Purification through the round of rebirths" means purification from the round of rebirths. "The view of the inefficacy of action" means the view that "for one who acts, no evil is done." "The doctrine of eternalism" means the statement "permanent, stable, eternal." They do not speak, they do not say.

"Knots" means they tie the mental body, they join beings in the round of rebirths by way of death and rebirth-linking - thus knots. That covetousness and it is a knot by way of joining the mental body - thus the bodily knot of covetousness. "It destroys welfare and happiness" - thus anger. And that anger is a knot by the method stated - thus anger is a bodily knot. "Adherence to moral rules and austerities" means the adherence from outside thus: "Among ascetics and brahmins outside of this, by morality there is purification, by ascetic practice there is purification." "Dogmatic belief that 'This alone is the truth'" means having rejected even what was spoken by the Omniscient One, the adherence in this manner: "The world is eternal, only this is the truth, anything else is vain" - this is dogmatic belief that "This alone is the truth." "Lust for one's own view" means desire and lust for the view grasped by having clung to it oneself. "Resentment towards the doctrines of others" means irritation at the words of another. "Displeasure" means the state of dissatisfaction. "One's own morality or" means the morality such as ox-morality and so on taken upon oneself, or. "One's own view" means the view grasped and adhered to by oneself. "Through those knots" means through these stated joinings of the mental body. "They take up matter" means they take up, they grasp matter as object originating from four sources. "They cling to" means having approached, they grasp by the grasping of craving. "They adhere to" means by the grasping of wrong view. "They hold firmly to" means by the grasping of conceit. "The round" means the round of rebirths in the three planes. "Ties" means in bondage.

"Having relinquished or" means having rightly given up, or. "Bound" means in bondage. "Tied" means tied by tying. "Strongly fettered" means fettered with distinction. "Completely fettered" means fettered in manifold ways. "Obstructed" means not released. "Having broken apart the bondage" means having broken apart the bonds of craving, conceit, and wrong view. "Having released" means having given up.

Now, it is proper to present these four knots by the order of mental defilements as well as by the order of paths - By the order of mental defilements, the bodily knot of covetousness is abandoned by the path of arahantship, the bodily knot of anger by the path of non-returning, the bodily knot of adherence to moral rules and austerities and the bodily knot of dogmatic belief that "This alone is the truth" by the path of stream-entry. By the order of paths, the bodily knot of adherence to moral rules and austerities and the bodily knot of dogmatic belief that "This alone is the truth" by the path of stream-entry, the bodily knot of anger by the path of non-returning, the bodily knot of covetousness by the path of arahantship. These four knots, in whomever they are found, they knot and join that person in the round of rebirths by way of death and rebirth-linking - thus they are knots. They are of four divisions: they covet by means of it, or it itself covets, or it is merely the act of coveting - thus covetousness. It is just greed that knots the mental body, joins it in the round of rebirths by way of death and rebirth-linking - thus it is a bodily knot. "Is repelled" means by that the mind reaches a state of corruption; or "it destroys" monastic discipline, good conduct, beauty, success, welfare, happiness, and so on - thus it is anger. The adhering thus "Among ascetics and brahmins outside of this, by morality there is purification, by ascetic practice there is purification" is adherence to moral rules and austerities; having rejected even what was spoken by the Omniscient One, one adheres in the manner beginning with "The world is eternal, only this is the truth, anything else is vain" - thus it is dogmatic belief that "This alone is the truth." Beginning with "Just as a vehicle or" - he said this showing the dismantling of vehicles and so on as a simile for the making of separation from the knots.

"They do not generate" means they do not produce. "They do not produce" means they do not bring forth. "They do not bring into existence" means the term is extended by means of a prefix. "They do not produce" refers to the moment of arising. "They do not bring forth, they do not bring into existence" is said with reference to the moment of occurrence.

30. The verse "Gone beyond boundaries" was spoken by a teaching based on the standpoint of a single person. Its connection, however, is the same as before; it should be understood thus together with the explanation of meaning - And what is more? He, such a one of extensive wisdom, is one who has gone beyond boundaries because of having surpassed the four boundaries of mental defilements, and a brahmin because of having warded off evil; and for one who is thus, there is not anything grasped - having known through the knowledge of others' minds and past lives, or having seen through the physical eye and the divine eye - that is to say, it means "clung to." And he is not lustful with lust because of the absence of sensual lust, and not attached to dispassion because of the absence of lust for fine-material and immaterial existence. Since for one of such a kind there is not anything grasped here as "this is supreme" - thus he concluded the teaching with the pinnacle of arahantship.

"Four boundaries" means four delimitations. "The underlying tendency to wrong view" means it is a view and that, in the sense of not being abandoned, is also an underlying tendency - thus it is "the underlying tendency to wrong view." In the case of the underlying tendency to sceptical doubt and so on too, the same method applies. In what sense are they underlying tendencies? In the sense of lying latent. What is this meaning of underlying tendency? The meaning of not being abandoned. For these, in the sense of not being abandoned, underlie in the continuity of this and that being; therefore they are called "underlying tendencies." "They underlie" means the meaning is that, having obtained a suitable cause, they arise. And furthermore, there might be - the meaning of underlying tendency is the mode of not being abandoned, and it is not fitting to say that the mode of not being abandoned "arises"; therefore underlying tendencies do not arise. Herein this is the reply - the mode of not being abandoned is the underlying tendency; but "underlying tendency" means mental defilements that have become strong in the sense of not being abandoned. It is associated with consciousness, has a sense-object, in the sense of having a condition it has a root, is exclusively unwholesome, and exists in the past, the future, and the present; therefore it is fitting to say "it arises."

Herein this is the measure - In the Paṭisambhidā, first, in the treatise on full realisation, having asked "does one abandon mental defilements in the present?" because of the existence of the present state of underlying tendencies, it is said "one become strong abandons the underlying tendency." In the Dhammasaṅgaṇī, in the word-by-word analysis of delusion, "the underlying tendency to ignorance, the prepossession by ignorance, the bar of ignorance, delusion, the unwholesome root - this is delusion at that time" - thus the arisen state of the underlying tendency to ignorance together with unwholesome consciousness is stated. In the Kathāvatthu, all the theories that "underlying tendencies are indeterminate, underlying tendencies are rootless, underlying tendencies are dissociated from consciousness" are refuted. In the Anusaya Yamaka, in one of the seven great sections, in the arising section, it is said "for whom the underlying tendency to sensual lust arises, does the underlying tendency to aversion arise for that one?" and so on. Therefore, what was said as "they underlie means having obtained a suitable cause, they arise" - that should be understood as well said by this measure of the canonical texts. What was also said as "associated with consciousness, with sense-object" and so on, that too is well said indeed. The conclusion should be reached here that the underlying tendency is indeed a predetermined, consciousness-associated, unwholesome mental state.

Therein, the underlying tendency to wrong view is in the four consciousnesses associated with wrong view; the underlying tendency to sceptical doubt is in the consciousness accompanied by sceptical doubt; the underlying tendency to ignorance is in the twelve unwholesome consciousnesses by way of conascence and by way of object; those three too - wrong view, sceptical doubt, and delusion - by way of object in the remaining phenomena of the three planes. And here, the underlying tendency to sensual lust is in the consciousnesses accompanied by greed by way of conascence and by way of object, and greed arising by way of object in the remaining sensual-sphere phenomena that are agreeable. The underlying tendency to aversion is in the consciousnesses accompanied by displeasure by way of conascence and by way of object, and hate arising only by way of object in the remaining sensual-sphere phenomena that are disagreeable. The underlying tendency to conceit is in the consciousnesses accompanied by greed dissociated from wrong view by way of conascence and by way of object, and conceit arising only by way of object in the remaining sensual-sphere phenomena excluding unpleasant feeling, and in the fine-material-sphere and immaterial-sphere phenomena. The underlying tendency to lust for existence, even though arising in the four consciousnesses dissociated from wrong view, is stated by way of conascence. But greed arising only by way of object in the fine-material-sphere and immaterial-sphere phenomena is stated.

Therein, "the underlying tendency to wrong view" means the sixty-two kinds of wrong view. "The underlying tendency to sceptical doubt" means sceptical doubt with eight bases. "And the co-existent mental defilements" means by way of co-existent with wrong view and sceptical doubt, standing together by way of co-existent. "The underlying tendency to conceit" means the ninefold conceit. "Or having known through knowledge of the ultimate meaning" means having known through the wisdom that knows the mental conduct of others, it is said to mean having known through the knowledge of others' mental states. "Or through the knowledge of recollecting past lives" means having known through the knowledge of recollecting the aggregates that were dwelt in during the past. "Or with the physical eye" means with the natural eye. "Or with the divine eye" means having seen with the divine eye that is similar to the divine, or that is based upon the divine abiding. "Infatuated with lust" means dyed by lust. "Regarding the five types of sensual pleasure" means regarding the five portions of objective sensual pleasure beginning with forms and so on. "Attached to dispassion" means excessively attached and clinging to the fine-material and immaterial attainments reckoned as dispassion. "When sensual lust and" means when there is lust in sensual existence. In the case of lust for fine-material and immaterial existence too, the same method applies.

In the Saddhammappajjotikā, the Commentary on the Mahāniddesa,

the Explanation of the Suddhaṭṭhakasutta Niddesa is finished.

5.

Explanation of the Paramaṭṭhakasutta Niddesa

31. In the fifth, in the Paramaṭṭhaka Sutta, "dwelling in views as 'supreme'" means having taken it as "this is supreme," dwelling in one's own respective view. "Whatever he makes superior" means whatever he makes his own teacher and so on as foremost. "He calls all others 'inferior' compared to that" means setting aside that teacher and so on of his own, he calls all others apart from that "these are inferior." "Therefore he has not passed beyond contentions" means by that reason he has indeed not passed beyond disputes about views.

"Dwell" means they dwell by way of the initially arisen view. "Sojourn" means having entered, they dwell. "Reside" means they dwell with distinction. "Undergo probation" means they dwell in every aspect. Establishing that by a simile, he said beginning with "just as householders or" and so on. "Householders or" means owners of houses. "Dwell in houses" means they reside in their own houses free from doubt. "Those with offences or" means full of offences. "Those with mental defilements or" means full of mental defilements beginning with lust. "Makes superior" means makes exceeding. "This Teacher is omniscient" means "this Teacher of ours knows all."

"Throws all other doctrines" means discards all other views. "Casts out" means removes. "Utterly eliminates" means turns away from. "Conflicts about views" means vexations about views.

32. The meaning of the second verse - Thus one who has not passed beyond, whatever benefit he sees in himself - reckoned as a view arisen regarding these four cases, namely in what is seen, heard, in morality and observances, or in what is sensed - of the kind previously described, that very benefit there, having clung to it through his own view as "this is foremost," he sees all else - beginning with other teachers and so on - as inferior.

"He sees two benefits" means he looks at two virtues. "And pertaining to the present life" means the producing of results in the seen, evident individual existence. "And pertaining to the future life" means and the virtue to be obtained in the world beyond. "Whatever view the teacher holds" means the owner of a sectarian sphere who holds whatever theory. "Sufficient for the state of a serpent or" means sufficient, capable, for the state of a serpent king. In the case of the state of a supaṇṇa and so on too, the same method applies. "Or for the state of a god" means for the state of being a conventional god and so on. "He expects fruit in the future" means he is one desiring resultant fruit in the future. "He also sees two benefits in purification by what is seen" means by the cause of purity by way of the visible form sense base seen through eye-consciousness too, by his own grasping of what is grasped, he looks at two virtues. In the case of purification by what is heard and so on too, the same method applies.

33. The meaning of the third verse - For one seeing thus, whatever he, dependent on his own teacher and so on, sees another - another's teacher and so on - as inferior, that seeing however the skilled call a mental knot indeed, meaning a bondage. Since this is so, therefore a monk should not depend on what is seen or heard or sensed, or on moral rules and austerities, should not be established in them - this is what is said.

"The skilled" means skilful in the knowledge of the aggregates and so on. "Skilled in the aggregates" means skilled in the five aggregates beginning with matter. The same method applies also in the case of elements, sense bases, dependent origination, establishments of mindfulness, right strivings, bases for spiritual power, faculties, powers, factors of enlightenment, path, fruit, and Nibbāna. Therein, "skilled in the path" means in the four paths. "Skilled in the fruit" means in the four fruitions. "Skilled in Nibbāna" means skilful regarding the twofold Nibbāna. "Those skilled" means those skilful in the aforementioned kinds. "Thus they say" means thus they speak. "This is a mental knot" means they say that for one seeing and being dependent on one's own teacher and so on, and the seeing of another - another's teacher and so on - as inferior, this is a mental knot, this is a binding. "This is an attachment" means this of the aforementioned kind is a hanging down, as if stuck on an ivory peg. "This is a bondage" means this is a bondage like the bondage of a fetter and so on, in the sense of being difficult to sever. "This is an impediment" means this is an impediment in the sense of not allowing one to go forth from the round of rebirths.

34. The meaning of the fourth verse - Not only should one not depend on what is seen, heard and so on, but further one should not form, should not generate an unproduced view over and above in the world - this is what is said. Of what kind? "Either by knowledge or by rites and observances" - whatever view is formed by knowledge of attainments and so on, or by rites and observances, that view one should not form. And not only should one not form a view, but further even through conceit, on the basis of birth and so on, one should not represent oneself as "equal," nor should one think oneself "inferior" or "superior."

"By knowledge of the eight attainments or" means or by the wisdom associated with the eight attainments beginning with the first meditative absorption. "By knowledge of the five direct knowledges or" means or by the wisdom associated with the five mundane direct knowledges. "By wrong knowledge or" means or by wrong knowledge arisen thus - by wisdom operating with a distorted intrinsic nature, seeing what is not released as released.

35. The meaning of the fifth verse - For thus indeed, not forming a view, and not imagining self, having abandoned it, not clinging, whatever was formerly grasped, having abandoned that, not taking up another, he does not make a twofold support even in knowledge of the aforementioned kind, and not making it, he indeed among beings divided by way of various views does not follow a faction, having become one whose nature is not to go by way of desire and so on, he does not fall back on any view whatsoever among the sixty-two views, does not return to it - this is what is said.

"With the four kinds of clinging" means with the four intense graspings beginning with clinging to sensual pleasures. "He indeed among those who are divided" means that person among those who have been discriminated. "Among those who are divided" means among those divided in two.

36. Now, for the purpose of praising that one who has eliminated the mental corruptions, who was mentioned in this verse, he spoke three verses beginning with "For one in whom there is no aspiration for either extreme." Therein, in the first verse, "for one in whom there is no aspiration for either extreme" refers to the classification beginning with contact mentioned previously. "Aspiration" means craving. "For this or that existence" means for repeated existence. "Here or beyond" means here in the classification beginning with one's own individual existence, or beyond in the classification beginning with another's individual existence.

"Contact is one extreme" means eye-contact and so on is one portion. "The origin of contact" means the sense-base and object. That from which it arises and originates is the origin. "The second extreme" means the second portion. "The past" means gone beyond what has gone - the past; it is said to mean surpassed. "The future" means not come; it is said to mean unarisen. Pleasant feeling and so on are by way of dissimilarity. The dyad of mentality-materiality is by way of bending and constant change. The internal and so on are by way of internal and external. Identity and so on should be understood as stated by way of the occurrence and origin of the five aggregates.

"One's own individual existence" means one's own individuality. "Another's individual existence" means another's individuality.

37. In the second verse, "regarding what is seen" means or by purity through what is seen. The same method applies to what is heard and so on. "Perception" means wrong view produced by perception.

"Not adhering to" means not adhering to through craving, conceit, and wrong view. "Not clinging to" means not clinging to through those very same.

"Bound" or means or bound through conceit. "Adhered to" or means or adhered to by way of permanence, happiness, beauty, and so on from without. "Gone to distraction" means through the power of restlessness. "Not having reached a conclusion" means through the power of sceptical doubt. "Become strong" means through the power of underlying tendencies. "In destination" means by way of where one is to go.

38. In the third verse, "the teachings are not accepted by them" means even the phenomena pertaining to the sixty-two wrong views are not accepted by them thus: "Only this is the truth, anything else is vain." "One who has gone beyond does not fall back, such is he" means having gone to the far shore of Nibbāna, he does not return again to the mental defilements abandoned by each respective path, and he is such in five ways. The remainder is well-known.

"Identity view with twenty bases" means a view existing in the body, having occurred by establishing itself in the five aggregates in four ways in each aggregate, by the method beginning with "one regards matter as self." "Wrong view with ten bases" means a view proceeding by the method beginning with "there is not what is given." "Extreme-grasping view" means a view proceeding by the method beginning with "the world is eternal, only this is the truth, anything else is vain," having grasped that each extreme exists, thus occurring. "Whatever such view" is the common root term for the nineteen terms now being stated. Whatever is view, that itself is wrong view; whatever is view, that itself is the thicket of views - the connection should be made with all of them. Whatever is view in the sense of seeing not as it really is, that itself is seeing gone among views, because of being included within the sixty-two views - thus it is wrong view. The meaning of what is below has already been stated.

Because of having gone to one extreme of the two extremes - thus too it is wrong view. Therein, "eternal" means permanent. "The world" means the self. They imagine: "Here only the body perishes, but the self is the same both here and in the hereafter." Because he himself looks about, having made it thus, he imagines it is "the world." "Non-eternal" means impermanent. They imagine: "The self perishes together with the body itself." "Finite" means having produced meditative absorption on a limited circular meditation object, they imagine that volition with a limited circular meditation object as its object to be "the self has a boundary." "Or infinite" means not finite; having produced meditative absorption on an immeasurable circular meditation object, they imagine that volition with an immeasurable circular meditation object as its object to be "the self is without boundary." "The soul is the same as the body" means the soul and the body are the same. "Soul" means the self; the neuter form is made by a change of gender. "Body" means the five aggregates in the sense of a heap. "The soul is one thing and the body another" means the soul is one thing and the five aggregates are another. "The Tathāgata exists after death" means the aggregates perish right here, but the being exists, is found, does not perish after death; and "Tathāgata" is a designation for a being. Some, however, say "Tathāgata means a Worthy One." Having seen a fault in the side "he does not exist," they grasp thus. "The Tathāgata does not exist after death" means the aggregates too perish right here, and the Tathāgata does not exist after death, is annihilated. Having seen a fault in the side "he exists," they grasp thus. "Both exists and does not exist" means these, having seen a fault in grasping each single side, grasp both sides. "Neither exists nor does not exist" means these, having seen the incurring of both faults in grasping both sides, grasp the side of eel-wriggling as "both exists and does not exist" and "neither exists nor does not exist."

But here this is the method of the commentary - Only the variety of views is stated in ten ways beginning with "the world is eternal" and so on. Therein, "the world is eternal" means having taken the five aggregates as "the world," for one who grasps "this world is permanent, stable, everlasting," it is a view proceeding in the manner of grasping as eternal. "Non-eternal" means for one who grasps that very world as "it is annihilated, it perishes," it is a view proceeding in the manner of grasping as annihilation. "Finite" means for one who has obtained a limited circular meditation object, having attained a circular meditation object the size of a winnowing basket or the size of a saucer, grasping the material and immaterial phenomena occurring within the attainment as "the world" and by the limit of the circular meditation object's boundary as "finite," it is a view proceeding in the manner of grasping "the world is finite." That is both an eternalist view and an annihilationist view. But for one who has obtained an extensive circular meditation object, having attained that circular meditation object, grasping the material and immaterial phenomena occurring within the attainment as "the world" and by the limit of the circular meditation object's boundary as "infinite," it is a view proceeding in the manner of grasping "the world is infinite." That is an eternalist view, and also an annihilationist view. "The soul is the same as the body" means because of having grasped the body itself, which is subject to breaking up, as "the soul," it is a view proceeding in the manner of grasping as annihilation, thinking "when the body is being annihilated, the soul too is annihilated." By the second term, because of having grasped the soul as different from the body, it is a view proceeding in the manner of grasping as eternal, thinking "even when the body is being annihilated, the soul is not annihilated." In such passages as "the Tathāgata exists" and so on, for one who grasps "the being named Tathāgata, he exists after death," it is the first eternalist view. For one who grasps "does not exist," it is the second annihilationist view. For one who grasps "both exists and does not exist," it is the third partial-eternalist view. For one who grasps "neither exists nor does not exist," it is the fourth eel-wriggling view - thus the tenfold view of the aforementioned kind. As appropriate, it is twofold as view of existence and view of non-existence. Among those, not even one is accepted by those who have eliminated the mental corruptions - this is the meaning.

"Whatever mental defilements" means whatever mental defilements have been abandoned by the path of stream-entry, those mental defilements. "Does not come again" means does not come again. "Does not fall back" means having arisen again, does not return; "does not return" means does not come to renewed existence. "Such in five ways" means similar by five reasons or portions. "Such regarding the desirable and undesirable" means similar in both, because of standing having released attraction and aversion towards a desirable object and an undesirable object. "One who has given up" means one who has given up mental defilements. "One who has crossed over" means one who has passed beyond the round of rebirths. "One who is released" means one who is released from lust and so on. "Such as one described thereby" means similar because of being describable by pointing out again and again by way of this and that morality, faith, and so on.

Wishing to speak of that fivefold in detail, he said beginning with "How is a Worthy One such regarding the desirable and undesirable?" Therein, "in gain also" means even in the gain of the four requisites. "In loss also" means even in the loss of those. "In fame also" means even in retinue. "In disgrace also" means even in the failure of retinue. "In praise also" means even in speaking praise. "In blame also" means even in reproach. "In happiness also" means even in bodily pleasure. "In suffering also" means even in bodily pain. "If one arm they were to anoint with fragrance" means if they were to apply a coating of four-ingredient fragrance upon one arm again and again. "Were to pare with an axe" means if a carpenter were to pare one arm with an axe, paring and paring, making it thin. "In that there is no lust" means in that anointing with fragrance there is no affection, it does not exist, is not found. "In that there is no aversion" means in that paring with an axe, the aversion reckoned as striking against, the irritation, does not exist, is not found. "Having abandoned attraction and aversion" means having abandoned affection and irritation, he stands firm. "Having passed beyond elation and dejection" means having passed beyond favour by way of attraction and refutation by way of aversion, he stands firm. "Having transcended compliance and opposition" means he has rightly passed beyond attraction and aversion.

"When morality is present" means when morality is existing. "Moral" means accomplished in morality. Because he obtains the description by speaking of that, he is "such." "When faith is present, is described as faithful" - in these and so on too, the same method applies.

In the Saddhammappajjotikā, the Commentary on the Mahāniddesa,

the Explanation of the Paramaṭṭhakasutta Niddesa is finished.

6.

Explanation of the Jarāsutta Niddesa

39. In the sixth, the Jarā Sutta, "little indeed is this life" means "this life of human beings is indeed little, limited, because of the limited duration, because of the limited substance" - this is the method stated in the Guhaṭṭhaka Sutta too. "One dies within a hundred years" means one dies within a hundred years, even from the time of the embryonic stage and so on. "Having passed beyond" means having passed beyond a hundred years. "Dies of old age" means one dies by ageing. From here onwards, it should be understood by the very method stated in the commentary on the Guhaṭṭhaka Sutta.

"Little" means slight. "The future state must be gone to" means the world beyond must be gone to. "Even at the stage of the embryonic lump" - here, the stage of the embryonic lump means at the moment of conception there is a clear, limpid drop of fluid, the size of a drop of oil resting on the tip of a thread made from three fibres of birth-wool. With reference to which it was said -

"Just as a drop of sesame oil, the cream of ghee, undisturbed;

Of such comparable colour, it is called a drop of fluid."

Even at that stage of the embryonic lump. "Passes away" means life trickles away. "Dies" means one undergoes separation from life. "Disappears" means one reaches disappearance. "Is destroyed" means is cut off. "In the egg-born mode of generation one passes away. In the womb-born mode of generation one dies. In the moisture-born mode of generation one disappears. In the spontaneously born mode of generation one is destroyed" - thus some explain. "Even at the stage of the bubble" - the bubble, by the elapse of a week from the drop of fluid, has the colour of meat-washing water, and the name "drop of fluid" disappears. And this too was said -

"For a week there is a drop of fluid, fully matured and gathered together;

Transforming into that state, what is called a bubble is born."

Even at that stage of the bubble. "Even at the stage of the piece of flesh" - from that bubble too, by the elapse of a week, what is called a lump of flesh, resembling dissolved tin, is produced. It should be illustrated by the example of pepper and molasses. For village girls, having taken well-ripened peppers, having made a bundle at the edge of a cloth, having crushed them, having taken the extract and having put it in a pan, place it in the sunshine; as it dries, it separates from all parts. Such is the lump of flesh, and the name "bubble" disappears. And this too was said -

"For a week there is a bubble, fully matured and gathered together;

Transforming into that state, what is called a lump of flesh is produced."

Even at that stage of the lump of flesh too. "At the stage of the solid mass" means then, from the lump of flesh, by the elapse of a week, a mass of meat called a solid mass, having the shape of a hen's egg, is produced, and the name "lump of flesh" disappears. And this too was said -

"For a week there is a lump of flesh, fully matured and gathered together;

Transforming into that state, what is called a solid mass arises.

"Just as a hen's egg, circular all round;

So is the form of the solid mass, arisen through the condition of action."

Even at that stage of the solid mass too. "At the stage of the limbs" means in the fifth week, five protuberances arise for the sake of the two pairs of hands and feet and the head, with reference to which it was said - "In the fifth week, monks, five protuberances become established through action." Even at that stage of the limbs too. Beyond that, having passed over the sixth, seventh, and subsequent weeks, having abridged the teaching, at the time of maturation at the forty-second week, and the time of arising of head hairs, body hairs, nails, and so on. And a tube arisen from his navel is connected as one with the mother's stomach membrane; it is hollow like a waterlily stalk; through that, the nutriment essence having circulated, it produces nutriment-originated matter. Thus he sustains himself for ten months; without saying all that, he said "in the lying-in chamber." With reference to which it was said -

"Head hairs, body hairs, and nails";

"And whatever the mother eats, food and drink and nourishment;

By that he sustains himself there, the man gone into the mother's womb."

Therein, "in the lying-in chamber" means in the maternity house; the meaning is the birthing house. Or the reading is "sūtikāghare," the word-analysis being "sūtikāya." "At half a month old" means from the day of birth, this one has a half month - thus "half a month old." In the case of two months old and so on too, the same method applies. From the day of birth, this one has one year - thus "one year old." In the case of two years old and so on above too, the same method applies.

"When one becomes old" means at the time when one becomes worn out by ageing, decrepit. "Aged" means advanced in age. "Elderly" means elderly by birth. "One who has traversed the span of life" means one who has passed beyond the three periods of life. "Advanced in years" means one who has reached the third stage of life. "With broken teeth" means teeth that have fallen out here and there and split, and through the power of ageing, broken teeth have arisen for him - thus "with broken teeth." "Grey-haired" means white-haired. "Scanty-haired" means bald-headed, as if the hair had been pulled out. "Bald-headed" means completely bald-headed. "Wrinkled" means having developed wrinkles. "With body marked by spots" means a body scattered with white spots and dark spots. "Stooped" means broken; by this too he explains the state of being bent. "Leaning on a staff" means having a staff as one's resort, having a staff as one's companion. "Even by ageing" means that person, overcome even by ageing, dies. "There is no release from death" means the means of release from death does not exist, is not found.

"Just as for ripe fruits, there is fear from falling in the morning" means just as the owners of fruit are fearful that ripe fruits of jackfruit and so on that have reached full ripeness and have loose stalks will inevitably fall at the break of dawn. "So for mortals who are born, there is always fear from death" means just so for beings who have arisen, there is fear continually at all times from death reckoned as Maccu.

"Just as the potter's" means just as one who is making earthenware vessels. "Made earthenware vessels" means vessels completed by him. "All have breaking as their end" means whether fired or unfired, all have breaking, having breaking as their end, as their conclusion - thus "having breaking as their end." "So is the life of mortals" means just so is the life principle of beings.

"Both the young and the great" means both the youthful and the elderly. "Those who are foolish and those who are wise" means those who are foolish, whose life is dependent on the in-breath and out-breath, and those who are possessed of wisdom, such as the Buddhas and so on. "All come under the power of death" means these aforementioned ones beginning with the young, all come under the supremacy of death.

"For those overcome by death" means of those who are surrounded by death. "Going to the world beyond" means of those going from here, from the human world, to the world beyond. "A father does not protect his son" means a father does not protect his son. "Or else relatives their kin" means relatives on the mother's and father's side, or those very ones are unable to protect their kin.

"While relatives look on" means while the aforementioned relatives themselves are looking on, gazing on. "See them lamenting far and wide" - "see" is a form of address. Of those lamenting, wailing, of the many, of various kinds. "One by one of mortals, like an ox to be slaughtered, is led away" means each one of beings, like an ox being led to slaughter, is led away, is reached by death. "Thus the world is afflicted" means just so the world of beings is exceedingly struck. "By death and by ageing" means overcome by death and by ageing.

40. "Over what is cherished" means on account of what is cherished. "Subject to separation" means this is existing, actual separation indeed; it is said that it is not possible to exist without separation.

"They grieve" means they perform sorrowing with the mind. "They are wearied" means they reach weariness with the body. "They lament" means they utter various kinds of verbal wailing. "They beat their breasts and cry out" means having struck and struck the chest, they cry out. "They fall into confusion" means they reach the state of confusion.

"Impermanent" means in the sense of non-existence after having been. "Conditioned" means produced by conditions having come together. "Dependently arisen" means arisen dependent on the conjunction of conditions, not having rejected them, together and rightly. "Subject to destruction" means having the intrinsic nature of going to destruction. "Having the nature of falling" means having the intrinsic nature of going to fall; the meaning is having the intrinsic nature of going to dissolution by way of dissolution. "Subject to fading away" means having the intrinsic nature of fading away. "Having the nature of cessation" means having the intrinsic nature of ceasing. "Which possession" means which this possession. "Yāya pariggaho" is also a reading; the word-analysis is the same. "Permanent" means existing at all times. "Stable" means firm. "Eternal" means not passing away. "Not subject to change" means having the intrinsic nature of not abandoning its natural state. "Would remain the same for eternity" means it would remain like the moon, sun, Sineru, the great ocean, the earth, mountains, and so on.

"Separation" means separation through birth. "Parting" means the state of being parted through death. "Becoming otherwise" means becoming otherwise from the state of existence. "Of the preceding aggregates" means of the aggregates that have arisen immediately before. "From alteration and change" means by having abandoned the natural state and through becoming otherwise. The succeeding aggregates and so on proceed and arise - this is the connection.

"All impediments of household life" means the entire tangle of the householder's state. "The impediment of relatives, friends and colleagues" means relatives on the mother's and father's side, friends and companions, colleagues and dependants. "The impediment of storage" means having cut off the tangle of stored-up treasure. "Having shaved off hair and beard" means having removed the hair and the beard. "Ochre robes" means garments dyed yellow with ochre dye.

41. "One devoted to me" means one who has gone to the term "he is my lay follower or monk," or one who cherishes objects such as the Buddha and so on.

"Of those various beings" is a common description of many beings. For even if one were to speak for a whole day thus "the death of Yaññadatta, the death of Somadatta," beings would never come to exhaustion, nor would the entire explanation of the remaining meaning succeed. But by these two terms no being whatsoever is left unincluded, and no explanation of the remaining meaning fails to succeed. "From those various" - this is a common description of many orders of beings by way of destination. "Orders of beings" means the orders of beings, the groups of beings, the multitudes of beings - this is the meaning. "Passing away" is spoken of by way of decease. This is a common term for the passing away of the one-aggregate, four-aggregate, and five-aggregate existences. "Decease" is an indication of the characteristic by means of an abstract noun. "Breaking up" is an explanation of the occurrence of dissolution of the aggregates at death. "Disappearance" is an explanation of the non-existence of a state, by whatever method, of the broken aggregates, just as of a broken pot. "Death" means dying that is termed death, not momentary death. Time is called the ender; its action is making of time. To this extent, conventional death has been explained. Now, in order to explain in the ultimate sense, he stated the beginning with "breaking up of the aggregates" and so on. For in the ultimate sense, only the aggregates break up; no being whatsoever dies. But when the aggregates are breaking up, a being dies; when they are broken up, the conventional expression "has died" comes about.

And here, the breaking up of the aggregates is by way of the four-aggregate and five-aggregate constituent existences, and the discarding of the body is by way of the single-aggregate constituent existence. Or the breaking up of the aggregates should be understood by way of the four-aggregate constituent existence, and the discarding of the body by way of the remaining two. Why? Because a body termed the material body exists in both the sensual and fine-material types of existence. Or alternatively, since in the Cātumahārājika realm and so on the aggregates simply break up and do not discard anything, therefore by way of those, there is the breaking up of the aggregates; among human beings and so on, there is the discarding of the body. And here, because death is the cause of the discarding of the body, it is said that death is "the discarding of the body." "Arrest of the life faculty" - by this he shows that what is called death occurs only for that which is bound by the faculty, and there is no such thing as death for that which is not bound by the faculty. "The crop has died, the tree has died" - this, however, is merely a conventional expression. But in meaning, such expressions explain only the state of destruction and passing away of crops and so on. "Pertaining to matter" means matter itself is what pertains to matter. In "pertaining to feeling" and so on too, the same method applies.

Therein, "wealth abandons a mortal first" means wealth abandons a mortal first, from the very first. Or the mortal gives up that wealth even earlier. "O lover of sensual pleasures" - he addresses the bandit king. Hey, O lover of sensual pleasures desiring sensual pleasures, the wealthy in the world are indeed non-eternal; or when wealth is lost they become without wealth while still living. Or having abandoned wealth they themselves perish; therefore I do not grieve even in the time of sorrow of the public - this is the meaning.

"The worldly adversities are known by me, O enemy" - he said this addressing the bandit king. Hey, O enemy, the worldly adversities beginning with material gain, loss, fame, and disgrace are known by me. For just as the moon rises and waxes and again wanes, and just as the sun, dispelling darkness, having heated a great region of the world, again in the evening goes to its setting, goes to its end, is not seen, just so wealth arises and perishes; therein what use is sorrow? Therefore I do not grieve - this is the meaning.

"He imagines through imagination due to craving" means he imagines through imagination due to conceit generated by craving. "He produces conceit through imagination due to wrong view" means through imagination arisen having made wrong view a decisive support. "Through imagination due to conceit" means through imagination due to conascent conceit. "Through imagination due to mental defilement" means he imagines through imagination due to mental defilement of the aforementioned kind in the meaning of tormenting.

"Deceitful" means those who astonish others. "Obstinate" means obstinate like a stump. "Prattlers" means those who prattle by means of the sign of requisites.

42. "Met" means come together, or seen or touched. "Held dear" means made dear.

"Met" means met with face to face. "Come together" means come near. "Assembled" means unified. "Gathered together" means collected together. "Gone into a dream" means one who has entered a dream. "Sees the massing of the army" means he will see the encampment of the army. "A pleasant park" means the delightful nature of flower parks and so on. In the case of a pleasant forest and so on too, the same method applies. "Departed" means gone from here to the world beyond. "Deceased" means dead.

43. "Only the name remains, to be expressed" means all the collection of phenomena beginning with matter is abandoned, but only the mere name remains, in order to declare and speak thus: "Buddharakkhita, Dhammarakkhita."

"Those arisen through eye-consciousness" means those forms of fourfold origination that are themselves arisen through eye-consciousness, categorised, and seen. "Arisen through ear-consciousness" means sounds of two origins that are categorised and heard through ear-consciousness by the utterance of another.

44. "Sages" means sages who have eliminated the mental corruptions. "Seeing security" means those who see Nibbāna.

"Sorrow" - in the analytic explanation of sorrow - "It scatters" - thus it is "disaster"; it throws away and demolishes welfare and happiness - this is the meaning. Disaster of relatives is disaster regarding relatives; the meaning is the destruction of relatives, the ruin of relatives through thieves, illness, danger, and so on. By that disaster regarding relatives. "Of one touched" means of one overwhelmed, of one overpowered, of one possessed of - this is the meaning. The same method applies in the remaining ones too. But this is the distinction - Disaster of wealth is disaster regarding wealth; the meaning is the destruction of wealth, the ruin of wealth by means of kings, thieves, and so on. Illness itself is disaster - this is disaster regarding illness. For illness scatters and destroys health - thus it is "disaster." Disaster of morality is disaster regarding morality; this is the name for immorality. A view that has arisen while destroying right view is itself disaster - this is disaster regarding view. And here, the first two are not concretely produced; the latter three are concretely produced and struck by the three characteristics. And the first three are neither wholesome nor unwholesome; the dyad of disaster regarding morality and disaster regarding view is unwholesome.

"By some or other" means by any one whatsoever among those that have been grasped, or by any one whatsoever among those that have not been grasped, such as disaster regarding friends and colleagues, and so on. "Of one possessed of" means of one pursued by, of one not freed from. "By some painful phenomenon or other" means by whatever cause for the arising of the suffering of sorrow. "Sorrow" means sorrow by way of sorrowing. This is the individual intrinsic nature of sorrow that arises through those causes. "Sorrowing" means the manner of sorrowing. "State of sorrowing" means the state of having sorrowed. "Inner sorrow" means internal sorrow. The second term is augmented by a prefix. For it arises as if drying up internally, as if thoroughly drying up - thus it is called "inner sorrow, inner deep sorrow." "Inner burning" means internal burning. The second term is augmented by a prefix. "Mental burning" means the manner of burning of consciousness. For sorrow, when arising, like fire, scorches and burns consciousness, and makes one say "My mind is burnt, nothing occurs to me." A mind that is afflicted is an unhappy mind; the state of that is displeasure. In the meaning of having penetrated within, sorrow itself is a dart - thus "the dart of sorrow."

In the analytic explanation of lamentation - "My daughter, my son" - thus having repeatedly pointed out, they cry and weep by means of this, thus it is "lamenting" (ādevo). Having repeatedly praised this and that quality, they cry by means of this, thus it is "lamentation" (paridevo). The next pairs of terms beyond those are stated by way of analytic explanation of the mode and nature of the former pair itself. "Speech" (vācā) means utterance. "Prattle" (palāpo) means hollow, meaningless speech. Distorted prattle by way of half-spoken and otherwise-spoken and so on is "confused talk" (vippalāpo). "Wailing" (lālappo) means talking again and again. The mode of wailing is the act of wailing (lālappanā). The state of having wailed is the state of wailing (lālappitattaṃ). Stinginess and so on are of already stated meaning.

45. The seventh verse was spoken for the purpose of showing the suitable practice in a world thus afflicted by death. Therein, "who lives withdrawn" means of one who lives having made the mind withdrawn from this and that. "Monk" means of a virtuous worldling or of a trainee. "They call this concord for him, who does not show himself in existence" means they call this suitable for him, who thus practising would not show himself in existence classified as hell and so on. For thus indeed he would be freed from this death - this is the intention.

"Those who live withdrawn are called" means those whose conduct is with a mind withdrawn from this and that are spoken of. "Seven trainees" means because they are training in the three trainings beginning with higher morality and so on - the seven trainees beginning with one standing in the path of stream-entry up to those standing in the path of arahantship. "Worthy One" means one stationed in the fruition. He is withdrawn because of the state of having a completed mind. Showing the reason for the state of withdrawn conduct of the trainees, he said beginning with "why?" "They from this and that" means those seven trainees, withdrawing the mind from those various objects, means concealing their own mind. "Contracting" means drawing together. "Turning back" means folding up like a reed mat. "Restraining" means holding back. "Holding back" means making restraint. "Preventing" means obstructing. "Protecting" means making protection. "Guarding" means safeguarding in the casket of the mind.

Now, showing by way of the doors, he said beginning with "at the eye-door." Therein, "at the eye-door" means at the door of eye-consciousness. The same method applies also at the ear-door and so on. "Monk" means of a virtuous worldling monk or of a trainee monk - without stating the word-meaning of the term "monk," only the monk intended here is shown. Therein, he is a worldling because the mental defilements have not been utterly cut off, and good because of being engaged in the practice of morality and so on - thus he is simply a virtuous worldling, of that virtuous worldling. "He trains in higher morality and so on" - thus he is a trainee; of that trainee, or of a stream-enterer, or of a once-returner, or of a non-returner.

"They sit, they sit down here" - thus it is a seat. "On which" means on those beds, chairs, and so on. "Bed" and so on are terms for the varieties of seats. For a bed too, since it serves as a place for sitting as well, is here mentioned among seats; but it is one among the long bed, the bed with slats, the bed with curved legs, or the bed with removable legs. A chair too is just one among those. "Mattress" means one among a wool mattress, a cloth mattress, a bark mattress, a grass mattress, or a leaf mattress. "Straw-mat" means one made by weaving palm leaves and so on. "Piece of leather" means any piece of leather suitable for sitting. Grass spreads and so on are made by heaping up grass and so on. "From the seeing of unsuitable forms" means by the looking at unsuitable desirable forms. "Empty" means hollow from within. "Secluded" means void by the non-entry from outside. "Very secluded" means void in excess because no householder is there. The same method applies also in the case of hearing unsuitable sounds. "With the five types of sensual pleasure" means with the five portions of sensual pleasure, namely forms, sounds, odours, flavours, and tangibles pertaining to women. And this too was said -

"Forms, sounds, flavours, odours, tangible objects and delightful things;

The five types of sensual pleasure in the world are seen in the form of a woman."

"Resorting to" means of one making association with the mind. "Associating with" means of one rightly associating. "Cultivating" means of one approaching. "Pursuing" means of one associating having made it a support. "Frequenting" means of one well associating. "Practising" means of one approaching again and again.

"Concord of the group" means the unity, the state of being united, of ascetics. "Concord of the teachings" means the state of being a collection of the thirty-seven qualities conducive to enlightenment. "Concord of non-rebirth" means the collection of Worthy Ones who, not being reborn, not arising, have attained final Nibbāna through the Nibbāna element without residue of clinging. "In unity" means not separated by body. "Being joyful" means well rejoicing and being satisfied with the mind. "Without contention" means not making contention by speech. "Blended like milk and water" means like water mixed with milk.

"They spring forward together" means those qualities conducive to enlightenment enter into a single object. "Become clear" means they attain confidence in that very object. "Without residue of clinging" means devoid of clinging.

"The element of Nibbāna" means the deathless, great element of Nibbāna. "Deficiency or" means here the state of being deficient is deficiency; the meaning is the state of being incomplete. "Fullness or" means the state of being complete is fullness; or the state of fullness is not discerned, does not exist - this is the meaning.

"Of those doomed to hell" means by the presence of actions that produce rebirth in hell. "They deserve hell" thus "those doomed to hell"; of those doomed to hell. "Hell is their dwelling" means hell itself is their place of residence, their home. In the case of "those in the animal realm" and so on too, the same method applies. "For him this is concord" means for that one who has eliminated the mental corruptions, this is the concord of Nibbāna. "This is suitable" means this is befitting. "Proper" means similar, a counterpart; it is not dissimilar, not without a counterpart. "Befitting" means this is befitting for ascetics and brahmins or for teachings, or befitting for the teachings of the path, fruition, Nibbāna, and the Dispensation. It follows after, goes after their skin, shadow, and beautiful nature; and then indeed, because of being befitting, it is close to those teachings and in conformity. And it is in conformity with them; and then indeed it is not opposing, not established in a state of antagonism.

46. Now, he who has been made clear as one who has eliminated the mental corruptions thus: "does not show himself in existence" - for the purpose of praising him, he spoke three verses henceforth. Therein, in the first verse, "everywhere" means in the twelve sense bases. In the exposition of "he makes nothing dear nor unpleasant," "dear" means producing joy in the mind. Showing those by way of classification, he said: "Which beings are dear? Here, for one there are those." Therein, "for one there are those" (yassa te) means whichever ones there may be for him. "Are" (honti) means they are. "Desiring one's welfare" means desiring one's prosperity. "Desiring one's benefit" means desiring one's happiness. "Desiring one's comfort" means desiring one's pleasant abiding. "Desiring one's freedom from bondage" means desiring security and fearlessness from the four mental bonds. "She cherishes" - thus "mother." "She holds dear" - thus "father." "He associates with" - thus "brother." "Sister" - here too the same method applies. "He protects, he guards a man" - thus "son." "She bears the family lineage" - thus "daughter." "Friends" means companions. "Colleagues" means dependants. "Relatives" means those on the father's side. "Blood-relations" means those on the mother's side. "These beings are dear" means these beings are producers of joy. "Unpleasant" should be understood by the reverse of what has been stated.

47. "By what is seen, heard, or sensed" - here however, "that is to say, by what is seen and heard," herein or among sensed phenomena; "thus the sage is not tainted" - the connection should be understood thus.

"Drop of water" means a drop of water. "Udakatthevako" is also a reading. "Lotus petal" means on a lotus plant leaf.

48. "The wise one does not imagine by that, that is to say, by what is seen, heard, or sensed" - here too the connection should be understood in just the same way: "that is to say, by what is seen and heard," he does not imagine by that subject matter, or he does not imagine among sensed phenomena. "For he does not find pleasure in nor does he detach himself" means he does not find pleasure in like an ignorant worldling; he does not detach himself like good worldlings and trainees; but because of the elimination of lust, he goes by the term "dispassionate" only. The remainder is obvious.

"By that wisdom, bodily misconduct" means the meditator, discerning what is to be discerned by wisdom that is associated with or of the preliminary portion only, shakes off the threefold bodily misconduct by way of eradication. And when this person shakes off the wrongly arisen phenomena among the phenomena of the Teaching, the person endowed with those phenomena also shakes off. And one who has begun to shake off those phenomena by wisdom at the moment of its own occurrence is called "one who has shaken off," just as one who has begun to eat is called "one who has eaten." But the grammatical rule here should be understood from the science of grammar. "Shaken off" is an agent-noun formation. Shaken off by the first path. Washed by the second path. Thoroughly washed by the third path. Completely washed by the fourth path.

"The wise one does not imagine the seen" means the Worthy One does not imagine the visible form sense base seen with the physical eye or seen with the divine eye by the three imaginations. How? Seeing the visible form sense base with the perception of beauty and the perception of pleasure, he does not generate desire and lust therein, he does not enjoy it, he does not delight in it - thus he does not imagine the seen through imagination due to craving. Or else, herein he does not pursue delight thinking "Thus may matter be mine in the future period of time." Or else, wishing for accomplishment of beauty, he does not give a gift, he does not take upon himself morality, he does not perform the Observance practice. Thus too he does not imagine the seen through imagination due to craving; but he does not generate conceit in dependence on the success and failure of beauty of oneself and of another. "By this I am superior" or "I am equal" or "I am inferior" - thus he does not imagine the seen through imagination due to conceit. But he does not imagine the visible form sense base as "permanent, stable, eternal." He does not imagine self as "what belongs to a self." He does not imagine a blessing as "a non-blessing." Thus he does not imagine the seen through imagination due to view. "He does not imagine in the seen" means not imagining by the method of regarding self as in matter, he does not imagine in the seen. Or just as mother's milk is in the breast, so too not imagining that lust and so on are in matter, he does not imagine in the seen. But since he does not generate affection and conceit regarding that very object not imagined through his imagination due to view, imagination due to craving and imagination due to conceit should also be understood as absent. Thus he does not imagine in the seen. "He does not imagine from the seen" - here, however, "from the seen" is an ablative expression. Therefore, not imagining the rebirth or departure of oneself or another, together with one's requisites, from the seen according to the aforesaid classification, or "the self is other than the seen," he does not imagine from the seen - this should be understood. This is his non-imagination due to view. But since he does not generate affection and conceit regarding that very object not imagined through his imagination due to view, there is no imagination due to craving and imagination due to conceit either - this should be understood.

"Does not imagine 'the seen is mine'" - here, however, not appropriating as "this is mine" through the influence of craving, he does not imagine the seen through imagination due to craving. "The heard" means what is heard even with the physical ear, and what is heard even with the divine ear; this is a designation for the sound sense base. "The sensed" means what is apprehended by having sensed and known; the meaning is having contacted and approached. What is meant is that it is cognised through the mutual defiling of faculties and objects. This is a designation for the odour, flavour, and touch sense bases. "The cognised" means cognised with the mind; this is a designation for the remaining seven sense bases, or for the mind-object; but here only what is included in identity is applicable. The elaboration here, however, should be understood by the method stated in the section on the seen.

Now, showing by way of the discourse spoken by the Blessed One, he said beginning with "'I am', monks." Therein, "I am" means I exist; this is a designation for permanent. "This is imagining" - this is a fabrication of view. "I am this" means this I am, I exist.

"Apart from the establishments of mindfulness" means setting aside the four establishments of mindfulness.

"All ignorant worldlings find pleasure in" means all the blindly foolish, the many kinds of folk, are attached. "The seven trainees detach themselves" means the seven noble persons beginning with stream-enterers and so on attain dispassion. "The Worthy One neither finds pleasure in nor detaches himself" means because of having completely extinguished the mental defilements, he does neither of the two. "Through the elimination of lust" and so on - all three are Nibbāna itself.

In the Saddhammappajjotikā, the Commentary on the Mahāniddesa,

the Explanation of the Jarāsutta Niddesa is finished.

7.

Explanation of the Tissametteyyasutta Niddesa

49. In the seventh, in the Tissametteyya Sutta, "for one engaged in sexual intercourse" means for one involved in sexual intercourse. "Thus" means he speaks thus. "Venerable" is a term of endearment. "Tissa" is the name of that elder. For he too was Tissa by name. "Metteyya" is the clan; he was well-known by his clan alone. Therefore in the arising of the occasion it was said - "Two friends named Tissa and Metteyya." "Vexation" means affliction. "Tell" means explain. "Dear sir" is a term of endearment; it means "free from suffering." "Having heard your teaching" means having heard your word. "We shall train in seclusion" - he speaks requesting a teaching of the Teaching referring to his friend; he, however, had already completed the training.

"Sexual intercourse is called" - this is the introductory term for the sexual intercourse to be explained. "Bad teaching" means the practice of the bad, of low people. "Village practice" means the practice indulged in by those who dwell in villages. "Outcast practice" means the practice of outcasts; or because of the raining down of mental defilements, the practice itself is an outcast - thus outcast practice. "The gross" means corrupt because of being corrupted by mental defilements, and coarse because of being unrefined - thus the gross. And since even the seeing, the seizing, the touching, the contact, and the striking that constitute the retinue of that practice are gross, for that reason too that sexual intercourse is the gross. "That which ends in water" means water is taken at its end for the purpose of cleansing - thus "ending in water"; ending in water itself is "that which ends in water." It is secret because it is to be done in a concealed place, in secret. But in the Vinaya the reading is "the gross, that which ends in water, the secret." Therein, in the three terms, having changed the phrase "yo so" and making it "yaṃ taṃ," it should be connected thus: "whatever that is the gross, that is sexual intercourse; whatever that ends in water, that is sexual intercourse; whatever that is the secret, that is sexual intercourse." But here, "that which is the bad teaching, that is sexual intercourse, etc. that which is the secret, that is sexual intercourse" - thus the explanation should be understood. Because it is to be entered upon by two with two, it is the attainment of two by two. Therein the explanation is - that which is the attainment of two by two, that is called sexual intercourse. "Why is it called sexual intercourse" means for what reason, by what method is it spoken of as sexual intercourse. Showing that reason, he said beginning with "of both who are lustful." Therein, "of both who are lustful" means of the two, woman and man, who are dyed with lust. "Filled with lust" means especially well dyed. "Leaking" means soaked with mental defilement. "Obsessed" means those who, having overpowered and crushed wholesome conduct, stand firm - as in such passages as "thieves beset the road." "With minds overcome" means those whose wholesome consciousness, having been overpowered and exhausted, stands with minds thus. "Of both who are similar" means of the two who are similar in mental defilement. "Principle" means intrinsic nature. "For that reason" means by that reason. Establishing that by a simile, he said beginning with "both makers of disputes." Therein, "both makers of disputes" means two who are makers of disputes in the preliminary stage. "Are called a pair" means they are called similar. "Makers of quarrels" means those who, having gone here and there, make quarrels. "Makers of brawls" means those who make verbal disputes. "Makers of contention" means those who make diverse statements. "Makers of legal cases" means those who make the special cause of reaching a judgment. "Disputants" means those who debate and counter-debate. "Conversers" means those who speak words; "just so" is the correlation of the simile.

"Connected with" means of one conjoined with. "Engaged in" means of one connected with regard. "Devoted to" means of one connected with distinction. "Fully engaged in" means of one connected together. "Of such conduct" means of one doing that conduct. "Doing it abundantly" means of one doing that abundantly. "Bent thereon" means of one making that weighty. "Inclined thereto" means of one whose mind is bent towards that. "Sloping towards it" means of one whose body is bent towards that. "Inclining towards it" means of one whose body is facing towards that. "Intent upon it" means of one drawn towards that. "Having it as authority" means of one proceeding having made that the authority and foremost.

"Vexation" is a term of synopsis of the analytical explanation. "Vexation" means oppression. "Affliction" means oppression by coming near. "Oppression" means striking. "Striking" means oppression. All are mutual synonyms. "Misfortune" means injuring. "Danger" means the manner of oppression by approaching here and there. "Tell" means speak. "Declare" means answer. "Teach" means show. "Make known" means inform. "Establish" means set up. "Open up" means make manifest. "Analyse" means divide. "Make clear" means bring to the shore. "Proclaim" means make manifest.

"Your word" means your speech. "Statement" means utterance. "Teaching" means telling. "Instruction" means exhortation. "Admonition" means instruction. "Having heard" means having heard with the ear. "Having listened" is a synonym for that very thing. "Having learnt" means having rightly grasped. "Having reflected upon" means without destroying. "Having discerned" means having observed.

50. "The teaching passes into oblivion" means the twofold teaching, both in terms of scriptural learning and practice, perishes. "Vāpi" is merely an expletive. "This in him is ignoble" means in that person this is ignoble, that is to say, wrong practice. "A term of respect" means a term of respect for the venerable one who is the highest of all beings, distinguished by virtues. Therefore the ancients said:

"'Blessed One' is the foremost word, 'Blessed One' is the highest word;

He is venerable, endowed with respect, therefore he is called 'Blessed One.'"

Or names are fourfold: based on condition, based on mark, based on sign, and fortuitously arisen. "Fortuitously arisen" is said in mundane conventional expression to mean "by mere chance." Therein, "calf," "one to be tamed," "draught ox" - such and so on is based on condition; "one with a staff," "one with an umbrella," "crested one," "elephant-keeper" - such and so on is based on mark; "possessor of the threefold true knowledge," "possessor of the six higher knowledges" - such and so on is based on sign; "Sirivaḍḍhaka," "Dhanavaḍḍhaka" - such and so on, occurring without regard for the meaning of the word, is fortuitously arisen. But this name "Blessed One" is based on sign; it was not made by Mahāmāyā, not by King Suddhodana, not by eighty thousand relatives, not by special deities such as Sakka, Santusita, and others. And he will say: "'Blessed One' - this name was not made by his mother... etc. together with the attainment, a designation realised, that is to say 'Blessed One.'"

"He is fortunate, he has destroyed, he is endowed, he has distributed the portions;

He has been devoted, he has renounced going in existences, therefore he is the Blessed One."

Therein -

"Insertion of a letter and transposition of a letter, and two others: alteration and loss of a letter;

The connection of roots with an exceeding meaning - that is called the fivefold language."

Having taken the grammatical characteristic thus stated, the derivation of the term should be understood. Therein, in "nakkhattarājāriva tārakāna," here the insertion of the letter "ra," like the insertion of a non-existing letter, is called insertion of a letter. Where "hiṃsanā, hiṃso" should be said, like "sīho," the transposition of existing letters by way of below and above is called transposition of a letter. In "nave channake dānaṃ diyyatī," here, like the change of the letter "a" to the letter "e," the change of one letter to another letter is called alteration of a letter. Where "jīvanassa mūto, jīvanamūto" should be said, like "jīmūto," the loss of the letters "va" and "na," the loss of existing letters, is called loss of a letter. In "pharusāhi vācāhi pakrubbamāno āsajja maṃ tvaṃ vadasi kumārā," here, like the conveying of the meaning "overcoming" for the term "pakrubbamāno," the connection with a special meaning as appropriate in each case is called the connection of roots with an exceeding meaning.

Thus, having taken the grammatical characteristic, or having taken by the method of grammar the characteristic of insertion as in "pisodara" and so on, based on the support, because there is for him fortune that has reached the far shore of giving, morality and so on, productive of mundane and supramundane happiness, therefore it should be known that where "one possessed of fortune" should be said, "Blessed One" is said.

But because he destroyed the hundreds of thousands of mental defilements, disturbances and fevers - namely greed, hate, delusion, wrong attention, shamelessness, moral fearlessness, wrath, hostility, contempt, insolence, envy, stinginess, deceitfulness, fraudulence, obstinacy, vehemence, conceit, arrogance, vanity, negligence, craving, ignorance, the three unwholesome roots, misconduct, defilement, stain, abnormality, perception, applied thought, obsession, the fourfold perversion, mental corruptions, mental knots, mental floods, mental bonds, biases, craving arising, clinging, the five mental rigidities, shackles, mental hindrances, delight, the six sources of contention, classes of craving, the seven underlying tendencies, the eight wrong courses, the nine rooted in craving, the ten unwholesome courses of action, the sixty-two wrong views, the eight hundred varieties of thoughts of craving - or in brief, he destroyed the five aggregates of mental defilements, the Māras of volitional activity, the son of a god, and death; therefore, because of the destruction of these dangers, where "one who has destroyed" should be said, "Blessed One" is said. And here it is said -

"With lust destroyed, with hate destroyed, with delusion destroyed, without mental corruptions;

His evil mental states are destroyed, therefore he is called 'Blessed One.'"

And by his being fortunate, the achievement of the physical body of him who is excellent, bearing the characteristics born of a hundred merits, is shown. By his having destroyed the faults, the achievement of the body of the Teaching. Likewise, the state of being esteemed by those comparable in mundane terms, the quality of being worthy of approach by householders and those gone forth, the state of being competent to remove the bodily and mental suffering of those who have approached him, being of service through material gifts and gifts of the Teaching, and the ability to connect beings with mundane and supramundane happiness is shown.

And because in the world the word "bhaga" applies to the six qualities of sovereignty, the Teaching, fame, glory, sensual fulfilment, and effort, and because there is for him supreme sovereignty over his own mind, or the mundane-acknowledged powers of minuteness, lightness and so on, complete in every respect; likewise the supramundane Teaching; fame that is exceedingly pure, pervading the three worlds, attained through qualities conforming to truth; glory complete in every respect in all major and minor limbs, capable of generating confidence in the eyes of people engaged in seeing the physical body; sensual fulfilment designated as the accomplishment of desired purposes, because whatever was wished for and desired by him, whether for his own welfare or the welfare of others, was accomplished just so; and effort designated as right effort, which is the cause for attaining the state of being revered by the entire world - therefore, because of being endowed with these portions too, "he has portions" - by this meaning he is called "Blessed One."

But because he analysed all phenomena by the classifications of wholesome and so on, or phenomena beginning with the wholesome by aggregates, sense bases, elements, truths, faculties, dependent origination and so on, or the noble truth of suffering in the sense of oppression, being conditioned, torment, and change; origin in the sense of accumulation, source, bondage, and impediment; cessation in the sense of escape, seclusion, the unconditioned, and the deathless; the path in the sense of leading to liberation, cause, insight, and authority - he was one who analysed, and it is said that he taught by dividing and elucidating; therefore, where "one who has analysed" should be said, "Blessed One" is said.

And because he associated with, practised, and made abundant the divine, brahma, and noble abidings, the seclusions of body, mind, and clinging, the emptiness, desireless, and signless deliverances, and other mundane and supramundane super-human achievements, therefore, where "one who has been devoted" should be said, "Blessed One" is said.

But because the going reckoned as craving in the three existences has been renounced by him, therefore, where "one who has renounced going in existences" should be said, taking the syllable "bha" from the word "bhava," the syllable "ga" from the word "gamana," and the syllable "va" from the word "vanta" and making it long, "Blessed One" is said, just as in the world where "a garland of the male organ" should be said, "mekhalā" is said.

Again, indicating yet another exposition, he said beginning with "furthermore, he is the Blessed One because lust is destroyed." Therein, "one whose lust is destroyed" means lust is destroyed in him. The same method applies in the case of "one whose hate is destroyed" and so on too. "The thorn" means the mental defilements themselves, in the sense of piercing through. "He distributed" means he divided by making a classification by way of synopsis. "He analysed" means he divided in various ways by way of detailed exposition. "He thoroughly analysed" means he analysed by way of manner through further detailed exposition. He distributed by way of those who understand quickly. He analysed by way of those who understand through elaboration. He thoroughly analysed by way of those who need to be guided.

"The jewel of the Teaching" -

"Respected, very costly, incomparable, rare to see,

Enjoyed by superior beings - therefore it is called a treasure."

Thus the jewel of the Teaching described in this way he divided in a threefold manner. "He makes an end of existences" means the maker of the delimitation, the limit, the boundary of the nine existences beginning with sensual existence. "Developed in body" means one whose body is cultivated. Likewise in the remaining ones too. "He resorted" means he practised. "Remote forest and woodland lodgings" means the forest outside the gate of a village or a town. "Woodland lodgings" means jungle thickets beyond the precincts frequented by human beings. "Secluded" means distant lodgings where people neither plough nor sow. Some, however, say "vanapattāni means because wherever there are tigers and so on, they protect and guard that forest; therefore, because of being guarded by them, they are vanapattāni." "Lodgings" means one sleeps and also sits here - thus lodgings. "With little sound" means with little sound of speech. "With little noise" means with little noise from the sound of village and town noise. "Having an atmosphere of solitude" means devoid of the bodily atmosphere of people moving about within. "Vijanavādānī" is also a reading; the meaning is "devoid of the talk of people within." "Vijanapātānī" is also a reading; the meaning is "devoid of the movement of people." "Suitable for human seclusion" means places suitable for the making of seclusion by human beings. "Suitable for retreat" means suitable for seclusion. "A partaker or" means a partaker in the sense that "he has a share, a portion of robes and so on." "He has a share beginning with the taste of meaning by way of attainment" - thus a partaker. "Of the taste of meaning" means of the taste of meaning reckoned as the achievement of cause and fruit. "Of the taste of the Teaching" means of the taste of the Teaching reckoned as the achievement of cause. For this was said: "Knowledge regarding the fruit of the cause is analytical knowledge of meaning; knowledge regarding the cause is analytical knowledge of phenomena." "Of the taste of liberation" means of the taste of liberation reckoned as the achievement of fruition. And this too was said: "In the sense of functional achievement, it is called function."

"Of the four meditative absorptions" means of the four meditative absorptions beginning with the first meditative absorption. "Of the four boundless states" means of the four divine abidings beginning with friendliness, which are without the limitation of pervading. "Of the four immaterial attainments" means of the four immaterial meditative absorptions beginning with the plane of infinite space. "Of the eight deliverances" means of the eight deliverances that are liberated from their objects, stated by the method beginning with "one who is material sees forms." "Of the bases of overcoming" means here the sense bases that are overcome by these meditative absorptions are the bases of overcoming - that is, the meditative absorptions. "Sense bases" means the circular meditation object objects reckoned as sense bases in the meaning of foundation. For a person with superior knowledge, of clear knowledge, thinking "What is there here to attain in this object? There is no burden for me in producing unified focus of mind," having overcome those objects, attains. The meaning is that right here, together with the arising of the sign, he produces absorption. Meditative absorptions produced in this way are called "bases of overcoming" - of those eight bases of overcoming. "Of the nine progressive abiding attainments" means following each preceding one is progressive; because of being to be dwelt in progressively and to be attained progressively, they are progressive abiding attainments; the meaning is that they are to be attained in succession - of those nine progressive abiding attainments. "Of the ten developments of perception" means of the ten developments of perception beginning with the perception of impermanence, which have come in the Girimānanda Sutta. "Of the ten circular meditation object attainments" means of the ten meditative absorptions beginning with the earth kasiṇa meditative absorption, which are reckoned as kasiṇas in the meaning of entirety. "Of the concentration of mindfulness of breathing" means of the concentration associated with mindfulness of breathing. "Of the attainment of foulness" means of the attainment of meditative absorption on foulness. "Of the ten powers of the Tathāgata" means of the ten powers of the ten powers. "Of the four grounds of self-confidence" means of the four grounds of self-confidence, which are states of being self-confident. "Of the four analytical knowledges" means of the four knowledges of analytical knowledge. "Of the six direct knowledges" means of the six direct knowledges beginning with the various kinds of supernormal power. "Of the six qualities of a Buddha" means of the six qualities of a Buddha that have come above by the method beginning with "all bodily action follows knowledge."

Therein, robes and so on are stated by way of the success of fortune. The triad of the taste of meaning is stated by way of penetration. The triad of higher morality by way of practice. The triad of meditative absorption by way of fine-material and immaterial meditative absorption. The triad of deliverance by way of attainment. The tetrad of perception by way of access and absorption. The establishments of mindfulness and so on by way of the thirty-seven qualities conducive to enlightenment. The powers of the Tathāgata and so on should be understood as stated by way of the exceptional qualities.

From here onwards, "Blessed One - this name" and so on was said for the purpose of making known that "this designation follows the meaning." Therein, "ascetics" means those who have gone forth into the going forth. "Brahmins" means those who address others as "sir," or those who have calmed evil and warded off evil. "Deities" means Sakka and so on, and Brahmās. "At the end of deliverance" means deliverance is the path of arahantship; the end of deliverance is the fruition of arahantship; the name that exists at that end of deliverance is the name "pertaining to the end of deliverance." For the state of omniscience succeeds by the path of arahantship, and is accomplished by the achievement of the fruition of arahantship. Therefore the state of omniscience exists at the end of deliverance. That name based on a characteristic too is indeed one that exists at the end of deliverance. Therefore it was said - "This pertains to the end of deliverance of the Buddhas, the Blessed Ones." "At the foot of the Bodhi tree, together with the attainment of omniscient knowledge" means together with the attainment of omniscient knowledge at the aforesaid moment at the foot of the great Bodhi tree. "A designation realised" means a designation arisen through the realisation of the fruition of arahantship or through the realisation of all phenomena. "That is to say, Blessed One" means the designation that is this "Blessed One."

"For two reasons" means by two portions. "The teaching of learning" means the three Canons of the Buddha's teaching. "Practice" means "one proceeds by means of it" - thus practice. "Whatever has been learnt by him" means whatever has been learnt, recited by that person; the genitive case is used in the instrumental sense. "Pariyāpuṭṭa" is also a reading. "Discourse" means the two Vibhaṅgas, the Niddesa, the Khandhakas, and the Parivāra, and in the Suttanipāta the Maṅgala Sutta, the Ratana Sutta, and the Tuvaṭaka Sutta, and also any other word of the Tathāgata named "sutta" should be understood as "discourse." "Mixed prose and verse" means all discourses containing verses should be understood as "mixed prose and verse"; in particular, in the Saṃyutta the entire Sagāthāvagga too. "Explanation" means the entire Abhidhamma Piṭaka, discourses without verses, and whatever other word of the Buddha not included in the eight factors - that should be understood as "explanation." "Verse" means the Dhammapada, the Theragāthā, the Therīgāthā, and the pure verses in the Suttanipāta not named as suttas should be understood as "verse." "Inspired utterance" means the eighty-two discourses connected with verses born of pleasure and knowledge should be understood as "inspired utterance." "Thus-it-is-said" means the one hundred and ten discourses proceeding in the manner beginning with "This was said by the Blessed One" should be understood as "thus-it-is-said." "Birth story" means the five hundred and fifty birth stories beginning with the Apaṇṇaka Jātaka should be understood as "birth story." "Wonderful phenomena" means all discourses connected with wonderful and marvellous phenomena, proceeding in the manner beginning with "Monks, there are these four wonderful and marvellous qualities in Ānanda" should be understood as "wonderful phenomena." "Catechism" means the Cūḷavedalla, Mahāvedalla, Sammādiṭṭhi, Sakkapañha, Saṅkhārabhājaniya, Mahāpuṇṇama Sutta and so on - all discourses asked about having gained inspiration and satisfaction again and again should be understood as "catechism." "This is the teaching of learning" means this three Canons of the Buddha's teaching of the aforesaid kind is learning in the sense of what should be learnt thoroughly, and teaching in the sense of instruction - thus making it the teaching of learning. "That too he forgets" means that teaching of learning too perishes. "Completely forgets" means perishes from the beginning. "Becomes an outsider" means becomes one with face turned away.

"What is the teaching of practice?" means the preliminary part of the supramundane teaching; "one proceeds for that purpose" - thus practice. "Is taught" means here "those who are tractable" - thus teaching. "Right practice" and so on are according to the method already stated.

"He kills living beings" means he destroys even the life faculty. "He takes what is not given" means he takes even an object belonging to another. "He breaks into houses" means he breaks into even the connections of houses. "He carries off plunder" means having attacked a village, he carries out even a great plundering. "He commits robbery" means having surrounded with as many as fifty or sixty, having seized them alive, he causes them to bring their wealth. "He stands in ambush on the highway" means he performs the act of highway robbery. "He goes to another's wife" means he commits adultery with others' wives. "He speaks falsely" means he speaks even falsehood that destroys welfare. "An ignoble quality" means an ignoble nature.

51. "Having formerly wandered alone": having formerly dwelt in the world, either in the sense of going forth or for the purpose of relinquishing the group. "Like a vehicle gone astray, they call him in the world a low worldling": that person who has left the monastic community - just as a vehicle such as an elephant vehicle and so on, untamed, climbs over uneven ground too, breaks the rider too, and falls into a precipice too - thus, by the uneven climbing of bodily misconduct and so on into hell and so on, by the destruction of welfare, and by falling into the precipices of birth and so on, they call him like a vehicle gone astray, low and a worldling.

"In the sense of going forth" means either by the portion of going forth, or by the reckoning as "a gone forth ascetic." "For the purpose of relinquishing the group" means having given up the delight in the company of the group, or for the purpose of relinquishing.

"Returns alone" means he alone turns back from the village. "Whoever indulges in" is a term of synopsis of the analytical explanation. "At a later time" means at another time, afterwards. "The Buddha" means the omniscient Buddha. "The Teaching" means the Teaching endowed with qualities such as being well-proclaimed and so on. "The Community" means the Community endowed with qualities such as practising well and so on. "The training" means the training that should be trained in, beginning with higher morality and so on. "Having rejected" means having refused the Buddha and so on. "To the lower life" means for the purpose of the inferior state, for the state of a householder. "Having returned" means having turned back. "Practises" means practises once. "Indulges in" means practises in manifold ways. "Associates with" means practises by clinging to. "Engages in" means practises again and again.

"Gone astray" means one who has left the monastic community. "Untamed" means not brought to the state of being tamed. "Untrained" means not taught well-trained action. "Undisciplined" means not disciplined, untrained in the accomplishment of good conduct. "It takes a side road" means the vehicle of the aforesaid kind, endowed with being untamed and so on, gone astray, goes to an uneven road. "It climbs over uneven stumps and rocks" means it climbs over rough stumps standing unevenly and likewise over mountain rocks. "It breaks the vehicle and the rider" means it breaks the hands, feet, and so on of one mounting and driving a litter and other vehicles. "It falls into a precipice" means it causes to fall into a precipice with a cliff cut away on one side. "That one who has left the monastic community" means that one who has gone back. "Comparable to a vehicle gone astray" means similar to an unsteady vehicle. "Takes a side road" means having retreated from the wholesome course of action, he goes to a side road, a wrong path that has become a path to the realm of misery. "Climbs over unrighteous bodily action" means he climbs over unrighteous bodily action reckoned as bodily misconduct, which is the opposite of what is righteous. The same method applies in the remaining ones too. "Breaks himself in hell" means he crushes his individual existence to bits in hell, which is reckoned as devoid of satisfaction. "Breaks himself in the human world" means he breaks by means of various bodily punishments. "Breaks himself in the heavenly world" means by means of the suffering of separation from the beloved and so on. "Falls into the precipice of birth" means he causes to fall into the precipice of birth. In the case of the precipice of ageing and so on too, the same method applies. "In the human world" here shows only the intended world.

"Worldling" is a term of synopsis of the analytical explanation. Therein, "worldling" -

By reasons such as generating manifold defilements, one is a worldling;

Because of being included among worldlings, this one is a manifold person, thus.

For he is a worldling by reasons such as generating manifold defilements of various kinds and so on. To show that by way of classification, he said beginning with "they generate manifold defilements." Therein, because of the undestroyed state of many identity views of various kinds, either they generate those, or they are generated by those - thus they are worldlings. The word "jana" conveys just the meaning of undestroyed. "They look to the faces of manifold teachers" - here the meaning of the word is: manifold various people have the acknowledgment of a teacher as theirs - thus they are worldlings. "They have not emerged from all destinations" - here, "jana" means destinations, because they are to be generated and they generate here. Manifold destinations are theirs - thus they are worldlings. From here onwards they are born by means of these - thus "jana" means volitional activities and so on. Those are found in them - thus they are worldlings. Or the word "jana" should be understood in the meaning of volitional activity and so on. "They are tormented by manifold various torments" - the torments are the fire of lust and so on. Those very same, or all mental defilements, are fevers. "Regarding the five types of sensual pleasure" - here "jana" means that which arises, namely lust, greed, and so on of such kinds; manifold "jana" is theirs - thus they are worldlings. "Manifoldly arisen, lustful" - thus the word "jana" should be understood in the meaning of lust and so on. "Fettered" means bound together. "Hindered" means obstructed. "Obstructed" means prevented. "Covered over" means shut from above. "Shut" means closed from the lower part. "Concealed" means not obvious. "Covered" means turned face downwards.

Or they are worldlings because of being included among people who have passed beyond the path of counting, who are turned away from the noble teaching, whose conduct is of low qualities. Or this manifold one has gone to a separate reckoning, disconnected from noble persons endowed with virtues such as morality and learning - thus too he is a worldling.

Thus those who -

"Two kinds of worldlings were declared, by the Buddha, the Kinsman of the Sun;

One is a blind worldling, one is a good worldling."

Two kinds of worldlings were declared; among them, it should be understood that the blind worldling is the one spoken of.

52. "Fame and renown" means material gain and honour and praise. "Before" means in the state of one gone forth. "That too diminishes for him" means for that apostate, that fame and that renown diminishes. "Having seen this too" means having seen this too - the gaining of fame and renown before and their deterioration afterwards. "One should train to abandon sexual intercourse" means one should train in the three trainings. Why? "To abandon sexual intercourse" - it is said to mean for the purpose of abandoning sexual intercourse.

"Bore the praise of renown" means the Blessed One is one of praiseworthy renown; the meaning is that he speaks by raising up both the reputation and the virtue. "A brilliant speaker" means one who has varied speaking by different methods. "Of good discernment" means one of beautiful wisdom.

"Diminishes" is a term of synopsis of the analytical explanation. "Declines" means diminishes on all sides. "Falls away" means falls down to the ground below. "Goes to ruin" means departs on all sides. "Disappears" means goes to non-seeing. "Is destroyed" means is annihilated.

"The minor aggregate of morality" means grave offence and so on. "The great aggregate of morality" means expulsion and saṅghādisesa.

"For the abandoning of sexual intercourse" means for the purpose of abandoning by way of abandoning through substitution of opposites and so on. "For its appeasement" means for the purpose of the appeasement of stains. "For its relinquishment" means for the purpose of relinquishment by way of leaping forward, giving up, and relinquishing. "For its tranquillity" means for the sake of the fruition reckoned as tranquillity.

53. For whoever does not abandon sexual intercourse, by thoughts, etc. such a one. Therein, "overcome by" means possessed of. "The proclamation of others" means the words of blame from preceptors and so on. "Becomes ashamed" means becomes unhappy.

"By thought of sensual pleasure" means by applied thought connected with sensual pleasure. In the case of what is situated above too, the same method applies. "Touched" means contacted by applied thoughts. "Overcome by" means not fallen away from. "Included" means rightly laid down, entered within. "Like a miserable wretch" means like a poor human being. "Like a fool" means like one who is unintelligent. "Like one in sheer delusion" means like one who has become confused. "Meditates" means thinks. "Broods" means thinks intensely. "Ponders" means thinks in manifold ways. "Muses" means having departed from that, thinks. "An owl" means an owl bird. "On a tree branch" means on a branch risen from a tree, or on a fork of a tree. "Seeking a mouse" means searching for a mouse; some also read "maggayamāno." "A jackal" means a jackal. "A cat" means a cat. "At a doorway, a sewer, or a rubbish heap" means in between two houses, and at the place of draining water, mud, and depositing rubbish, and on hard ground. "With its load removed" means with the flesh of its back and neck cut. The verses henceforth have an obvious connection.

54. Therein, "knives" means bodily misconduct and so on. For those are called "knives" in the sense of cutting oneself and others. Among those, this one in particular, from the beginning, makes only the knife of false speech, saying "for this reason I have left the monastic community." Therefore he said - "This indeed is his great greed, he plunges into untruth." Therein, "esa khvassa" means "esa kho assa" (this indeed is his). "Great greed" means great bondage. Which one, if asked? That is to say, he plunges into untruth; this immersion in lying should be understood as "great greed."

"Three knives" means three cutters. Bodily misconduct is the bodily knife. In the case of the verbal knife and so on too, the same method applies. To show that by way of classification, he said "the threefold bodily misconduct is the bodily knife." "He consciously speaks falsehood" means knowingly he speaks hollow speech. "I was delighted, venerable sir, with the going forth" means I was free from discontent with the going forth in the Dispensation. "My mother must be supported" means my mother must be supported by me. "Therefore I have left the monastic community," he says, means he also declares "for that reason I have turned back." In the case of "my father must be supported" and so on too, the same method applies.

"This is his great greed" means this is that person's great bond. "Great forest" means a great corrupt forest. "Thicket" means difficult to pass over. "Wilderness" means similar to a wilderness of thieves and so on. "Unevenness" means unevenness of thorns. "Crookedness" means similar to a crooked bracelet. "Mud" means similar to a small lake. "Mire" means similar to clay. "Impediment" means great suffering. "Great bondage" means a great bondage difficult to release from. "Namely the conscious lie" means which this conscious lie.

"Having gone to an assembly or" means standing in an assembly hall or. "Having gone to a company or" means standing in a village assembly or. "Having gone among relatives or" means standing in the midst of heirs or. "Having gone among a guild or" means standing in the midst of guilds or. "Having gone among the royal court or" means standing in the midst of the royal family, at the great hall of judgment, or. "Being brought forward" means led for the purpose of questioning. "Questioned as a witness" means questioned having been made a witness. "Come, good man" - this is a form of address. "For his own sake or for another's sake" means for the sake of one's own or another's hands, feet, and so on, or for the sake of wealth. "For the sake of some trifling material gain" - here, "material gain" means material gain is intended. "A trifle" means whatever this or that small amount; the meaning is: for the sake of material gain even as small as a partridge, a quail, a lump of ghee, or a lump of butter and so on. "He consciously speaks falsehood" means he, already knowing, commits lying.

Showing again another exposition, he said beginning with "furthermore, lying occurs in three ways; beforehand he thinks." Therein, "in three ways" means by three causes that are constituent factors of conscious lying. "Beforehand he thinks" means in the preliminary stage itself, that person thinks thus: "I will speak falsely." "While speaking he thinks" means while he is speaking, he thinks. "Having spoken he thinks" means when it has been spoken, he thinks. The meaning is: when what should be said has been said, it occurs. Or alternatively, "having spoken" means for one who has spoken, for one whose speech is finished, it occurs. Whoever thus knows in the preliminary stage, knows while speaking, and knows afterwards "falsehood was spoken by me" - he, thus speaking, is bound by the action of lying - this is the meaning shown here. Although it has been shown, however, here there is this distinction - There is first a question: the preliminary stage "I will speak falsely" is present, but the subsequent stage "falsehood was spoken by me" is absent. For someone forgets the very moment it has been spoken - does lying occur for him, or does it not? That has been resolved thus in the commentaries - For one who knows in the preliminary stage "I will speak falsely" and while speaking "I am speaking falsely," it is not possible for the subsequent stage "falsehood was spoken by me" not to occur; even if it does not occur, it is still lying. For the first pair of factors alone is the measure. Even for one who in the preliminary stage has no reflective attention "I will speak falsely," but while speaking knows "I am speaking falsely," and even after speaking knows "falsehood was spoken by me," he should not be dealt with for lying. For the preliminary stage is the more decisive measure. In its absence, it is spoken in jest or spoken in fun.

Here, however, the objection of self-knowledge and the objection of combination of knowledge should be rejected. "The objection of self-knowledge should be rejected" means that by the very consciousness with which one knows "I will speak falsely," by that very same one knows "I am speaking falsely" and "Falsehood was spoken by me" - thus one knows by a single consciousness alone in three moments - this objection of self-knowledge should be rejected. For it is not possible to know that consciousness by that very consciousness, just as it is not possible to cut that sword by that very sword. But each former and former consciousness, having become a condition for the arising of each latter and latter consciousness in that way, ceases. Therefore this is said -

"The preliminary stage alone is the measure; when that exists, it will not be;

The remaining two do not exist here" - thus speech is three-factored.

"The objection of combination of knowledge should be rejected" means these three consciousnesses should not be taken as arising at a single moment. For this thing called consciousness -

"When the first has not ceased, the latter does not arise;

Because of arising without interval, it appears as if one."

Now, beyond this, as for one who, not knowing, consciously speaks falsehood by the method beginning with "I know," since he holds the view "this is not factual," for him indeed this theory exists. Likewise, "this is not factual" - thus it is acceptable to him and pleasing to him. Thus is his perception, and his consciousness is of such a nature - "this is not factual." But when he wishes to speak falsely, then he speaks having misrepresented, having laid aside, having concealed, having made not factual, either that view, or acceptance together with the view, or personal preference together with view and acceptance, or perception together with view, acceptance and personal preference, or nature together with view, acceptance, personal preference and perception. Therefore, in order to show the distinction of factors by means of those as well, "furthermore, in four ways" and so on was stated.

And here, "misrepresenting his view" - this was stated by way of the misrepresentation of a strong mental state. "Misrepresenting his acceptance" and so on - by way of the misrepresentation of successively weaker and weaker ones. "Misrepresenting his perception" - this, however, here is by way of the misrepresentation of the weakest of all mental states. That one would consciously speak falsehood without misrepresenting even a mere perception - this possibility does not exist.

55. "Like a fool he is distressed" means: committing destruction of life and so on, and experiencing suffering on that account, and engaging in the seeking and safeguarding of wealth, like one in sheer delusion he is afflicted.

"Kings, having seized him, inflict various bodily punishments" means it is not the kings who do it; men under the kings' authority inflict various kinds of bodily punishments. "They flog him with whips" means they threaten him with whip-sticks. "With canes" means with cane creepers. "With half-clubs" means with mallets, or with sticks taken after cutting a four-cubit stick in two for the purpose of facilitating striking. "The gruel pot torture" means the gruel-pot bodily punishment. Those performing it, having cut open the skull, having taken a red-hot iron ball with pincers, throw it in there; by that the brain boils and rises up above. "The shell-tonsure torture" means the shell-tonsure bodily punishment. Those performing it, having cut the skin along the boundary of the upper lip, both knots of hair above the ears, and the throat enclosure, having tied all the hair together in one knot, having twisted it with a stick, they tear it off; the skin comes up together with the hair. Then, having rubbed the skull with coarse gravel and washing it, they make it the colour of a conch shell. "Rāhu's mouth torture" means the Rāhu's mouth bodily punishment. Those performing it, having forced open the mouth with a stake, they light a lamp inside the mouth; or, beginning from the knots of hair above the ears, they dig out the mouth with a chisel; blood, having flowed forth, fills the mouth.

"The fire garland torture" means they wrap the entire body with oil-soaked rags and set it alight. "The hand torch torture" means they wrap the hands with oil-soaked rags and light them like lamps. "The grass-strip torture" means the grass-strip bodily punishment. Those performing it, beginning from below the neck, having cut the hide-strips, they drop them down to the ankles. Then, having bound him with ropes, they drag him. He, stepping on his own hide-strips again and again, falls down. "The bark-dress torture" means the bark-dress bodily punishment. Those performing it, in the same way, having cut the hide-strips, place them at the waist; having cut from the waist downwards, they place them at the ankles; with the upper strips, the lower body appears as if clothed in a bark-strip garment. "The antelope torture" means the antelope bodily punishment. Those performing it, having placed iron rings on both elbows and both knees, they drive in iron stakes; he stands on the ground by means of four iron stakes. Then, having surrounded him, they make a fire. Even in the passage where "the antelope, surrounded by fire, as" occurs, this very same thing is stated. From time to time, having removed the stakes, they make him stand on just the four bone-tips. There is no such bodily punishment.

"The flesh-hook torture" means having struck with double-pointed hooks, they tear off skin, flesh, and sinews. "The coin-cutting torture" means they cut the entire body with sharp adzes, beginning from the base, slicing off coin-sized piece after coin-sized piece. "The lye-pickling torture" means having struck the body here and there with weapons, they rub alkali in with brushes; the skin, flesh, and sinews flow forth and stream away; only a skeleton remains. "The pivot-turning torture" means having made him lie down on one side, having driven an iron stake through the ear-hole, they make him fastened as one with the earth. Then, having seized him by the feet, they whirl him around. "The straw-chair torture" means skilled torturers, having cut away the outer skin and hide, having crushed the bones with grinding-stone tops, having seized him by the hair, they lift him up; he becomes just a heap of flesh. Then, having wrapped him up by the hair itself, they seize him, and having made him like a straw chair, they roll him about. "By dogs also" means having not given food for several days, they have him eaten by starving dogs. They, in a moment, reduce him to just a skeleton. "Thus too he is distressed" means thus too he reaches vexation. "He is greatly distressed" means he reaches vexation in every aspect. "He gets into trouble" means he reaches vexation.

Showing again another reason, he said beginning with "or else, overcome by sensual craving." Therein, "by sensual craving" means by greed for the five strands of sensual pleasure. "Overcome" means crushed by that. "With mind consumed" means one whose mind is seized, having wasted wholesome conduct. "Seeking wealth" means searching for riches. "He plunges into the great ocean by boat" means he enters the great salt ocean by a boat reckoned as a vessel. "Facing cold" means having put cold in front. "Facing heat" means having put heat in front. "Gadflies" means tawny flies. "Mosquitoes" means mosquitoes themselves. "Being oppressed" means being harassed by contact with gadflies and so on. "Dying of hunger and thirst" means dying of hunger and thirst. The twenty-four terms beginning with "he goes to Tigumba" and ending with "he goes to Mūlapada" are stated as names of countries. "He goes to the desert wilderness" means he goes to the sandy desert by the sign of the stars. "Knee-path" means a path to be traversed on one's knees. "Goat-path" means a path to be traversed by goats. In the case of the ram-path too, the same method applies.

"Stake-path" means a stake-path to be ascended by hammering in stakes and climbing by them. One going along that, standing at the foot of the mountain, having tied an iron grappling hook with a string, having thrown it upward, having made it stick to the mountain, having climbed up by the string, having pierced the mountain with a diamond-tipped iron rod, having hammered in a stake, having stood there, having pulled back the grappling hook, having made it stick again above, standing there, having let down a leather strap, having taken it and descended, having tied it to the lower stake, having grasped the string with the left hand, having taken a mallet with the right hand, having struck the string, having extracted the stake, he ascends again. By this method, having ascended to the mountain top, descending on the other side, by the former method itself, first having hammered a stake into the mountain top, having tied the string to the leather bag, having wound it around the stake, himself having sat inside the bag, in the manner of spiders releasing thread, unwinding the string, he descends. Therefore it was said - "A stake-path to be ascended by hammering in stakes." "Umbrella-path" means a path to be descended like birds, having caught the wind with a leather umbrella. "Bamboo-path" means having cut with a bamboo-thicket-cutting knife, having chopped the trees with a hatchet, making a path, in the bamboo grove having made a ladder, having climbed a bamboo bush, having cut a bamboo, having felled it upon the top of another bamboo bush, with reference to a path to be traversed along the top of the bamboo bush itself, it should be understood that "he goes to the bamboo-path" was said.

"Seeking he does not find, and he experiences suffering and displeasure rooted in not gaining" means he obtains bodily and mental suffering rooted in not finding.

"Having obtained" means having got. "Rooted in protection" means rooted in safeguarding too. "How might my riches" means by what means my riches. Kings would indeed not take, etc. disagreeable heirs would not take. "Protecting" means for one protecting by means of caskets and so on. "They are destroyed" means they perish.

56. "Having known this danger, the sage regarding the former and latter here" - this, having known the danger in the state of one who has left the monastic community from the former state of being an ascetic to the latter, here in this Dispensation, as stated beginning from "Whatever fame and renown he had before, that too diminishes for him" - the sage having known.

"One should make it firm" is the synopsis term of the analytical explanation term. "One should make it steady" means one should make it not loose. "One should be firmly resolved" means one should be of firm acknowledgment. "Steadfastly resolved" means of conclusive acknowledgment.

57. "This is the highest for the noble ones" means that is to say the practice of seclusion, this is the highest of the noble ones beginning with the Buddha. Therefore the intention is that one should train in seclusion only. "One should not think oneself the best because of that" means and because of that seclusion one should not imagine oneself as "I am the best"; what is said is that one should not be obstinate in conceit because of that.

"Elevation" means lifting up. "Rising up" means having risen up, establishing. "Conceit" means I-making. "Force" means application of force. "Obstinacy" means making obstinate. "Obstinate" means harshness. "Very stiff" means harshness with distinction. "With head raised" means with head lifted up. "In the vicinity" means not far from. "Close" means not far. "Not far" means in proximity. "Approaching" means near.

58. "Free" means secluded, rid of bodily misconduct and so on. "People bound to sensual pleasures envy the one who has crossed the flood" means beings stuck to objective sensual pleasures envy that one who has crossed the four floods, just as debtors envy freedom from debt - thus he concluded the teaching with the pinnacle of arahantship.

"Free" means hollow of all mental defilements. "Secluded" means empty. "Separated" means solitary. Now, showing those things from which one is rid, he said beginning with "free from bodily misconduct." Therein, the state of being rid should be understood in two ways: by the order of mental defilements and by the order of paths. By the order of mental defilements, first, one is rid of these six mental defilements - lust, delusion, obstinacy, impetuosity, conceit, and vanity - by the path of arahantship; one is rid of these four mental defilements - hate, wrath, hostility, and negligence - by the path of non-returning; one is rid of these seven - arrogance, contempt, insolence, envy, stinginess, deceit, and fraudulence - by the path of stream-entry.

By the order of paths, however, by the path of stream-entry, arrogance, contempt, insolence, envy, stinginess, deceit, and fraudulence; one is rid of these seven; by the path of non-returning, hate, wrath, hostility, and negligence - one is rid of these four; by the path of arahantship, lust, delusion, obstinacy, impetuosity, conceit, and vanity - one is rid of these six. The three kinds of misconduct, all mental defilements, and so on - the remainder also should be applied as appropriate by this method.

"Having fully understood objective sensual pleasures" means having known the objective sensual pleasures of the three planes by way of completing the full understandings of the known and of judgement. "Having abandoned the defilement sensual pleasures" means having given up the defilement sensual pleasures beginning with desire by the full understanding as abandoning. "Having put an end to" means having made them gone to their end, gone to their summit.

"Who has crossed the mental flood of sensuality" means of one who stands having crossed the mental flood of sensuality, reckoned as the final one, by the path of non-returning. "The mental flood of becoming" means by the path of arahantship. "The mental flood of views" means by the path of stream-entry. "The mental flood of ignorance" means by the path of arahantship. "The entire path of the round of rebirths" means of one who stands having crossed, by the path of arahantship alone, the path reckoned as the succession of all aggregates, elements, and sense bases. Of one who has emerged by the path of stream-entry. Of one who has crossed over by the path of once-returning. Of one who has gone beyond the sensual element by the path of non-returning. Of one who has transcended all existence by the path of arahantship. Of one who has overcome by way of fruition attainment. "Who has gone to the far shore" and so on are stated by way of Nibbāna. "Just as debtors envy freedom from debt" means those wandering about having taken on increasing debt envy freedom from debt. "They desire" means they produce longing. "The sick envy health" means one afflicted with a disease of bile and so on envies health for the purpose of appeasing that disease by medical treatment. "Just as those bound in bondage" means men bound in a prison on a festival day. "Just as slaves envy freedom" means since free men do whatever they wish, and no one turns them back from that by force, therefore slaves desire the state of freedom. "Just as those who have entered upon a wilderness journey" means since powerful men, having taken their hand-borne loads, armed and ready with weapons, with their retinue, set out through a wilderness, thieves, having seen them from afar, flee. They, having safely crossed over the wilderness, having reached a place of security, are full of mirth. Therefore those who have entered upon a wilderness journey desire a place of security. At the conclusion of the teaching, Tissā, having attained the fruition of stream-entry, afterwards having gone forth, realised arahantship.

In the Saddhammapajjotikā, the Commentary on the Mahāniddesa,

the Explanation of the Tissametteyyasutta Niddesa is finished.

8.

Explanation of the Pasūrasutta Niddesa

59. In the eighth, in the analytical explanation of the Pasūra Sutta, in the first verse to begin with, the summary is - These holders of wrong views, with reference to their own view, say "Here alone is purity." But they do not speak of purification in other teachings; thus, depending upon their own teacher and so on, right there, having become those who speak of beauty thus "This doctrine is beautiful," the many ascetics and brahmins are established in individual truths such as "The world is eternal" and so on.

"They throw all other doctrines" means they discard all other views. "Cast out" means they throw from afar. "Utterly eliminate" means they throw on all sides. "Those who speak of beauty" is a term of synopsis of the analytical explanation. "Those who speak of what is splendid" means those speaking "This is beautiful." "Those who speak as wise ones" means those speaking thus "We are wise." "Those who speak firmly" means those speaking "We speak a faultless doctrine." "Those who speak of the true method" means those speaking "We speak a proper doctrine." "Those who speak of causes" means those speaking "We speak what is accompanied by reason." "Those who speak of characteristics" means those saying "We speak what should be observed." "Those who speak of reasons" means those speaking "We speak a doctrine connected with examples." "Those who speak of grounds" means those saying "We speak a doctrine from which one is unable to depart."

"Established" means entered within. "Fixed" means standing right there.

60. Thus established and "they, desirous of disputation" is the second verse. Therein, "they burn each other mutually as fools" means "this one is a fool, this one is a fool" - thus even two people burn each other mutually as fools, they see as fools. "They speak quarrelsome talk, depending on others" means they, dependent on each other's teacher and so on, speak dispute. "Desiring praise, declaring themselves skilled" means both, seeking praise, having become of such perception thus: "We are those declaring ourselves skilled, those who speak as wise."

"Seeking disputation" means desirous of disputation. "With the intention of disputation" means with the disposition of disputation. "Putting disputation first" means going about having put disputation itself in front. "Going about in search of disputation" means going about seeking disputation itself. "Having entered" means having gone in. "Having plunged" means having descended. "Having immersed" means having dived in. "Having gone into" means having made within.

"Powerless" means having inferior essence; the meaning is devoid of power. "That talk" means this speech. "They speak quarrelsome talk" means they utter what is powerless. "Thus, among those who speak, one, as a fixed procedure" -

61. "Engaged in discussion" is the verse. Therein, "engaged in discussion" means zealous in contentious discussion. "Desiring praise, he is troubled" means wishing for praise for himself, by the method beginning with "How indeed shall I refute him?" even before the debate, being doubtful, he is troubled. "When refuted" means when the argument has been demolished by examiners of questions in the manner beginning with "What was spoken by you is devoid of meaning, what was spoken by you is devoid of phrasing." "He is angered by blame" means thus, when the argument has been refuted and blame has arisen, he becomes angry. "Seeking faults" means seeking only the faults of whomever.

"Commendation" means the speaking of praise. "Fame" means making well-known. "Enhancement of reputation" means the increase of virtues. "Even before the conversation" means even before the conversation itself. "How is this? How is this?" - bewilderment belongs to him - thus he is one who is doubtful. "Will there be victory for me" means my victory. "How shall I make a refutation" means in what manner the refuting. "I shall make a counter-argument" means I shall make the purification of my own theory. "Distinction" means the exceeding. "Counter-distinction" means distinction again and again. "I shall make an entanglement" means I shall make a wrapping around. "Extrication" means my disentanglement, release, departure. "Cutting off" means the cutting of the argument. "Circle" means the combination of arguments. "Assembly members" means attendants. "Judges" means arbitrators. "They refute" means they ward off.

"Devoid of meaning" means departed from meaning, there is no meaning. "They refute regarding meaning" means they ward off from the meaning. "Your meaning is wrongly applied" means your meaning is not rightly brought forward. "Your phrasing is wrongly established" means your phrasing is badly established. "Your refutation is not made" means the refutation was not made by you. "Your counter-argument is badly done" means the establishment of one's own theory was badly done by you. "Uneven talk, badly spoken" means not rightly spoken. "Badly uttered" means even by the speaker, badly uttered. "Badly expressed" means not rightly answered. "Badly said" means spoken otherwise. "Badly declared" means spoken in a deformed manner.

"By blame" means by reproach. "By reproach" means by speaking of faults. "By disrepute" means by speaking of lack of virtues. "By disparagement" means by increasing lack of virtues.

"Is angered" means having abandoned the natural state, he is agitated. "Is repelled" means through the power of hate, he reaches a state of corruption. "Becomes obstinate" means through the power of anger, he goes to a state of stubbornness. "And irritation" means the state of being angered. "And hate" means corruption. "And displeasure" means and the appearance of dissatisfaction. "Manifests" means makes obvious. "Seeking faults" means one who seeks weak spots. "Seeking faults" means one who seeks holes. "Seeking offences" means having removed virtues, one who seeks only faults. "Seeking stumbles" means one who seeks stumbling. "Seeking falls" means one who seeks falling. "Ghaṭṭitamesī" is also a reading; its meaning is one who seeks oppression. "Seeking openings" means one who seeks faults.

62. And not only does he become angry, but further there is the verse beginning with "whose doctrine." Therein, "they declare to be declined, refuted" means they say it is refuted, declined from the standpoint of meaning and phrasing and so on. "He laments" means on that account he wails with such words as "something else was considered by me" and so on. "He grieves" means he grieves referring to such things as "his is the victory" and so on. "Bewails thinking 'he has overcome me'" means he wails more thoroughly by the method beginning with "he has surpassed me in debate by debate."

"Neglected" means not developed. "Something else was considered by me" means another reason was turned over by me. "Thought" means investigated. "Of great following" means he has a great kinsmen's side - thus "of great following." "Of great assembly" means an assembly of great attendants. "Of great retinue" means a retinue of great male and female servants. "And this assembly is divided" means and this assembly is divided, not united. "I will break again" means I will split again.

63. "These contentions among ascetics": here however "ascetics" are called outsider wandering ascetics. "In these there is elation and dejection" means in these controversies, attaining elation and dejection of mind by way of victory, defeat, and so on, one becomes elated and dejected. "One should refrain from quarrelsome talk" means one should abandon dispute. "There is no other purpose than gaining praise" means for indeed here there is no other purpose than gaining praise. "Or shallow" means not profound - this is the meaning, as in such passages as "these five types of sensual pleasure" and so on.

"Or profound" means difficult to enter, without support, like dependent origination. "Or hidden" means standing concealed, as in such passages as "Enjoy yourself, Nanda, I am your surety" and so on. "Or concealed" means unknown, as in such passages as "having killed mother and father" and so on. "Or to be inferred" means to be spoken of by taking out, as in such passages as "whoever is faithless and ungrateful" and so on. "Or that has been inferred" means to be spoken of according to the fixed procedure of the Pāḷi, as in such passages as "Monks, there are these four noble lineages" and so on. "Or faultless" means faultless in meaning, as in such passages as "wholesome mental states" and so on. "Or free from defilement" means devoid of mental defilements, like insight. "Or cleansing" means pure, like the supramundane. "Or ultimate" means the highest good, a meaning that has become the highest good, like the aggregates, elements, sense bases, and Nibbāna.

64. The meaning of the sixth verse - And since there is no other purpose than gaining praise, therefore even those obtaining the supreme gain, or else he is praised there as "this is beautiful" by his view, having declared that doctrine in the midst of an assembly, thereupon he, experiencing either satisfaction or showing his teeth by that victory, laughs, and is elated by conceit. What is the reason? Because having attained that victory, as his mind wished has arisen.

"Having established" means having filled. "Having developed" means having increased. The description of this verse is clear in meaning.

65. And regarding one who rises up thus, the verse "Whatever elevation there is." Therein, "yet he speaks of conceit and arrogance" means this one, however, not perceiving that elevation as "a ground for vexation," speaks of conceit and of arrogance. Thus the description of this verse too is clear in meaning.

66. Having thus shown the fault in the doctrine, now not accepting his doctrine, he spoke the verse beginning with "a hero." Therein, "by the king's food" means by the king's solid food; it is said to mean by food and wages. "Goes forth roaring, wishing for an opponent" means just as he, wishing for an opponent, goes forth roaring, thus it shows that a holder of views seeks a holder of views. "Go by whatever way he goes" means by whatever way he who is your opponent goes, go by that. "There is not beforehand that which is for battle" means but whatever type of mental defilement there might be for battle, that does not exist here beforehand; it shows that it was abandoned at the very foot of the Bodhi tree.

"Hero" is a term of synopsis of the analytical explanation. One whose chest is well developed is a hero; the meaning is one whose chest is open and thrust forward. "Brave" means possessing exertion. "Courageous" means one entering into battle. "Fearless" and the rest are according to the method already stated. "Nourished" is a term of synopsis of the analytical explanation. "Fed" means made stout. "Sustained" means half-strengthened, supplied. "Brought up" means developed from here and there.

"Roaring" means roaring with an indistinct sound. "Loudly roaring" means making an acclamation. "Thundering" means making a lion's roar. "Goes" means comes. "Approaches" means goes near from there. "Goes towards" means having gone near from there, does not turn back. "An opponent" means a fearless one. "A rival man" means an enemy man. "An enemy" means having become a foe, one standing face to face. "A rival wrestler" means having become an adversary, one who fights. "Wishing" means longing for.

"Go" means proceed. "Proceed" means do not stand still. "Walk" means approach near. "Advance" means make an effort.

"At the root of the Bodhi tree" means near the great Bodhi tree. "Whatever mental defilements that create opposition" means whatever mental defilements that create enmity. "That create adversity" means that create hostility. "That create thorns" means that create piercing through. "That create enmity" means that create enemies.

67. The remaining verses henceforth have an obvious connection. Therein, "vivādayanti" means they dispute. "Paṭisenikattā" means those who act in opposition. Contention is hostile speech by the method beginning with "You do not understand this Teaching and discipline."

"What I say is consistent" means my word is connected with meaning. "What you say is inconsistent" means your word is not connected with meaning. "What you have thought out for so long has been turned inside out" means that which was well-practised, familiar through long habitual practice, that has been overturned upon encountering my argument. "Your doctrine has been refuted" means a fault has been imputed upon you by me. "Go and free yourself from your doctrine" means taking a parcel of food, having approached this one and that one, wander about seeking a reply for the purpose of freeing yourself from your doctrine. "Or disentangle yourself" means or alternatively, free yourself from the fault imputed by me. "If you can" means if you are able.

"Entanglement with entanglement" means turning back by having twisted over, turning back. "Extrication with extrication" means releasing by releasing from fault. "Cutting off with cutting off" - this and so on should be connected as appropriate since the method has been stated above.

68. "Visenikatvā" means having destroyed the army of mental defilements. "Kiṃ labhetha" means what rival wrestler will you gain. "Pasūra": he addresses that wandering ascetic. "Yesīdha natthi" means for whom here there is not. The description of this verse too is clear in meaning.

69. "With speculation" means reflecting on such things as "Will there be victory for me?" "Engaged in a yoke with the Wise One" means he has entered into rivalry together with the Buddha whose defilements are shaken off. "For indeed you are not able to proceed together" means like jackals and so on with lions and so on, having taken up a yoke together with the Wise One, you will not be able to proceed together even a single step, or to accomplish rivalry.

"Mind" (mano) is a term of synopsis of the analytical explanation. "Consciousness" (citta) is consciousness because of its variegated nature. It knows by measuring the object, thus it is mind (mano). "Mental state" (mānasa) means mind itself. But in "The snare that moves through the sky, that which prowls connected with the mind" - here, however, the associated phenomenon is said to be "connected with the mind" (mānaso).

"For how indeed, Blessed One, could your disciple, delighted in the Dispensation,

A trainee who has not attained his goal, die while renowned among people?"

Here arahantship is said to be "the goal" (mānasa). But here mind itself is the mental state (mānasa); this term is extended by way of phrasing.

"Heart" (hadaya) means consciousness. In "I will derange your mind, or I will split your heart" - here the chest is said to be "heart" (hadaya). In "He planes as if knowing heart with heart" - here it means consciousness. In "The kidneys, the heart" - here it means the heart-organ (hadayavatthu). But here consciousness itself is called "heart" (hadaya) in the sense of being internal. That very same is called "the pure" (paṇḍara) in the sense of being pure; this is said with reference to the life-continuum (bhavaṅga). As he said: "This mind, monks, is luminous, and it is defiled by visiting impurities." But because of having gone out from that, even the unwholesome is called "the pure" (paṇḍara), just as a river that has gone out from the Ganges is called the Ganges, and one that has gone out from the Godhāvarī is called the Godhāvarī.

"Mind, mind sense base" - here, however, the use of the term "mind" is for the purpose of illustrating the sense-base nature of mind itself. By this it explains: "This is not a mind sense base because it is a sense base of mind, like a gods' domain; rather, mind itself is the sense base - mind sense base." Therein, a sense base should be understood in the meaning of a dwelling place, in the meaning of a mine, in the meaning of a meeting place, in the meaning of a place of origin, and in the meaning of a cause. For thus in the world, in such expressions as "the lord's domain" and "Vāsudeva's domain" and so on, a dwelling place is called a "sense base." In such expressions as "a gold mine" and "a silver mine" and so on, it means a mine. In the Dispensation, however, in such expressions as "in a delightful place, birds resort to it" and so on, it means a meeting place. In such expressions as "the southern route is the sense base of cattle" and so on, it means a place of origin. In such expressions as "in each and every case he attains the ability to witness, when there is a basis for mindfulness" and so on, it means a cause. Here, however, it is applicable in three ways: in the meaning of a place of origin, in the meaning of a meeting place, and in the meaning of a cause.

For contact and other phenomena are born here - thus this is a sense base in the meaning of a place of origin also. External forms, sounds, odours, flavours, and tangible objects enter here by way of being objects - thus it is a sense base in the meaning of a meeting place also. But because it is a cause for contact and so on in the meaning of being a condition such as conascence and so on, it should be understood as a sense base in the meaning of a cause also. "Mind faculty" is of the meaning already stated.

It cognizes - thus consciousness. Consciousness itself is an aggregate - the aggregate of consciousness. Its meaning should be understood by way of heap and so on. In "it is reckoned simply as a great mass of water," here the aggregate is stated in the meaning of a heap. In such expressions as "the aggregate of morality, the aggregate of concentration" and so on, it is in the meaning of quality. In "the Blessed One saw a great log of wood," here it is in the meaning of mere designation. But here the aggregate is stated by conventional usage. For in the meaning of a heap, a single consciousness is a portion of the aggregate of consciousness. Therefore, just as one cutting a portion of a tree is said to be "cutting the tree," just so even a single consciousness that constitutes a portion of the aggregate of consciousness is called "the aggregate of consciousness" by conventional usage.

"Corresponding mind-consciousness element" means the mind-consciousness element that is befitting those phenomena such as contact and so on. For in this term, one and the same consciousness is called by three names: mind in the meaning of measuring, consciousness in the meaning of cognizing, and element in the meaning of intrinsic nature or in the meaning of being without a being.

"Engaged in a yoke together" means together at a single stroke. "Having met together" means having reached. "Having taken up rivalry" means having taken up a counterpart to the yoke. "To discuss" means to speak together. "To converse" means to engage in friendly conversation. "To enter into discussion" means to proceed to speak together. In order to show the reason for the incompetence, he said beginning with "What is the reason for this? Pasūra the wandering ascetic is low" and so on. "For that Blessed One is the foremost" means the foremost because of the pre-eminence of incomparable giving and because of unequalled designation. "And the best" means the best because of being unmatched by all virtues. "And the chief" means the chief because of being freed from mental defilements together with their latent tendencies. "And the highest" means the highest because of being devoid of anything more superior than himself. "And the most excellent" means the most excellent because of being worthy of aspiration by all the world. "With an intoxicated elephant" means with an elephant in full rut.

"Kotthuka" means an old jackal. "Together with a lion, the king of beasts" means together with a maned lion, the king of beasts. "A young one" means a calf. "A suckling" means one that drinks milk. "With a bull" means with a bull deemed auspicious. "Together with a moving hump" means together with a moving hump. "Dhaṅka" means a crow. "Together with a garuḷa, a son of Vinatā" - here "garuḷa" is a name by way of species. "Venateyya" is by way of clan. "Caṇḍāla" means a corpse-handling outcast. "With a wheel-turning monarch" means with a universal monarch of the four continents. "Dust-sprite" means a demon born at a place where rubbish is thrown. "Together with Indra, the king of gods" means together with Sakka, the king of gods. "For that Blessed One is of great wisdom" and so on - the six terms have been expanded above. Therein, "skilled in the varieties of wisdom" means skilled in the varieties of wisdom in their infinite alternatives. "Of distinguished knowledge" means one whose knowledge has attained infinite variety. By this, he shows that even though there is skill in the varieties of wisdom, those wisdoms are of infinite variety. "Having attained the analytical knowledges" means one who has obtained the knowledge of the supreme four analytical knowledges. "Having attained the four grounds of self-confidence" means one who has attained the four knowledges reckoned as the states of self-confidence. As he said -

"For you who acknowledge yourself as a perfectly Self-awakened One, 'these things have not been fully awakened to' - that indeed an ascetic or a brahmin or a god or Māra or Brahmā or anyone in the world would reprove me with reason regarding that - I do not see this sign, monks. Not seeing this sign, monks, I dwell having attained security, having attained fearlessness, having attained self-confidence.
"For you who acknowledge yourself as one who has eliminated the mental corruptions, 'these mental corruptions have not been eliminated' - etc. 'Those things that are obstructions that have been declared by you, for one indulging in them they are not sufficient for obstruction' - etc. 'The Teaching taught by you for whatever purpose, it does not lead one who practises it to the complete destruction of suffering' - that indeed an ascetic or a brahmin or a god or Māra or Brahmā or anyone in the world would reprove me with reason regarding that - I do not see this sign, monks. Not seeing this sign, monks, I dwell having attained security, having attained fearlessness, having attained self-confidence."

"Bearer of the powers of the ten powers" means: "the ten powers are theirs" thus "those with ten powers"; the powers of those with ten powers are the powers of the ten powers; one who bears those powers of the ten powers is the bearer of the powers of the ten powers; the meaning is the bearer of the knowledge-powers of the ten powers. By these three terms, merely the opening of the classification of the things to be understood, which are of infinite variety, has been shown. He himself, by the application of wisdom, is a bull among men in the meaning of being considered supremely auspicious. In the meaning of being unafraid, a lion among men. In the meaning of greatness, an elephant among men. In the meaning of understanding, a remarkable man among men. In the meaning of bearing the yoke of the world's task, a beast of burden among men.

Then, wishing to show the special quality obtained from infinite knowledge, such as power and so on, showing that those qualities of power and so on have infinite knowledge as their root, having said "of infinite knowledge," he said beginning with "of infinite power." Therein, "of infinite knowledge" means one whose knowledge is without limit both by way of counting and by way of potency. "Of infinite power" means the power of infinite knowledge through the dispelling of the darkness of delusion in the continuity of those accessible to instruction. "Of infinite fame" means the sound of infinite renown spread throughout the three worlds by the very qualities of wisdom. "Wealthy" means prosperous through the prosperity of the treasure of wisdom. "Of great riches" means one of great riches because, even though the treasure of wisdom increases, by the greatness of its potency the treasure of wisdom that has arisen is great for him. "Mahādhano" is also a reading. "Possessing wealth" means possessing wealth because of having the treasure of wisdom that is to be praised, because of having the treasure of wisdom that is constantly employed, and because of having the treasure of wisdom in a surpassing degree. Indeed, those skilled in language accept this term in these three meanings also.

Having thus shown the accomplishment of the Blessed One's own attainment by the quality of wisdom, then showing the accomplishment of the welfare of the world again by the very quality of wisdom, he said beginning with "a leader." Therein, a leader who leads those accessible to instruction from the place of danger reckoned as the round of rebirths to the secure place reckoned as Nibbāna. Therein, at the very time of leading, a trainer who trains those accessible to instruction by means of the discipline of restraint and the discipline of abandoning. At the very time of teaching the Teaching, a conciliator by the cutting of doubt. Having cut doubt, one who makes known the meaning that should be made understood. Likewise, one who convinces by bringing about determination regarding what has been made known. Likewise, one who looks after by means of the application of practice regarding the meaning that has been established through conviction. One who inspires confidence in those who have thus practised, by the power of their practice. "For that Blessed One" - here the particle "hi" is an indeclinable in the indication of the reason for the meaning stated immediately before.

"The producer of the unarisen path" means the producer in his own continuity, at the foot of the Bodhi tree, for the welfare of the world, of the noble path that had never before arisen in his own continuity, which is the cause of the six knowledges not shared with others. "The generator of the unproduced path" means the generator in the continuity of those accessible to instruction, from the turning of the wheel of the Teaching up to the present day, of the noble path that had never before been produced in the continuity of those accessible to instruction, which is the cause of the knowledge of the perfections of a disciple. For since the noble path is generated in the continuity of the disciples accessible to instruction by the very word spoken by the Blessed One, the Blessed One is called the generator. "The declarer of the undeclared path" means: having given the declaration of Buddhahood to Bodhisattas possessed of eight qualities who have made the resolution for Buddhahood, the declarer of the noble path that is to arise at the foot of the Bodhi tree, of the path of perfections not previously declared, by the mere declaration "He will become a Buddha." This method is also applicable to the declaration of Paccekabuddha-Bodhisattas. "The knower of the path" means the knower of the noble path produced by himself, by way of reviewing. "The expert in the path" means skilled regarding the noble path to be generated in the continuity of those accessible to instruction. "Skilled in the path" means discerning regarding the path to be declared to Bodhisattas. Or alternatively, the knower of the path regarding the practice of perfect enlightenment, the expert in the path regarding the practice of individual enlightenment, skilled in the path regarding the practice of disciple enlightenment. Or -

"By this path they crossed before,

Will cross, and those who are crossing the flood."

From this statement, as appropriate, they make the connection here in order by means of the path of past, future, and present Buddhas, Individually Enlightened Ones, and disciples, and by means of the path of emptiness, signless, and undirected, and by means of the path of persons who understand quickly, who understand through elaboration, and who need to be guided. "And now his disciples dwell following the path" means having become followers of the path gone by the Blessed One. Here the word "ca" is an indeclinable particle in the sense of cause; by this, the Blessed One is stated as the cause for the achievement of virtues beginning with the production of the path. The word "pana" is an indeclinable particle in the sense of what has been done; by that, the making of the path by the Blessed One is stated. "Having become endowed with it afterwards" means endowed with virtues beginning with morality after the Blessed One who had gone first. Thus, since all the virtues of the Blessed One beginning with morality came about in dependence on the path of arahantship itself, the elder spoke of the virtues in dependence on the path of arahantship itself, by means of the phrases beginning with "the producer of the unarisen path."

"One who knows what is to be known" means he knows what is to be known; through omniscience, whatever is to be known by wisdom, all that, being of the nature of the fivefold path of what is to be understood, he knows by wisdom - this is the meaning. "One who sees what is to be seen" means he sees what is to be seen; through all-seeing, making that very path of what is to be understood as if seen with the eye, he sees with the eye of wisdom - this is the meaning. Or just as a certain one, grasping wrongly, even while knowing does not know, even while seeing does not see - the Blessed One is not thus. But the Blessed One, grasping according to the inherent nature, knowing, knows indeed; seeing, sees indeed. He is become vision in the meaning of being a guide and leader. Become knowledge in the meaning of what has been known and so on. Become the Teaching in the meaning of having an undistorted intrinsic nature, or because of setting forth the Teaching of the scriptures, or because he is made of the Teaching brought forth by speech having reflected upon it in his heart. Become the supreme in the meaning of being the foremost. Or alternatively, "become as if vision" is "become vision." "Become as if knowledge" is "become knowledge." "Become as if the undistorted Teaching" is "become the Teaching." "Become as if Brahmā" is "become the supreme." He is the speaker because of declaring or proclaiming the Teaching. The proclaimer because of declaring or proclaiming in various ways. The one who leads to the meaning because of showing by drawing out the meaning. The giver of the Deathless because of teaching the practice for the attainment of the Deathless, or because of causing the attainment of the Deathless through the teaching of the Teaching for the illumination of the Deathless. The lord of the Teaching because of having produced the supramundane Teaching and because of being master over the teachings through the giving of the supramundane Teaching comfortably in a manner suitable to those amenable to instruction. The term "Tathāgata" has the meaning stated above.

Now, wishing to show the virtues stated by the phrases beginning with "one who knows what is to be known" as distinguished by omniscience, establishing omniscience, he said beginning with "there is not." For since, for that Blessed One who is of such a nature, through the knowledge of the path of arahantship produced by the power of the fruit of merit of the perfections, because of the destruction of confusion together with its habitual tendencies regarding all phenomena, through non-delusion, because of all phenomena being known, there is nothing called unknown. And likewise, because all phenomena have been seen by the eye of knowledge as if by the eye, there is nothing called unseen. Because of having been reached by knowledge, there is nothing called not understood. Because of having been realised through the realisation of non-delusion, there is nothing called unrealised. Because of having been touched by the wisdom of non-delusion, there is nothing called not touched by wisdom.

"Present" means the present time or phenomenon. "With reference to" means having taken, having included within - this is the meaning. By the very word "with reference to," even Nibbāna, which is free from time, is included. And the words beginning with "past" are connected by the words beginning with "there is not," or by the words beginning with "all." "All phenomena" means the exhaustive inclusion of all conditioned and unconditioned phenomena. "In every way" means the exhaustive inclusion of all aspects such as the aspect of impermanence and so on of each and every phenomenon among all phenomena. "Knowledge-door" means facing knowledge. "Come into the range" means they enter into the resort. The term "to be known" is stated for the purpose of elucidating the meaning of the term "to be understood."

In "one's own benefit or" and so on, the word "or" has the meaning of conjunction. "One's own benefit" means the benefit of oneself. "Others' benefit" means the benefit of others, of the three worlds. "Both's benefit" means the benefit of both oneself and others at once. "Pertaining to the present life" means engaged in the present life, or benefit having application to the present life. Engaged in the future state, or having application to the future state, is "pertaining to the future life." In "shallow" and so on, what is to be spoken of by way of conventional expression is shallow because of being easily established. What is to be spoken of having gone beyond conventional expression, connected with emptiness, is profound because of being established in suffering. The supramundane is hidden because of being utterly concealed. What begins with impermanence and so on is concealed because of being covered by compactness and so on. What is to be spoken of by non-abundant conventional expression is to be inferred, because, without taking it according to the literal sound, the intention must be led out. What is to be spoken of by abundant conventional expression is inferred, because the intention has been led by the mere words alone. That whose purpose is well-purified morality, concentration, and insight is faultless because of being free from fault by means of suppression through transcendence of that factor. That whose purpose is the noble path is free from defilement because of the eradication of mental defilements. That whose purpose is the noble fruition is cleansing because of the subsiding of mental defilements. Nibbāna is the ultimate benefit because of being the highest phenomenon among conditioned and unconditioned phenomena. "Turns" means, because of not being outside the domain of the Buddha's knowledge, it proceeds by pervading within the Buddha's knowledge, or all around, or by adorning, or with distinction.

By "all bodily action" and so on, he shows that it is the domain of the Blessed One's knowledge. "Follows knowledge" means it conforms to knowledge; the meaning is that it is not devoid of knowledge. "Unobstructed" shows the state of being without obstruction. Again, wishing to establish omniscience by means of a simile, he said beginning with "as much as." Therein, "to be known" means what is to be understood. "Having what is to be understood as its limit" means it has the conclusion of what is to be understood - thus having what is to be understood as its limit. But for those who are not omniscient, there is indeed no conclusion of what is to be understood. In "having knowledge as its limit" too, the same method applies. The meaning already stated in the first pair is shown by distinguishing it with this pair, and shown by delimiting it by way of negation with the third pair. And here, what is to be understood is the path of what is to be understood because of being the path of knowledge. "Standing at each other's limit" means, having exhausted what is to be understood and knowledge, from their position they are habitually standing at each other's limit.

"Bound to adverting" means dependent on mind-door adverting; the meaning is that he knows immediately after adverting. "Bound to wish" means dependent on personal preference; the meaning is that he knows by impulsion knowledge immediately after adverting. The other two terms are stated for the purpose of elucidating the meaning of these two terms in order. "Knows the disposition" - here "they dwell" means they rely on here, thus "disposition"; this is a designation for the continuity of one who has been cultivated by wrong view or right view, by sensual pleasures and so on or by renunciation and so on. They underlie in the continuity of beings, they continue occurring - thus "underlying tendencies"; this is a designation for sensual lust and so on that have become firmly established. "Knows the underlying tendencies" - the discussion on underlying tendencies has been stated below already.

"Temperament" means wholesome and unwholesome action done in the past. "Inclination" means the surrender of consciousness just now to the wholesome or unwholesome. "With little dust in their eyes" - in the eye made of wisdom, there is little dust of lust and so on in them, thus they have little dust in their eyes. Or those for whom there is little dust of lust and so on, they have little dust in their eyes; those with little dust in their eyes. "With much dust in their eyes" - in the eye made of knowledge, there is great dust of lust and so on in them, thus they have much dust in their eyes. Or those for whom there is great dust of lust and so on, they have much dust in their eyes; those with much dust in their eyes. "With sharp faculties, with soft faculties" - those whose faculties beginning with faith are sharp, they have sharp faculties. Those whose faculties beginning with faith are soft, they have soft faculties. "Of good disposition, of poor disposition" - those for whom the dispositions, the portions, beginning with faith are beautiful, they are of good disposition. Those for whom the dispositions, the portions, beginning with faithlessness are contemptible and blameworthy, they are of poor disposition. "Easy to instruct, difficult to instruct" - those who observe the reason that has been explained, who are able to be instructed with ease, they are easy to instruct. Those opposite to that are difficult to instruct. "Capable and incapable" means the capable and the incapable. "Capable" means they come to be, they are born with a noble birth. This is a present tense expression in proximity to the present. Or "capable" means they will come to be, they will be born; the meaning is that they are vessels for it. Those who are suitable for the penetration of the noble path, accomplished in decisive support, they are capable. Those opposite to what has been stated are incapable.

"He understands beings" means he understands beings who are stuck, attached to objects such as matter and so on. "The world with its gods" means together with the gods, including the gods. Together with Māra, including Māra. Together with Brahmā, including Brahmā. Together with ascetics and brahmins, including ascetics and brahmins. "Generation" because of being born. Together with gods and humans, including gods and humans. "Generation" is a synonymous expression for the world of beings. Therein, by the expression "including the gods," the inclusion of the five sensual-sphere gods; by the expression "including Māra," the inclusion of the sixth sensual-sphere god. By the expression "including Brahmā," the inclusion of the Brahmās beginning with the Brahmakāyika Brahmās. By the expression "including ascetics and brahmins," the inclusion of ascetics and brahmins who are opponents and enemies of the Dispensation, and the inclusion of ascetics and brahmins who have calmed evil and warded off evil. By the expression "generation," the inclusion of the world of beings. By the expression "including gods and humans," the inclusion of conventional gods and the remaining humans. Thus here, by three terms, the world of space. It should be understood that by two, the world of beings is included by way of generation.

Another method - By the inclusion of "including the gods," the immaterial-sphere world is included; by the inclusion of "including Māra," the six sensual-sphere worlds; by the inclusion of "including Brahmā," the fine-material-sphere Brahmā world; by the inclusion of "including ascetics and brahmins" and so on, the human world together with conventional gods by way of the fourfold assembly, or the remaining world of all beings. But furthermore, here by the expression "including the gods," by way of the superior delimitation, he establishes the nature of turning within the Buddha's knowledge of the entire world. Thereupon, for those to whom it might occur: "Māra is of great might, the lord of the six sensual spheres, the wielder of power - does he too turn within the Buddha's knowledge?" Dispelling their doubt, he said "including Māra." For those to whom it might occur: "Brahmā is of great might, with one finger he pervades light in one thousand world-systems. With two, etc. with ten fingers he pervades light in ten thousand world-systems, and he experiences the unsurpassed happiness of meditative absorption and attainment - does he too turn within the Buddha's knowledge?" Dispelling their doubt, he said "including Brahmā." Thereupon, for those to whom it might occur: "Many ascetics and brahmins are opponents of the Dispensation - do they too turn within the Buddha's knowledge?" Dispelling their doubt, he said "the generation with its ascetics and brahmins."

Thus, having made known the nature of turning within the Buddha's knowledge of the superior ones, then, taking the conventional gods and the remaining humans, making known the nature of turning within the Buddha's knowledge of the remaining world of beings by way of the superior delimitation, he said "with its gods and humans." This is the sequence of connection here. But the ancients said: "Including the gods" means the remaining world together with the deities. "Including Māra" means the remaining world together with Māra. "Including Brahmā" means the remaining world together with the Brahmās. Thus, having put all beings destined for the three realms of existence into three terms by three ways, in order to encompass them again by two ways, it was said "the generation with its ascetics and brahmins, with its gods and humans." Thus, by five terms, in this and that way, the three-element world alone has been encompassed.

"At least" means by the upper limit. "Timitimiṅgala": here, "timi" is a certain species of fish; able to swallow a timi, with a larger body than that, "timiṅgala" is a certain species of fish; able to swallow even a timiṅgala, with a body of five hundred yojanas, "timitimiṅgala" is a certain species of fish. Here it should be understood that the singular is used by taking the class. "The garuḷa Venateyya": here "garuḷa" is the name by way of species. "Venateyya" is by way of clan. "In a region" means in a part. "Equal to Sāriputta": it should be understood that this is said taking the elder generalissimos of the Teaching of all Buddhas. For the remaining disciples are not equal in wisdom to the elder generalissimo of the Teaching. As he said - "This is the foremost, monks, of my disciples who are monks of great wisdom, namely Sāriputta." And in the Commentary it is said -

"Having set aside the Lord of the World, whatever other living beings there are;

They are not worth a sixteenth fraction of the wisdom of Sāriputta."

"Having pervaded" means the Buddha's knowledge, having reached the wisdom of all gods and humans, from that position, having pervaded and spread throughout their wisdom, stands. "Having overcome" means having surpassed the wisdom of all gods and humans, having overcome even all that is to be understood which is beyond their domain, it stands - this is the meaning.

In the Paṭisambhidā, however, the reading is "having crushed"; the meaning is having rubbed and having pierced. By the passage beginning with "even those," he shows the evident reason for thus having pervaded and overcome and standing. Therein, "wise" means possessed of erudition. "Subtle" means those of smooth and refined intelligence, capable of penetrating subtle differences of meaning. "Experienced in controversy" means both those who have cognised the doctrines of others and those who have gained familiarity in debate with others. "Like hair-splitters" means like archers who can hit a hair. "They go about, methinks, demolishing wrong views with their wisdom" means the meaning is that, like an archer who can hit a hair splitting a hair, they go about as if demolishing even the subtle courses of views of others with the course of their own wisdom. Or alternatively, just as in such passages as "a heap of dung, a heap of urine" and so on, wisdom itself is "wisdom-gone." Views themselves are wrong views. "Having prepared and prepared questions" means having composed questions of two terms, three terms, and four terms; because of the exceedingly great number of those questions, it is said twice for the purpose of including all. "Hidden and concealed matters" is the remainder of the reading. "They ask the question prepared by themselves, having seen such a removal of theirs" means they ask the question because it is thus intended by the Blessed One. But without even giving an opportunity for others to ask questions, the Blessed One teaches the Teaching to those who approach. As he said -

"They construct a question - 'Having approached the ascetic Gotama, we will ask this question. If thus asked the ascetic Gotama answers thus, we will refute him thus. And if thus asked he answers thus, we will refute him thus.' They hear - 'Indeed, friend, the ascetic Gotama has come to such and such a village or market town.' They approach where the ascetic Gotama is. The ascetic Gotama instructs, encourages, inspires, and gladdens them with a talk on the Teaching. Having been instructed, encouraged, inspired, and gladdened by the ascetic Gotama with a talk on the Teaching, they do not even ask the ascetic Gotama a question, how then will they refute him? Surely they become disciples of the ascetic Gotama himself."

Why do they not ask questions, if asked? The Blessed One, it is said, while teaching the Teaching in the midst of the assembly, surveys the disposition of the assembly, and then he sees - "These wise ones have come having made a hidden, secret question into a waist-pouch core." He, though unasked by them, says - "In asking a question there are this many faults, in answering this many, in meaning, in terms, in syllables this many; one asking this question would ask thus, one answering would answer thus"; thus, having inserted the questions brought as a waist-pouch core into the middle of the talk on the Teaching, he shows them. Those wise ones think - "It is better indeed for us that we did not ask these questions. If we were to ask, the ascetic Gotama would cast us away having made us without a footing" - and they become delighted.

Furthermore, Buddhas, when teaching the Teaching, pervade the assembly with friendliness. Through the suffusion of friendliness, the minds of the public become confident in the one with the ten powers. Buddhas have attained the highest form, are accomplished in appearance, sweet-voiced, soft-tongued, with well-covered teeth, and they teach the Teaching as if sprinkling the heart with the Deathless. Therein, for those whose minds are confident through the suffusion of friendliness, it occurs thus - "We shall not be able to take an opposing position against the Blessed One who speaks such an unambiguous talk, an unfailing talk, a talk leading to liberation" - through their own confident state itself they do not ask the questions.

"Spoken and answered" means by the utterance "thus you ask" of the unasked questions, those questions are as if spoken by the Blessed One. And just as they should be answered, so they are indeed answered. "With reasons indicated" means "it is thus by this reason, by this cause" - thus by answering having made it with cause, those questions are indeed with reasons indicated by the Blessed One. "And they become disciples of the Blessed One" means the wise warriors and others, by the Blessed One's answering of questions alone, become thrown and cast near the Blessed One; the meaning is they become either disciples or lay followers; what is said is that they attain either the achievement of a disciple or the achievement of a lay follower. "Then" is in the sense of proximity; the meaning is immediately after their achievement of becoming disciples. "There" means in that place, or in that subject. "Outshines" means shines forth exceedingly, is manifest. "That is to say, in wisdom" means by whatever wisdom the Blessed One has, by that wisdom the Blessed One alone outshines - this is the meaning. The word "iti" has the meaning of cause; the meaning is "for this reason." The remainder is obvious everywhere.

In the Saddhammappajjotikā, the Commentary on the Mahāniddesa,

the Explanation of the Pasūrasutta Niddesa is finished.

9.

Explanation of the Māgaṇḍiyasutta Niddesa

70. In the ninth, in the analytical explanation of the Māgaṇḍiya Sutta, in the first verse to begin with, having seen Māra's daughters Craving, Discontent and Lust, who had come forward having created various forms at the foot of the goatherd's banyan tree, there was not even a measure of desire for sexual intercourse; how much less will there be having seen the form of this girl, full of urine and excrement; in every way I would not wish to touch her even with my foot, how much less to cohabit with her.

"Full of urine" means filled with urine that has filled and remains in the interior of the bladder container by the power of food and temperature. "Full of excrement" means full with excrement remaining at the end of the intestines, in the space termed the receptacle for the digested, between the navel below and the roots of the backbone, about eight finger-breadths in height. "Full of phlegm" means filled with phlegm in the measure of one bowlful remaining on the mucous membrane of the stomach. "Full of blood" means full with blood of two kinds: that termed accumulated blood, which, having filled the lower part of the liver, trickling little by little upon the kidneys, heart, and lungs, moistening the kidneys, heart, liver, and lungs, remains in the amount sufficient to fill one bowl; and that termed circulating blood, which, excluding the places on the head hair, body hair, nails, and teeth that are free from flesh, and the hardened dry skin, has pervaded the entire clung-to body following the network of veins and remains there.

"A skeleton of bones" means in the entire body, situated above the bones below, there are slightly more than three hundred bones; it is constructed with those bones. "Connected by sinews" means in the entire body, nine hundred sinews remain binding the bones; connected and bound by those sinews. "Smeared with blood and flesh" means the body smeared with circulating blood and with nine hundred slices of flesh remaining having besmeared slightly more than three hundred bones. "Wrapped in hide" means the hide situated below the outer skin and above the visible pleura, having enveloped the entire body; wrapped and enveloped by that hide. "Cammāvanaddha" is also a reading. "Covered with skin" means concealed, covered and remaining with an exceedingly fine outer skin. "Full of holes large and small" means having many holes. "Oozing" means oozing from the eyes, mouth, and so on. "Dripping" means dripping from the lower part. "Frequented by swarms of worms" means frequented by multitudes of various families of creatures such as mosquitoes and so on. "Filled with various impurities and stains" means filled with manifold portions of impurity.

71. Thereupon Māgaṇḍiya, wishing to ask "Those who have gone forth, go forth having abandoned human sensual pleasures for the sake of divine sensual pleasures, yet this one does not desire even divine sensual pleasures, and this too is a woman treasure - what then could his view be?" spoke the second verse. Therein, "if such a jewel" - he speaks with reference to a divine woman treasure. "A woman" - with reference to his own daughter. "Wrong view, ceremonial observances, and livelihood" means wrong view and morality and ascetic austerities and livelihood. "And what kind of rebirth in existence do you speak of" means "and what kind of rebirth in existence for oneself, or you, do you speak of?"

72. The two verses henceforth, because they occur by way of answering questions, have an obvious connection. Among them, the meaning in brief of the first verse - For him, for me, Māgaṇḍiya, having discriminated among the phenomena pertaining to the sixty-two wrong views, what is grasped thus "only this is the truth, anything else is vain" - thus "I say this" - does not exist, is not present, is not found. For what reason? For I, seeing the danger in views, not grasping any view, thoroughly discriminating the truths, saw internally, through the peace of lust and so on, Nibbāna itself, reckoned as internal peace.

"Danger" means misfortune. "Bringing suffering" means bringing suffering by way of bodily pain. "Bringing vexation" means together with mental pain. "Bringing anguish" means together with anguish. "Bringing fever" means with disturbance. "Not to disenchantment" means not for the purpose of becoming disenchanted with the round of rebirths. "Not to dispassion" means not for the purpose of dispassion towards the round of rebirths. "Not to cessation" means not for the purpose of the cessation of the round of rebirths. "Not to peace" means not for the purpose of the peace of the round of rebirths. "Not to direct knowledge" means not for the purpose of directly knowing the round of rebirths. "Not to highest enlightenment" means not for the purpose of fully awakening from the round of rebirths through the removal of the sleep of mental defilements. "Not to Nibbāna" means not for the purpose of the deathless Nibbāna. But here, "to disenchantment" is insight. "To dispassion" is the path. "To cessation, to peace" is Nibbāna. "To direct knowledge, to highest enlightenment" is the path. "To Nibbāna" is Nibbāna itself. Thus, insight is stated in one place, the path in three, and Nibbāna in three - the defining discussion should be understood in this way. But by way of exposition, all of these are indeed synonyms for the path as well as synonyms for Nibbāna.

"Internally the peace of lust" means through the peaceful state, the quenched state of internal lust, I looked upon Nibbāna, reckoned as internal peace. In "the peace of hate" and so on too, the same method applies. "Seeking" is a term of synopsis of the analytical explanation. "Discriminating" means increasing and making clear the truths. "Thoroughly discriminating" means making clear those very same individually. Some explain it as "seeking." "I saw" means I looked upon. "I perceived" means I pierced through. "I beheld" means I touched with wisdom. "I penetrated" means I made directly visible through knowledge.

73. The meaning in brief of the second verse - These wrong views are called "judgments" because they have been grasped after having been decided upon by those various beings, and "designed" by the method beginning with their being conditioned by one's own conditions; you, sage, not grasping those phenomena of wrong views, this meaning which you speak of as "internal peace" - tell me, how has that been declared by the wise, how has that been made known by the wise? - thus he says.

The description of this verse is clear in meaning, setting aside the term "ultimate reality." Therein, "whatever is the ultimate reality" means whatever is the highest, Nibbāna.

74. Then the Blessed One, showing the means together with its opposite - by which means that state was made known by the wise - spoke the verse "not by view." Therein, by "not by view" and so on, he rejects view, tradition, the eight attainments, knowledge, and external moral rules and austerities. In "suddhimāha," the word "āha" stated here should be connected everywhere with the negative particle, and leading to the former triad of terms, the meaning should be understood thus: "I do not speak of purity by view, I do not speak of it." And just as here, so also in the further terms. And therein, "not without view" means I do not speak of it without the tenfold right view. Likewise, "not without tradition" means without the ninefold hearing. "Not without knowledge" means without the knowledge of ownership of actions and the knowledge conforming to truth. "Not without morality" means without the Pātimokkha restraint. "Not without austerity" means without the ascetic practices. "Nor by that" means the meaning should be understood thus: I do not speak of it by the mere possession of any single one among those, beginning with view. "Having abandoned these and not grasping" means having abandoned these former phenomena of the dark side, distinguished as view and so on, by the making of uprooting; and not grasping even the latter ones of the bright side, distinguished as not-without-view and so on, by the attaining of non-identification. "Peaceful, not depending, one should not long for existence" means by this practice, peaceful through the appeasement of lust and so on, not depending on any phenomenon among the eye and so on, one should not long for even a single existence, one would be able not to desire, not to wish for - this is his internal peace: such is the intention.

"Hearing also should be desired" means hearing by way of discourses and so on also should be wished for. "These mental states are requisites" means these mental states beginning with right view are requisites in the sense of being helpful. "Belonging to the dark side" means of existences on the unwholesome side. "Abandoning through uprooting should be desired" means abandoning through rightly striking down, through eradication, should be wished for. "In wholesome mental states of the three elements" means in those of the three planes, reckoned as sensual, fine-material, and immaterial, arisen from proficiency. "Non-identification" means the state of being free from craving.

75. When this was said, Māgaṇḍiya, not discerning the meaning of the words, spoke the verse "no ce kira" ("if indeed not"). Therein, "view" and so on are in the manner already stated. But he said in both cases with reference to those belonging to the dark side only. However, having connected the word "āha" with the word "no ce," the meaning should be seen thus: "no ce kira āha" means "if indeed not, he spoke" (no ce kira kathesī). "Momūha" means extremely deluded, or deluding. "Paccenti" means they know. The description of this verse too is clear in meaning.

76. Then the Blessed One, rejecting his question based on that view, spoke the verse "And in dependence on wrong view." Its meaning is - You, Māgaṇḍiya, asking again and again in dependence on wrong view, whatever wrong views have been grasped by you, regarding those very grasped ones you have come to delusion, and from this internal peace spoken of by me, or from the practice, or from the teaching of the Teaching, you do not see even a subtle perception of what is fitting; for that reason you regard this Teaching as sheer delusion.

"Attachment in dependence on attachment" means having clung to the attachment of wrong view, the attachment of wrong view. "Bondage" means the bondage of wrong view. "Impediment" means the impediment of wrong view.

"You have plunged into darkness" means you have entered into dense darkness. "The perception of what is fitting" means the perception of what is fitting regarding the duties of an ascetic. "The perception of what is attained" means the perception obtained regarding the duties of an ascetic. "The perception of attachment" means the perception that is perceived. "The perception of reason" means the perception of cause. "The perception of state" means the perception of reason. "Does not obtain" means does not gain. "Whence then knowledge" means but for what reason will you obtain path knowledge. "Or impermanent" means the five aggregates are impermanent in the sense of non-existence after having been. "Or what is in conformity with the perception of impermanence" means the perception arisen as "the five aggregates are impermanent" is the perception of impermanence; what is in conformity with that perception, non-repulsive, is what is in conformity with the perception of impermanence. What is that? Insight knowledge. For the two insight knowledges that are in conformity with the perception of suffering and the perception of non-self too, the same method applies.

77. Having thus shown Māgaṇḍiya's falling into contention through delusion regarding those things taken up, now showing his own freedom from contention as one free from delusion regarding those and other phenomena, he spoke the verse "equal, superior." Its meaning is - Whoever imagines thus in three ways, by conceit or by view or by person, he on account of that conceit, or on account of that view, or on account of that person would dispute. But whoever, like us, unshaken in these three discriminations, for him there is no "equal" or "superior"; "nor inferior" is the remainder of the reading. The description of this verse too is self-evident.

78. And what is more - The verse "Truth - that one." Its meaning is - He, such a one who has eliminated conceit and wrong view, one like me, a brahmin by way of having warded off evil and so on - what would he say "Only this is the truth," what subject matter would he declare, or by what reason would he declare it, or by what conceit, by what wrong view, or on account of what person would he dispute "Mine is the truth, yours is falsehood"? In whom, one like me, one who has eliminated the mental corruptions, there is no imagining of equal by way of the occurrence "I am equal," or unequal by way of the occurrence of the other two states - with whom among those who are equal and so on would he engage in dispute, with whom would he rejoin? The description of this verse too is clear in meaning.

79. Is it not that definitively such a person - The verse "Having abandoned the abode." Therein, "having abandoned the abode" means having abandoned the occasion for consciousness of the material element and so on, through the abandoning of desire and lust therein. "Faring without a dwelling" means not resorting, through the influence of craving, to the abode of material signs and so on. "The sage not making intimacies in the village" means not making intimacies with householders in the village. "Empty of sensual pleasures" means widely separated from all sensual pleasures through the absence of desire and lust for sensual pleasures. "Not putting anything forward" means not bringing into existence individual existence in the future. "He would not engage in dispute with people" means he would not speak quarrelsome talk together with people.

"Hāliddakāni" means a householder named thus. "He approached the Venerable Mahākaccāna" (yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkami): "yena" is an instrumental expression used in the locative sense. Therefore the meaning here should be understood thus: where Mahākaccāna was, there he approached. Or by whatever reason Mahākaccāna should be approached by gods and humans, by that reason he approached - thus the meaning here should be understood. And for what reason should Mahākaccāna be approached? With the intention of attaining various kinds of distinguished qualities, like a great tree that is always bearing fruit approached by flocks of birds with the intention of enjoying its sweet fruit. "Approached" (upasaṅkami) means he went - this is what is said. "Having approached" (upasaṅkamitvā) is an indication of the completion of the approaching. Or alternatively, having thus gone, having gone from there to a nearer place reckoned as the proximity of Mahākaccāna - this too is what is said.

"Having paid respect" (abhivādetvā) means having paid homage with the fivefold prostration. Now, wishing to ask about the purpose for which he had come to attend upon Mahākaccāna, having placed on his head the salutation with joined palms resplendent with the joining of ten fingernails, he sat down to one side. "To one side" (ekamantaṃ) is a neuter expression denoting a state, as in such passages as "the moon and sun revolve unevenly." Therefore, the meaning here should be understood thus: just as one who is seated is seated to one side, so he sat down. Or this is an accusative expression used in the locative sense. "Sat down" (nisīdi) means he arranged a sitting. For the wise gods and humans, having approached one who holds the place of a teacher, sit down to one side through skilfulness in seating. And this householder was one of them; therefore he sat down to one side.

But how is one who is seated, seated to one side? By avoiding the six faults of sitting. As follows? Too far, too near, upwind, on a raised place, too directly in front, and too far behind. For one seated too far away, if he wishes to speak, he has to speak in a loud voice. One seated too near causes physical contact. One seated upwind afflicts with bodily odour. One seated on a raised place displays disrespect. One seated too directly in front, if he wishes to look, has to look eye to eye. One seated too far behind, if he wishes to look, has to look by stretching out his neck. Therefore this one too, having avoided these six faults of sitting, sat down. Therefore it was said - "He sat down to one side."

"Said this" means he said this. "This was said, venerable sir, Kaccāna, by the Blessed One in the Aṭṭhakavagga, in Māgaṇḍiya's Question" means there is in the Aṭṭhakavagga a question called Māgaṇḍiya's Question; in that question.

"The material element" means the aggregate of matter is intended. "Shackled by lust for the material element" means shackled by lust in the material element. "Consciousness" means action-consciousness. "One who fares in an abode" means one who fares in a house, one who fares in attachment. But why was it not said here "the consciousness element, householder"? For the purpose of dispelling confusion. For "abode" in meaning is called a condition, and prenascent action-consciousness is a condition for both postnascent action-consciousness and resultant consciousness, and resultant consciousness is a condition for both resultant consciousness and action-consciousness; therefore there would be confusion as to "which consciousness is meant here?" For the purpose of dispelling that, without taking that up, the teaching was given unconfused. Furthermore, since the four stations of consciousness with volitional activity have been stated as being by way of resultant and object, consciousness was not taken up here in order to show those as well.

"Involvements and clingings" means two involvements by way of craving-involvement and view-involvement, and the four kinds of clinging beginning with clinging to sensual pleasures. "Mental standpoints, adherences and underlying tendencies" means those that have become the standpoints of unwholesome consciousness, and that have become the adherences, and that have become the underlying tendencies. "Of the Tathāgata" means of the Perfectly Self-awakened One. For indeed these have been abandoned by all those who have eliminated the mental corruptions, but since the Teacher's state of having eliminated the mental corruptions is exceedingly well-known in the world, it was stated thus by way of the highest point. "Regarding the consciousness element" - why was consciousness taken up here? For the purpose of showing the abandoning of mental defilements. For mental defilements are not abandoned only in the four aggregates alone; they are abandoned in the five as well - thus it was taken up for the purpose of showing the abandoning of mental defilements. "Thus, householder, one is one who fares without an abode" means thus, by action-consciousness not resorting to an abode, one is called one who fares without an abode.

"Shackled by the spreading out in the abode of the sign of matter" means matter itself is the sign in the sense of being a condition for mental defilements; it is the abode in the sense of being a dwelling place reckoned as the function of being an object - thus "the abode of the sign of matter." Spreading out and shackle are spreading out and shackle. For by both, the state of being spread out and the state of being shackled of mental defilements is stated; "spreading out and shackle in the abode of the sign of matter" is "shackled by the spreading out in the abode of the sign of matter"; therefore the meaning is: by the spreading out of mental defilements and by the bondage of mental defilements arisen in the abode of the sign of matter. "Is called 'one who dwells in an abode'" means one who resorts to a dwelling place in the sense of making it an object is called one who dwells in an abode. "Abandoned" means those spreading out and shackles of mental defilements in the abode of the sign of matter have been abandoned.

But why here are the five aggregates spoken of as "abode" and the six objects as "dwelling"? Because of the strength and weakness of desire and lust. For even though both of these are in the domain of being objects in the sense of attachment, "abode" without qualification refers only to the house itself, while "dwelling" refers to a place of residence such as a park and so on, which is an appointed place where one thinks "Today we shall play at such and such a place." Therein, just as desire and lust is powerful in a house full of children, wife, wealth, and grain, so it is in the internal aggregates. But just as it is weaker than that in parks and such places, so it is in the six external objects - thus it should be understood that the teaching was given in this way because of the strength and weakness of desire and lust.

"Happy when they are happy" means when the attendants are happy by way of gaining wealth, grain, and so on, thinking "Now I shall obtain agreeable robes, agreeable food," he is happy with happiness connected with the household life, and he goes about as if himself experiencing the success they have attained. "Unhappy when they are unhappy" means when suffering has arisen for them for whatever reason, he himself is afflicted with twofold suffering. "In duties to be done" means in what are to be done, reckoned as duties. "He himself commits to exertion" means he himself commits to the application, the fitness to be done, of those duties.

"In sensual pleasures" means in objective sensual pleasures. "Thus, householder, one is not rid of sensual pleasures" means thus one is not rid of defilement-sensual pleasures.

Not hollow by being within sensual pleasures. The bright side should be understood as empty and hollow through the absence of those.

"Putting forward" means placing the round of rebirths in front. Regarding "may I be of such matter" and so on, among forms such as long, short, dark, and white, one desires "May I be of such matter." Among feelings such as pleasant and so on, one named "of such feeling." Among perceptions such as the perception of blue and so on, one named "of such perception." Among activities such as meritorious volitional activity and so on, one named "of such activities." Among consciousnesses such as eye-consciousness and so on, one desires "May I be of such consciousness."

"Not putting forward" means not placing the round of rebirths in front. "What I say is consistent, what you say is inconsistent" means your word is inconsistent, not smooth; mine is consistent, smooth, sweet, like a sweet beverage. "What you have thought out for so long has been turned inside out" means that which was practised by you over a long time, well mastered, all that, upon encountering my argument, has been turned inside out in a moment, overturned. "Your doctrine has been refuted" means a fault has been imputed upon you by me. "Go and free yourself from your doctrine" means having approached this or that teacher, seeking a reply, go, wander about, for the release from this doctrine. "Or disentangle yourself if you can" means then if you yourself are able, disentangle yourself right here.

80. He, being of such a kind - the verse "Secluded from which views." Therein, "from which" means from which wrong views and so on. "Secluded one would wander" means rid of them one would wander. "The noble one would not speak having taken them up" means the noble one, in the manner beginning with "one who does not commit offence," would not wander having taken up those wrong views. "Water-born lotus" means a water-born plant with a thorny stalk, born in water designated as moisture; it is said to mean a lotus. "Just as untainted by water and mud" means just as that lotus is untainted by water and by mud. "Thus the sage who speaks of peace, without greed" means thus the sage who speaks of internal peace is without greed because of the absence of greed. "Untainted by sensual pleasures and the world" means he is untainted by the twofold sensual pleasures and the world beginning with the realms of misery, by both kinds of smearing.

"Does not commit offence" means does not commit faults beginning with the unwholesome. "Does not go" means does not go by way of bias. "Does not come back" means does not approach the abandoned mental defilements. "Evil" means inferior. "Unwholesome" means arisen from lack of proficiency. "Does not come again to those mental defilements" means whatever mental defilements have been abandoned, he does not come again to those mental defilements. "Does not fall back" means does not approach back. "Does not return" means does not turn back again.

"Rough stalk" means a stalk with rough leaves, a harsh stalk. "With greed abandoned" means with greed relinquished. "With greed vomited" means with greed ejected. "With greed released" means with greed whose bondage is cut. "With greed eliminated" means with greed given up. "With greed relinquished" means with greed given back in such a way that it does not again ascend to the mind. In the case of "without lust" and so on above too, the same method applies. All of these are synonyms for the state of relinquishment of the grasping that was previously grasped.

81. And what is more - The verse "one who has attained the highest knowledge is not." Therein, "one who has attained the highest knowledge is not one who goes by view" means one who has attained the highest knowledge through the four paths, one like me, is not one who goes by view, or one who goes by view, or one who falls back upon that as having substance. Therein, the meaning of the term - "One who goes" means a goer. With the instrumental case, "one who goes by view" means one who goes by view. With the genitive case used in the accusative sense, "one who goes by view" also means one who goes by view. "Nor by what is thought does he approach conceit" means even by what is thought, distinguished as sensed form and so on, he does not approach conceit. "For he is not made of that" means through the influence of craving and wrong view one is made of that, heading for that; but this one is not like that. "He is not to be guided by action, nor by learning" means he is not to be guided by action such as meritorious volitional activity and so on, or by learning such as purification through learning and so on. "He is not led into attachments" means he, because of the abandoning of both involvements, is not led into any attachments of craving and wrong view.

"By what is sensed or" means here what is sensed means odours, flavours, and tangible objects. "Leads conceit" means does not approach the conceit 'I am'. "Does not approach" means does not come near. "Does not go to" means having gone towards, does not remain. "Made of that" means produced by that.

82. And for one of such a kind, the verse "for one dispassionate towards perception." Therein, "for one dispassionate towards perception" means of one whose perception of sensuality and so on has been eliminated through meditative development preceded by the perception of renunciation. By this term, one liberated in both ways, having serenity meditation as vehicle, is intended. "For one liberated by wisdom" means of one liberated from all mental defilements through meditative development preceded by insight. By this, a dry insight practitioner is intended. "Those who have grasped perception and view, they wander in the world clashing" means those who have grasped perception such as the perception of sensuality and so on, they are particularly householders on account of sensual pleasures; and those who have grasped view, they are particularly those gone forth on account of the Teaching - they wander clashing with one another.

"Whoever develops the noble path preceded by serenity meditation" means whatever person, having made serenity meditation the forerunner, the leader, develops the noble path together with insight; the meaning is that having first produced concentration, afterwards he produces the noble path together with insight. "For him from the beginning" means for that person from the first meditative absorption onwards. "With reference to" means dependent on, having come to. "The mental knots are suppressed" means the mental knots are made distant. "When arahantship is attained" means when the fruition of arahantship is attained. "Of the Worthy One" means of one established in the fruition of arahantship. "Mental knots and delusions" and so on - all mental defilements have been abandoned.

"Whoever develops the noble path preceded by insight meditation" means whatever person, having made insight the forerunner, the leader, develops the noble path; the meaning is that having first produced insight, afterwards he develops concentration associated with the noble path. "For him from the beginning with reference to" means for that person beginning from insight, dependent on insight. "Delusions are suppressed" - here "suppressed" means brought far away by the power of perception. "They clash" means those who grasp the perception of sensuality and so on, they oppress by the power of perception. "They collide" means they oppress from here and there. Now, in order to show those who clash, the elaboration is stated by the method beginning with "Kings quarrel with kings." "They attack one another with fists" - here, they strike one another with hands. "With clods" means with broken pieces of earthenware. "With sticks" means with short sticks. "With knives" means with double-edged knives.

"Because volitional activities have not been abandoned" means by the state of not having been abandoned of the volitional activities beginning with merit. "They clash regarding destination" means they oppress and undergo striking regarding the destination that is to be gone to and that serves as a support. In the case of hell and so on too, the same method applies. The remainder here is clear in itself since the method has been stated.

In the Saddhammappajjotikā, the Commentary on the Mahāniddesa,

the Explanation of the Māgaṇḍiyasutta Niddesa is finished.

10.

Explanation of the Purābhedasutta Niddesa

83. In the tenth, in the analytic explanation of the Purābheda Discourse, beginning with "of what vision" - the origin of this discourse and of the five discourses following it - the Kalahavivāda, Cūḷabyūha, Mahābyūha, Tuvaṭaka, and Attadaṇḍa Discourses - should be understood in general in the same manner as stated in the commentary on the Sammāparibbājanīya Discourse. But in particular, just as at that great assembly, in order to teach the Teaching by way of what was suitable for the deities of lustful temperament, having had the created Buddha ask himself, he spoke the Sammāparibbājanīya Discourse, so too at that very great assembly, having known the minds of the deities in whom the thought had arisen "What indeed should be done before the breaking up of the body?" for the purpose of assisting them, having brought through the sky a created Buddha with a retinue of twelve hundred and fifty monks, having had him ask himself, he spoke this discourse.

How? Buddhas are great, these are distinctions of beings: whatever in the world with its gods has been seen, heard, sensed, cognised, attained, sought after, pondered over by the mind - there is nothing whatsoever anywhere, neither a visual object among visual objects classified by way of blue and so on, nor a sound and other objects among sound objects and so on classified by way of drum sounds and so on, that does not come into the range of their knowledge-door. As he said - "Whatever, monks, in the world with its gods, etc. among the generation with its gods and humans, has been seen, heard, sensed, cognised, attained, sought after, pondered over by the mind - that I know, that I have directly known." Thus the Blessed One, whose knowledge is unobstructed everywhere, divided all those deities into two portions by way of the capable and the incapable. Beings described by the method beginning with "possessed of obstruction by kamma" are called incapable. Even if they are dwelling in the same monastery, the Buddhas do not look upon them. But the opposite are called capable. Even if they are dwelling far away, having gone, they treat them kindly. At that assembly of deities, having set aside those who were incapable, he comprehended the capable ones. Having comprehended them, "This many here are of lustful temperament, this many are of hateful temperament and so on" - thus he made six portions by way of temperament. Then, reflecting upon the teaching of the Teaching suitable for them, "For the gods of lustful temperament I shall teach the Sammāparibbājanīya Discourse, for those of hateful temperament the Kalahavivāda Discourse, for those of deluded temperament the Mahābyūha Discourse, for those of discursive-thinking temperament the Cūḷabyūha Discourse, for those of faith temperament the Tuvaṭaka Discourse, for those of intelligence temperament I shall teach the Purābheda Discourse" - having thus determined the teaching, he again attended in mind to that assembly - "Should they know by one's own disposition, or by another's disposition, by the arising of an occasion, or by way of questioning?" Then, having known "They should know by way of questioning," and "Is there indeed anyone capable of taking the disposition of the deities and asking a question by way of temperament?" - he saw that "Among those five hundred monks, not even one is able." Then, having collected together the eighty great disciples and the two chief disciples, having seen "They too are not able," he thought - "If there were an Individually Enlightened One, would he be able?" Having known "He too would not be able," he collected together thinking "Would anyone among Sakka, Suyāma, and so on be able?" For if anyone among them were able, having had him ask, he himself would answer. But not even anyone among them is able. Then this occurred to him - "Only a Buddha like me would be able; but is there another Buddha anywhere?" - having spread his infinite knowledge across infinite world systems, looking upon the world, he did not see another Buddha. And this is not wonderful, that he should not now see one equal to himself; even on the day of his birth, by the method stated in the commentary on the Brahmajāla Sutta, not seeing one equal to himself, he roared the irrefutable lion's roar: "I am the foremost in the world." Thus, not having seen another equal to himself, he thought - "If I were to ask and I myself were to answer, those deities would not be able to penetrate it. But when another Buddha himself asks and I answer, it will be marvellous, and the deities will be able to penetrate it; therefore I shall create a created Buddha" - having attained the meditative absorption that is the foundation for direct knowledge, and having emerged, "Let the taking of bowl and robe, the looking ahead, the looking aside, the bending and the stretching be just like mine" - having done the preliminary work with sensual-sphere consciousnesses, he determined with fine-material-sphere consciousness: "Let it come as if the disc of the moon, rising over the eastern enclosure of Yugandhara, were breaking through and coming forth." The assembly of gods, having seen that, said "Has another moon also risen, friend?" Then, having left aside the moon, when it came nearer, "It is not the moon, the sun has risen." Again when it came nearer, "It is not the sun, it is a heavenly mansion." Again when it came nearer, "It is not a heavenly mansion, it is a young god." Again when it came nearer, "It is not a young god, it is a Great Brahmā." Again when it came nearer, "It is not a Great Brahmā, another Buddha also has come, friend," they said.

Therein the worldling deities thought - "For just one Buddha this is the gathering of deities. For two, how great will it be!" The noble deities thought - "In one world system there are not two Buddhas; surely the Blessed One has created another single Buddha similar to himself." Then, while that very assembly of gods was watching, the created Buddha, having come and having paid homage to the One of Ten Powers, sat down on a seat prepared at a place directly facing him, made exactly equal. The Blessed One had the thirty-two marks of a great man, the created one too; from the Blessed One's body six-coloured rays issued forth, from the created one's too; the Blessed One's bodily rays struck against the created one's body, the created one's rays struck against the Blessed One's body. Those, having risen up from the bodies of both Buddhas, having reached the highest point of existence, having turned back from here and there, having descended to the limit of the heads of the deities from head to head, became established at the rim of the world-circle. The entire interior of the world-circle shone like a shrine house bound with curved golden rafters. The deities of the ten-thousand world-systems, gathered in a single world-circle, having entered into the interior of the rays of the two Buddhas, stood there. The created one, even while sitting down, spoke a verse asking about higher wisdom and so on by the method beginning with "of what vision, of what character, is one called 'at peace'."

Therein, as regards the question, to begin with, that created one by "of what vision" asks about higher wisdom, by "of what character" asks about higher morality, and by "at peace" asks about higher consciousness. The remainder is well-known.

For the purpose of elucidating the created Buddha and so on, in the Peṭaka -

"He approaches the Teaching, inquiring, the wholesome, connected with benefit;

He does not live, he is not quenched, he is not dead - which person do the Buddhas call that?

"One whose wandering in the round of rebirths is ended, yet not one who has vomited lust, not a trainee either, nor one who has seen the Teaching in this present life;

One who has not eliminated the mental corruptions, bearing the final body - which person do the Buddhas call that?

"Not endowed with the truth of suffering, not with the truth of path - whence then cessation?

Very far, far from the truth of origin - which person do the Buddhas call that?

"Without root, nor dependent on matter, without condition, nor is he unconditioned;

Having the unconditioned as object, nor is he material - which person do the Buddhas call that?"

Was said.

Therein, it should be known that the first verse is spoken with reference to the created Buddha, the second verse with reference to the Bodhisatta in his last existence, the third verse with reference to the state of the fruition of arahantship, and the fourth verse with reference to one possessing the mind-door adverting consciousness that precedes the reviewing of Nibbāna in the immaterial-sphere of existence. "With what kind of vision" means by way of what kind of vision. "Of what form" means of what resemblance. "Of what manner" means of what sort. "Of what appearance" means of what mode.

"What I ask" means what person I ask about, explain that to me. "I request" means I entreat. "I entreat" means I command. "I inspire confidence in" means I produce pleasure in your continuity. "Tell" is a term of synopsis of the analytical explanation. "Declare" means speak by way of names, saying "these are the names" of what should be taught. "Teach" means show. "Make known" means cause to know. For one who establishes absorption by way of the door of knowledge is said to "make known." "Establish" means make known; the meaning is cause to proceed. Or, place at the door of knowledge. "Open up" means make unveiled; the meaning is having opened up, show. "Analyse" means making clear by the act of classification, show; this is the meaning. "Make clear" means make into the state of being obvious.

Or else, "declare" is the root term of the six terms beginning with "teach" and so on. The six terms beginning with "teach" and so on are stated for the purpose of revealing this meaning. Therein, "teach" means teach first in brief by way of synopsis, by way of those who understand quickly. For those who understand quickly penetrate what is stated in brief and what is stated first. "Make known" means make known by way of those who understand through elaboration, by satisfying their minds and by sharpening their higher intelligence, by way of analytical explanation in detail of what was first stated in brief. "Establish" means establish by way of detailed exposition, by way of expanding through re-exposition of that very analytical explanation that was described. "Open up" means open up even what has been described by stating it again and again. "Analyse" means analyse even what has been stated again and again by making classification. "Make clear" means make clear by more detailed statement of what has been opened up and by illustrative statement of what has been analysed. This teaching is for the penetration even of those who need to be guided.

84. In answering, however, the Blessed One, without answering higher wisdom and so on in their own form, but explaining only the peace of those mental defilements by the efficacy of which - through higher wisdom and so on - one is called "at peace," in conformity with the dwelling places of the various deities, spoke the verses beginning with "Free from craving." Therein, the connection of the first eight verses should be understood with this verse "Him I call 'at peace'." For those beyond that, with this very last term "he indeed is called 'peaceful'."

The method of the word-by-word explanation - "Free from craving before the dissolution" means whoever, even before the breaking up of the body, has already eliminated craving. "Not dependent on the past" means not dependent on the past, classified as the past period of time and so on. "Not to be reckoned in the middle" means even in the present period of time, he should not be reckoned by the method beginning with "lustful." "For him there is nothing put forward" means for that Worthy One, due to the absence of the two kinds of putting forward, there is nothing put forward even in the future period of time. "Him I call 'at peace'" - thus the explanation here should be understood. This same method applies everywhere.

"Before the collapse of the body" means even before the collapse of the material body. "Of individual existence" means of the entire individual existence. "Before the discarding of the corpse" means before the discarding of the corpse, before the laying down of the body. "Before the arrest of the life faculty" means even before the arrest of the twofold life faculty.

"The past is called the past period of time" means the portion reckoned as the past end is spoken of as "the past period of time, the elapsed time." "Referring to the past period of time" means dependent on the past time, craving has been abandoned.

Showing yet another exposition of the Bhaddekaratta, he said beginning with "or else." Therein, "I was of such matter" means "even though being dark, I was of the colour of a sapphire" - thus, "I was of such matter" is by way of pleasant matter only. "Of such feeling" is by way of wholesome, pleasant, and pleasurable feeling only. "Of such perception" is by way of perception and so on that are associated with that only. "Of such activities." "I was of such consciousness in the past period of time, therein one does not pursue delight" means one does not continue rolling on craving or wrong view associated with craving regarding those matter and so on. Showing by another method of exposition the Mahākaccāna Bhaddekaratta exposition, he said beginning with "or else, thus my eye was." Therein, "eye" means eye-sensitivity. "Forms" means forms originating from four sources. By this method the remaining sense bases too should be understood. "Consciousness" means the consciousness that is the support. "Does not delight in that" means one does not delight in that eye and forms by way of craving and wrong view. "Thus my mind was, thus mental phenomena" - here, however, "mind" means the life-continuum consciousness. "Mental phenomena" means the three-plane mind-object. "Laughing, talking and playing" means laughing showing the teeth, and talking by verbal expression, and playing such as bodily amusement and so on - these are laughing, talking and playing. "Does not enjoy that" means one does not delight in those laughing and so on. "Does not desire that" means one does not make it desirable. "Does not find happiness on account of that" means one does not reach contentment on account of that.

"Present" means that which has arisen dependent on this or that condition. "Not to be reckoned as lustful" means he should not be brought to the reckoning as lustful through lust. The same method applies further above as well. Regarding "may I be of such matter" and so on, the delight, which is reckoned as the occurrence of craving and wrong view, should be understood as the pursuing, by way of sublime and pleasant matter and so on only. "Does not direct" means does not place by way of aspiration. "By reason of non-aspiration" means not by the cause of placing an aspiration.

85. "Fearless" means not trembling on account of this or that loss. "Not boastful" means one whose habit is not to boast about morality and so on. "Without remorse" means free from remorse of the hands and so on. "Speaking with wisdom" means one who speaks words having grasped them with wisdom. "Unagitated" means free from restlessness. "He indeed is restrained in speech" means he is restrained and self-controlled in speech; he is one who speaks words free from the four faults.

"Without wrath" means what has indeed been said - what was spoken as "not prone to wrath, without wrath, free from wrath," wishing to speak about wrath first, he said "but first wrath should be explained." "First wrath should be explained" means wrath should be spoken of first. "Wrath arises in ten ways" means wrath arises for ten reasons. "He has done harm to me" means he has caused my decline; by this method the meaning should be understood in all terms. "Or else wrath arises without reason" means wrath arises without cause. For a certain one becomes angry thinking "the rain god rains too much," becomes angry thinking "it does not rain," becomes angry thinking "the sun is scorching," becomes angry thinking "it does not scorch," becomes angry even when the wind blows, becomes angry even when it does not blow, being unable to sweep becomes angry at the Bodhi tree leaves, being unable to put on his robe becomes angry at the wind, having stumbled becomes angry at the stump. With reference to this it was said - "Or else wrath arises without reason." Therein, in the nine instances below, because it has arisen with reference to beings, there is a distinction of course of action.

But striking without reason, having arisen regarding activities, does not constitute a distinction of course of action. "Having arisen striking the mind" means resentment of the mind. Stronger than that is repulsion. Aversion is by way of striking against. "One is hostile" (paṭivirujjhati) thus it is opposition (paṭivirodha). Irritation is by way of being agitated. "Fury" and "rage" - the term is extended by means of a prefix. Hate is by way of being hostile. "Corruption" and "wickedness" - the term is extended by means of a prefix. "Mental corruption" means the state of the mind having gone wrong, the manner of being overturned. "Arising while corrupting the mind" means ill-will. Wrath is by way of being angry. The manner of being angry is anger. The state of one who is angry is the state of being angry. "One becomes corrupted" (dussati) thus it is hate (dosa). "Hating" (dussanā) means the manner of being hostile. "The state of having hated" (dussitattaṃ) means the state of having become hostile. Being corrupted in the sense of abandoning one's natural state is corruption (byāpatti). "Being corrupted" (byāpajjanā) means the manner of being corrupted. "One opposes" (virujjhati) thus it is opposition (virodha). "One opposes again and again" thus it is hostility (paṭivirodha). Or this is said by way of the manner of opposing and the manner of counter-opposing. A fierce one is called fierce (caṇḍa), an obstinate person; the state of that is ferocity (caṇḍikka). By this there is no well-established speech; it is only badly spoken and incomplete - thus it is harshness (asuropa). For at the time of anger there is no such thing as complete speech; even if anyone has it, that is negligible. Others, however, say "harshness (assuropa) is from the causing of tears (assuropana) in the sense of producing tears (assujanana)"; that is without reason, because pleasure too produces tears. "Displeasure" (anattamanatā) is the absence of pleasure, being the opposite of the pleasure stated below. But since that belongs to consciousness alone, not to a being, therefore "of consciousness" was said.

"The excessive and slight degrees should be known" means the state of being excessive and the state of being slight, the state of being powerful and the state of being weak - this is the meaning. "At a certain time" means at one time. "Kañci kāla" is also a reading. "Is only enough to agitate the mind" means to the measure of agitating the mind, to the measure of making the mind defiled - this is the meaning. "Cittālasakaraṇamatto" is also a reading; that is not good. Its meaning is only enough to cause weariness of the mind. "But not yet enough to contract and distort the face" means the contraction and distortion of the face does not yet occur. "But not yet enough to move the jaws" means the moving of the two jaws back and forth does not yet occur. "But not yet enough to utter harsh speech" means going out externally by bringing forth from the mouth harsh speech that wounds the vital spots of others does not yet occur. "But not yet enough to look around in all directions" means looking again and again in the directions and intermediate directions for the purpose of a stick and so on for the purpose of attacking another does not yet occur.

"But not yet enough to seize a stick or weapon" means taking up a stick and a single-edged weapon and so on for the purpose of striking does not yet occur. "But not yet enough to raise a stick or weapon" means having raised up the aforesaid stick or weapon, striking does not yet occur. "But not yet enough to strike with a stick or weapon" means this twofold hurling for the purpose of striking another does not yet occur. "But not yet enough to cause cutting and wounding" means by hurling a stick, weapon, and so on, splitting another's body in two and causing wounds in various ways does not yet occur. "Chiddavicchiddakaraṇo" is also a reading. "But not yet enough to break and crush" means having broken the body, crushing it to bits does not yet occur. "But not yet enough to tear off limbs" means having seized the major and minor limbs, removing and dragging them off does not yet occur. "But not yet enough to deprive of life" means depriving of the life faculty does not yet occur. "But not yet established for the complete relinquishment of all" means having destroyed another's life entirely, being established for the purpose of destroying one's own life does not yet occur. This is what is meant - when, having deprived another of life, one stands for the purpose of depriving oneself of life, then it is called the complete relinquishment of all. For this was said by the Blessed One -

"Having cut off wrath one sleeps happily, having cut off wrath one does not grieve;

Of wrath with its poisonous root, with its sweet tip, brahmin,

The noble ones praise the murder, for having cut that off one does not grieve."

"When" (yato) means whenever (yadā). "Having destroyed another person" means having killed another person. "Destroys oneself" means kills oneself. "Has reached the highest intensity" means has gone to an exceedingly powerful state. "Has attained the highest expansion" means has attained an exceedingly extensive state. "Because wrath has been abandoned" means by the state of having been abandoned of wrath of the aforesaid kind through the path of non-returning. "Because the basis of wrath has been fully understood" means by the state of having been known, having pervaded through the full understandings of the known and of judgement, the basis which has become the support of wrath, which has become the cause, reckoned as the grounds of what is dear and what is not dear. "Because the cause of wrath has been cut off" means by the state of having been cut off of the productive cause of wrath, the arising of consciousness accompanied by displeasure.

"Fearful" means one who is habitually afraid. "Frightened" means one who is excessively afraid. "Terrified" means one who is afraid on all sides. "Fears" means fear arises. "Experiences terror" means reaches a deformed state. "Is a boaster" means one who is habitually given to speaking praise of oneself. "A vaunter" means one who is habitually given to speaking praise in various ways and in many kinds. "Or by birth" means or by the achievement of birth such as the state of being a warrior and so on. "Or by clan" means or by a superior clan such as the Gotama clan and so on. "Or by being a son of good family" means or by the state of being of a great family. "Or by beauty of complexion" means or by the state of having a body endowed with beauty. For the body is called "pokkhara" (lotus); the meaning is by the state of being handsome through the achievement of beauty. "Or by wealth" and so on are of manifest meaning only.

"Remorse" is a term of synopsis of the analytical explanation. Therein, "remorse" means what is contemptibly done is badly done; the state of that is remorse. It has the characteristic of subsequent regret, the function of sorrowing over what was done and what was not done, the manifestation of regret, the proximate cause of what was done and what was not done; it should be seen as like slavery. "Remorse of the hands too" means what is contemptibly done by the hands is badly done; the state of that is remorse of the hands. In the case of remorse of the feet and so on too, the same method applies.

"Perceiving what is not allowable as allowable" means one eats bear meat thinking it is pork, eats leopard meat thinking it is deer meat, consumes food that is not allowable thinking it is allowable food, eats at the improper time with the perception that it is the proper time, drinks a beverage that is not allowable thinking it is an allowable beverage. This is perceiving what is not allowable as allowable. "Perceiving what is allowable as not allowable" means one eats pork thinking it is bear meat, eats deer meat thinking it is leopard meat, consumes allowable food thinking it is not allowable food, eats at the proper time with the perception that it is the improper time, drinks an allowable beverage thinking it is a not allowable beverage. This is perceiving what is allowable as not allowable. "Perceiving what is faultless as faulty" means perceiving what is faultless as having faults. "Perceiving what is faulty as faultless" means perceiving what has faults as faultless. "The act of having remorse" means the manner of having remorse. "The state of having remorse" means the state of being remorseful. "Regret of the mind" means the deformed state of recourse of consciousness. "Mental perplexity" means the perplexity of consciousness.

"Because of what has been done and because of what has not been done" means because of the fact of having done bodily misconduct and so on, and because of the fact of not having done bodily good conduct and so on. "Bodily misconduct was done by me" means conduct badly practised by me through the body because of being putrid with mental defilements was done by the body. "Bodily good conduct was not done by me" means conduct well practised by me through the body was not done. In the case of verbal misconduct, verbal good conduct and so on too, the same method applies, ending with cessation.

"Of consciousness" means not of a being, not of a person. "Restlessness" means the agitated mode. "Non-appeasement" means not appeasement. "The mind is distracted" means distraction of the mind; "turmoil of consciousness" means the confused state of consciousness, like confused vehicles, confused oxen and so on. By this, the writhing regarding a single object is spoken of. For restlessness writhes regarding a single object, while sceptical doubt regarding various objects. "This is called restlessness" means this state of being agitated is spoken of.

"Having abandoned false speech" - here, "falsely" means the verbal action or bodily action that destroys the welfare of one with the intention to deceive. With the intention to deceive, the volition that gives rise to the bodily and verbal action of deceiving another is false speech.

Another method - "falsely" means a subject matter that is not factual, that is untrue. "Speech" means the communicating of that as factual, as true. But by characteristic, false speech is the volition that gives rise to the intimation as true, of one who wishes to communicate to another an untrue subject matter as true; that is false speech. "Having abandoned" means having given up this immorality reckoned as the volition of lying. "Abstains" means from the time of abandoning onwards, he is simply abstaining from that immorality. "There is no 'I shall transgress' for him" - phenomena cognizable by eye and ear, how much more those cognizable by body - by this method, the meaning should be understood in other similar passages too.

"He speaks the truth" - thus he is a truth-speaker. "He connects truth with truth, joins them together" - thus he is devoted to truth. The meaning is that he does not speak falsely now and then. For whatever man sometimes speaks falsely, sometimes truthfully, because his truth is interrupted by false speech, truth is not joined with truth; therefore he is not devoted to truth. But this one is not like that; even for the sake of his life, not having spoken falsely, he connects truth with truth indeed - thus he is devoted to truth.

"Reliable" means firm, of firm speech - this is the meaning. For one person is not of firm speech, like turmeric dye, like a stump buried in a heap of chaff, and like a gourd placed on a horse's back; another is of firm speech, like an inscription on rock, like a gate post; even when someone is cutting off his head with a sword, he does not speak two different things - this one is called reliable.

"Trustworthy" means one who is to be relied upon, one who is to be believed - this is the meaning. For a certain person is not trustworthy; when it is said "who said this? So-and-so," it comes to the point where one must say "do not believe his word." Another is trustworthy; when it is said "who said this? So-and-so," it comes to the point where one must say "if it was said by him, this itself is the standard; now there is nothing to be further examined; it is just so" - this one is called trustworthy.

"Not a deceiver of the world" means by that truthfulness he does not deceive the world - this is the meaning.

In the passages beginning with "having abandoned divisive speech": the speech by which, to the one to whom he speaks that speech, he creates in that person's heart a sense of one's own dearness and a sense of the other's emptiness - that is divisive speech. But that by which one makes both oneself and another harsh, speech which is itself harsh, neither pleasant to the ear nor going to the heart - this is harsh speech. That by which one prattles frivolously what is pointless - that is idle chatter. The volition that is their root also obtains the designation of divisive speech and so on, and it is that very volition which is intended here.

"For the division of these" means for the division of those in whose presence what was heard from those referred to as "here." "Or one who reunites those who are divided" means having approached one by one two friends, or those having the same preceptor and so on, who have become divided for whatever reason, and having said such things as "For you who are born in such a family, who are so very learned, this is not proper," he is a maker and a supporter of reconciliation.

"A promoter" means a promoter of reconciliation. Having seen two people who are united, having said such things as "For you who are born in such a family, who are endowed with such virtues, this is befitting," he is a maker of strengthening - this is the meaning. "Concord is his delight" - thus "rejoicing in concord"; the meaning is that where there are no united people, he does not even wish to dwell there. "Samaggarāmo" is also a reading; the meaning here is the same. "Delighting in concord" means delighted among those who are united; the meaning is that he does not even wish to go elsewhere, leaving them. One who rejoices having seen or having heard those who are united - thus "taking delight in concord." "A speaker of words that create concord" means whatever speech makes beings united, he speaks that very speech which illuminates the virtue of concord, and not the other.

The volition that is exclusively harsh, instigated by bodily and verbal action that wounds the vital spots of another, is harsh speech. "Nelā": "ela" is called fault; "there is no ela in it" - thus "nelā"; the meaning is faultless, as the "ela" stated here in "Faultless, with white covering." "Pleasing to the ear": pleasant to the ears through the sweetness of phrasing; it does not produce pain in the ear like the piercing of a needle. Through the sweetness of meaning, without generating irritation in the whole body, it generates affection - thus "affectionate." It goes to the heart; without being repelled, it enters the mind with ease - thus "going to the heart." Through the completeness of qualities, it exists formerly - thus "urbane"; also "urbane" as delicate like a woman brought up in a city; also "urbane" as "this belongs to the city." The meaning is the talk of city-dwellers. For city-dwellers are indeed proper in their talk; they call one who is merely a father "father," they call one who is merely a brother "brother." Such talk is pleasant to many people - thus "pleasing to many people." By its very pleasant nature, it is agreeable to many people and promotes growth of mind - thus "agreeable to many people."

Idle chatter is the unwholesome volition that conveys what is unbeneficial, originating from bodily and verbal action. "He speaks at the right time" - thus "one who speaks at the right time"; the meaning is he speaks having discerned the proper time for what should be said. He speaks only what is factual, true, real, and of intrinsic nature - thus "one who speaks what is factual." He speaks having made it based only upon what is beneficial pertaining to the present life and the future life - thus "one who speaks what is beneficial." He speaks having made it based upon the nine supramundane teachings - thus "one who speaks on the Teaching." He speaks having made it based upon the discipline of restraint and the discipline of abandoning - thus "one who speaks on the discipline."

"Nidhāna" is called a place of depositing; "there is nidhāna in it" - thus "worth treasuring"; the meaning is he speaks words fit to be treasured in the heart. "Timely": even though speaking such words, he does not speak at an improper time thinking "I will speak words worth treasuring"; but the meaning is he speaks only having waited for the proper time. "Reasonable" means with analogy, with reason - this is the meaning. "Well-defined" means having shown the delimitation, he speaks in such a way that its boundary is evident - this is the meaning. "Connected with the goal": he speaks what is accomplished in meaning, because it cannot be exhausted even by one analysing it by many methods. Or alternatively, whatever benefit that speaker of what is beneficial speaks, because of being connected with that benefit, he speaks words connected with the goal; it is said that he does not set aside one thing and speak of another. "He speaks speech free from the four faults" means he speaks speech free from the four faults beginning with lying. "From the thirty-two kinds of pointless talk" means from the thirty-two kinds of talk that is an obstruction to heaven and deliverance.

"Ten topics of discussion" means the ten causes that serve as the basis for talk based upon the end of the round of rebirths, beginning with fewness of wishes. "Talk on fewness of wishes": here "of few wishes" means devoid of desire, without wishes, free from craving. For here the phrasing is as if with a remainder, but the meaning is without remainder. For indeed there is not even the slightest desire whatsoever for one who has eliminated the mental corruptions.

But here this distinction should be known: excessive desire, evil desire, great desire, and fewness of wishes - Therein, the longing of one unsatisfied with his own gain for another's gain is called excessive desire. For one possessed of that, even a ripe cake fallen into one's own bowl from a single portion appears as if not well-cooked and as if small; but that very same one, thrown into another's bowl, appears as if well-cooked and as if large. But the making known of non-existent virtues and immoderation in accepting is called evil desire; that has come right here itself by the method beginning with "here a certain one being faithless wishes 'May people know me as faithful.'" And a person possessed of that becomes established in hypocrisy. But the making known of existing virtues and immoderation in accepting is called great desire; that too has come by this method: "here a certain one being faithful wishes 'May people know me as faithful,' being moral wishes 'May people know me as moral.'" A person possessed of that is difficult to satisfy, and even a mother who has given birth is unable to win his heart. Therefore this is said -

"A great mass of fire, the ocean, and also a greedy person;

Let one give requisites by the cartload, these three are unsatisfiable."

But the concealment of existing virtues and moderation in accepting is called fewness of wishes. A person endowed with that, through the desire to conceal even the virtue existing in himself, being faithful, does not wish "May people know me as faithful." Being moral... secluded... is very learned... one putting forth strenuous energy... accomplished in concentration... one who is wise... being one who has eliminated the mental corruptions, does not wish "May people know me as one who has eliminated the mental corruptions" - just as the Elder Majjhantika. But a monk of few wishes thus gives rise to unarisen material gain, makes arisen material gain lasting, and pleases the minds of donors; for in whatever way he, through his fewness of wishes, takes little, in that very way people, faithful to his practice, give much.

There is also another fourfold one of few wishes - one of few wishes regarding requisites, one of few wishes regarding ascetic practices, one of few wishes regarding the Scriptures, and one of few wishes regarding achievement. Therein, one of few wishes regarding the four requisites is one of few wishes regarding requisites. He knows the disposition of the donor, knows the disposition of the gift, and knows his own strength. For if the gift is abundant but the donor wishes to give little, he takes little according to the donor's disposition. The gift is little but the donor wishes to give much - he takes little according to the disposition of the gift. Even when the gift is abundant and the donor too wishes to give much, having known his own strength, he takes only in measure.

One who does not wish to make known to others the existence in himself of the undertaking of ascetic practices is called one of few wishes regarding ascetic practices. But whoever does not wish to make known his state of being very learned, this one is called one of few wishes regarding the Scriptures. But whoever, having become a certain one among stream-enterers and so on, does not wish to make known his state of being a stream-enterer and so on, this one is called one of few wishes regarding achievement. But one who has eliminated the mental corruptions, having abandoned excessive desire, evil desire, and great desire, is called one of few wishes because of being endowed with the pure fewness of wishes that is in every respect the opposite of desire, reckoned as non-greed. One who says "Friends, excessive desire, evil desire, and great desire - these qualities are to be abandoned," having shown the danger in those, "one should undertake and practise such fewness of wishes" - speaks talk on fewness of wishes.

In the passages beginning with "talk on contentment" and so on, we shall explain only the distinctive meaning; the explanation, however, should be understood by the very method already stated. "Talk on contentment" means talk based upon contentment with whatever requisites. And this contentment is twelvefold. That is: Regarding robes, there is contentment with whatever is obtained, contentment according to one's strength, and contentment according to what is suitable - thus it is threefold. So too regarding almsfood and so on.

Here is the detailed explanation of that - Here a monk obtains a robe, whether beautiful or ugly. He sustains himself with just that, does not desire another, and even when obtaining one does not take it. This is his contentment with whatever is obtained regarding robes. But then whoever is either naturally weak or overcome by illness and ageing, and becomes wearied when wearing a heavy robe. He, having exchanged it with a fellow monk, even while sustaining himself with a light one, is still content. This is his contentment according to one's strength regarding robes. Another is one who obtains superior requisites. He, having obtained among woollen cloth robes and so on a certain costly robe, or many robes, having given them away thinking "Let this be for the elders, for those long gone forth, this is suitable for the very learned, this for the sick, this for those of little gain," and having taken their old robe, or having picked up rags from a rubbish heap and so on, having made a double robe from them and wearing it, is still content. This is his contentment according to what is suitable regarding robes.

Here again a monk obtains almsfood, whether coarse or superior; he sustains himself with just that, does not desire another, and even when obtaining it does not take it. This is his contentment with whatever is obtained regarding almsfood. But whoever obtains almsfood that is opposed to one's own nature or opposed to one's illness, by the use of which there is discomfort for him, he, having given that to a fellow monk, having eaten suitable food from his hand, even while practising the ascetic duty, is still content. This is his contentment according to one's strength regarding almsfood. Another obtains much superior almsfood; he, having given that, just as with the robe, to elders, those long gone forth, the very learned, those of little gain, and the sick, even while eating either their leftovers or mixed food obtained by walking for almsfood, is still content. This is his contentment according to what is suitable regarding almsfood.

Here again a monk obtains a lodging, whether agreeable or disagreeable; by that he produces neither pleasure nor displeasure; at the very least, he is satisfied even with a mat of grass, with whatever he has obtained. This is his contentment with whatever is obtained regarding lodging. But whoever obtains a lodging that is opposed to one's own nature or opposed to one's illness, where dwelling there is discomfort for him, he, having given that to a fellow monk, even while dwelling in a suitable lodging belonging to that monk, is still content. This is his contentment according to one's strength regarding lodging.

Another, of great merit, obtains many superior lodgings such as rock cells, pavilions, pinnacled buildings, and so on; he, having given those, just as with the robe, to elders, those long gone forth, the very learned, those of little gain, and the sick, even while dwelling anywhere at all, is still content. This is his contentment according to what is suitable regarding lodging. Whoever too, having reflected "An excellent lodging is indeed a ground for heedlessness; for one seated there, sloth and torpor descend upon him; and for one overcome by sleep, upon waking again, evil thoughts manifest," does not accept such a lodging even when it has been obtained; he, having rejected that, even while dwelling in the open air, at the root of a tree, and so on, is still content. This is his contentment according to what is suitable regarding lodging.

Here again a monk obtains medicine, whether coarse or superior; whatever he obtains, he is satisfied with just that, does not desire another, and even when obtaining it does not take it. This is his contentment with whatever is obtained regarding the requisite for the sick. But one who is in need of oil obtains molasses; he, having given that to a fellow monk, having taken oil from his hand, or having sought something else, even while preparing medicine, is still content. This is his contentment according to one's strength regarding the requisite for the sick.

Another, of great merit, obtains much superior medicine such as oil, honey, molasses, and so on; he, having given that, just as with robes, to elders, those long gone forth, the very learned, those of little gain, and the sick, even while sustaining himself with whatever they bring, is still content. But whoever, when in one vessel the four sweets are placed and in another urine-soaked yellow myrobalan, being told "Take, venerable sir, whichever you wish," if his illness is appeased by either of those, then, thinking "Urine-soaked yellow myrobalan has been praised by the Buddha and others," having rejected the four sweets, even while preparing medicine with the urine-soaked yellow myrobalan, is supremely content. This is his contentment according to what is suitable regarding the requisite for the sick. But among the three kinds of contentment individually in each requisite, contentment according to what is suitable is the foremost. A Worthy One is content in each requisite with all three of these.

"Talk on solitude" means talk based upon seclusion. For there are three kinds of seclusion - seclusion of the body, seclusion of the mind, and seclusion from clinging. Therein, one goes alone, one stands alone, one sits alone, one prepares one's sleeping place alone, one enters the village for almsfood alone, one returns alone, one goes forward alone, one determines upon the walking path alone, one walks alone, one dwells alone - this is called seclusion of the body. The eight meditative attainments are called seclusion of the mind. Nibbāna is called seclusion from clinging.

For this too was said - "Seclusion of the body is for those whose bodies are in seclusion, who delight in renunciation. Seclusion of the mind is for those with pure minds, who have attained the highest cleansing. Seclusion from clinging is for persons free from clinging, who have gone beyond activities."

"Talk on aloofness from society": here bonding through hearing, bonding through seeing, bonding through conversation, bonding through shared use, and bodily bonding - thus bonding is fivefold. Among these, here a monk hears: "In such and such a village or town there is a woman or girl who is lovely, beautiful, pleasing, endowed with the highest beauty of complexion." He, having heard that, sinks down, becomes dejected, is not able to maintain the holy life, without declaring weakness in the training, returns to the lower life. Thus lust arisen by way of the ear-consciousness process in one hearing either the achievement of beauty and so on being spoken of by others, or the sound of laughter, talk, or song by oneself, is called bonding through hearing.

Here a monk does not indeed hear, but he himself sees a woman or girl who is lovely, beautiful, pleasing, endowed with the highest beauty of complexion. He, having seen her, sinks down, becomes dejected, is not able to maintain the holy life, without declaring weakness in the training, returns to the lower life. Thus lust arisen by way of the eye-consciousness process in one looking at a form of the opposite kind is called bonding through seeing.

Lust arisen by way of mutual conversation and discussion is called bonding through conversation. Lust arisen by way of a monk taking what belongs to a nun, or a nun taking what belongs to a monk, and making use of it, is called bonding through shared use. Lust arisen by way of seizing the hand and so on is called physical contact. A Worthy One, with these five types of bonding, is aloof from all four assemblies together, and is both one freed from grasping and one freed from bonding. One speaking the praise of aloofness from society speaks talk on aloofness from society.

"Talk on arousal of energy": here, one whose energy has been exerted, whose bodily and mental energy is complete, does not allow a mental defilement arisen while walking to reach standing, does not allow a mental defilement arisen while standing to reach sitting, does not allow a mental defilement arisen while sitting to reach lying down, and goes about like one who crushes and seizes a black snake with a stick, and like one who treads upon the neck of an enemy - one speaking the praise of such a one who is putting forth strenuous energy speaks talk on arousal of energy.

In "talk on morality" and so on, "morality" means the fourfold purification morality. "Concentration" means the eight attainments that serve as the foundation for insight. "Wisdom" means mundane and supramundane knowledge. "Liberation" means the liberation of the fruition of arahantship. "Knowledge and vision of liberation" means the nineteenfold reviewing knowledge. One making known the virtues of morality and so on speaks talk on morality and so on.

"Talk on the establishments of mindfulness" and so on, ending with "having gone beyond attachment and the net, he is a sage," should be understood in accordance with what has been stated previously.

86. "Without attachment" means free from craving. "Seeing seclusion in contacts" means he sees the seclusion from self-nature and such states in present eye-contact and so on. "And he is not led by views" means he is not led by any view among the sixty-two views.

"One does not grieve over a changed object" means when any object whatsoever has been lost, having abandoned its natural state, one does not fall into sorrow. "Or regarding a changed" means regarding an object that is perishing.

"Eye-contact" means having made the eye the sense-base, the contact co-arisen with eye-consciousness is eye-contact. The same method applies in the remaining ones too. And here, the former ones have the eye-sensitivity and so on as their sense-base only; mind-contact, whether based on the heart-organ or without a sense-base, is all contact belonging to the four planes. "Designation-contact" means by method of exposition this is indeed its name. For the three immaterial aggregates, themselves becoming the supporting basis, give the name "designation-contact" to the contact co-arisen with them. "Impingement-contact" means but without qualification, impingement-contact is the contact belonging to the five doors. Designation-contact is the contact belonging to the mind-door. "Contact experienced as pleasant" means the contact that is conducive to and productive of pleasant feeling. The same method applies in the other two as well. "Wholesome contact" means the contact co-arisen with the twenty-one wholesome consciousnesses. "Unwholesome" means the contact co-arisen with the twelve unwholesome consciousnesses. "Indeterminate" means the contact co-arisen with the fifty-six indeterminate consciousnesses. "Sensual-sphere" means the contact co-arisen with the fifty-four sensual-sphere consciousnesses. "Fine-material-sphere" means associated with the fifteen fine-material-sphere consciousnesses beginning with wholesome and so on. "Immaterial-sphere" means associated with the twelve immaterial-sphere consciousnesses by way of wholesome and indeterminate.

"Empty" means the path arisen for one seeing with insight by way of observation of non-self is empty; the contact co-arisen with that is empty contact. The same method applies in the other two as well. "Signless" means here the path arisen for one seeing with insight by way of observation of impermanence is signless. "Desireless" means the path arisen for one seeing with insight by way of observation of suffering is desireless. "Mundane" means "world" is called the round of rebirths in the sense of crumbling and disintegrating; because of being included in that, engaged in the world - thus mundane, a phenomenon of the three planes. "Supramundane" means higher than the world, crossed over - thus supramundane; because of not being included in the world too - thus supramundane. "Or of a self" means or by way of individual existence. "Or of what belongs to a self" means or of what is dependent on self.

87. "Withdrawn" means gone away from that because lust and so on have been abandoned. "Not fraudulent" means not one who deceives by the three bases of scheming. "Not greedy" means one whose nature is not to covet; it is said to mean devoid of the craving of longing. "Without stinginess" means without the five kinds of stinginess. "Not impudent" means without bodily impudence and so on. "Not loathsome" means because of being accomplished in morality and so on, he is not to be loathed, is unadulterated, and is agreeable. "And not given to slander" means not engaged in divisive action that is to be brought together in two ways.

"Because lust has been abandoned" means by the state of having been abandoned of the mental defilement of lust through the path of arahantship. "The conceit 'I am' has been abandoned" means the conceit of elevation as "I am" has been abandoned by way of eradication.

"Three bases of scheming" means three causes of deceiving. In the passage beginning with "the basis of scheming called use of requisites," the deceiving that becomes the cause of offering even by cartloads thenceforth - by rejecting through evil desire on the part of one who actually desires them when invited with robes and so on, and having known those householders to have well-established confidence in oneself, then by accepting without revealing the mere desire for their favour when they, thinking "Oh, the noble one is of few wishes, he does not wish to accept anything; it would be well gained for us indeed if he would accept even a trifle," bring superior robes and so on by various means - should be understood as the basis of scheming called use of requisites. But the deceiving through deportment done with the intention of being honoured on the part of one having evil desires should be understood as the basis of scheming called deportment. But the deceiving in this way and that way through speech proclaiming the attainment of super-human achievement on the part of one having evil desires should be understood as the basis of scheming called indirect talk.

"What is called use of requisites" - here "use of requisites" is thus called "called use of requisites." "They invite" means here householders invite monks saying "Accept almsfood." Or this itself is the reading. Some read "nimantetī" or "vadantī." They cause such ones to be invited. The origination of the reading "nimantentī" should be seen. "He rejects the robe" means he refuses the robe. "This is suitable, that an ascetic" means whatever wearing of robes an ascetic does, this is suitable, befitting. "Or rags from shops" means cloths at shop doorways, without borders, old rags. "Having collected" means having gathered together. "By wandering for gleanings" means by going about for almsfood. "By morsels of almsfood" means by morsels obtained having made into a lump. "Or with cattle-urine" means or with cow's urine. "Should make medicine" means should perform the function of medicine. "Based on that" means from that point onwards. "An advocate of austere practices" means one who advocates the virtues of ascetic practice. "They invite more and more" means they invite again and again. "Through the presence" means by the presence; the meaning is by the state of existing. "Generates" means obtains. Because it is possible to do through the presence of faith, he said beginning with "through the presence of faith." Gifts are easily obtained and those worthy of offerings too, but faith is difficult to obtain. For the faith of a worldling is unstable; at each step it becomes different. Therefore, even a chief disciple like Mahāmoggallāna, being unable to be a surety, said: "For two of these things, friend, I am a surety - for wealth and for life; but for faith you yourself are the surety."

"Thus you will be excluded from merit" - here "by merit" (puññena) is an instrumental expression used in the sense of separation. You will be declined from merit, turned away. "Frowning" (bhākuṭikā) means the making of a frown by showing the face in the state of being fixed in the former position of exertion; what is meant is contraction of the face. One whose habit is making a frown is "a frowner" (bhākuṭiko); the state of a frowner is "the act of frowning" (bhākuṭiyaṃ). "Scheming" (kuhanā) means deceiving. The act of a schemer (kuhassa āyanā) is "the act of scheming" (kuhāyanā). The state of one who has schemed (kuhitassa bhāvo) is "the state of being a schemer" (kuhitattaṃ).

"Having evil desires" (pāpiccho) means one who wishes to display qualities one does not possess. "Overcome by desire" (icchāpakato) means afflicted by desire; the meaning is troubled. "With the intention of being honoured" (sambhāvanādhippāyo) means with the disposition of esteem. "Adjusts his walking" (gamanaṃ saṇṭhapeti) means he constructs his walking beginning with stepping forward; what is meant is he makes it pleasing. The same method applies to the others as well. "Walks with intention" (paṇidhāya gacchati) means having set up an aspiration, he walks. The same method applies in the remaining ones too. "Walks as if concentrated" (samāhito viya gacchati) means he walks as if having attained access concentration. The same method applies in the remaining ones too.

"He is as if a meditator within range" (āpāthakajjhāyīva hoti) means he displays a state of calmness as if entering meditative absorption before people who have come into his presence. "Of deportment" (iriyāpathassa) means of the four postures. "Setting up" (āṭhapanā) means displaying, or placing with regard. "Placing" (ṭhapanā) means the manner of placing. "Adjusting" (saṇṭhapanā) means constructing; what is meant is making it pleasing. "Connected with the noble teaching" (ariyadhammasannissitaṃ) means bound to the supramundane teaching. "Key" (kuñcikā) means an instrument for opening. "Friends" (mittā) means those possessing affection. "Acquaintances" (sandiṭṭhā) means those merely seen. "Companions" (sambhattā) means firm friends. "Tent" (uddaṇḍa) is a particular type of shelter.

"Excessively frowning" (korajikakorajiko) means one who contracts and contracts, what is meant is one who contracts excessively. Or the reading is "koracakakoracako." "Excessively knitting the brows" (bhākuṭikabhākuṭiko) means one exceedingly given to contraction of the face. "Excessively fraudulent" (kuhakakuhako) means one who deceives exceedingly. "Excessively chattering" (lapakalapako) means one who converses exceedingly. "One who gains esteem through his mouth" (mukhasambhāviko) means one who is esteemed by others through the power of his own mouth; some say "one with a fixed mind" (appitacitto). "Peaceful" (santānaṃ) means peaceful by the calming of mental defilements. "Of attainments" (samāpattīnaṃ) means of those to be attained. "Profound" (gambhīraṃ) means having a deep foundation. "Hidden" (gūḷhaṃ) means difficult to show. "Subtle" (nipuṇaṃ) means fine. "Concealed" (paṭicchannaṃ) means having an intention difficult to penetrate by the meaning of the terms. "Supramundane" (lokuttaraṃ) means illustrating the Teaching. "Connected with emptiness" (suññatāpaṭisaññuttaṃ) means connected with Nibbāna. Or else "supramundane, connected with emptiness" (lokuttarasuññatāpaṭisaññuttaṃ) means connected with Nibbāna, which is the supramundane teaching in its true nature.

"Bodily impudence" means what exists in the body is bodily. In the case of verbal and mental too, the same method applies. "Without showing respect" means devoid of the act of esteem. "Of those walking without sandals" means in the vicinity of those walking who are without sandals; or the genitive case is used in the sense of disrespect. "Wearing sandals" means having mounted sandals, he walks up and down. "While they walk on a low walking path" means while they walk on ground without a defined boundary, on walking paths that have been made by setting a boundary, strewing sand, and fitting a support - even on low walking paths while they walk. "He walks on a high walking path" means he walks on a high walking path furnished with a brick wall and enclosed by a railing. If it is enclosed by a wall and fitted with a porch, or well-covered by being between mountains, between forests, or between grounds, it is proper to walk on such a walking path; even on one that is not covered, it is proper after leaving the precincts. "Stands jostling" means he stands excessively close. "Stands in front" means he stands even to the east. "Speaks while standing" means he speaks without bending down, like a stump. "Gesticulating with arms" means he speaks having thrown his arms about again and again.

"Having intruded" means having entered the sitting place of all. "He excludes even junior monks from their seats" means not sitting on his own allotted seat, entering either before or after, he is called one who prevents them from a seat.

"Without asking permission he puts in firewood" means without asking permission and without looking for approval, he throws wood into the fire. "Closes the door" means he closes it in the sweat room.

"Goes down" means he enters the water landing place. "Bathes" means he applies oil treatment to the body. "Comes up" means he ascends to the shore from the water landing place.

"Even turning aside" means even having gone beyond. "Inner chambers" means sleeping quarters established in the inner room.

"Hidden" means concealed. "Concealed" means covered by others.

"Or without being invited" means not commanded and not requested by the elders saying "Recite the Teaching."

"Of bad character" means of inferior character. "Of impure and suspicious conduct" means one whose conduct and association is to be remembered by others with the suspicion "This one is immoral" - thus "of impure and suspicious conduct." "Of suspicious conduct" - some also read it making the conjunction with the letter "sa." "Of concealed actions" means one whose bodily and verbal actions are concealed. "Not a recluse" means he is not an ascetic. "Claiming to be a recluse" means one who claims "I am an ascetic." "Not a practitioner of the holy life" means devoid of the excellent conduct. "Claiming to be a practitioner of the holy life" means the opposite of what has been stated. "Rotten inside" means having reached the state of being rotten inside due to being devoid of wholesome mental states internally. "Filled with desire" means soaked with lust. "Rubbish-born" means having the nature of refuse. "Accomplished in good conduct and lawful resort" - here a monk dwells respectful, deferential, endowed with shame and moral fear, well dressed, well robed, with pleasing going forward and going back, looking ahead and looking around, bending and stretching, with eyes downcast, accomplished in deportment, with guarded doors in the sense faculties, knowing moderation in food, devoted to wakefulness, endowed with mindfulness and full awareness, of few wishes, content, putting forth strenuous energy, one who acts carefully in the fundamentals of conduct, abounding in respectful consideration - this is called good conduct. Thus, for now, good conduct should be understood.

Resort, however, is threefold: resort as decisive support, resort as safeguarding, and resort as binding. Therein, what is resort as decisive support? A good friend endowed with the qualities of the ten subjects of talk, in dependence on whom one hears what has not been heard, purifies what has been heard, removes uncertainty, makes one's view straight, makes one's mind confident; or else, by following whose example one grows in faith, in morality, in learning, in generosity, in wisdom. This is called resort as decisive support.

What is resort as safeguarding? Here a monk, having entered the inhabited area, having set out on the street, goes with eyes downcast, seeing only a yoke's length, well-restrained, not looking at elephants, not at horses, not at chariots, not at infantry, not at women, not at men, not looking upwards, not looking downwards, not looking about in the directions and intermediate directions. This is called resort as safeguarding.

What is resort as binding? The four establishments of mindfulness, where one binds the mind. For this was said by the Blessed One - "And what, monks, is a monk's own resort, his own paternal domain? That is to say, the four establishments of mindfulness." This is called resort as binding. Thus endowed with this good conduct and with this resort, etc. possessed of it. For that reason too it is called "accomplished in good conduct and lawful resort."

"Seeing danger in the slightest faults" means one whose nature is to see danger in faults that are immeasurable in smallness, of the type of training rules transgressed unintentionally, unwholesome mental arisings, and so on. "Having accepted, he trains in the training rules" means whatever is to be trained in among the training rules, having rightly taken up all of that, he trains. And here, by the phrase "restrained by the restraint of the Pātimokkha," to that extent the morality of Pātimokkha restraint has been shown by way of a teaching based on the standpoint of the person. But "accomplished in good conduct and lawful resort" and so on - all of that should be understood as having been said in order to show the practice by which that morality succeeds for one who has thus practised.

88. "Not attached to pleasures" means free from the intimacy of craving with regard to the types of sensual pleasure, which are the bases of comfort. "Smooth" means possessed of smooth bodily action and so on. "Discerning" means endowed with the discernment of scriptural learning, questioning, and achievement. "Not faithless" means he does not believe anyone regarding the teaching attained by himself. "He does not become dispassionate" means because of the elimination of lust, due to being already dispassionate, he does not now become dispassionate.

"For those in whom this" means for those persons there is desire, craving, with regard to the types of sensual pleasure, which are the bases of comfort. "Has not been abandoned" means craving associated with intimacy has not been abandoned by the path of arahantship. "Craving for visible form flows from the eye for them" means for those, craving having visible form as object, associated with the impulsion process of the cognitive process occurring from the eye-door, arises. "Leaks" means it flows from location as far as the highest existence, from phenomena as far as change-of-lineage. "Streams" means it streams downward like a river stream. "Proceeds" means it proceeds by way of arising again and again. The same method applies in the remaining doors too. In the bright side, by the reverse of what has been stated, craving has been well abandoned by the path of arahantship. Craving for visible form does not flow from the eye for them.

"Endowed with smooth bodily action" means possessed of and united with bodily action that is not harsh and is soft. In the case of verbal action and so on too, the same method applies. In "with smooth establishments of mindfulness" and so on, the establishments of mindfulness and so on are a mixture of mundane and supramundane. One who has the wisdom reckoned as the three varieties of discernment, capable of discerning, explaining, and defining, by way of learning, questioning about meaning and so on, and achievement of mundane and supramundane phenomena - he is discerning. "In dependence on that learning, discernment arises for him" means for that person, having clung to learning, knowledge is born, knowledge comes face to face. "The four establishments of mindfulness" means the thirty-seven qualities conducive to enlightenment are stated by way of a mixture of mundane and supramundane. The paths and fruits are by way of produced supramundane. The four analytical knowledges and the six higher knowledges should be known as stated by way of the culmination of deliverance.

Therein, "the four analytical knowledges" means four varieties of knowledge - this is the meaning. The six knowledges are superior, beginning with the various kinds of supernormal power and ending with the elimination of mental corruptions. "For him" means for another; "the meaning becomes discerned" - this is the connection. "Meaning" means, in brief, cause and effect. For because that is approached, attained, and reached by following the cause, therefore it is called "meaning." But in detail, whatever is conditionally arisen, Nibbāna, the meaning of what is said, result, and functional - these five phenomena should be known as meaning; for one who reviews that meaning, that meaning becomes known and obvious in detail. "Phenomenon" means, in brief, condition. For because it arranges, sets going, and causes to reach this and that, therefore it is called "phenomenon." But in detail, whatever cause that produces a fruit, the noble path, what is said, wholesome, and unwholesome - these five phenomena should be known as phenomenon; for one who reviews that phenomenon, that phenomenon becomes known and obvious in detail. Whatever intrinsic language, unerring conventional expression, there is regarding that meaning and phenomenon, for one who, having made as object that spoken, said, and uttered sound of intrinsic language in its speech, saying, and utterance, reviews it, that language becomes known and obvious.

Herein, "when the meaning is known, the meaning becomes discerned" means now, having brought back that word, when the meaning of the aforementioned variety has become obvious, the meaning of the aforementioned variety becomes discerned for that person, becomes directed towards knowledge. "When the teaching is known, the teaching becomes discerned" means when the teaching of the aforementioned variety has become obvious, the teaching of the aforementioned variety becomes discerned. "When the language is known, the language becomes discerned" means when the language of the aforementioned variety has become obvious, the language of the aforementioned variety becomes discerned. "Knowledge regarding these three knowledges" means for one who, having made as object the knowledge applicable to all regarding these three - meaning, teaching, and language - reviews them, the knowledge that has reached the varieties in those three knowledges; or the knowledge that has reached the detail by way of range, function, and so on in those three aforesaid knowledges is the analytical knowledge of discernment. "With this analytical knowledge of discernment" means one is endowed with this wisdom of the aforementioned kind, of the aforesaid detail. "He is called discerning" - he said by way of conclusion. "For one who has no learning" means learning is the Buddha's teaching. For indeed, for one who learns it, the analytical knowledges become clear. For whatever person such learning does not exist. "No inquiry" means inquiry is the discussion determining obscure terms and meaning terms in the Pāḷi, commentaries, and so on. For indeed, for one who explains the meaning in the learnt Pāḷi and so on, the analytical knowledges become clear. "No achievement" means achievement is the attainment of arahantship. For indeed, for one who has attained arahantship, the analytical knowledges become clear. For one who does not have the threefold success of the aforementioned kind. "What will become discerned for him" means for what reason will knowledge that has reached the varieties present itself for that person.

"Sāmaṃ" means by oneself. "Directly known by oneself" means comprehended by oneself through that knowledge. "The teaching witnessed by oneself" means the teaching penetrated by oneself and reviewed. "He does not believe anyone" means because of being self-witnessed, he does not believe others, he does not go by faith. "Ignorance is the condition for activities" and so on is stated by way of showing the mode of dependent conditions with twelve terms. "From the cessation of ignorance" and so on are stated with reference to the turning back of the round of rebirths. "This is suffering" and so on is by way of showing the truths. "These are the mental corruptions" and so on is by another method of exposition, by way of mental defilements, by way of showing conditions. "These phenomena are to be directly known" and so on is by way of showing phenomena that are to be directly known, to be fully understood, to be abandoned, to be developed, and to be realised. "Of the six sense bases of contact" and so on is by way of showing the arising, passing away, gratification, danger, and escape of the sense bases of contact. Of the five aggregates of clinging, the rise and fall in twenty-five ways, and the gratification in them by way of desire and lust, and their change as danger, and Nibbāna termed as escape. Of the four primary elements, the origin beginning with ignorance, and the passing away upon the cessation beginning with ignorance - stated by way of showing such things and so on. These phenomena should be understood by the method stated in each respective place.

"Grounded upon the Deathless" means there is no death reckoned as dying for this - thus it is the Deathless. Because of being the antidote to the poison of mental defilements, it is also the Deathless as medicine. Because of inclining towards that, it is grounded upon the Deathless. "Heading for the Deathless" means the Deathless of the aforementioned kind is the further destination, the course, the support for him - thus heading for the Deathless. "With the Deathless as its final goal" means that Deathless, because of being the conclusion of the round of rebirths, is the final goal for him - thus with the Deathless as its final goal.

89. "He does not train out of desire for gain" means he does not train in discourses and so on out of longing for material gain. "Unopposed by craving, he does not covet flavours" means by the absence of opposition, being unopposed, he does not arrive at greed through craving for root flavours and so on.

"By what means indeed" is an indeclinable particle in the quest out of longing for material gain, with reflection on the reason. "For the production of gain" means by the distinct arising of the four requisites. "Ripening gain" means ripening the requisites.

"For the purpose of self-taming" means for the purpose of taming oneself by wisdom associated with insight. "For the purpose of self-composure" means for the purpose of composing oneself by wisdom associated with concentration. "For the purpose of self-quenching" means for the purpose of one's own final nibbāna without clinging by both twofold knowledge. For this was said: "For the purpose of final nibbāna without clinging, friend, is the holy life lived under the Blessed One." "Only in dependence on fewness of wishes" - here there are four types of few wishes: few wishes regarding requisites, few wishes regarding achievement, few wishes regarding the Scriptures, and few wishes regarding ascetic practices; their different meanings have been expanded below already; having clung to that fewness of wishes. "Only in dependence on contentment" means having clung to the threefold contentment regarding the four requisites; the classification of these has been expanded below already. "Only in dependence on detachment" means the scraping away of mental defilements. "Only in dependence on this being the purpose" means by these wholesome mental states there is this purpose; the state of that is "this being the purpose"; having clung to, in dependence on just that "this being the purpose."

"Flavour" is a term of synopsis of the analytical explanation. "Root flavour" means the flavour arisen dependent on whatever root. In the case of trunk flavour and so on too, the same method applies. "Sour" means buttermilk sourness and so on. "Sweet" means exclusively cow's ghee and so on. But honey, being combined with astringency, when kept for a long time becomes astringent; molasses, being combined with alkalinity, when kept for a long time becomes alkaline. But ghee, even when kept for a long time, though it gives up colour and odour, does not give up flavour - thus that itself is exclusively sweet. "Bitter" means margosa leaves and so on. "Pungent" means ginger, pepper, and so on. "Salty" means sea salt and so on. "Alkaline" means brinjal, palm shoots, and so on. "Acidic" means jujube, emblic myrobalan, wood-apple, sal fruit, and so on. "Astringent" means yellow myrobalan and so on. All these flavours are stated in terms of their physical basis. But here it should be understood that the flavour based on each respective physical basis and the names such as sour and so on are stated. "Pleasant" means a desirable flavour. "Unpleasant" means an undesirable flavour. By this pair of terms, all flavour is also included. "Cold" means cold flavour. "Hot" means hot flavour. Thus this flavour, though divided by the classification of root flavour and so on, is undivided by way of characteristic and so on. For all of it has the characteristic of striking the tongue, the function of being the domain of tongue-consciousness, and the manifestation of being the resort of that very same. "They with the tip of the tongue the finest flavours" means these ascetics and brahmins with the tip of the sensitive tongue the finest flavours. "Seeking" means searching for. "Wander about" means they go about here and there. "They, having obtained sour, seek non-sour" means having obtained buttermilk sourness and so on, they search for non-sour. Thus the whole is to be construed by alternating and alternating.

"Having reflected wisely, he takes food" means having known through the wisdom of reflection, he takes food by means. Now, in order to show the means, "not for amusement" and so on was stated.

Therein, "not for amusement" means he does not take food for the purpose of amusement. Therein, dancers, acrobats, and so on take food for the purpose of amusement. For whatever food one has eaten, the amusement reckoned as dancing, singing, poetry, and praise occurs to an even greater degree, having sought that food not by rule and unrighteously, they take food. But this monk does not take food thus.

"Not for intoxication" means he does not take food for the purpose of increasing the intoxication of conceit, the intoxication of vanity, and the intoxication of manliness. Therein, kings and chief ministers take food for the purpose of intoxication. For they eat sumptuous food such as the finest almsfood and so on for the purpose of increasing the intoxication of conceit, the intoxication of vanity, and the intoxication of manliness. But this monk does not take food thus.

"Not for adornment" means he does not take food for the purpose of adorning the body. Therein, women who live by their beauty, womankind, those belonging to the harem, and so on drink ghee, molasses, and so on, and take food that is smooth, soft, and tender. Thinking "Thus our limbs and bones will be well-formed, and the complexion of the skin on the body will be clear." But this monk does not take food thus.

"Not for beautification" means he does not take food for the purpose of beautifying the body with flesh. Therein, wrestling wrestlers, boxing wrestlers, servants, and so on nourish the body with very smooth fish, meat, and so on, thinking "Thus our flesh will be abundant for the purpose of enduring blows." But this monk does not take food thus for the purpose of beautifying the body with flesh.

"Only for" is a showing of the delimiting restriction of the purpose of taking food. "For the presence of this body" means he takes food for the purpose of maintaining this material body composed of the four great elements; the meaning is that this is his purpose in taking food. "For sustenance" means he takes food for the purpose of sustaining the life faculty. "For the cessation of harm" means harm is the hunger that arises as a condition of not having eaten; he takes food for the purpose of its cessation, for its appeasement. "For the support of the holy life" means the holy life is the three trainings, the entire Dispensation; he takes food for the purpose of supporting it.

"Thus" is a showing of the means; the meaning is "by this means." "I shall ward off the old feeling" means old feeling is the feeling that arises as a condition of not having eaten; he takes food thinking "I shall ward that off." "And I shall not give rise to a new feeling" means new feeling is the feeling that arises as a condition of having eaten excessively; he takes food thinking "I shall not give rise to that." Or else, new feeling is the feeling that does not arise as a condition of having eaten; when it has not arisen, he takes food only for the purpose of its non-arising.

"And there will be for me progress" means and there will be sustenance for me. "And blamelessness" - here there is what is blameworthy, and there is what is blameless. Therein, unlawful seeking, unlawful acceptance, and use not by rule - this is called blameworthy. But having sought by rule, having accepted by rule, having reviewed, consuming - this is called blameless. A certain one makes what is blameless into what is blameworthy; thinking "It has been obtained by me," he eats exceeding the proper measure, being unable to digest it, he becomes wearied by upward purging, downward purging, and so on; the monks in the entire monastery take up zealous effort in attending to his body, seeking medicine, and so on; when asked "What is this?" they say "So-and-so's belly is bloated" and so on. They blame and censure him, saying "This one is always thus by nature; he does not know the measure of his own belly." This one makes what is blameless into what is blameworthy. Not doing thus, he takes food thinking "And there will be blamelessness for me."

"And comfortable dwelling" - here too there is comfortable dwelling, and there is uncomfortable dwelling. Therein, the food of these five brahmins - the "bring-hand" one, the "enough-cloth" one, the "rolling-there" one, the "crow-touch" one, and the "eaten-vomited" one - is called uncomfortable dwelling. Among these, the one called "bring-hand," having eaten much, being unable to get up by his own nature, says "bring a hand." The one called "enough-cloth," due to his excessively bloated belly, even having stood up, is unable to put on his cloth. The one called "rolling-there," being unable to get up, rolls about right there. The one called "crow-touch," just as crows are able to touch him, so he eats up to the mouth opening. The one called "eaten-vomited," being unable to hold it in his mouth, vomits right there. Not doing thus, he takes food thinking "there will be comfortable dwelling for me." Comfortable dwelling means having the stomach not full by four or five morsels. For having eaten that much, for one who drinks water, the four postures proceed with ease. Therefore the General of the Dhamma said thus:

"Four or five morsels, without eating, one should drink water;

This is sufficient for comfortable abiding, for a resolute monk."

But in this passage the factors should be combined. "Not for amusement" is indeed one factor, "not for intoxication" is one, "not for adornment" is one, "not for beautification" is one, "only for the presence and sustenance of this body" is one, "for the cessation of harm, for the support of the holy life" is one, "thus I shall ward off the old feeling and shall not give rise to a new feeling" is one, "and there will be for me progress" is one factor, and "blamelessness and comfortable dwelling" - this here is the benefit of food.

But the Elder Mahāsiva said: "The four factors below are called rejecting, but above eight factors should be combined." Therein, "only for the presence of this body" is one factor, "for sustenance" is one, "for the cessation of harm" is one, "for the support of the holy life" is one, "thus I shall ward off the old feeling" is one, "and shall not give rise to a new feeling" is one, "and there will be for me progress" is one, "and blamelessness" is one, but comfortable dwelling is the benefit of food. Thus he takes food endowed with eight factors.

90. "Equanimous" means endowed with six-factored equanimity. "Mindful" means engaged in mindfulness beginning with observation of the body.

"Equanimous" means "endowed with six-factored equanimity" - here, what is the mental factor called six-factored equanimity? Knowledge and so on. When "knowledge" is stated, from the functional, four types of consciousness associated with knowledge are obtained; when "constant abiding" is stated, eight great types of consciousness are obtained; when "there is no being lustful or being averse" is stated, ten types of consciousness are obtained. Pleasure is obtained by way of habitual practice. "Having seen a form with the eye" means having seen a form with eye-consciousness, which is capable of seeing visible form, by the conventional expression obtained by way of reason as "eye." But the ancients said - The eye does not see visible form because it is without consciousness; consciousness too does not see because it is without eyes. But it sees by means of consciousness having sensitive matter as its basis, through the contact of the door and the object. But in such instances, just as in "he shoots with a bow" and so on, it is called a statement inclusive of the constituents. Therefore "having seen a form with eye-consciousness" - this is the meaning here.

"He is not glad" means he is not pleased by way of the arising of greed, by way of the arising of desire and lust. "Not unhappy" means he does not have a corrupted mind by way of the arising of aversion. "Equanimous" means he is one who looks on closely by way of occurrence; having become impartial, he maintains the posture. "Mindful and fully aware" means mindful and accomplished in knowledge. "Does not covet what is agreeable" means he does not covet, does not desire a desirable object that increases the mind. "Does not become elated" means he is not delighted. "Does not generate lust" means he does not produce attachment here and there. "His body is steady" means the body beginning with the eye of that one who has eliminated the mental corruptions is steady, motionless, because of being free from trembling. "Disagreeable" means an undesirable object. "Does not become ashamed" means he does not become distressed. "With unestablished mind" means his mind is not fixed through the influence of wrath. "With unslothful mind" means with active mind. "With unmalevolent heart" means with mind free from anger.

"Does not find pleasure in what is enticing" means he does not give rise to lust regarding an enticing subject matter. "Does not become corrupted towards what leads to hate" means he does not give rise to hate regarding a subject matter that gives rise to hate. "Does not become deluded towards what leads to infatuation" means he does not give rise to delusion regarding a subject matter that leads to infatuation. "Does not become agitated towards what leads to agitation" means he does not waver regarding a subject matter that leads to wrath. "Does not become intoxicated towards what is intoxicating" means he does not sink down regarding a subject matter that is intoxicating. "Does not become defiled towards what is defiling" means he is not tormented regarding a subject matter that is tormenting. "In the seen there is merely the seen" means regarding a visual object seen by eye-consciousness, there is merely the seen. "In the heard there is merely the heard" means regarding the sound sense base heard by ear-consciousness, there is merely the heard. "In the sensed there is merely the sensed" means having reached and grasped by nose-consciousness, tongue-consciousness, and body-consciousness, there is merely the grasped. "In the cognised there is merely the cognised" means what is known by mind-consciousness, there is merely the known. "Does not cling to what is seen" means he does not cling by the smearing of craving and wrong view to the visual object seen by eye-consciousness. "Unattracted regarding what is seen" means he is free from craving regarding the visual object. "Unrepelled" means with uncorrupted mind.

"Is found" means is obtained. "Sees" means looks at. "Desire and lust" means affection. "Delights in material forms" means material forms are its delight - thus "delighting in material forms." "Devoted to material forms" (rūparataṃ) means delighted in material forms. "Contentment in material forms" means rejoicing in material forms.

"They lead the tamed to an assembly" means when going into the midst of a great multitude at parks, playgrounds, and so on, they yoke only a tamed one of the ox breed or the horse breed to a vehicle and lead it. "The king" means a king too, going to such places, mounts only a tamed one. "Among human beings" means among human beings too, one tamed by the four noble paths, who is free from agitation, is alone the foremost. "Whoever endures harsh speech" means whoever endures such transgressive speech even when spoken again and again, does not retaliate, is not distressed - such a tamed one is the foremost; this is the meaning.

"Mules" means those born from a mare by a donkey. "Thoroughbreds" means those capable of quickly understanding whatever task a horse-trainer trains them in. "Sindh horses" means horses born in the Sindh country. "Great serpents" means great elephants, that is to say, tuskers. "One self-restrained" means these mules or thoroughbreds or Sindh horses or elephants are excellent when tamed, not when untamed. But whoever is self-restrained through his own taming by what is reckoned as the four paths, one who has ceased associating with defilements, he is better than that; the meaning is that he surpasses all of these.

"For not by these vehicles" means whatever vehicles there are such as elephant vehicles and so on, not by these vehicles could any person go to that place, the direction of Nibbāna reckoned as "untravelled" because of never having been gone to even in a dream. Just as a person tamed in the preliminary stage by sense-faculty control, and well tamed in the later stage by the development of the noble path, tamed, one who has ceased associating with defilements, wise, goes to that direction never gone to before, attains the plane of the tamed. Therefore self-taming alone is excellent; this is the meaning.

"They do not waver in discriminations" means they do not shake, do not tremble in the discriminations of conceit such as "I am superior" towards a superior and so on. "Free from rebirth" means well freed, having released themselves from rebirth again and again through the conception of renewed existence. "Having attained the plane of the tamed" means having reached and standing firm in the plane of the fruition of arahantship, which is the absolute taming. "They are victorious in the world" means those Worthy Ones are called victorious, having won victory in the world of beings.

And since one with developed faculties is fearless, unchanging, and tamed, therefore, showing that meaning, he spoke the verse "Whose faculties." Its meaning is - Whose six faculties beginning with the eye have been developed by the development of the sensory field through applying the three characteristics beginning with impermanence, and by the development of habituation through causing them to take on the odour of mindfulness and full awareness, and those indeed by the internal development of the sensory field; so too "externally in the entire world" means wherever there is deficiency of the faculties or the origination of deficiency, there they have been developed by not being under the control of covetousness and so on - thus having become disenchanted, having known, having penetrated this world and the other, the world of aggregates in one's own continuity and the world of aggregates in others' continuity, desiring to die a tamed death, he awaits the time, he waits for the time of the dissolution of life, he looks forward to it, he does not fear death. As he said -

"There is no fear for me in death, there is no attachment to life."
"I do not long for death, I do not long for life;

And I await the time, like a hired servant earning his wages."

"Developed, he is tamed" means thus one with developed faculties, he is tamed.

91. "Dependence" means the dependences of craving and views. "Having known the teaching" means having known the teaching by way of impermanence and so on. "Independent" means thus independent of those dependences. By that he explains that apart from the knowledge of the teaching there is no absence of dependences. "For existence or non-existence" means for eternalism or for annihilation. The description of this verse is clear.

92. "Him I call 'at peace'" means him of such a kind, spoken of in each verse, I call "at peace." "He has crossed over clinging" means he has crossed over this great craving termed clinging because of its nature of spreading and so on.

"Lust for one's own view is covetousness, a bodily knot" means lust termed as finding pleasure in the view grasped by oneself is covetousness, a bodily knot. "Resentment and displeasure towards the doctrines of others" means irritation and dissatisfaction towards the doctrines and counter-doctrines of others is anger, a bodily knot. "One's own morality or ascetic practice or" means morality termed as abstinence from sexual intercourse grasped by oneself, or ascetic practice such as the ox-practice and so on. "Or moral rules and austerities" means or both of those. "Adherence" means one touches from outside by way of "by this there is purity" and so on. "One's own view is dogmatic belief that 'This alone is the truth,' a bodily knot" means the unwise adherence to the view grasped by oneself as "only this is the truth, anything else is vain" is dogmatic belief that "This alone is the truth," a bodily knot. "Mental knots are not found in him" means for that one who has eliminated the mental corruptions, the two view-knots do not exist by the path of stream-entry. The bodily knot of anger by the path of non-returning. The bodily knot of covetousness by the path of arahantship.

93. Now, praising that very same calmed one, he said beginning with "neither sons for him." Therein, sons are the four beginning with those born from oneself. And here, it should be understood that possessions of sons and so on are stated by the name of sons and so on. For they do not exist for him, or due to the absence of those, sons and so on do not exist. "Self" means the eternalist view grasped as "a self exists" does not exist. "Non-self" means the annihilationist view grasped as "one is annihilated."

"There is not" means there is nothing to be grasped. "There is nothing to be released" means there is nothing to be freed. "For whom there is nothing grasped" means for whatever person there is nothing grasped through the influence of craving and wrong view. "For him there is nothing to be released" means for that person there is nothing to be released. "Who has transcended grasping and releasing" means he has passed beyond grasping and releasing. "Who has passed beyond growth and decline" means he has gone beyond growth and deterioration.

94. "By which worldlings would find fault with him, and also ascetics and brahmins" means by which fault of lust and so on, worldlings, all gods and humans, and ascetics and brahmins outside from here, would say "he is lustful" or "he is corrupted." "That is not esteemed by him" means that fault of lust and so on is not esteemed by that Worthy One. "Therefore he does not tremble in controversies" means for that reason he does not waver in words of blame.

"Does not tremble" is a term of synopsis of the analytical explanation. "Does not stir" means does not make movement. "Does not waver" means does not incline therein. "Does not shake" means does not tremble due to the impossibility of being made to waver. "Does not quake" means does not waver. "Does not quake violently" means does not turn about.

95. "Does not speak among the superior" means having included oneself among the distinguished, one does not speak through the power of arrogance "I am distinguished." The same method applies to the other two. "He does not go to speculation, being free from speculation" means such a one does not go to either of the twofold speculation. Why? Because he is free from speculation, it is said that he has abandoned speculation. The description of this verse too is self-evident.

96. "One's own" means possessed as "mine." "And does not grieve over what is non-existent" means does not grieve over what is non-existent by way of what is not found and so on. "And does not go among phenomena" means does not go among all phenomena by way of desire and so on. "He indeed is called 'peaceful'" means he, such a one, the highest of men, is called "peaceful." The description of this verse too is self-evident. He concluded the teaching with the pinnacle of arahantship. At the conclusion of the teaching, there was the attainment of arahantship for a hundred thousand koṭis of deities; there is no counting of stream-enterers and so on.

In the Saddhammappajjotikā, the Commentary on the Mahāniddesa,

the Explanation of the Purābhedasutta Niddesa is finished.

11.

Explanation of the Kalahavivādasutta Niddesa

97. In the eleventh, in the analytical explanation of the Discourse on Disputes and Contentions, "From where have disputes and contentions arisen": dispute and its preliminary part, contention - these, from where have they arisen? "Lamentation and sorrow together with avarice": lamentation and sorrow and avarice - from where have they arisen? "Conceit and arrogance together with slander": conceit and arrogance and slander - from where have they arisen? "These" means all those eight defilement phenomena. "Please tell me that" means tell that meaning asked about by me; I request you, I. For "iṅgha" is an indeclinable particle used in the sense of entreaty.

"In one way" means by one reason. "In another way" means by another reason. "Householders intent on violence" means householders causing harm. "Those gone forth committing offences" means the homeless ones committing any one among the seven classes of offences.

"From where have they arisen" means from where have they come to be. "From where have they been born" means from where have they obtained existence. "From where have they been produced" - the term is augmented by a prefix. "From where have they come into being" means from where have they reached the characteristic of origination. Having augmented the term with a prefix, "from where have they been fully produced" is said. "From where have they appeared" means from where have they become manifest. In the passage beginning with "what is their source": it points out its own result - thus it is a "source" (nidāna). The result arises from this - thus it is "origin" (samudaya). The result is born from this - thus it is "birth" (jāti). The result originates from this - thus it is "production" (pabhava). "He asks about the root" means he asks about the cause of dispute. For a cause is a root in the sense of being a support. It sends forth and proceeds for the purpose of producing its own result - thus it is a "cause" (hetu). As if showing "Come, take it!", it points out its own result - thus it is a "source" (nidāna). The result comes into being from this - thus it is "coming into being" (sambhava). The result originates from this - thus it is "production" (pabhava). The result arises here, or by this it arises - thus it is "origination" (samuṭṭhāna). It brings about its own result - thus it is "nutriment" (āhāra). In the sense of not being rejectable, it delights in its own result - thus it is an "object" (ārammaṇa). Dependent on this, without rejecting, the result goes and proceeds - thus it is a "condition" (paccaya). The result arises from this - thus it is "origin" (samudaya). Thus the meaning of the words of these terms should be understood. With reference to that, the teaching was stated by the method beginning with "he asks about the root of dispute and contention."

98. "Arisen from what is dear" means arisen from the object of affection. "Disputes and contentions are connected with stinginess" - by this he shows that the condition for disputes and contentions and so on is not only the object of affection, but also stinginess. And here it should be understood that all those phenomena are stated under the heading of disputes and contentions. And just as stinginess is for these, so too is contention for slander. Therefore he said "and slander arises when contentions have arisen." The description of this verse is clear in meaning.

99. "What is the source of dear ones in the world, and also the greeds that wander in the world" - those who were stated here as "disputes arise from what is dear," those dear ones - what is their source in the world? And not only dear ones, but also those of the warrior caste and others who wander in the world because of greed, who wander overpowered by greed - what is the source of that greed of theirs? Thus he asks two meanings with one question. "What is the source" - here, "what is the source, what is the cause" - the substitution of "to" for the reflexive case ending should be understood, and in the compound its elision does not occur. Or alternatively, "nidānā" means born, arisen - this is the meaning. Therefore "from where born, from where arisen" is what is said. "And hope and goal" means hope and the success of that hope. "Which are for a man's future state" means which are for a man's future state, which are the ultimate goal - this is what is said. This too is just one question.

"Are the support" means they become the foundation. "Are the refuge" means they are the removal of suffering. "Are the goal and ultimate goal" means they are heading for success.

100. "Have desire as their source" means having as their source desire beginning with sensual desire and so on. "And also the greeds that wander" means and also those of the warrior caste and others who wander with greed - their greed too has desire as its source; thus he answers both meanings together. "From this source" means it is said to mean from desire as their source. For "from this source" he said with reference to desire. For greed and so on have desire as their source. And the grammatical analysis of "from this source" here should be understood according to the method stated in "from what source." "Success through hope is called the goal" means the obtaining of the production of one's intention is spoken of.

101. "Judgments" means judgments of craving and wrong view. "And whatever other mental states have been spoken of by the ascetic" means whatever other unwholesome mental states associated with wrath and so on, or of such a nature, spoken of by the Buddha-ascetic - from where have they arisen?

"Of another nature" means of another intrinsic nature. "Established in another way" means established in another manner. "Who has calmed evil" means by one whose evil has been extinguished. "Who has discarded evil" means by one whose inferior mental states have been eliminated. "Who has broken the root of mental defilements" means by one who stands having broken the roots of mental defilements. "Who is freed from the bondage of all unwholesome roots" means by one who stands having released the twelve unwholesome bonds. "Spoken" means said. "Proclaimed" means said in a manner.

102. "In dependence on that, desire arises" means in dependence on that pleasant and unpleasant feeling, the pleasant and unpleasant reckoned as having both as its basis, desire arises by way of longing for union and separation. To this extent, the question "From where does desire in the world originate" has been answered. "Having seen existence and non-existence in forms" means having seen passing away and arising in forms. "A creature makes judgment in the world" means this creature, in the world beginning with the realms of misery, makes the judgment of craving for the purpose of attaining wealth, and also makes the judgment of wrong view by the method beginning with "my self has arisen." To this extent, the question "and from where have judgments arisen" has been answered.

"In dependence on the pleasant and unpleasant" means having made the sweet and the unsweet a decisive support. "The desirable and undesirable" means a desirable object and an undesirable object.

"The pursuit of spirits, liquor and intoxicants that cause negligence" - herein, "spirits" means flour liquor, cake liquor, rice liquor, with yeast added, connected with ingredients - these are five spirits. "Liquor" means flower extract, fruit extract, honey extract, molasses extract, connected with ingredients - these are five extracts. All that is an intoxicant by way of causing intoxication. "That causes negligence" means the cause of negligence; the volition by which one drinks that intoxicant - this is the designation for that. "Pursuit" means that pursuit of spirits, liquor and intoxicants that cause negligence, the repeated engagement, the doing again and again. But because for me engaged in that, wealth that has arisen declines, and wealth that has not arisen does not arise, therefore one knows "my wealth goes to utter elimination, to the state of being exhausted." Thus everywhere. "The pursuit of wandering the streets at improper times" means being engaged in wandering in the streets at improper times. "Visiting fairs" means going to fairs by way of seeing dancing and so on. "The pursuit of laziness" means being engaged and devoted to bodily laziness. "Does not pursue the causes of ruin" means he does not pursue the doors of destruction of wealth.

"By farming or" means by the work of farming or. "By trade or" means by the work of righteous trading or. "By cattle-herding or" means by the work of cow-herding or. "By archery or" means by the craft of the bow or. "By government service or" means by the work of a royal servant or. "By some other craft or" means by one or other of the crafts such as pottery and so on or. "Proceeds" means makes an effort. "When the eye has arisen, one knows" means when the eye together with its constituents has arisen, one knows. One grasps the wrong view "my self has arisen." "When the eye has disappeared" means when that has been destroyed. "My self has disappeared" means one grasps the wrong view "my self has been destroyed." "My self has departed" means my self has passed. In "in the ear" and so on too, the same method applies.

103. "These mental states too exist only when there is a dyad" means these mental states beginning with wrath exist and arise only when the dyad of the pleasant and unpleasant exists. By this much the third question too has been answered. Now, showing the means for abandoning doubt for whoever might be doubtful regarding these questions thus answered, he said "one who is doubtful should train for the path of knowledge"; it is said that one should train in the three trainings for the purpose of achieving the knowledge of knowledge and vision. Why? The teachings have been spoken by the ascetic having known. For the teachings were spoken by the Buddha-ascetic having known; there is no not knowing regarding the teachings for him; but one not knowing them due to the power of one's own knowledge would not know, not through a fault of the teaching. Therefore, one who is doubtful should train for the path of knowledge, the teachings have been spoken by the ascetic having known.

"Or bound by bondage with confinement" means bound by urban bondage. "Or by bondage with enclosure" means or by bondage with a fence enclosure. In "by bondage to a village" and so on, being unable to go out from this and that place, one is called bound by bondage to a village and so on. "For the purpose of release from that bondage" means for the purpose of freeing from this bondage of the aforesaid type.

"Knowledge too is the path of knowledge" means previously arisen knowledge is the path of travel for subsequently arisen knowledge too; thus knowledge too is the path of knowledge. "The object of knowledge too is the path of knowledge" means the condition of knowledge too is the path of knowledge, because it arises by taking hold of that as object. "The mental states arising together with knowledge too are the path of knowledge" means the remaining consciousness and mental factors co-arisen with knowledge too are the path of knowledge. Now, establishing this by a simile, he said beginning with "just as the noble path is the noble way."

"A person who is doubtful" means a person possessing sceptical doubt. "With uncertainty" means with wavering. "With perplexity" means one having streaks in the mind. "With wavering" means one possessing uncertainty. "With sceptical doubt" means one possessing doubt. "For the achievement of knowledge" means for the purpose of attaining knowledge. "For the touching of knowledge" means for the purpose of penetrating knowledge. Or else, for the purpose of finding knowledge. "For the realisation of knowledge" means for the purpose of making knowledge evident. "With a source, I" means I teach the Teaching having made it with a source, with a condition. "With the wondrous effect of liberation" means having made it leading to liberation. "Not without the wondrous effect of liberation" means not having made it not leading to liberation, I teach the Teaching.

104. "Pleasant and unpleasant, from what source" - here, by "pleasant and unpleasant," pleasant and unpleasant feelings are indeed intended. "Do not exist these" means "do not exist these." "Non-existence and existence too, whatever this meaning is, tell me this, from what source does it arise" means the non-existence and existence of pleasant and unpleasant, and also whatever this meaning is. Here a change of gender has been made. But what is meant is this - "The non-existence and existence of pleasant and unpleasant" - whatever this meaning is, "tell me this, from what source does it arise." And here, "non-existence and existence" should be understood in meaning as the views of non-existence and existence, which have the non-existence and existence of pleasant and unpleasant as their basis. For thus, in the answer section of this question, he will say above in the analytic explanation: "The view of existence too has contact as its source, the view of non-existence too has contact as its source." In the analytic explanation of this verse there is nothing to be said.

105. "From here is its source" means contact is its source. In this verse too there is nothing to be said.

106. "When what is clear do contacts not touch": when what has passed - the five contacts beginning with eye-contact do not touch. In this verse too there is nothing to be said.

107. "Dependent on mentality and materiality" means dependent on associated mentality and sense-base and object materiality. "When materiality is clear contacts do not touch" means when materiality has passed, five contacts do not touch.

"The meeting of the three is contact" means by the meeting of the three - eye, form, and consciousness - contact is born. "The eye and forms are in materiality" means having placed the sensitive eye and visual objects in the materiality portion, the materiality section. "Setting aside eye-contact" means having released the contact arisen by the meeting of the three. "The associated mental phenomena are in mentality" means the remaining phenomena such as feeling and so on, conascent with contact, are in the mentality portion. In "dependent on the ear" and so on too, the same method applies.

"Materiality becomes clear in four ways" means materiality has passed by four reasons. "By clarity through knowing" means by having passed through making it manifest. "By clarity through judging" means by having passed through judging beginning with impermanence. "By clarity through abandoning" means by having passed through the abandoning of desire and lust. "By clarity through transcendence" means by having passed by way of attainment of the four immaterial attainments.

108. "How for one so practising" means how for one so proceeding. "Does matter cease to be" means matter ceases to exist, or would not exist. "Happiness and suffering" means he asks about desirable and undesirable forms only.

"That I may know" means we shall know. "That I may fully know" means we shall know with distinction. "That I may cognize" means we shall know in manifold ways. "That I may understand" means we shall know rightly. "That I may penetrate" means we shall understand fully with the mind.

109. "Not one perceiving perception" means that as for one so practising, matter ceases to be, he is not even one perceiving with ordinary perception. "Not one perceiving distorted perception" means he is not one perceiving with distorted, deformed perception either, neither a mad man nor one mentally deranged. "Nor unconscious" means he is not one devoid of perception either, neither one attained to cessation nor a non-percipient being. "Not one perceiving a clear object" means he is not one who has transcended perception by the method beginning with "with the complete transcendence of perceptions of material form" either, an obtainer of meditative absorption in an immaterial object. "For one so practising, matter ceases to be" means having stood upon this state of perceiving perception and so on, that which was stated "When the mind is thus concentrated, etc. he directs the mind towards the attainment of the plane of infinite space," thus for one so practising, one endowed with the path to the immaterial, matter ceases to be. "For the terms of obsession have perception as their source" shows that even for one so practising, whatever perception there is, the obsessions of craving and wrong view having that as their source are indeed not abandoned.

"The unconscious are called those attained to cessation" means those attained to cessation, having ceased perception and feeling, are spoken of as unconscious because of the absence of perception. "Non-percipient beings" means those reborn in the non-percipient existence through the complete absence of perception in every way.

"When the mind is thus concentrated" - therein, "he" means that monk. "Thus" is an indication of the procedure for the fourth meditative absorption; it is said to mean having attained the fourth meditative absorption by this procedure. "Concentrated" means concentrated by this concentration of the fourth meditative absorption. But regarding "pure" and so on, pure through the state of purity of equanimity and mindfulness. Bright precisely because of being pure; it is said to mean luminous. Without blemish because of the state of having destroyed blemishes such as lust and so on through the elimination of conditions such as pleasure and so on. And free from impurities precisely because of being without blemish. For the mind becomes impure through blemish. Supple because of being well developed; it is said to mean having attained mastery. For the mind that is functioning under control is called supple. And wieldy precisely because of suppleness; it is said to mean enduring work, fit for work. For a supple mind is wieldy, like gold that has been well smelted. And both of those are precisely because of being well developed. As he said: "I do not, monks, perceive any other single phenomenon that is thus wieldy when developed as this, monks, the mind."

Stable because of being established in these states of purity and so on. Having attained imperturbability precisely because of being stable; it is said to mean unshakeable, without wavering. Or stable because of being established under one's own control through the state of suppleness and wieldiness. Having attained imperturbability because of being sustained by faith and so on. For the mind sustained by faith does not waver through faithlessness, that sustained by energy does not waver through idleness, that sustained by mindfulness does not waver through negligence, that sustained by concentration does not waver through restlessness, that sustained by wisdom does not waver through ignorance, that gone to light does not waver through the darkness of mental defilements. Being sustained by these six factors, it has attained imperturbability. Thus the mind endowed with eight factors is capable of resolution for the purpose of attaining the plane of infinite space.

Another method - Concentrated by the concentration of the fourth meditative absorption. Pure by the removal of the mental hindrances. Bright by the transcendence of applied thought and so on. Without blemish by the absence of evil states opposed to the attainment of meditative absorption and of spheres of desire. "Spheres of desire" means of those that are in the sphere of desire, overcome by the power of desire, occurring, of various kinds, of irritation and displeasure - this is the meaning. Free from impurities by the disappearance of the mental impurities beginning with covetousness. Both of these should be understood in accordance with the Aṅgaṇa Sutta and the Vattha Sutta. Supple by the attainment of mastery. Wieldy by approaching the state of the bases for spiritual power. Stable, having attained imperturbability, by approaching the sublime state through the fulfilment of meditation development; just as it has attained the state of imperturbability, so it is "stable" - this is the meaning. Thus too, by being endowed with eight factors, the mind becomes capable of resolution for the purpose of attaining the attainment of the plane of infinite space, as a foundation and proximate cause.

"One endowed with the path to the immaterial" means not fallen away from the path of going to the immaterial attainment. "The obsessions themselves are the terms of obsession" means the obsessions beginning with craving themselves are the terms of obsession.

110. "Do some say this is the highest, the purification of a being here, the wise ones." "Or do they say something else beyond this": do the wise ascetics and brahmins here say this is the highest purification of a being to this extent, or do they say something else beyond this, something superior to the immaterial attainments as well - thus he asks.

"From this, from the immaterial attainments" means from this immaterial attainment.

111. "Some say this is the highest": some ascetics and brahmins who hold the doctrine of eternalism, fancying themselves wise, say that even to this extent this is the highest purification. "But some of them speak of the time": among those very ones, some who hold the doctrine of annihilationism speak of the time as annihilation. "Declaring themselves skilled regarding the one without residue of clinging": being those who speak as skilled regarding the one without residue of clinging.

"Frightened by existence" means frightened of existence. "Delight in non-existence" means they are pleased dependent on annihilation. "They speak of the being's calmness" means those annihilationists speak of the calmness of a person as cessation of rebirth. "Peace" means very much calmness. "Appeasement" means peaceful. "Cessation" means non-arising. "Tranquillity" means non-recurrence.

112. "And having known these are dependent" means having known that those holding wrong views are dependent on the views of eternalism and annihilationism. "The sage, having known the supports, is discerning" means having known the supports, he, the discerning, wise Buddha-sage. "Having known, liberated" means liberated, having known phenomena beginning with suffering and impermanence. "Does not come to this or that existence" means he does not come to rebirth again and again. "Without adhering" means not adhering. The meaning is "they do not commit adherence."

In the Saddhammappajjotikā, the Commentary on the Mahāniddesa,

the Explanation of the Kalahavivādasutta Niddesa is finished.

12.

Explanation of the Cūḷabyūhasutta Niddesa

In the twelfth, the Cūḷabyūha Sutta Exposition, "dwelling each in their own view" - this too was spoken at that very great assembly, in order to make clear that meaning to certain deities in whom the thought had arisen "All these holders of wrong views say 'we are of good dispositions'; do these indeed stand firm only in their own view, or do they take up another view as well?" having had the created Buddha ask himself by the former method.

113. Therein, from the beginning, the two verses also are question verses only. Among those, "dwelling each in their own view" means dwelling in their own respective views. "Having quarrelled, the skilled speak differently" means having taken a forceful grip on that view, claiming "therein we are skilled," they speak separately, separately; they do not speak as one. "Whoever knows thus, he has understood the Teaching; whoever rejects this is incomplete" means with reference to that view, whoever knows thus, he has understood the Teaching. But they also say that one who rejects this is inferior.

"They speak differently" means they declare for different reasons. "They speak variously" means they declare in various ways. "They speak one to another" means without speaking as one, having taken one thing after another, they speak. "Incomplete" means whoever is unwholesome, this one. "Unfinished" means not full. "Imperfect" means not complete.

114. "A fool" means inferior. "Unskilled" means not knowing.

115. Now there are three verses of reply. They stand having countered the meaning stated by the first half with the second half. Because of that array and because of being less than the further discourse, this discourse obtained the name "Cūḷabyūha" (the Shorter Array). Therein, in the first verse firstly, "another's teaching" means another's view. "All are fools" - this being so, the intention is that all these are fools. Why? "All these are dwelling in views":

116. "And not purified by their own view, of pure wisdom, wholesome, wise" means if, while not purified by their own view, not cleansed, being still defiled, they are of pure wisdom and wholesome and sensible. Or alternatively, "sandiṭṭhiyā ce vadātā" is a reading, its meaning is - but if they are purified by their own view, of pure wisdom, wholesome, and sensible, "none of them" - this being so, not even one of them is of inferior wisdom. Why? For their view too is likewise complete, just as that of the others.

117. The meaning in brief of the verse "Na vāhametaṃ" - That which those people, two by two, mutually say to each other "a fool," I do not say that this is true and real. Why? Because all of them made their own respective view thus: "Only this is the truth, anything else is vain," and for that reason they burn others as "fools." And here there are two readings: "tathiyaṃ" and "tatheva."

"Real" means not hollow. "Actual" means not reversed; "factual" means existing. "Exact" means found to be present. "Not reversed" means not misrepresented.

118. "What they call" - in the question verse, "what" is dogmatic truth, "reality" - some have said.

119. "For there is one truth": in the reply verse, the one truth is cessation or the path. "In which people understanding would not dispute" means in which truth, understanding, people would not dispute. "They proclaim themselves" means they speak by themselves.

120. "Why" - in the question verse, "declaring themselves disputants" means disputants. "Or do they follow their own reasoning" means those disputants - or do they follow merely their own reasoning?

"Beaten out by reasoning" means struck on all sides by applied thought. "Followed by inquiry" means explored by one's own present wisdom. "One's own discernment" means one's own discernment.

121. "Not indeed": in the reply verse, "permanent apart from perception" means setting aside mere perception, the graspings grasped as "permanent." "Having fashioned reasoning in views" means having generated merely one's own thought of permanence in views.

But since those who generate applied thought in views produce views, therefore it is said: "They generate, produce wrong views" and so on. "They generate" means they generate by producing views again and again above. "They produce" and so on are said by having extended the term by means of a prefix. "Mine is truth" means my word is true.

122. Now, in order to show the wrong conduct of the holders of views who, when such diverse truths are non-existing, recollect merely through reasoning, he spoke the verses beginning with "In what is seen, heard." Therein, "in what is seen" means what is seen; the intention is "purity through what is seen." The same method applies to what is heard and so on. "And relying on these, seeing with contempt" means even while seeing, having relied on these phenomena of views, contempt - which is disrespect - reckoned as the state of purity. "Standing in judgment, laughing, he says 'the other is a fool, unskilled'" means thus, even while seeing with contempt, having stood in that judgment of views, having become pleased, having become mirthful, he speaks thus indeed: "the other is inferior and unknowing."

"Does not revere" - thus too seeing with contempt means does not show respect - thus too seeing with contempt, not seeing with respect. "Generates displeasure" means first having clung to the support of views and having reached displeasure, afterwards at the time of standing in the judgment of views, he produces pleasure - this is the meaning.

"Having stood in the view of judgment" means having made a conclusion, having stood in the view that was grasped.

123. "This being so" is the verse beginning with "by whatever." Therein, "by himself" means himself, oneself. "Treats with contempt" means censures. "That very thing he praises" means that very saying, he speaks of the view, or of that person.

124. "With overstepping view": the meaning of the verse - He, thus complete with that overstepping view which oversteps the characteristic, perfect, bloated, and intoxicated by that view-conceit, one who is proud thinking himself perfect thus: "I am perfect, a consummate one." By himself alone he consecrates himself with the mind: "I am a wise person." Why? "For his view is likewise complete":

"All those views have gone beyond characteristic" means all those sixty-two views have passed beyond the characteristic, overstepping it, thus gone beyond. "Superior" means not lacking.

125. "If indeed by another's speech": the connection and meaning of the verse - And what is more? He who, standing in judgment, laughing, says "the other is a fool, unskilled," if indeed by that other's speech, he being called so by him is inferior, oneself together is of inferior wisdom, he too together with that very one is of inferior wisdom. For he too calls him "a fool." Then his word is immeasurable, yet he himself is one who has attained the highest knowledge and a wise one. This being so, there is no fool among ascetics. For all of them are wise by their own desire.

"By speech" means by speaking. "By word" means by what is said. "By reason of being blamed" means by the cause of reproach. "By reason of being reproached" means by the cause of being despised. "By reason of being censured" means by the cause of censure.

126. "Other than this": the connection and meaning of the verse - "But if oneself is one who has attained the highest knowledge, a wise one. There is no fool among ascetics" - even though this was said thus indeed, there might be for someone the question "why?" There it is said - Because "those who assert a teaching other than this have failed and are incomplete in purity. Thus too the sectarians speak diversely" means those who assert a view other than this, those who have failed, missed the path of purity, and are incomplete - thus it is said that the various sectarians speak thus. But if asked why do they speak thus? "For they are infatuated by lust for their own views" means because they are infatuated by their own lust for views, is what is said.

"The path of purity" means those adherents of other sects have missed the undefiled path. "The path of purification" means the faultless path. "The path of complete purity" means the bright path. "The path of cleanliness" means the white path. "The path of complete cleanliness" means the radiant path. "Missed" means having failed to attain the path by the method stated, they remain. "Failed" means having failed, they remain. "Stumbled" means declined. "Fallen" means fallen away from that. "Through ignorance" means through not knowing. "Failed" means having come to defeat. Or else "ñāyāparaddhā" is also a reading. The meaning is having missed the path by the true method.

127. "Thus infatuated" and "Here alone is purity" are the verses. Therein, "in their own doctrine" means in their own path. "Speaking firmly" means those of firm speech.

"Speaking steadfastly" means those who speak with conclusion. "Speaking strongly" means those who speak powerfully. "Speaking with conviction" means those who speak having established themselves.

128. Among those who are thus of firm speech, whatever sectarian, even speaking firmly in his own doctrine, whom here would he burn as a fool? In brief, there in what is reckoned as eternalism and annihilationism, in detail, speaking firmly "Only this is the truth" in his own doctrine divided into nihilism, theistic creationism, determinism, and so on - whom else here in wrong views could he see with reason as "a fool"? Is not everyone, according to his view, indeed wise and indeed well-practising? This being so, he himself would bring about quarrel, calling another a fool of impure teaching. He too, calling another "This one is a fool and of impure teaching," would by himself bring about a dispute. Why? Because everyone, according to his view, is indeed wise and indeed well-practising.

129. Thus, in every way, standing in judgment, having measured by oneself, he enters into contention above in the world means standing in wrong view and having measured by oneself the Teacher and so on, he repeatedly enters into contention. Thus, however, having known the danger in judgments, having abandoned all judgments by the noble path, a creature does not make quarrel in the world - thus he concluded the teaching with the pinnacle of arahantship.

"Having measured by oneself" means having measured by oneself. "Having estimated" means having taken as a measure. "Pavinetvā" is also a reading; that is not good. "Above together with a doctrine" means together with one speaking above oneself. At the conclusion of the teaching, there was a full realisation similar to that stated in the Purābheda Sutta.

In the Saddhammappajjotikā, the Commentary on the Mahāniddesa,

the Explanation of the Cūḷabyūhasutta Niddesa is finished.

13.

Commentary on the Exposition of the Mahābyūha Sutta

130. In the thirteenth, the Mahābyūha Sutta Exposition, "whatever these dwelling in views" - this too was spoken in order to make clear that meaning to certain deities in whom the thought had arisen "Do these dwelling in views obtain only blame from the wise, or do they obtain praise as well?" having had the created Buddha ask himself by the former method. Therein, "anvānayanti" means they bring upon themselves, they bring again and again.

"Follow blame" means they approach reproach.

131. Now, since those disputants who hold wrong views, saying "Only this is the truth," sometimes somewhere obtain even praise, that fruit of disputation reckoned as praise is little and is not able for the tranquillity of lust and so on - what then to say of the second fruit of blame - therefore, showing this meaning, he spoke this verse of answer to begin with: "For this is little, not enough for tranquillity, I say there are two fruits of contention." Therein, "two fruits of contention" means blame and praise, or victory and defeat and so on that are of the same kind. "Having seen this too" means having seen this danger too in the fruits of contention thus: "Blame is indeed undesirable, and praise is not enough for tranquillity." "Seeing security in the ground of non-contention" means seeing the ground of non-contention, Nibbāna, as "security."

"Small" means slight. "Limited" means a little. "Inferior" means lower. "Sinful" means evil. "For tranquillity" means for the purpose of the tranquillity of lust and so on. "For peace" means for the purpose of tranquillity again and again above. "For appeasement" means for the purpose of causing to subside. "For Nibbāna" means for the purpose of the deathless, great Nibbāna. "For relinquishment" means for the purpose of relinquishing mental defilements through the path. "For tranquillisation" means not enough for the purpose of the non-arising of those tranquillised through fruition.

132. For thus, not disputing - is the verse beginning with "Whatever." Therein, "conventions" means views. "Of worldlings" means originating from worldlings. "Why would he approach attraction" means what single phenomenon even among matter and so on would he approach as involvement in the meaning of being worthy of approach, or by what reason would he approach? "Not making acquiescence in what is seen and heard" means not making affection towards purification through what is seen and heard.

"Generated by worldlings" means produced by worldlings. "Conventions" means views. "Or generated by various people far and wide" means or produced by holders of wrong views of manifold kinds. "Does not lead" means does not go. "Does not approach" means does not come near. "Does not go to" means turns away. "Does not adhere" means having entered, does not become established.

133. But those outside of this - the verse "those who hold morality as highest" - its meaning is - Deeming morality itself as "highest," those who hold morality as highest, some sirs say purity comes by mere self-restraint, and having accepted an ascetic practice such as the elephant-practice and so on, they stand devoted. Being led on by existence, attached to existence, they say "Right here in this view of the Teacher is purity"; moreover, those declaring themselves skilled are of such a doctrine thus "We are skilled."

134. "Thus, whoever has practised accordingly among those highest moralities - if one has fallen away" is the verse. Its meaning is - If one has fallen away from those moral observances either through the cutting off by others or through being unable to attain, he, having failed in that action of moral rules and austerities or in that action of meritorious volitional activity and so on, trembles. And not only does he tremble, but further he prattles and wails and longs for that purity of moral rules and austerities. Like what? Like one separated from the caravan, dwelling away from home - just as one dwelling away from home, separated from the caravan, longs for that home or that caravan.

"By cutting off others, or" means or being hindered by another. "Being unable to attain, or" means or not accomplishing that practice.

"Through ignorance one has failed" means fallen away from Nibbāna or from the path. "Either follows that caravan" means he goes behind that caravan everywhere.

135. Thus, the cause of trembling for those who hold morality as supreme - the noble disciple - the verse "having abandoned all moral rules and austerities." Therein, "blameable and unblameable" means all unwholesome states and mundane wholesome states. "Not wishing for purity or impurity" means not wishing for purity classified as the five types of sensual pleasure and so on, and impurity classified as unwholesome states and so on. "Abstaining one should wander" means one should wander abstaining from both purity and impurity. "Without grasping at peace" means not grasping any view.

"Dark with dark result" means unwholesome action that gives unwholesome result. "Bright with bright result" means mundane wholesome action that gives bright result similar to itself.

"Descent into the fixed course" means entering the path. "Trainees" means the seven trainees. "The highest state" means the supreme state, the fruition of arahantship.

136. Having thus shown the result of those outsiders who hold the doctrine of purification through self-control with morality as the highest, and the practice of the Worthy One who has abandoned moral rules and austerities, now showing the outsiders who hold the doctrine of purity in yet another way, he spoke the verse beginning with "in dependence on that." Its meaning is - There are also other ascetics and brahmins; they, in dependence on the loathed austere asceticism of the immortals, or in dependence on one or another among purity through what is seen and so on, or through the view of the inefficacy of action, having gone upwards, not free from craving in existence after existence, lament for purity - they say, they speak thus.

"Advocates of loathing through austerity" means those who advocate loathing of evil through austerity beginning with bodily mortification. "Having loathing through austerity as their core" means those having the core of loathing through that very austerity. "Advocates of going upwards" means those speaking of purity through the round of rebirths.

137. Thus, for those who are not free from craving and who lament for purity, even one who would imagine himself as having attained purity, for him too, because of not being free from craving, for one who is desiring this and that subject matter in existence after existence, there are indeed mutterings again and again - this is the intention. For craving, when practised, only increases craving. And not only mutterings, but "and trembling too regarding what is imagined" - it is said that there is also trembling regarding the subject matters imagined by his craving and wrong views. But because of being free from craving in existence after existence, "for whom there is no passing away and rebirth here in the future, by what would he tremble, where would he mutter" - this is the connection of this verse.

"Coming" means coming again. "Going" means going from here to elsewhere. "Going and coming" means having gone from here, turning back again. "Time" means death. "Destination" means that which should be gone to as a destination by way of going.

138. "What they call the teaching" is a verse of questioning.

139. Now, since not even one statement here is true, for they speak merely on the basis of view alone, therefore, showing that meaning, he spoke this verse of answer to begin with: "One's own indeed." Therein, "convention" means view. "Superior" means not deficient.

140. Thus, when those were saying their own teaching is complete, but saying another's teaching is "inferior," regarding any one whatsoever - the verse "If one were inferior by another's disparagement" is spoken. Its meaning is - If one were inferior by reason of another's blame, no one would be distinguished, the highest, in teachings. Why? For many speak of another's teaching as inferior; all of them, while speaking firmly in their own, are merely those of firm speech in their own teaching.

"By reason of disparagement" means by reason of being denigrated. "By reason of being reproached" means by reason of being made inferior. "By reason of being censured" means by reason of being reviled. "One's own doctrine" means one's own path.

141. And what is more - the verse beginning with "veneration of the Good Teaching." Its meaning is - And just as those sectarians praise their own doctrines, their veneration of the Good Teaching likewise takes place in the same way. For they exceedingly honour their Teacher and so on. Therein, if they were the measure, this being so, all theories would be true. Why? For their purity is individual only. It does not succeed elsewhere, nor even in the ultimate sense. For that is merely the grasping of a view in oneself for those whose understanding is to be guided by dependence on others. "Individual only" means separately only.

142. But whoever is the opposite - a brahmin because of having warded off evil - for him there is the verse "For a brahmin there is no being led by another." Its meaning is - For a brahmin, because of well seeing by the method beginning with "all activities are impermanent," there is no knowledge that needs to be guided by another. Nor is there anything well grasped, having discriminated "only this is the truth" among view-teachings. For that reason, he has gone beyond disputes about views, for he does not see another teaching as best apart from the establishments of mindfulness and so on.

"Not one to be led by another" means he is not one who should be led or made to know by another. "Not one relying on another, not one dependent on another" means he is not one to be relied upon by others. "Not one whose going is bound to another" means he is not one whose going is bound to others.

143. "I know": the connection and meaning of the verse - Thus, for now, the brahmin in the ultimate sense does not see another teaching as best, but other sectarians, even though knowing and seeing through knowledge of others' minds and so on, even though speaking thus "I know, I see, it is just so," attain purity by view. Why? Because even if one among them saw, even if he did see the matter as it really is through knowledge of others' minds and so on, what indeed was accomplished for him by that, what was accomplished by that seeing for him, was full understanding of suffering accomplished, or one among the abandoning of the origin and so on, since in every way, having passed beyond the noble path, those sectarians speak of purity by another means, or having passed beyond those sectarians, the Buddha and so on speak of purity by another means.

144. "A man seeing": the connection and meaning of the verse - And what is more? He who saw through knowledge of others' minds and so on, that man seeing sees mentality-materiality, and not beyond that; or having seen, he will know those very things - mentality-materiality as permanent or as happiness, not otherwise; He thus seeing, let him see much or little mentality-materiality as permanent and as happiness as he wishes, yet by such seeing of his, for the skilled do not say purity comes by that.

145. "One who speaks with fixed views": the connection and meaning of the verse - Even though there is no purity by that vision, whoever speaks with fixed views thus "I know, I see, it is just so," or whoever, dependent on that vision, falling back upon purity by view, speaks with fixed views thus "Only this is the truth," he is not easily disciplined, putting forward that thus designed, conditioned view. For he, dependent upon whatever teacher and so on, declaring it beautiful right there, speaking of purity, imagining himself thus "I am one of completely pure speech or one of completely pure vision," he saw truly there; there, by his own view, he saw it as not distorted. Just as that view proceeds, so he saw it, not wishing to see it otherwise - this is the intention.

"One who speaks with fixed views" means one who speaks having established himself firmly. "Difficult to discipline" means difficult to train. "Difficult to make understand" means difficult to inform, difficult to make comprehend by mind. "Difficult to make reflect" means difficult to make reflect upon again and again for the purpose of grasping, having investigated with the mind. "Difficult to make see" means difficult to make look at. "Difficult to inspire confidence" means difficult to produce confidence in the mind.

"He saw" means he attained penetration through knowledge. "He penetrated" means he attained understanding through the mind.

146. "When sectarians who put forward a view thus considered - the brahmin does not approach a cosmic cycle by reckoning" is the verse. Therein, "by reckoning" means having considered, having known - this is the meaning. "Nor is he a kinsman of knowledge" means one who has not made a bond of craving and views by knowledge of attainments and so on. Therein, the grammatical analysis is: "nor is there for him a kinsman made by knowledge" - thus "nor a kinsman of knowledge." "Conventions" means conventions of views. "Of worldlings" means originating from worldlings. "Others take them up, I think" means others take them up; others take up those conventions - thus it is said.

"He is equanimous" means he sees by way of occurrence, having become impartial.

147. And what is more - "Having released the mental knots" is the verse. Therein, "without grasping" means devoid of taking up; that too is not his taking up, thus without grasping. Or he does not take up, thus without grasping.

"Having relinquished the knots" means having given up the knots beginning with covetousness. "Having released" means having given up by way of not taking up again. "Bound" means connected. "Tied" means tied as if included by a thread. "Fettered" means fettered well. "Strongly fettered" means fettered in various ways. "Obstructed" means fettered by bondage on all sides. "In bondage" means in the bondage of mental defilements. "Having broken apart" means having shaken out. "They dismantle" means having disassembled, they make unfit for use. "They break apart" means they crush to bits.

148. And what is more - such a one - "former mental corruptions" is the verse. Therein, "former mental corruptions" means the mental defilements having the nature of arising referring to past matter and so on. "New" means states having the nature of arising referring to present matter and so on. "Not going by desire" means does not go by way of desire and so on. "Not blaming himself" means not censuring oneself by way of what is done and not done.

149. "Thus, not blaming himself and - he regarding all phenomena" is the verse. Therein, "regarding all phenomena" means regarding the phenomena of the sixty-two views, of such varieties as "whatever is seen or." "Whose burden has been laid down" means whose burden has fallen. "Does not speculate" means he is free from speculation; the meaning is he does not make either of the twofold speculation. "Is not one who has ceased" means he is not even one endowed with cessation like virtuous worldlings and trainees. "Is not one with craving" means free from craving. For craving is that which longs, thus it is longing; he has no longing, thus "is not one with craving." From here onwards and below, the meaning is clear since the method has been stated in the respective places. Thus he concluded the teaching with the pinnacle of arahantship. At the conclusion of the teaching, there was a full realisation similar to that stated in the Purābheda Sutta.

In the Saddhammappajjotikā, the Commentary on the Mahāniddesa,

the Explanation of the Mahābyūhasutta Niddesa is finished.

14.

Commentary on the Exposition of the Tuvaṭaka Sutta

150. In the fourteenth, the Tuvaṭaka Sutta Exposition, "I ask you" - this too was spoken at that very great assembly, in order to make clear that meaning to certain deities in whom the thought had arisen "What indeed is the practice for the attainment of arahantship?" having had the created Buddha ask himself by the former method.

Therein, in the opening question verse first, "I ask" - here the question is classified by way of illuminating what has not been seen and so on. "Kinsman of the sun" means a kinsman by clan of the sun. "Seclusion and the state of peace" means seclusion and the state of peace. "How, having seen" means for what reason having seen, how having become one whose seeing has occurred - this is what is meant.

"Three questions" is a delimitation by counting. "Illuminating what has not been seen" means a question for the purpose of making obvious what has not been seen, not penetrated. "Comparing what has been seen" means for the purpose of connecting what has been seen with the eye of knowledge. "Cutting off doubt" means for the purpose of cutting off whatever uncertainty. "By nature the characteristic is unknown" means the true characteristic of phenomena is not known by nature. "Unseen" means not seen. "Not concluded" is also a reading. "Not weighed" means not weighed as if weighed with a balance. "Not determined" means not determined by way of determination. "Not clear" means not obvious. "Not made clear" means not developed by wisdom. "For the knowledge of that" means for the purpose of knowing the characteristic of that phenomenon. "To see" means for the purpose of seeing. "For the scrutiny" means for the purpose of scrutiny. "For the determination" means for the purpose of determination. "For the making clear" means for the purpose of making a classification. "By other wise persons" means by others endowed with higher intelligence. "Plunged into doubt" means having entered into uncertainty.

"A question by humans" means a question of human beings. "A question by non-human spirits" means a question of serpents, supaṇṇas and so on. "Householders" means the remaining householders. "Those gone forth" is said by way of outward appearance. "Serpents" means serpents such as Suphassa and so on. "Supaṇṇas" is by way of the Supaṇṇa Connected Discourses. "Demons" should be understood by way of the Yakkha Connected Discourses. "Titans" means Pahārāda and so on. "Gandhabbas" means Pañcasikha the gandhabba's son and so on. "Great kings" means the four great kings. "Not defective of any sense-organ" means with faculties not deficient in terms of shape. "That created one" means that Buddha created by the Blessed One.

"A question about cleansing" means a question about distinction mental states. "A question about the past" means a question referring to past mental states. In the case of the future and so on too, the same method applies. "A question about the wholesome" means a question about blameless mental states. "A question about the unwholesome" means a question about blameworthy mental states. "A question about the undeclared" means a question about mental states contrary to both of those.

"I entreat you" means I command you. "Please tell me" means tell me. "Clan relative" means a relative by clan. "Kinsman of the clan" means one belonging to the clan. "In one way" means in one portion.

"The state of peace" means the state of Nibbāna termed peace. "Whatever mental states lead to the achievement of peace" means whatever mental states beginning with the establishments of mindfulness for the purpose of attaining Nibbāna. "For the touching of peace" means for the purpose of touching Nibbāna through the contact of knowledge. "For the realisation" means for the purpose of making evident. "The great aggregate of morality" means the great heap of morality. In the case of the aggregate of concentration and so on too, the same method applies. The aggregates beginning with morality are mundane and supramundane, but knowledge and vision of liberation is mundane only.

"The splitting of the mass of darkness" means the destruction of the heap of ignorance. "The breaking of illusion" means the breaking of the fourfold illusion. "The extraction of the dart of craving" means the pulling out of the thorn of craving. "The appeasement of volitional activity" means the quenching of volitional activity beginning with merit. "The laying down of the burden" means the placing down of the burden of the five aggregates. "The cutting off of the round of rebirths" means the cutting of the continuation of the round of rebirths. "The quenching of torment" means the quenching of the torment of mental defilements. "The tranquillising of fever" means the subsiding of the disturbance of mental defilements. "God of gods" means a god above gods.

151. Then the Blessed One, because just as one seeing keeps in check the mental defilements, so having seen thus, having become one whose seeing has thus occurred, he attains final nibbāna, therefore, making manifest that meaning, urging that assembly of gods in the abandoning of mental defilements in various ways, beginning with "The root of the term 'obsession'," he spoke five verses.

Therein, in the opening verse first, the meaning in brief - "The term of obsession" (papañcasaṅkhā): because they are termed (saṅkhāta) "obsessions" (papañcā), the obsessions themselves are the "term of obsession" (papañcasaṅkhā). The root of that is the mental defilements beginning with ignorance; that root of the term "obsession" and all that is occurring as "I am" one should keep in check with wisdom. Whatever cravings should arise internally. For the removal of those, for their abandoning, one should always train mindfully; "having established mindfulness" (upaṭṭhitassati) means having been thus, one should train.

"Of internal origination or" means or arisen in the mind. "Before the meal" means the time before the daytime meal. The accusative case is used in the sense of absolute connection, but in meaning it is just the locative "before the meal"; the same method applies to "after the meal" and so on. "After the meal" means the time after the daytime meal. "The first watch" means the first portion of the night. "The middle watch" means the second portion of the night. "The last watch" means the third portion of the night. "In the dark fortnight" means in the dark fortnight. "In the bright fortnight" means in the bright fortnight. "In the rainy season" means the four months of the rainy season. "In winter" means the four months of winter. "In the hot season" means the four months of summer. "In the first stage of life" means in the first portion of age; the meaning is the first stage of life. And in the three stages of life, for a person with a life span of a hundred years, in each stage of life there are thirty-three years and four months.

152. Thus, for now, having taught the teaching connected with the three trainings with the pinnacle of arahantship in the first verse, in order to teach again by way of the abandoning of conceit, he spoke the verse "Whatever." Therein, "whatever quality one might directly know internally" means whatever virtue of oneself such as being of noble birth and so on one might know. "Or else externally" means or else externally one might know the virtue of one's teachers and preceptors. "One should not make strength by that" means one should not make conceit by that virtue.

"Of the good" means of those possessing the virtue of peacefulness. "Of the peaceful" means of those whose continuity is quenched. "Not called" means not spoken. "Not proclaimed" means not declared.

153. Now, showing the method of non-performance for him, he spoke the verse "One should not by that be better." Its meaning is - By that conceit one should not imagine "I am better" or "I am inferior" or even "I am equal." And touched by those various qualities such as being of noble birth and so on, one should not stand assigning oneself by the method beginning with "I have gone forth from a noble family."

154. Having thus taught by way of the abandoning of conceit as well, now, in order to teach by way of the peace of all mental defilements, he spoke the verse beginning with "internally only." Therein, "one should find peace only internally" means one should appease all mental defilements such as lust and so on in oneself only. "A monk should not seek peace from another" means setting aside the establishments of mindfulness and so on, one should not seek peace by another means. "Whence non-self" means non-self whence indeed.

"Should not seek" means one should not track by moral rules and austerities and so on. "Should not search for" means one should not look at. "Should not strive after" means one should not look again and again.

155. Now, showing the quality of steadfastness of one who has eliminated the mental corruptions, who is internally at peace, he spoke the verse beginning with "just as in the middle." Its meaning is - Just as in the middle of the great ocean, in the centre reckoned as the middle of the upper and lower portions, measuring four thousand yojanas, or in the middle standing among the mountains, a wave of the ocean does not arise, it remains just stable, unshaken - so one without longing, who has eliminated the mental corruptions, established regarding material gain and so on, would be unshaken; such a monk should not create excess of lust and so on anywhere.

"In height" means by the lower portion. "Deep" means deep for eighty-four thousand yojanas beginning from the surface of the water. "Ubbedho" is also a reading; that is not good. "Below" means the water within. "Above" means the water above. "In the middle" means in the centre. "Does not tremble" means does not move from its established place. "Does not shake" means does not move here and there. "Does not move" means it is motionless. "Does not quiver" means does not tremble. "Does not quake" means does not turn about. "Does not quake violently" means does not whirl about. "Unstirred" means not stirred. "Unshaken" means imperturbable. "Unmoved" means not made to tremble. "Undisturbed" means not become muddy. "There a wave does not arise" means in that place a wave does not arise.

"In the intervals between the seven mountains" means in between the seven mountains beginning with Yugandhara. "Sīdantarā" means even silk-cotton floss that has fallen into them sinks repeatedly, thus they are "sīdā" (sinking depths); "antarā" because of being situated among the mountains. "Antarasīdā" is also a reading.

156. Now, rejoicing in the teaching of the Teaching thus taught with the pinnacle of arahantship, and asking about the initial practice for that arahantship, the created Buddha spoke the verse "declared." Therein, "declared" means told. "The one with open vision" means endowed with five eyes that are open and unobstructed. "The teaching witnessed firsthand" means the teaching dependent on oneself, directly known by oneself, witnessed by oneself. "The removal of dangers" means the removing of dangers. "Tell the practice" means now tell the practice. "Venerable one" - he said this addressing the Blessed One as "may it be well for you." Or alternatively, the meaning is "tell your good, beautiful practice." "The principal monastic code or else concentration" - he asks by dividing up that very practice. "Practice" - by this he asks about the path. By the others he asks about morality and concentration.

"Through the physical eye too" means through the physical eye together with its constituents. "Through the divine eye too" means it is divine because of being similar to the divine. For deities have a divine sensitivity-eye, produced by good conduct and action, unhindered by bile, phlegm, blood and so on, capable of receiving objects even from afar, because of being free from mental impurities. This too, being the eye of knowledge produced by the power of energy and meditative development, is just such - thus it is divine because of being similar to the divine. It is divine because of having been attained by way of the divine abiding, and because of being dependent on the divine abiding by oneself. It is also divine because of having great radiance through the comprehension of light. It is also divine because of having great range through the seeing of forms gone beyond walls and so on. All that should be understood in accordance with the science of grammar. It is an eye in the meaning of seeing; it is also an eye because, by performing the function of an eye, it is as if possessing an eye; and it is divine and it is an eye - thus "divine eye." Therefore, one with open vision through the divine eye too. Now, in order to speak of the fivefold eye in detail, he said beginning with "How is the Blessed One one with open vision through the physical eye?" "In the physical eye of the Blessed One, five colours are found" - here, in the eye together with its constituents and so on of the Buddha, the Blessed One, five portions are found individually.

"Blue colour" means the colour of a flax flower. "Yellow colour" means the colour of a kaṇikāra flower. "Red colour" means the colour of an indagopaka insect. "Black colour" means the colour of eye ointment. "White colour" means the colour of the morning star. "Where the eyelashes are established" means in whatever place the eyelashes are established and arise. "That is blue, deeply blue" - here "blue" is said by way of all-inclusive classification. "Deeply blue" means without gaps, thoroughly blue. "Pleasing" means generating confidence. "Beautiful to behold" means beautiful. "Like a flax flower" means like a water-cool flower. "Beyond that" means on the outer side all around that. "Yellow" is all-inclusive. "Deeply yellow" means without gaps, thoroughly yellow. "On both sides the corners of the eyes" means the two corners of the eyes. "Red" is said by way of all-inclusive classification. "Deeply red" means with undiscernible openings, thoroughly red. "In the middle is black" means the middle area of the eyes is black, like eye ointment. "Deeply black" means without gaps, thoroughly black. "Not rough" means pleasing. "Smooth" means sublime. "Like a soapberry" means like the fruit of a soapberry with its skin removed. "Addāriṭṭhakasamāna" is also a reading; the meaning of that is like a wet crow. "White" is said by way of all-inclusive classification. "Deeply white" means without gaps, like a silver disc, thoroughly white. "Pure white, bright" - by both these he shows the extreme whiteness. "With the natural physical eye" means with the natural physical eye. "Included in his individual existence" means dependent on his individual existence. "Produced by former good conduct" means produced by the action of bodily good conduct and so on in the individual existences arisen here and there in former times. "He sees all around for a yojana" means with the natural physical eye he will see forms gone beyond walls and so on, free from obstruction, in a yojana measuring four gāvutas all around.

"Both by day and by night" means during the daytime and during the night-time. "Possessed of four factors" means possessed of four factors, complete darkness, devoid of light. "The sun has set" means the sun that arose generating valour has departed. "It is the Observance day of the dark fortnight" means and it is the fourteenth-day Observance day of the dark fortnight. "There is a dense jungle thicket" means and a thick mass of trees. "A great dark cloud has arisen" means a great dark cloud and a mass of clouds has arisen. "A wall" means or a brick wall. "A door panel" means or a door panel such as a door or window shutter and so on. "A rampart" means or a rampart made of clay and so on. "A mountain" means or a mountain such as a mountain of earth and so on. "A shrub" means or a shrub such as a young shrub and so on. "A creeper" means or a creeper such as a karavinda and so on. "An obstruction for the seeing of forms" means there is no hindrance for the purpose of seeing visual objects. "If one were to mark a single sesame seed" means if one were to make a mark on a single sesame seed. "Were to throw it into a cartload of sesame" means were to throw it into a heap of sesame of two carts. Some, however, say "a cartload means a pot plus two carts." "One could pick out that very sesame seed" means one could pick out and take that very sesame seed that was marked.

"With the divine eye" - this is of already stated meaning. "Which is pure" means pure because of being a cause for purification of view through the seeing of passing away and rebirth. For whoever sees only the passing away but not the rebirth, he grasps the annihilationist view. Whoever sees only the rebirth but not the passing away, he grasps the eternalist view of the manifestation of a new being. But whoever sees both of those, since he overcomes both kinds of that wrong view, therefore that seeing of his is a cause for purification of view; and the sons of the Buddha see both of these. Therefore it was said - "Pure because of being a cause for purification of view through the seeing of passing away and rebirth." "Surpassing the human" means having surpassed the range of humans by the seeing of forms, or surpassing the human because of having surpassed the human physical eye - this should be understood.

"With that divine eye, which is pure and surpasses the human, he sees beings" means he looks at beings just as with the human physical eye. In "passing away and arising," here at the actual moment of death or the actual moment of rebirth, it is not possible to see with the divine eye. But those who are near death and will now pass away - they are "passing away." And those who have taken conception and have just been reborn - they are intended as "arising." It shows that he sees those of such kind who are passing away and arising. "Inferior" means inferior because of being connected with the outcome of delusion. The opposite of that is "superior." "Beautiful" means endowed with desirable, pleasant, and agreeable beauty, because of being connected with the outcome of non-hate. The opposite of that is "ugly"; the meaning is handsome and ill-favoured. "Fortunate" means gone to a fortunate world, or because of being connected with the outcome of non-greed, rich and of great wealth. "Unfortunate" means gone to an unfortunate realm, or because of being connected with the outcome of greed, poor, with little food and drink. "According to their actions" means having arrived at each respective destination according to whatever action was accumulated. Therein, by the former terms beginning with "passing away," the function of the divine eye has been stated. But by this term, the function of the knowledge of rebirth according to beings' actions.

And this is the order of arising of that knowledge - Here a monk, having extended the light downwards towards hell, sees hell beings experiencing great suffering. That seeing is solely the function of the divine eye. He attends thus: "Having done what action indeed are these beings experiencing this suffering?" Then there arises in him knowledge having that action as its object, thinking "Having done such and such a thing." Likewise, having extended the light upwards towards the heavenly world, he sees beings in the Nandana Grove, the Missaka Grove, the Phārusaka Grove, and so on, experiencing great success. That seeing too is solely the function of the divine eye. He attends thus: "Having done what action indeed are these beings experiencing this success?" Then there arises in him knowledge having that action as its object, thinking "Having done such and such a thing." This is called the knowledge of rebirth according to beings' actions. For this there is no separate preliminary work. And just as for this one, so too for the knowledge of future events. For these, having the divine eye as their foundation, succeed together with the divine eye itself.

In the passage beginning with "These beings indeed, sirs," "these" is a term of illustration for those seen with the divine eye. "Vata" is an indeclinable particle in the sense of lamenting. "Bhonto" means the venerable ones. Badly practised conduct, or conduct practised badly because of being putrid with mental defilements - thus it is misconduct. Misconduct by body, or misconduct arisen from the body - thus it is bodily misconduct. The same method applies to the others as well. "Endowed with" means possessed of.

"Revilers of the noble ones" means having become desirous of harm towards the noble ones - Buddhas, Individually Enlightened Ones, and disciples of the Buddha - even down to lay stream-enterers, revilers either by the final case or by the destruction of their virtues; it is said to mean abusers and blamers. Therein, one saying "There is no ascetic practice in them, they are not ascetics" blames by the final case. One saying "There is no meditative absorption in them, or deliverance, or path, or fruition" and so on should be understood as blaming by the destruction of their virtues. Whether he blames one who has meditative absorption or one who does not have meditative absorption, in both ways it is just reviling of the noble ones. It is an excessively heavy action, similar to a heinous action with immediate bad destination, an obstruction to heaven and an obstruction to the path, but it is curable. Therefore, whoever reviles a noble one, having gone to him, if he is senior to oneself, having sat down squatting, he should ask forgiveness saying "I said such and such things to the venerable one; forgive me for that." But if he is more junior, having paid homage, having sat down squatting, having raised joined palms, he should ask forgiveness saying "I, venerable sir, said such and such things to you; forgive me for that." If he does not accept, or has departed to another direction, he should ask forgiveness either by going himself or by sending a co-resident pupil. If it is not possible either to go or to send, having gone to the presence of whatever monks dwell in that monastery, if they are more junior, having sat down squatting, if they are more senior, having proceeded by the method stated for seniors, he should ask forgiveness by saying "I, venerable sir, said such and such things to the venerable one named so-and-so; may that venerable one forgive me" and thus ask forgiveness. Even if he does not accept face to face, this very same thing should be done. If he is a monk who wanders alone, and neither his place of residence nor the place where he has gone is known, having gone to the presence of one wise monk, it should be said: "I, venerable sir, said such and such things to the venerable one named so-and-so; as I recall it again and again, remorse arises in me; what should I do?" He will say: "Do not worry; the elder forgives you; calm your mind." By him too, facing the direction where the noble one has gone, having raised joined palms, it should be said: "Forgive me." If he has attained final Nibbāna, having gone to the place of the bed where he attained final Nibbāna, even having gone as far as the charnel ground, forgiveness should be asked. When this is done, there is neither an obstruction to heaven nor an obstruction to the path; it becomes merely ordinary.

"Holding wrong views" means having distorted vision. "Undertaking actions based on wrong views" means those who have undertaken various actions through the power of wrong view, and who also instigate others in bodily actions and so on that are rooted in wrong view. And here, although reviling of noble ones is already included by the inclusion of verbal misconduct, and wrong view by the inclusion of mental misconduct, it should be understood that the repetition of these two is for the purpose of showing their greatly blameworthy nature. For reviling of noble ones is greatly blameworthy, similar to the heinous offences of immediate retribution. And this too was said -

"Just as, Sāriputta, a monk accomplished in morality, accomplished in concentration, accomplished in wisdom would attain final liberating knowledge in this very life, thus I say this accomplishment is, Sāriputta. Without abandoning that speech, without abandoning that thought, without relinquishing that view, he is deposited in hell as if carried there."

And there is nothing else more blameworthy than wrong view. As he said -

"I do not, monks, perceive any other single phenomenon that is thus greatly blameworthy as this, monks, wrong view. Wrong view is paramount, monks, among greatly blameworthy things."

"Upon the body's collapse" means by the relinquishment of the clung-to aggregates. "After death" means at the taking up of the aggregates produced immediately thereafter. Or alternatively, "upon the body's collapse" means by the arrest of the life faculty. "After death" means beyond the death consciousness. "Realm of misery" and so on - all this is entirely a synonym for hell. For hell is a realm of misery because of being devoid of income reckoned as merit, which is the cause of heaven and liberation, or because of the absence of income of happiness. "Unfortunate realm" means the destination and shelter of suffering; or an unfortunate realm because it is a destination produced by corrupt action through the abundance of hate. "Nether world" because doers of wrong-doing fall therein helplessly; or a nether world because those who are being destroyed fall therein with their limbs and minor limbs being broken apart. "Hell" because there is no income associated with gratification therein.

Or alternatively, by the term "realm of misery" he explains the animal realm; for the animal realm is a realm of misery because of being devoid of a fortunate destination. But not an unfortunate realm, because of the existence of influential beings such as nāga kings and so on. By the term "unfortunate realm" he explains the sphere of ghosts; for that is both a realm of misery and an unfortunate realm because of being devoid of happiness and because of being a destination of suffering, but not a nether world, because of not having fallen, like the class of titans. By the term "nether world" he explains the class of titans. For that, in the aforesaid meaning, is both a realm of misery and an unfortunate realm, and is called a nether world because of having fallen from all accumulations. By the term "hell," hell itself of many kinds beginning with Avīci is explained. "Arisen" means approached; the intention is that they were reborn there. The bright side should be understood by the reverse of what has been stated. But this is the distinction - therein, by the term "fortunate realm" the human destination too is included. By the term "heaven," the destination of gods only. Therein, a beautiful destination is a fortunate destination. "Heaven" because it is well foremost in objects such as forms and so on. All that too is called "world" in the sense of crumbling and disintegrating - this is the meaning of the word. "Thus with the divine eye" and so on - all this is a concluding statement.

"Thus he sees with the divine eye" - this is the meaning here in brief: The knowledge of the divine eye proceeds in four objects by way of limited, present, internal and external objects. The knowledge of rebirth according to beings' actions proceeds in five objects by way of limited, exalted, past, internal and external objects. The knowledge of future events proceeds in eight objects by way of limited, exalted, immeasurable, path, future, internal, external and indeterminate objects.

"And if the Blessed One wishes" means the Blessed One desiring. "He could see one world system" means he could survey one world-circle. "A thousandfold minor" - here, as far as the moon and sun revolve, shining and illuminating the directions, so far extends the thousandfold world; this is called the thousandfold minor. "Minor" means small. "A twofold thousandfold middling world system" - here, having counted a thousand world-circles by a thousandfold portion, the twofold thousandfold middling world system is the name for what measures ten hundred thousand world-circles. By this much, what is called the birth-field of the Buddhas has been shown. For when Bodhisattas in their final existence pass away from the heavenly world and on the day of taking conception in the mother's womb, and on the day of emergence from the mother's womb, and on the day of the great renunciation, and on the days of the supreme enlightenment, the turning of the wheel of the Teaching, the relinquishing of the life-formation, and the final Nibbāna, this much extent trembles.

A threefold thousandfold also. "A great thousandfold world system" - the third beginning from the thousandfold is the threefold thousandfold; because the first thousandfold was multiplied a thousandfold to calculate the middling, and the middling was multiplied a thousandfold to calculate it, it is calculated by great thousands, thus it is the great thousandfold. By this much, a world measuring a hundred thousand ten million world-circles has been shown. But the Elder Tissatthera, son of an accountant, said thus: "This is not the measure of the threefold-thousandfold great-thousandfold world system. For this is a place where the teachers' recitation-based text has declined in oral transmission; but the extent measuring ten times a hundred thousand ten million world-circles is what is called the threefold-thousandfold great-thousandfold world system." By this much, what is called the field of authority of the Blessed One has been shown. For within this interval, the authority of the Āṭānāṭiya protection, the Isigili protection, the Dhajagga protection, the Bojjhaṅga protection, the Khandha protection, the Mora protection, the Mettā protection, and the Ratana protection pervades.

"Or else, as much as he wishes" means or as much as he might desire. By this, the domain-field has been shown. For there is no measurable limit to the domain-field of the Buddhas, and to illustrate its non-existence they bring this simile: Having filled a hundred thousand ten million world-circles up to the Brahmā world with mustard seeds, if someone were to come along placing one mustard seed in each world-circle in the eastern direction, all those mustard seeds would come to utter exhaustion. But not the world-circles in the eastern direction. In the southern and other directions too, the same method applies. Therein, there is nothing that is outside the domain of the Buddhas. "So much he could see" means he could survey that much. "Thus pure is the divine eye of the Blessed One" - thus he concluded the discussion of the divine eye.

"How is the Blessed One one with open vision through the eye of wisdom too?" means in what manner is he one with uncovered vision through the eye of wisdom? From "Of great wisdom, of broad wisdom" and so on up to the conclusion "that is to say, in wisdom" is of the same meaning as stated above.

"With the Buddha-eye" means with the knowledge of the diversity of faculties and with the knowledge of the inclinations and underlying tendencies. The name "Buddha-eye" belongs to these two knowledges, "all-seeing eye" to omniscient knowledge, and "eye of the teaching" to the three path knowledges. "Surveying the world, he saw beings" means he saw beings. In "with little dust in their eyes" and so on: those for whom, in the manner already stated, the dust of lust and so on in the eye of wisdom is little, they have little dust in their eyes. Those for whom that is great, they have much dust in their eyes. Those whose faculties beginning with faith are sharp, they have sharp faculties. Those whose faculties are soft, they have soft faculties. Those for whom those very same dispositions beginning with faith are beautiful, they are of good disposition. Those who observe the reason that has been explained, who are able to be instructed with ease, they are easy to instruct. Those who see the world beyond and fault as danger, they are called those who see the danger in the world beyond and in fault.

"In a pond of water lilies" means in a waterlily pond. The same method applies to the others as well. "Nourished while submerged within" means those which are nourished while just submerged within. "Having risen above the water, stand" means having surpassed the water, they stand. Therein, whichever ones have risen above and are standing, they are standing awaiting the touch of the sun's rays, and are those that will bloom today. Those that stand level with the water, they are those that will bloom tomorrow. Those that have not risen above the water and are nourished while submerged within, they are those that will bloom on the third day itself. But there are also others called diseased waterlilies that have not risen above the water, which will never bloom and will only become food for fish and turtles; those have not been included in the canonical text, but they have been brought in and explained, thus they are illustrated.

For just as those flowers are fourfold, just so there are four persons: one who understands quickly, one who understands through elaboration, one who needs to be guided, and one for whom the word is the maximum. Whatever person for whom there is full realization of the teaching at the time of utterance, this is called a person who understands quickly. Whatever person for whom, when what has been spoken in brief is being analysed in detail as to meaning, there is full realization of the teaching, this is called a person who understands through elaboration. Whatever person for whom, through recitation, through interrogation, through wise attention, through associating with, keeping company with, and attending on good friends, there is full realization of the teaching, this is called a person who needs to be guided. Whatever person for whom, even though hearing much, even though reciting much, even though remembering much, even though teaching much, there is no full realization of the teaching in that birth, this is called a person for whom the word is the maximum. Therein, the Blessed One, surveying the ten-thousandfold world system resembling a waterlily pond and so on, saw in every respect thus: those who understand quickly are those that will bloom today, those who understand through elaboration are those that will bloom tomorrow. Therein, for three persons, the Blessed One's teaching of the Teaching accomplishes its purpose in this very individual existence; for those for whom the word is the maximum, it serves for the purpose of habituation in the future.

In "of lustful temperament" and so on: one who has conduct towards the object by way of finding pleasure, this one has that, thus one is of lustful temperament. One who has conduct towards the object by way of being hostile, this one has that, thus one is of hateful temperament. One who has conduct towards the object by way of being confused, this one has that, thus one is of deluded temperament. One who has conduct towards the object by way of thinking, by way of pondering, this one has that, thus one is of discursive temperament. One who has conduct towards the object by way of resolute faith, this one has that, thus one is of faithful temperament. Knowledge itself is conduct, or conduct by knowledge, or conduct of knowledge, or conduct from knowledge - this one has that, thus one is of wise temperament. "Of lustful temperament" means one in whom lust is prominent, one in whom lust is abundant. In the remaining cases too, the same method applies.

"He speaks the talk on foulness" means he tells the tenfold talk connected with foulness beginning with the bloated and so on. For this was said: "Foulness is to be developed for the abandoning of lust." "He tells the development of friendliness" means he speaks of the development of friendliness, the softening of the mind. For this was said: "Friendliness is to be developed for the abandoning of anger." "In recitation" means in rehearsal. "In questioning" means in the commentary. "In hearing the Teaching at the right time" means in further hearing of the scriptural Teaching at the fitting and appropriate time. "In discussing the Teaching" means in discussion together with others. "In dwelling with teachers" means in attending upon teachers. "He establishes" means he establishes in the presence of teachers. "He tells mindfulness of breathing" means he speaks of the meditation subject associated with mindfulness of breathing. For this was said: "Mindfulness of breathing is to be developed for the arrest of applied thoughts." "He tells the confidence-inspiring sign" means he speaks a discourse productive of confidence such as the Cūḷavedalla, the Mahāvedalla, and so on. "The Buddha's excellent enlightenment" means the penetration of Buddhahood of the Buddha, the Blessed One. "The Teaching's excellent nature as Teaching" means the well-proclaimedness of the ninefold supramundane Teaching. "The Community's excellent practice" means the good practice beginning with the state of being well-practised of the eightfold noble Community. "And the moral precepts of oneself" means and the moral precepts belonging to oneself. "He tells the sign of insight" means he speaks of what is connected with rise and fall and so on. "The characteristic of impermanence" means the aspect of non-existence after having come to be. "The characteristic of suffering" means the aspect of oppression through rise and fall. "The characteristic of non-self" means the aspect of not being subject to control.

"Standing on a rocky mountain peak" means standing as if on a solid rocky mountain peak; for indeed there is no task of raising and stretching the neck and so on for the purpose of seeing for one standing there facing forward. "Such a simile" means a corresponding simile of a rocky mountain. Now here this is the meaning in brief - just as a man, standing just as he was on a rocky mountain peak, might see the populace all around with his eyes. The wise one, the one of beautiful wisdom, the all-seeing one through the knowledge of omniscience, the Blessed One, having ascended the palace made of the Teaching, made of wisdom, himself free from sorrow, may he look upon, consider, and examine the populace sunk in sorrow and overcome by birth and ageing.

Now here this is the intention - just as indeed, having made a great field all around at the foot of a mountain, and having made huts there on the embankments of the paddy fields, one might light fires at night, and there would be darkness possessed of four factors; then, for a man with eyes standing on the summit of that mountain and looking down at the ground, neither the field, nor the embankments of the paddy fields, nor the huts, nor the people sleeping there would be visible; but in the huts only the flames of fire would be visible. Thus, for the Tathāgata who, having ascended the palace of the Teaching, surveys the orders of beings, those beings who have not done good, even though seated beside his right knee in the same dwelling, do not come into the range of the Buddha-eye; they are like arrows shot in the night. But those persons accessible to instruction who have done good, even though standing far from him, come into range; they are just like fire and like the Himalaya mountain. And this too was said -

"The peaceful shine forth from afar, like the Himalaya mountain;

The unpeaceful here are not seen, like arrows shot in the night."

"The knowledge of omniscience" means here one who understood all, classified as the fivefold path of what is to be understood, is omniscient. For all phenomena, classified as conditioned, unconditioned, and so on, are just five paths of what is to be understood: activities, alteration, characteristic, Nibbāna, and concept. The state of being omniscient is omniscience; omniscience itself is knowledge - where "the knowledge of omniscience" (sabbaññutāñāṇa) should be said, "the knowledge of omniscience" (sabbaññutaññāṇa) is said. "Omniscient" - there could be fivefold omniscient ones: omniscient by sequence, omniscient at once, omniscient constantly, omniscient by capacity, and omniscient by what is known. Among these, because of the impossibility of a time for knowing all sequentially, omniscience by sequence does not exist; because of the absence of grasping all objects at once, omniscience at once does not exist; because of the arising of consciousness according to its respective object such as eye-consciousness and so on, because of the opposition of the life-continuum consciousness, and because of the absence of logical fitness, constant omniscience does not exist; from the remainder, there could be omniscience by capacity through the ability to know all, or omniscience by what is known through having known all phenomena; since for the omniscient by capacity there is no actual knowing of all, that too is not fitting; "There is nothing unseen by him here, etc. the all-seeing one" - because it was stated thus, only omniscience by what is known is fitting. For when this is so, by way of function, by way of non-delusion, by way of the accomplishment of reason, and by way of being bound to adverting, it is indeed omniscience. "By that knowledge" means by that knowledge of knowing all.

Again, by another method of exposition, for the purpose of establishing the state of omniscience, he spoke the verse beginning with "there is nothing unseen by him." Therein, "there is nothing unseen by him here" means for that Tathāgata, here in this world of three elements, or in this present time, there is not, there does not exist, even a trifle that is called unseen by the eye of wisdom. "There is" (atthi) is a verb in the present tense; by this he shows the state of being known of all phenomena belonging to the present time. But here the letter "da" is employed for the ease of verse composition. "And also unknown" (atho aviññāta) - here "atho" is an indeclinable particle used in connecting words. "Unknown" means there was no phenomenon whatsoever called unknown belonging to past time - this is the remainder of the reading. When taking the word "atthi" as an indeclinable, it is fitting even without the remainder of the reading. By this he shows the state of being known of all phenomena belonging to past time. "To be unknown" (ajānitabba) means there will not be, there does not exist, any phenomenon whatsoever called to be unknown belonging to future time. By this he shows the state of being known of all phenomena belonging to future time. Or here the prefix "a" is merely a specification of the act of knowing. "He directly knew all that is to be understood" (sabbaṃ abhiññāsi yadatthi neyya) - here whatever phenomenon belonging to the three times or free from time that is to be understood, to be known, exists, all that the Tathāgata directly knew, knew through superior knowledge of omniscience, penetrated; here, because the word "atthi" encompasses what belongs to the three times and what is free from time, the word "atthi" should be seen as indeed an indeclinable. "The Tathāgata is thereby the all-seeing one" (tathāgato tena samantacakkhu) means because of being without exception by way of time and by way of location, the eye of knowledge that proceeds all around, from every side, is the all-seeing eye; by that aforesaid reason, it is said that the Tathāgata is the all-seeing one, the omniscient one. By this verse, through a teaching based on the standpoint of the person, the knowledge of omniscience has been established.

"Not by hearsay" (na itihitiha) means it is not the case that "thus indeed it was, thus indeed it was." "Not by tradition" (na itikirāya) means it is not the case that "thus indeed is this." "Not by lineage" (na paramparāya) means it is not even by talk handed down in succession. "Not by accomplishment of the Canon" (na piṭakasampadāya) means it is not the case that "it agrees with our canonical tradition." "Not by logical reasoning" (na takkahetu) means it is not even by the grasp of reasoning. "Not by reflection on appearances" (na ākāraparivitakkena) means it is not even by reflection on reasons thus: "this is a good reason." "Not by acceptance of a view after pondering it" (na diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā) means it is not even the case that "it agrees with the view grasped by us after pondering and accepting it."

"Or else concentration" means here "concentration" means wholesome unified focus of mind is concentration. In what sense is it concentration? In the meaning of composing. What is this composing? It is the even and right placing, the establishing of consciousness and mental factors upon a single object - this is what is said. Therefore, whatever mental state by whose power consciousness and mental factors, not being distracted and not being scattered, remain evenly and rightly upon a single object - this should be understood as composing. Now of that concentration -

"Its characteristic is non-distraction, its function is the destruction of distraction;

Its manifestation is non-wavering, and its proximate cause is happiness."

Concentration remains upon the object by way of an undisturbed and unshakeable state - thus it is stability. The next pair of terms is augmented by way of a prefix. Furthermore, it remains having united the associated mental states in the object - thus it is steadiness. It remains having plunged into and entered into the object - thus it is position. For on the wholesome side, only four mental states plunge into the object - faith, mindfulness, concentration, and wisdom. For that very reason faith is called "confidence," mindfulness "non-floating," concentration "position," and wisdom "penetration." But on the unwholesome side, three mental states plunge into the object - craving, wrong view, and ignorance. For that very reason these are called "mental floods." But here unified focus of mind is not powerful. Just as in a place where dust rises, when it has been sprinkled with water and swept, the dust settles for only a short time, and as it dries and dries it rises again in its natural state, just so on the unwholesome side unified focus of mind is not powerful.

Non-disturbance is the opposite of disturbance that occurs by way of restlessness and sceptical doubt. It is by way of restlessness and sceptical doubt that the mind going is distracted. But this is non-distraction because such distraction does not occur. It is by way of restlessness and sceptical doubt that the mind is disturbed, being carried here and there; but this is the state of one whose mind is thus undisturbed - the state of undisturbed mind. "Serenity" means serenity is threefold: serenity of mind, settlement of legal cases, and stilling of all activities. Therein, unified focus of mind in the eight attainments is called serenity of mind. For having come to that, the agitation of the mind and the struggling of the mind are stilled and appeased; therefore it is called "serenity of mind." The sevenfold settlement beginning with verdict in the presence is called settlement of legal cases. For having come to that, those various legal cases are stilled and appeased; therefore it is called "settlement of legal cases." But since all activities, having come to Nibbāna, are stilled and appeased, therefore that is called "the stilling of all activities." In this meaning, serenity of mind is intended. It exercises the function of lordship in the characteristic of concentration - thus it is the concentration faculty. "One does not waver regarding restlessness" - this is the power of concentration. "Right concentration" means exact concentration, concentration leading to liberation.

157. Then the Blessed One, since sense restraint is the protection of morality, or since this Teaching being taught in this order was suitable for those deities, therefore showing the practice beginning from sense restraint, he began with "with the eyes" and so on. Therein, "one should not be greedy with the eyes" means one should not be greedy with the eyes by way of wishing to see what has not been seen and so on. "One should shut out the ear from village talk" means one should shut out the ear from pointless talk.

"With greediness of the eyes" means with greediness of the eyes by way of the greediness arisen at the eye-door. "What is unseen should be seen" means it is fitting to see a visual object not previously seen. "What is seen should be surpassed" means it is fitting to go beyond a visual object previously seen. "From park to park" means from a park such as a flower park to a fruit park and so on, or to a flower park and so on. "Long wandering" means walking about for a long time. "Unsettled wandering" means walking about without a fixed destination. "He is devoted to the seeing of forms" means he is engaged again and again for the purpose of seeing visual objects.

"Having entered the inhabited area" means having entered within the threshold. "Having set out on the street" means having descended into the middle of the street. "Looking at house fronts" means looking at house doors. "Looking upwards" means looking in the upper direction with face turned upward.

"Having seen a form with the eye" means having seen a form with eye-consciousness, which is capable of seeing visible form, by the conventional expression obtained by way of reason as "eye." But the ancients said - "The eye does not see visible form because it is without consciousness; consciousness does not see because it is without eyes. But it sees by means of consciousness having sensitive matter as its basis, through the contact of the door and the object. But this, just as in 'he shoots with a bow' and so on, is called a statement inclusive of the constituents. Therefore 'having seen a form with eye-consciousness' - this is the meaning here." "One who grasps at signs" means he grasps, by way of desire and lust, the sign that is the basis of mental defilements - whether the sign of femininity or masculinity, or the sign of beauty and so on - and does not remain with merely what has been seen. "One who grasps at features" means he grasps the manner - distinguished as hands, feet, smiling, laughing, speaking, looking at, looking around, and so on - which has obtained the conventional expression "feature" because of making the mental defilements manifest by following each feature. In the passage beginning with "since if he were to dwell": for whatever reason, because of non-restraint of the eye-faculty, these mental states beginning with covetousness would flow in upon, follow after, and submerge this person dwelling with the eye-faculty unrestrained, with the eye-door unclosed by the door panel of mindfulness. "He does not proceed to restrain it" means he does not proceed for the purpose of closing that eye-faculty with the door panel of mindfulness. And being in such a state, he does not guard the eye-faculty. It is also said "he does not commit to restraint of the eye-faculty." Therein, although there is neither restraint nor non-restraint in the eye-faculty itself. For neither mindfulness nor forgetfulness arises in dependence on the eye-sensitivity. But further, when a visual object comes into the range of the eye, then, when the life-continuum has arisen twice and ceased, the functional mind-element, accomplishing the adverting function, arises and ceases; then eye-consciousness accomplishes the seeing function; then the mind-element accomplishes the receiving function; then the resultant rootless mind-consciousness element accomplishes the investigating function; then the functional rootless mind-consciousness element, accomplishing the determining function, arises and ceases; immediately after that, impulsion runs.

Therein too, neither at the time of the life-continuum nor at any one time of the adverting and so on is there restraint or non-restraint. But at the moment of impulsion, if immorality or forgetfulness or not knowing or impatience or idleness arises, there is non-restraint. Even though being thus, it is called "non-restraint of the eye-faculty." Why? Because when that non-restraint exists, the door too is unguarded, and the life-continuum too, and the adverting and other process consciousnesses too. Like what? Just as when the four gates of a city are unrestrained, although the house-doors, porches, inner rooms and so on inside are restrained, nevertheless all the goods inside the city are unprotected and unguarded. For having entered through the city gate, thieves could do whatever they wish. Just so, when immorality and so on have arisen in the impulsion, when that non-restraint exists, the door too is unguarded, and the life-continuum too, and the adverting and other process consciousnesses too.

"Offerings given in faith" means given having believed in action and its fruit, and in this world and the world beyond. "This one is my relative" or "this one is my friend," or "this one will reciprocate," or "this was previously done by him" - not given in such a way is the meaning. For things given in such a way are indeed not called offerings given in faith. "Food" - this is merely the heading of the teaching; but as regards meaning, having consumed food given in faith, having worn robes, making use of lodgings, consuming medicine as a requisite for the sick - all this is included in what has been said.

"Seyyathidaṃ" is an indeclinable particle. Its meaning is, which is it. "Dancing" means whatever dancing; it is not proper even for one going along the road to see it by stretching out the neck. "Singing" means whatever singing. "Music" means whatever music. "Plays" means a theatrical display. "Story-telling" means the Bhārata, Rāmāyana and so on. It is not proper even to go to the place where it is recited. "Hand-clapping" means bronze cymbals; some also say hand-clapping. "Cymbals" means a solid drum; some say the raising up of a dead body by means of a spell. "Drums" means a four-sided covered drum; some say a pot-like sound. "Magic shows" means the movements of dancers; or that which makes beautiful; the meaning is inspired art. "Acrobatic shows" means playing with iron balls; some also say the game of washing hempen cloth of the outcasts. "Bamboo-pole climbing" means playing by raising up a bamboo pole.

"Washing" means bone-washing; in certain countries, it is said, when relatives have died, they do not cremate them but bury them. Then, having known that their bodies have become putrid, having taken them out, having washed the bones, having anointed them with perfumes, they place them. They, at the time of a festival, having placed the bones in one place and having placed liquor and so on in another place, crying and lamenting, drink liquor. And this too was said: "There is, monks, in the southern countries a festival called 'washing'; there is food and drink and hard food and soft food and lickable food and drinkable food and dancing and singing and music. There is this washing, monks; I do not say it does not exist." But some say that "washing" means bone-washing by means of magic. Regarding elephant fights and so on, it is not proper for a monk either to fight together with elephants and so on, or to make them fight, or to see them fighting. "Wrestling matches" means wrestling. "Military parades" means where fighting is given. "Battle arrays" means the place for counting troops. "The massing of the army" means the encampment of the army, the settling of the army by means of cart formations and so on. "Troop reviews" means the reviewing of the military unit stated in the manner beginning with "three elephants are the smallest elephant unit."

"Is not one who grasps at signs" means he does not grasp at the sign of the aforesaid kind by way of desire and lust. Thus the remaining terms too should be understood by the method opposite to what was stated. And just as below it was said that when immorality and so on have arisen in the impulsion, when that non-restraint exists, the door too is unguarded, and the life-continuum too, and the adverting and other process consciousnesses too, so here when morality and so on have arisen, the door too is guarded, and the life-continuum too, and the adverting and other process consciousnesses too. Like what? Just as when the city gates are restrained, although the houses and so on inside are unrestrained, nevertheless all the goods within the city are well-protected and well-guarded, and when the city gates are closed, there is no entry for thieves. Just so, when morality and so on have arisen in the impulsion, the door too is guarded, and the life-continuum too, and the adverting and other process consciousnesses too. Therefore, even though arising at the moment of impulsion, it is said to be "restraint of the eye-faculty." From here onwards, the meaning should be understood by the method stated below and above.

"Seeing shows" means because of seeing spectacles. "Village talk" means the talk of those who dwell in villages. "Thirty-two" means thirty-two. Because of not leading to liberation from the paths to heaven and deliverance, talk that has become pointless is "pointless talk." Therein, talk that has arisen about kings by the method beginning with "Mahāsammata, Mandhātā, Dhammāsoka were of such great majesty" is talk about kings. The same method applies to talk about thieves and so on. Among those, by the method beginning with "such and such a king was handsome, good-looking," talk that is merely household-based talk is pointless talk. But when it proceeds thus: "Even he, of such great majesty, has gone to destruction," it stands in the state of a meditation subject. Among thieves too, "Mūladeva was of such great majesty, Meghamāla was of such great majesty" - dependent on their deeds, "Oh, what heroes!" - talk that is merely household-based talk is pointless talk. Regarding battles too, in the Bhārata war and so on, "such and such a one was thus killed by such and such a one, thus pierced" - talk by way of gratification of sensual pleasure alone is pointless talk. But when it proceeds thus: "Even they have gone to destruction," everywhere it becomes just a meditation subject.

Furthermore, regarding food and so on, it is not proper to speak by way of gratification of sensual pleasure thus: "We ate, consumed, drank, and used what was so colourful, so fragrant, so flavourful, so accomplished in touch." But having made it purposeful, it is proper to speak thus: "Formerly we gave food, drink, cloth, beds, garlands, and odours endowed with such colour and so on to the virtuous ones; we made offerings at the shrine." But regarding talk about relatives and so on, it is not proper to say by way of gratification: "Our relatives are heroes, able" or "Formerly we travelled about in such varied vehicles." But having made it purposeful, it is proper to speak thus: "Those relatives of ours too have gone to destruction" or "Formerly we gave such sandals to the Community." Talk about villages too, by way of well-settled, poorly-settled, having plenty of food, famine, and so on, "The inhabitants of such and such a village are heroes, able" - thus by way of gratification, it is not proper to say; but having made it purposeful, it is proper to say "They had faith, had confidence" or "They have gone to destruction and passing away."

The same method applies to talk about towns, cities, and countries too. Talk about women too, dependent on beauty, figure, and so on, by way of gratification, is not proper; but just so it is proper thus: "They had faith, had confidence, have gone to destruction and passing away." Talk about heroes too, "The warrior named Nandimitta was a hero" - by way of gratification, is not proper. But just so it is proper: "He had faith, he has gone to destruction and passing away." Talk about streets too, "Such and such a street is well-settled, poorly-settled, its people are heroes, able" - by way of gratification, is not proper. But just so it is proper: "They had faith, had confidence, have gone to destruction and passing away."

"Talk about wells" means talk about water-places; it is also called "talk about water-fords"; or talk about water-carrying slave-women. That too, "They are pleasing, skilled in dancing and singing" - by way of gratification, is not proper; it is proper by the method beginning with "they had faith, had confidence." "Talk about the dead" means talk about deceased relatives. Therein, the judgment is the same as for talk about present relatives.

"Talk about diversity" means the remaining pointless talk of various natures, freed from the preceding and following talks. "Speculations about the world" means: "By whom was this world created? It was created by such and such a one. The crow is white because of the whiteness of its bones; the heron is red because of the redness of its blood" - such is the worldly sophistic conversational talk.

"Tales about the sea" means: why is the ocean called "sāgara"? Because it was dug by the god Sāgara, it is called "sāgara"; because it made itself known by the hand-gesture "it was dug by me," it is called "samudda" - such and similar is the useless talk of tales about the sea. "Becoming" means growth. "Non-becoming" means deterioration. "Thus becoming, thus non-becoming" - talk carried on by stating whatever this or that useless reason is talk about becoming and non-becoming.

"Should shut out" means one should make an obstruction. "Should ward off" means one should prevent from the object. "Should restrain" means one should prevent by doing so rightly and without remainder. "Should guard" means one should make protection. "Should protect" means one should safeguard. "Should close" means one should make a closing. "Should cut off" means one should cut off the ear.

"Are not content with that" means they do not attain contentment with that sour and other flavour. "They seek again and again" means they search for higher and higher.

158. "By contact" means by the contact of disease. "And should not yearn for existence" means for the purpose of dispelling that contact, one should not aspire to sensual existence and other forms of existence. "And should not tremble among fearful things" means one should not tremble among fearful things such as lions, tigers and so on, which are the conditions for that contact, or one should not tremble regarding the remaining objects of the nose-faculty and mind-faculty. Thus the complete sense restraint has also been stated. Or, having shown sense restraint by the former, by this he shows: "One dwelling in the forest, having seen or heard something frightful, should not tremble."

"In one way" means by one reason. "Both fear and fearful are the same" means both what is called fear and what is called fearful, whether small or great, are merely a sign of fright. To show that very meaning, he said beginning with "for this was said." "Fear" means fear arisen on that condition. "Frightfulness" is a description of the manner. "Trepidation" means trembling of the body through the influence of fear. "Terror" means the bristling of the body hair, the state of standing upward. Having shown fear by function through this pair of terms, he then shows it by intrinsic nature with "mental excitement, fright." "Excitement" means a coward; "fright" means agitation of consciousness. "Fear of birth" means fear arisen dependent on birth. The same method applies in the remaining ones too. Fear arisen from kings is fear of kings. The same method applies in the remaining ones too. "Fear of self-censure" means the fear that arises for an evil-doer who censures oneself. "Fear of censure by others" means the fear that arises from censure by another.

"Fear of punishment" means the fear that arises dependent on punishment imposed by a king for a householder, and on disciplinary punishment for one gone forth. "Fear of an unfortunate realm" means the fear that arises dependent on the four realms of misery. "Fear of waves" means the fear that occurs for one descending into the water in the great ocean. In the great ocean, it is said, the wave called mahinda rises sixty yojanas, the wave called taraṅga fifty yojanas, and the wave called rohaṇa rises forty yojanas. Fear of waves is the fear that occurs dependent on such waves. Fear that occurs from crocodiles is fear of crocodiles. Fear from whirlpools of water is fear of whirlpools. Susukā is called a fierce fish; fear from that is fear of fierce fish. "Fear of livelihood" means fear from livelihood is fear of livelihood. "Fear of ill-repute" means fear from censure.

159. "Having obtained, one should not make storage" means having obtained whatever of these food and so on by righteousness, having thought "for one dwelling in a forest lodging, it is difficult to obtain," one should not make storage.

"Cooked rice" means produced from the rice grains of seven kinds of grain - rice, paddy, barley, wheat, millet, varaka, and kudrūsaka - and those in conformity with grain. "Food made with flour" means produced from barley. "Flour" means flour made from rice and so on. "Fish" is of water origin. "Meat" is obvious. "Mango beverage" means a beverage made from either unripe or ripe mangoes. Therein, when making it from unripe ones, one should split young mangoes, throw them into water, cook them in the sunshine by the heat of the sun, strain them, and combine them with honey, sugar, camphor, and so on accepted on that same day. "Rose-apple beverage" means a beverage made from rose-apple fruits. "Banana with seeds beverage" means a beverage made from plantain fruits with seeds. "Seedless banana beverage" means a beverage made from plantain fruits without seeds. "Madhuka beverage" means a beverage made from the natural juice of madhuka flowers. That, however, mixed with water is proper; pure is not proper. "Grape beverage" means a beverage made by crushing grapes in water, like mango beverage. "Lotus root beverage" means a beverage made by crushing the lotus roots of red waterlilies, blue waterlilies, and so on. "Sweet lovi-lovi beverage" means a beverage made from sweet lovi-lovi fruits, like mango beverage. "Kosamba beverage" means a beverage made from kosamba fruits. "Jujube beverage" means a beverage made from jujube fruits. "Jujube fruit beverage" means a beverage made from large jujube fruits, like mango beverage. These are eleven beverages; those too cooked by the heat of the sun are proper.

"Ghee beverage" means a beverage of ghee. "Oil beverage" means a beverage of sesame oil and so on. "Milk beverage" means a beverage of milk. "Rice gruel beverage" means a beverage of cool rice gruel and so on. "Juice beverage" means a beverage of vegetable juice and so on. "Flour sweet-meat" means first, the flour of the seven kinds of grain, those in conformity with grain, and leguminous seeds, and also jackfruit flour, breadfruit flour, ambāṭaka flour, sāla flour, and milk-creeper flour - flour sweet-meat made from the flour of these and so on. Cake sweet-meat too is made from these very same things. "Root sweet-meat" means radish root, alkaline root, cuccu root, and so on. "Bark sweet-meat" means sugar-cane bark and so on. "Leaf sweet-meat" means neem leaves, kuṭaja leaves, paṭola leaves, sulasa leaves, and so on. "Flower sweet-meat" means radish flowers, alkaline plant flowers, white varaṇa flowers, drumstick flowers, waterlily flowers, lotus flowers, and so on. "Fruit sweet-meat" means the sweet-meat of the fruits of jackfruit, breadfruit, palmyra, coconut, ambāṭaka, tamarind, citron, wood-apple, gourd, pumpkin, phussa fruit, timbarūsaka, sesamum, brinjal, banana with seeds, seedless banana, madhuka, and so on.

"Not by scheming" means not by deceiving. "Not by talking" means not by talking for the purpose of requisites. Having seen people who have come to the monastery, "For what purpose have you come, sirs?" - to invite monks. "If so, go; I shall take it and come afterwards" - not by talking thus. Or else, having presented oneself, "I am Tissa, the king is devoted to me, such and such a king and such and such a king's minister is devoted to me" - not by talking thus. "Not by hinting" means not by hinting through whatever bodily or verbal action that generates in others the perception of giving requisites. "Not by belittling" means whatever action of reviling others and so on, because just as a bamboo splinter scrapes off and wipes away ointment, so it scrapes off and wipes away another's virtue; or because just as by grinding perfume ingredients the pursuit of perfume comes about, so by grinding and crushing another's virtues this becomes a pursuit of gain; therefore it is called "belittling." Not by such belittling. "Not by seeking gain with gain" means here "seeking" means pursuit; for what is obtained from one place and carried to another place - this is called the pursuit of gain with gain. Not by such pursuit of gain with gain.

"Not by giving wood" means not by giving wood for the sake of requisites; for it is not proper to give to attendants wood that has arisen at the monastery or has been brought from the forest and guarded and protected, thinking "Thus they will give me requisites." For one who earns his livelihood thus lives by wrong means of livelihood through improper search; he incurs blame in this very life and in the future state he becomes one who fills up the realms of misery. One who gives one's own individual wood for the purpose of a skilful stratagem commits the wrong-doing of corrupting families; one who gives another individual's property with a thieving mind should be dealt with according to the value of the goods. The same method applies even in the case of what belongs to the monastic community. But if one gives that by authority, one commits the offence of disposing of heavy goods. But which wood is heavy goods and which is not? As for what is unplanted and naturally grown, that is heavy goods only in a place designated by the Community; beyond that it is not heavy goods. And in a planted place, it is entirely heavy goods; in measure, what is the size of a needle handle is heavy goods.

In "not by giving bamboo" and so on too, "not by giving bamboo" means not by giving bamboo for the sake of requisites - and so on; all should be understood by the very method stated in "not by giving wood." But bamboo, in measure, what is the size of an oil tube is heavy goods, not less than that. People go to the monastery and request bamboo; monks, saying "It belongs to the monastic community," do not dare to give it; people request again and again or threaten; then it is proper for monks to say "Having done the labour, take it" - this is not called giving bamboo. If they give adzes, hatchets, and so on, or solid food, or soft food for the purpose of the labour, it is not proper to accept them.

But in the Vinaya Commentary it is said: "People whose houses have been burnt, taking and going, should not be prevented." If a bamboo pest arises in the Community's bamboo grove, the bamboo perishes for those who do not have it cut down. "What should be done?" - this should be told to people on the alms round. If they do not wish to cut it down, they should be told "You will receive an equal share." If they still do not wish, they should be told "You will receive two portions." Even so, when they are unwilling, there is no use in what is lost; they should be told "When you have the opportunity, you will do the labour; cut it down and take it" - this is not called giving bamboo. The same method applies even when fire has arisen in a bamboo grove or in the case of bamboos being carried away by water.

Regarding the giving of leaves, this is the judgment concerning heavy goods - For leaves too, where they are sold, perfume-makers and others take them for the purpose of wrapping perfumes and so on; only in such a place where they are difficult to obtain are they heavy goods. This, then, is the judgment regarding kiṃsuka leaves, ear-ornaments, palm leaves, and so on. Palm-leaf too should be discussed in this very place - For palm-leaf too, in a naturally grown palm grove, is heavy goods only in a place designated by the Community, not beyond that; in planted palms, all is heavy goods; its measure is even an empty book of eight finger-breadths at the lower end. Grass too should be included right here and discussed. But where there is no grass, there they thatch with palm leaves, coconut leaves, and so on. Therefore those too are included under grass. Thus, among muñja grass, straw, and so on, any grass of a fistful in measure. And among coconut leaves and so on, even a single leaf given to the Community, or grown there, or grass grown on the Community's grass-site outside the monastery, or guarded and protected, is heavy goods. But that, when the work of the Community and the work of the shrine have been done, the surplus may be given for individual work. The same method applies also in the case of wood and bamboo mentioned above.

Regarding the giving of flowers, flowers are heavy goods only in places thus defined: "Having given up the flowers on these trees, let them bring the proceeds for the purpose of rice gruel and meals; let them bring the proceeds on these for the restoration of lodgings." If novices, having plucked flowers, make a heap, a monk who is the flower-distributor endowed with five factors, having counted the community of monks, makes portions. He is permitted to give to the assembly that has arrived without asking permission of the Community. But by one who is not authorized, it should be given having asked permission. But to whom is it permissible for a monk to give flowers, and to whom is it not permissible? It is permissible to give to parents, even having carried them to their house or even having summoned them from the house, saying "Make a material offering"; but it is not permissible for the purpose of adornment. But for the remaining relatives, it should not be given by carrying to them; having summoned them, it should be given for the purpose of veneration. For the rest of the people, it should be given by one not expecting anything in return to one who has arrived at a place of veneration; this is not called giving of flowers.

When many flowers are blooming at the monastery, a monk going for almsfood, having seen people, should say "Venerate with the many flowers at the monastery." There is no fault in the mere words; but it should not be said with the thought "People will come bringing solid and soft food." If he says it, the solid and soft food should not be consumed. People, by their own nature, having asked "Are there flowers at the monastery?" say "On such and such a day we shall come to the monastery; do not allow the novices to pluck the flowers." The monk forgot to tell the novices, the flowers were plucked by the novices, the people, having approached the monk, said: "We informed you on such and such a day thus: 'Do not allow the novices to pluck the flowers.' Why did you not prevent them?" It should be said: "My mindfulness lapsed; the flowers have merely been plucked, the offering has not yet been made." It should not be said: "Take them and make your offering." If he says it, the material gains should not be consumed. Another monk tells the novices: "The inhabitants of such and such a village said 'Do not pluck the flowers.'" The people too, having brought material gains and having given a gift, say: "Our people are not many; command the novices to pluck flowers together with us." "Almsfood has been obtained by the novices. Those who do not go on the alms round, they themselves will know, lay followers" - thus it should be said. Having obtained this much of a method, there is no fault in having the novices pluck flowers by making them as sons or brothers; this is not called giving of flowers.

Regarding the giving of fruit, fruit too, just like flowers, is heavy goods only when defined. When there is much fruit and non-fruit at the monastery, troublesome people come and request; the monks, saying "It belongs to the Community," do not venture to give; the people, being remorseful, revile and abuse. Therein, what should be done? Having determined either by fruits or by trees, an agreement should be made: "Those taking this many fruits from such and such a tree and such and such a tree, or those taking fruits from this many trees, should not be prevented." Thieves or lords taking by force should not be prevented. For being angered, they might destroy even the entire monastery; but the danger should be explained.

Regarding the giving of bathing powder, bathing powders that have been pounded are not heavy goods; bark that has not been pounded, standing on the tree just as it is, is heavy goods. But bath powder is proper for one who is not sick when prepared for dyeing. For one who is sick, it is proper indeed to give whatever bath powder.

"Not by giving bath powder" means by the giving of sirīsa powder and so on, according to the method stated. Regarding the giving of clay, clay is heavy goods only where it is difficult to obtain. That too, at the lower limit, is only the measure of a lump of thirty pala of molasses; below that, it is not heavy goods.

Regarding the giving of wooden toothbrushes, a wooden toothbrush is heavy goods only when uncut. Those novices for whom the turn for wooden toothbrushes comes from the Community, they are not permitted to give separately to their own teachers and preceptors. But those who, having determined "This many wooden toothbrushes are to be brought," have taken turns, they are permitted to give the surplus to their teachers and preceptors. Many wooden toothbrushes should not be taken by a single monk from the toothbrush enclosure; only one each should be taken daily. Even by one dwelling separately, having counted the community of monks, one should go having taken only as many as come to oneself. In the meantime, when visitors have arrived or when some depart for another direction, they should be placed back at the very place from which they were taken. "Not by giving water for washing the face" means not by the giving of water for washing the face.

In the passage beginning with "not by flattery" and so on, flattery is called speech of praise, having placed oneself in a low position like a slave, and having smoothed over even the faulty speech of another, out of desire for affection. "Not by bean-soup-like behaviour" means not by the state of being similar to bean soup. "The state of being similar to bean soup" is a designation for making one's livelihood by a mixture of truth and falsehood. For just as when bean soup is being cooked, many beans become cooked and a few do not, just so in a person who makes his livelihood by a mixture of truth and falsehood, there is much falsehood and little truth. Or just as there is no place where bean soup cannot enter, just so there is no place where a person whose conduct is a mixture of truth and falsehood cannot find a footing. Like a crossroads, it finds a footing in whatever place is desired. Therefore that false speech of his is called "bean-soup-like behaviour." "Not by acting as a servant" means not by the state of performing the work of a servant. For the work of a servant is servitude, the state of that is acting as a servant; this is a designation for amusing children by making ornaments and so on. "Not by pressing on chairs" means not by suddenly entering a house and sitting down on a small chair.

In the passage beginning with "not by the science of building-sites" and so on, the science of building-sites is the treatise for knowing what is well-situated and what is ill-situated regarding villages, market towns, cities, and so on. Worldly knowledge is the remaining knowledge such as the science of bodily marks, signs, and so on, which has become pointless because of not leading to liberation from the paths to heaven and deliverance. Palmistry is the knowing of the marks of good fortune and ill fortune of women and men. Astrology is the treatise for knowing the conjunctions of the constellations.

"Not by going as a messenger" means not by going having performed messenger duty. "Not by going as an errand-runner" means not by the going of one sent from house to house having taken the messages of laypeople. "Not by running errands on foot" means by carrying messages and counter-messages of those various laypeople in different villages, different regions, and so on. For this running errands on foot is proper by way of going somewhere having taken the message of one's own parents, and of those who attend upon one's parents. It is also proper to carry a message even to carpenters who are doing work for a shrine, or for the monastic community, or for oneself. People say "We will give a gift, we will make an offering, please inform the community of monks"; They give almsfood or medicine or a robe saying "Please give it to such and such an elder by name," or they hand over garlands, odours, ointments, and so on, or flags, banners, and so on, saying "Make an offering at the monastery." It is proper to carry all of it; it is not called running errands on foot. For one who goes having taken other messages, there is a fault at each and every step.

"Not by medical treatment" means not by becoming a physician and making medicine for the treatment of the body and so on. However, medicine should be made for five fellow practitioners of the Teaching: for a monk, for a nun, for a female trainee, for a novice, and for a female novice. For it is not allowable to refrain from making medicine for these who are engaged in the three trainings, who share the same morality, faith, and wisdom. It is proper to do it for these five as well: for one's parents, for their attendants, for one's own steward, and for one who is ready to leave household life. However, for these ten as well - for the elder brother, the younger brother, the elder sister, the younger sister, the younger mother, the elder mother, the younger father, the elder father, the paternal aunt, and the maternal aunt - when doing it for them, one should take their own medicine, merely prepare it, and give it. If it is not sufficient, one's own property should be given temporarily. For the lineage of their sons, up to the seventh generation of the family, there is no offence of making an intimation without being asked for one having the four requisites brought, or of medical treatment for one making medicine, or of the offence of corrupting families.

"Not by almsfood for almsfood" - here, to whom should almsfood be given, to whom should it not be given? It should be given to parents, to their attendants, to the steward, to one ready to leave household life, to one who has arrived, to a bandit thief, and even to a ruler. Having given to these, what is received afterwards is not called almsfood for almsfood. "Not by giving in return for giving" means not by giving again to those to whom one has given. "Righteously" means arisen through righteousness. "Impartially" means by bodily good conduct and so on. "Having obtained" means obtained by body. "Having got" means having reached with the mind. "Having attained" means having fully reached. "Having gained" means having gained through knowledge. "Having received" means having obtained again and again.

"Storage of food" - here the discussion of food is twofold: by way of monastic discipline and by way of detachment. By way of monastic discipline, first, whatever food accepted today becomes stored on the following day; in its use there is an expiation. But having given what one has received oneself to novices, having had what they received set aside, it is proper to eat it on the second day; but it is not detachment.

In the case of storage of beverages too, the same method applies. Here, "beverage" means the eight beverages beginning with mango beverage, and those that are in conformity with them.

In the case beginning with "storage of cloth," what is not determined and not assigned is storage and disturbs detachment. This is merely the indirect teaching; but directly, one should be content with three robes; having obtained a fourth, it should be given to another. If one is not able to give it to anyone, but the one to whom one wishes to give it has gone for the purpose of recitation or for the purpose of interrogation, it should be given as soon as he has arrived; not to give it is not proper. But when robes are insufficient, with mindful expectation, it is proper to keep them for the permitted period. Through the unavailability of needle, thread, and robe-making monks, it is proper to keep them even beyond that period, having performed a disciplinary legal act. But to keep them thinking "When this one is worn out, where shall I obtain another like it?" is not proper, and it is storage and destroys detachment.

In the case of storage of vehicles, "vehicle" means a litter, a chariot, a cart, a palanquin, a sedan chair, a hammock - this is not a vehicle for one gone forth. But sandals are indeed a vehicle for one gone forth. For one monk, one pair for the purpose of the forest, one pair for the purpose of a foot-wiping cloth - at most two pairs of sandals are proper; having obtained a third, it should be given to another; for to keep them thinking "When this one is worn out, where shall I obtain another?" is not proper, and it is storage and destroys detachment.

In the case of storage of beds, "bed" means a bed. For one monk, one in the inner room, one in the day-quarters - at most two beds are proper; having obtained more than that, it should be given to another monk or to a group; not to give it is not proper, and it is indeed storage and disturbs detachment.

In the case of storage of perfumes, when a monk has an affliction of itching, scabies, skin disease and so on, perfume is proper. When that disease has subsided with that perfume, it should be given to other sick persons. Or it should be applied at the door for five-finger house-fumigation and so on. But to keep it thinking "It will be useful when the disease recurs" is not proper, and it is storage of perfume and disturbs detachment.

"Material things" should be seen as the remainder of what was stated beginning with food and so on. That is: Here a certain monk, thinking "They will be of help at such a time," has sesame, rice-grains, green gram, beans, coconut, salt, fish, meat, dried flesh, ghee, oil, molasses, vessels and so on brought and keeps them. He, during the rainy season, early in the morning, having had rice gruel cooked by novices and having eaten it, sends them saying: "Novice, it is difficult to enter the village in the water and mud; go to such and such a family and announce that I am seated in the monastery; bring curds and so on from such and such a family." Even when asked by monks "What, venerable sir, will you not enter the village?" he says "The village is difficult to enter now, friends." They, saying "Very well, venerable sir, you stay; we shall seek almsfood and bring it," go. Then the novice too, having brought curds and so on, having prepared food and curry, presents it; while he is eating that very thing, attendants send food; from that too he eats whatever is agreeable. Then monks, having taken almsfood, come; from that too he eats whatever is agreeable, stretching his neck. Thus he passes even four months. This monk is called "one who lives the livelihood of a shaven-headed householder, not the livelihood of an ascetic." Such is what is called storage of material things.

However, at a monk's dwelling place, it is proper to store this much: one measure of rice-grains, one lump of molasses, and a quarter-measure of ghee, for the sake of thieves who may arrive at an improper time. For they, not receiving even this much material hospitality, might deprive one even of life; therefore, if even this much is not available, it is proper to have it brought and stored. And in a time of difficulty, whatever therein is allowable, it is proper to consume that even oneself. However, for one who stores even much in a hut for what is allowable, there is no storage.

160. "A meditator should not be desirous of wandering about": one who delights in meditative absorption and should not be desirous of wandering about. "He should refrain from remorse and not be negligent": he should dispel remorse beginning with hand-remorse and so on. And here he should not be negligent through acting attentively.

"Devoted to unity" means engaged in solitude. "Regarding the ultimate reality as important" means regarding the highest good as important. Or the reading is "regarding one's own welfare as important."

"One who delights in seclusion": delight is pleasure; having withdrawn from this and that object, one for whom there is delight in seclusion, in solitude - he is one who delights in seclusion. "Would" means might be. "Devoted to that" means devoted to seclusion. By these he shows fulfilment in the precepts. What is the reason for this? For one failing in morality, even unified focus does not succeed. "Devoted internally to serenity of mind" means engaged in the serenity of one's own mind. For here "internally" or "of oneself" - this is one in meaning, only the phrasing is different. But this is an accusative expression used in the locative sense. "Anu" - this is accomplished through connection with this prefix.

"With meditative absorption not neglected" means one whose meditative absorption has not been struck down externally, or one whose meditative absorption has not been destroyed. For this "nirākaraṇa" means removal and destruction. And its usage should be seen in such passages as "having rejected obstinacy, humble in conduct" and so on. "Endowed with insight" means engaged in the sevenfold observation. The sevenfold observation is: observation of impermanence, observation of suffering, observation of non-self, observation of disenchantment, observation of dispassion, observation of cessation, and observation of relinquishment. These were expanded upon in the Visuddhimagga. "One who develops empty dwellings" means one who increases empty dwellings. And here, a monk who, having taken up a meditation subject by way of serenity and insight, enters an empty dwelling night and day and sits down, should be understood as "one who develops empty dwellings." Even one who is building mansions of one storey and so on should be regarded as one who develops empty dwellings.

In "one who acts carefully" and so on, one who acts carefully by way of careful performance regarding the development of wholesome mental states such as giving and so on, or regarding the person or the gift. "Would" means might be. The state of being constant is perseverance; one who acts with perseverance by way of acting with perseverance. One who acts steadfastly by way of acting without interruption. Just as a chameleon, having gone a little way, stops for a little while, and does not go continuously, just so whatever person, having given a gift on one day, or having made an offering, or having heard the Teaching, or having practised the ascetic duty, does it again only after a long time, does not carry it on continuously. He is called "one who acts without perseverance, one who acts with halting." But whoever is not thus, he is one who acts steadfastly. "One who is not sluggish in conduct" means by the presence of pervasion reckoned as continuous performance, one who is not of sluggish conduct. "One who has not laid down desire" means one who has not laid down desire by way of the state of not having laid down the desire of energy in performing the wholesome. "One who has not laid down the responsibility" means one who does not lower the responsibility of energy; the meaning is one whose mind has not drawn back.

"Unremitting" means non-turning back. "Determination" means the state of being a support in performing the wholesome. "Pursuit" means engaging in. "Diligence" means the continuous presence of mindfulness.

161. "Weariness, deceit, laughter, play" means laziness and deceit and laughter and bodily and verbal play. "Together with adornment" means together with decoration.

"Having divided the night and day into six portions" means having made a sixfold portion by way of the first watch, the middle watch, and the last watch, three for the night, and likewise for the day. "One should attend to five portions" means having given up the middle watch of the night, one should not fall into sleep during the remaining five portions. "One should lie down for one portion" means one should lie down mindful and fully aware for the one portion of the middle watch and fall into sleep.

"Here a monk during the day too, in the forenoon, at midday, in the evening" - the three daytime portions too are taken. "By walking and sitting" means dwelling the whole day by just these two postures, from the obstruction of the mind, by obstructive mental states, by the five mental hindrances, or by all unwholesome mental states. "Should purify the mind" means one should cleanse the mind from those mental states. Although standing is not taken here, it should indeed be taken by making it connected with walking and sitting. "The first watch" means during the entire first watch.

"Sleeping place" - here there are four sleeping places: the sleeping place of one who enjoys sensual pleasures, the sleeping place of ghosts, the lion's sleeping place, and the Tathāgata's sleeping place. Therein, "Mostly, monks, one who enjoys sensual pleasures sleeps on the left side" - this is the sleeping place of one who enjoys sensual pleasures. For among them, mostly there are none who sleep on their right side. "Mostly, monks, ghosts sleep lying on their backs" - this is the sleeping place of ghosts. For because of having little flesh and blood, struck by the mass of bones, they are unable to sleep on one side; they sleep only on their backs. "A lion, monks, the king of beasts, prepares his sleeping place on his right side, etc. he is delighted" - this is the lion's sleeping place. For because of the abundance of energy, the lion, the king of beasts, having placed the two front paws in one place, the hind paws in one place, having inserted the tail between the thighs, having observed the position of the front paws, hind paws, and tail, having placed the head on top of the two front paws, sleeps. Even having slept during the day, when awakening he awakens without being startled, but having raised his head, he observes the position of the front paws and so on. If anything has shifted from its position, "This is not suitable for your birth, nor suitable for your valour," becoming displeased, he sleeps right there and does not depart for his food resort. But when they have remained without shifting, "This is suitable for your birth and valour," full of mirth, having risen, having stretched with a lion's stretch, having shaken off the mass of his mane, having roared the lion's roar three times, he departs for his food resort. The sleeping place of the fourth meditative absorption is called the Tathāgata's sleeping place. Among those, here the lion's sleeping place has come. For this is called the highest sleeping place because it is a posture abundant in energy.

"Foot upon foot" means the left foot upon the right foot. "Overlapping" means placing over, having placed slightly beyond. For when ankle rubs against ankle, or knee against knee, feeling arises repeatedly, the mind does not become fully focused, and the sleeping place is uncomfortable. But when placed beyond so that they do not rub together, feeling does not arise, the mind becomes fully focused, and the sleeping place is comfortable. Therefore it was said - "overlapping foot upon foot." "Mindful and fully aware" means having become endowed with mindfulness and with the wisdom of full awareness. By this, mindfulness and full awareness that thoroughly comprehends is spoken of. "Having attended to the perception of rising" means having placed in the mind the perception of rising that delimits the time of rising, thus: "I shall rise at such and such a time." For one who has lain down having done thus rises at the very time that was determined.

In the description of the energy faculty, "mental" - this is said for the purpose of explaining that energy is definitely mental in nature, for this energy: "Whatever, monks, is bodily energy, that too is the enlightenment factor of energy; whatever is mental energy, that too is the enlightenment factor of energy. Thus this goes to the synopsis" - in such discourses and so on, although it is called 'bodily' because it arises in one who is doing walking and so on, there is nothing bodily like body-consciousness; but it is only mental - in order to explain this, "mental" is said. "Arousal of energy" means arousal reckoned as energy. For this word "arousal" is used in many meanings: action, offence, performance, energy, injury, and upsetting.

"Whatever suffering comes into being, all is with effort as condition;

With the cessation of efforts, there is no coming into being of suffering."

Here it is used in the sense of action. In "He commits violations and is remorseful," here it is offence. In "Great sacrifices, great undertakings, they are not rich in result," here it is the performance of raising sacrificial posts and so on. In "Begin, go forth, engage in the Buddha's teaching," here it is energy. In "They kill living beings for the ascetic Gotama," here it is injury. In "He abstains from damaging seed and plant life," here it is upsetting such as cutting and breaking. But here energy alone is intended. Therefore he said: "'Arousal of energy' means arousal reckoned as energy." For energy is called "arousal" by way of arousing. This is its term for intrinsic nature. Exertion is by way of emerging from idleness. Effort is by way of stepping upon successive stages. Striving is by way of exerting oneself having risen up. Endeavour is by way of endeavouring. Enthusiasm is by way of striving. Enthusiasm is by way of exceeding striving. Strength is in the meaning of firmness. Steadfastness is that which bears the wholesome continuity by way of bearing consciousness and mental factors, or by way of occurrence without interruption.

Another method - And this is exertion for the dispelling of sensual pleasures. And this is effort for the cutting of bondage. And this is striving for the crossing over of the flood. And this is effort in the sense of going to the far shore. And this is enthusiasm in the sense of being a forerunner. And this is enthusiasm in the sense of exceeding. And this is strength for the unfastening of the cross-bar. And this is steadfastness for the causing of stability.

"Let only skin and sinews and bones remain" - at the time of such occurrence, by way of unflagging effort, there is unflagging effort; the meaning is firm effort, strong effort. Because this energy does not abandon desire in the place of performing wholesome action, does not abandon the burden, does not lower it down, does not give it up, and brings about an unretreating state of mind, therefore "not abandoning desire, not abandoning the burden" is said. Just as, however, at a place where the ground is broken by water of that kind, they say to the yoke-bearing ox "Hold on!", and he, even pressing the ground with his knees, bears the burden and does not allow it to fall to the ground, just so energy does not abandon the burden in the place of performing wholesome action but exerts itself; therefore "taking up the burden" is said. It exercises the function of lordship in the characteristic of exertion - thus it is the energy faculty. It does not waver regarding idleness - this is the power of energy. Through the endeavour in wholesome states that are exact and leading to liberation, it is right effort.

"Weariness" means inborn laziness. "Becoming weary" means the manner of becoming weary. "Being overcome by weariness" means the state of having the mind overpowered by weariness. The state of one who is lazy is laziness; the manner of becoming lazy is becoming lazy. The state of one who has become lazy is the state of being lazy. Thus by all these terms, bodily laziness by way of mental defilements is spoken of.

"Deceptive conduct" means deceptive action. "He speaks words 'May they not know me'" means a monk, knowingly transgressing the regulation, makes it weighty, but speaks as if at peace, saying "There is no place of transgression for us." "He exerts himself bodily" means he makes an effort with the body, thinking "May no one know this evil deed done by me." Because of concealing existing faults, it is like eye-deluding magic - thus it is deceit; the state of a deceitful one is deceitfulness. Because of concealing again after having done evil, beings transgress by means of this - thus it is transgression. Because of showing otherwise through bodily and verbal actions, one deceives - thus it is deception. By means of this, beings act fraudulently - thus it is fraud; the meaning is they act wrongly. Because of casting away evil deeds, saying "I do not do thus" - thus it is scattering. Because of avoiding, saying "I do not do thus" - thus it is evasion. Because of concealing by body and so on - thus it is concealment. Concealment from every side is complete concealment. Just as one covers dung with grass and leaves, so one conceals evil with bodily and verbal actions - thus it is covering. Covering from every side is complete covering. Not showing by making it clear - thus it is not making manifest. Not showing by making it open - thus it is not making open. Covering well is thorough covering. Because of doing evil again by means of concealing the evil that has been done - thus it is evil doing. "This is called" means this deceit, having the characteristic of concealing what has been done, is called deceit. A person endowed with which is like an ember concealed by ashes, like a stump concealed by water, and like a knife wrapped in a rag. "Laughs excessively showing his teeth" means exceeding the proper measure, having opened his teeth and shown them to others, having aroused laughter and pleasure, he laughs.

"Bodily play" means play occurring through the body. The same method applies to verbal play as well. "They play with elephants" means they play with elephants for the purpose of playing, for the purpose of sport such as running in front, running back, sitting on the back, and so on. The same method applies to horses and chariots as well. "They play with eight-row boards" means "in each row there are eight squares" - thus it is an eight-row board (aṭṭhapadaṃ); on that eight-row board. The same method applies to ten-row boards as well. "In space" means they play just in space as with eight-row and ten-row boards. "On circular paths" means having made various circular path designs on the ground, they play by navigating the path that must be navigated there. "They play santikā" means they play the santikā game; pieces or stone pebbles placed together, without shaking them, they remove and bring them near using only the fingernail. If any one of them moves there, it is a defeat.

"Khalikā" means they play with dice on a gambling board. "Ghaṭikā" means ghaṭikā is called the game of striking a short stick with a long stick; they play with that. "With hand-sticks" means having moistened the hand-stick with lac or madder or rice-water, saying "what will it be?" and striking it on the ground or on a wall, they play by showing the forms of elephants, horses, and so on. "With dice" means with a ball. "With leaf-pipes" means leaf-pipes is called a leaf-tube; they play by blowing it. "With toy ploughs" means with a small plough, a plaything for village boys. "With somersaults" means with the game of turning over; it means they play by turning upside down either by grasping a stick in the air or by placing the head on the ground. "With windmills" means a windmill is called a revolving wheel made from palm leaves and the like, which spins by the force of the wind; they play with that. "With toy measures" means toy measures is called a leaf-tube; with it they play by measuring sand and the like. "With toy chariots" means with a small chariot. "With toy bows" means with a small bow. "At guessing letters" means guessing letters is called the game of guessing letters written in the air or on the back; they play with that. "At guessing thoughts" means guessing thoughts is called the game of guessing what has been thought in the mind; they play with that. "At mimicking defects" means mimicking defects is called whatever faults of the one-eyed, the crippled, the hunchbacked, and so on - the game of displaying by imitating each respective defect; they play with that. "Mouth-drumming" means playing like a drum with the sound of the mouth. "Mouth-cymbals" means making the sound of a drum smeared with the mouth. "Mouth-kettledrums" means making the sound of a drum struck with the mouth. "Mouth-twisting" means making a sound by twisting the lip flesh crooked. "Mukhatalika" is also a reading; blowing by turning the mouth around. "Mouth-horns" means playing a drum with the mouth. "Acting" means teaching by showing dramatic performance. "Naṭṭaka" is also a reading. "Chattering" means making loud exclamations. "Singing" means singing. "Jesting" means making laughter and sport. "This is verbal play" means this play is born of speech, arisen at the verbal door.

Regarding "hair and beard" and so on: the cutting of hair with scissors without leaving more than the proper amount, and the trimming of the beard leaving the moustache, and cotton, and garlands such as one-sided garlands and so on, and odours such as root-odours and so on, and cosmetics that produce colouring of the skin. Regarding "the neck" and so on: ornaments and decorations for the neck and so on, and head-dresses, adornments, and decorations fastened on the head, and variegated garments for clothing the body, and the adornment of tying up the hair in a bun. "Parāsana" is also a reading. And head-wrapping reckoned as a cloth for wrapping the head.

Regarding rubbing and so on: the body odour of children born from the mother's womb disappears at the time of about twelve years. For the purpose of removing their body odour, they rub them with scented powder and so on. Such rubbing is not proper. But they lay meritorious children on their thighs, anoint them with oil, and massage them for the purpose of achieving the proper shape of hands, feet, thighs, navel, and so on. Such massaging is not proper.

"Bathing" means the bathing of those very children with scents and so on. "Kneading" means the strengthening of the arms by striking the hands and feet with mallets and so on, as for great wrestlers. "Mirror" means it is not proper to carry about any mirror whatsoever. "Eye-ointment" means only decorative eye-ointment. "Garland" means either a bound garland or an unbound garland. "Cosmetic" means whatever produces colouring of the skin. "Face-powder" and "face-cream" mean: for the purpose of removing dark spots and so on from the face, they apply clay paste. When the blood is thereby disturbed, they apply mustard paste; when the impurities are thereby consumed, they apply sesame paste; when the blood has thereby subsided, they apply turmeric paste; when the complexion has thereby improved, they powder the face with face-powder. All that is not proper.

Regarding bracelets and so on: they go about having tied variegated conch-shell pieces and so on on their hands. That or any other hand ornament whatsoever is not proper. Others go about having tied a top-knot, and they encircle it with golden strips, pearl strings, and so on. All that is not proper. Others go about having taken a four-cubit stick or else another decorated rod; likewise they hang on the left side a medicine container well-encased, decorated with figures of women, men, and so on; others a sword extremely sharp with a sheath of many-coloured designs, an umbrella stitched with five-coloured threads and decorated with sea-monster tooth designs and so on, sandals variegated with gold, silver, and so on and encircled with peacock feathers and so on. Some, having shown a hair-line border measuring a jewel's length and four finger-breadths in width, like a streak of lightning on the face of a cloud, tie a turban-cloth on the forehead and wear a crest-jewel, carry a yak-tail fan. All that is not proper.

"Or of this foul body" means of this corpse-body made of the four primary elements. "Embellishing" means making it a plaything. "Thoroughly embellishing" means making it a plaything from every side. "Greediness" means the state of longing. "The state of greediness" means the state of being greedy, the state of longing. "Fickleness" means the making of decoration. "The state of fickleness" means the state of being fickle.

Regarding "together with adornment" and so on: "together with adornment" means together with decoration. "Together with retinue" means together with the retinue reckoned as the making of skin-colouring. "Together with accessories" means together with accessories. "Together with requisites" means together with requisites.

162. "The Atharva Veda" means the practice of Atharva Veda spells. "Dreams" means the science of dream interpretation. "Marks on the body" means the reading of marks on gems and so on. "Should not practise" means one should not engage in. "And animal cries" means the repeated cry of deer and so on.

"Practitioners of the Atharva Veda" means those who know spells for injuring others. "They employ the Atharva Veda" means practitioners of the Atharva Veda, it is said, having eaten unsalted food for a week, having spread out grass, lying on the ground, having practised austere asceticism, on the seventh day having prepared a cemetery ground, standing at the seventh step, turning and turning the hand, they mutter a spell with the mouth; then their action succeeds. With reference to such a practice, he said "they employ the Atharva Veda." Therein, "they employ" means they are properly engaged in it. "When a city is besieged" means when a city has been seized by surrounding and blocking it on all sides. "When a battle is present" means having approached and standing in conflict. "Against enemies, against adversaries" means against hostile foes. "They produce calamity" means bodily shaking and trembling; they cause the production of that. "Misfortune" means they cause bodily affliction. "Disease" means illness. "Fever" means ageing. "Colic" means bloating. "Cholera" means piercing. "Dysentery" means bloody diarrhoea. "They cause" means they produce.

"Dream interpreters" means those who explain dreams. "They announce" means they explain. In "whoever sees a dream in the earlier period of the day" and so on, the accusative case is used in the sense of absolute connection; the meaning is "in the earlier period of the day." "Thus is the result" means such a result occurs by way of the desirable and undesirable. "Lying down face downward" means having become face downward, one lying down sees. Thus dream interpreters interpret dreams.

But one seeing that dream sees it for four reasons: either from disturbance of the elements, or from what was previously experienced, or from divine intervention, or from an advanced sign. Therein, one whose elements are disturbed through the conjunction of conditions causing the disturbance of bile and so on sees a dream from disturbance of the elements, and seeing, one sees various kinds of dreams. One seeing from what was previously experienced sees an object previously experienced in the past. One seeing from divine intervention sees objects through the power of deities. One seeing from an advanced sign sees a dream that is an advanced sign of benefit or harm about to arise by the force of merit and demerit. Therein, whatever dream one sees from disturbance of the elements and from what was previously experienced, that is not true. Whatever one sees from divine intervention, that is either true or false. For angered deities, wishing to destroy by means, show things even in a reversed manner. But whatever one sees from an advanced sign, that is absolutely true. From the combination and differentiation of these four root causes too, there is indeed differentiation of dreams. And moreover, this fourfold dream is seen only by learners and worldlings, because illusions have not been abandoned. Those beyond training do not see them, because illusions have been abandoned.

But does one seeing this see it while asleep, or while awakened, or while neither asleep nor awakened? And what here - If one sees it while asleep, a contradiction with the Abhidhamma arises. For one sleeps with the life-continuum consciousness; that is not an object such as a sign of matter and so on, nor is it associated with lust and so on; but for one seeing a dream, such consciousnesses arise. Then if one sees it while awakened, a contradiction with the Vinaya arises. For whatever one sees while awakened, one sees with fully functional consciousness; and in a transgression committed with fully functional consciousness, there is no such thing as no offence; but in a transgression committed by one seeing a dream, there is certainly no offence at all. Then if one neither asleep nor awakened sees it, who indeed sees it? And this being so, the very absence of dreams would result, not the absence. Why? Because one overcome by light sleep sees it. For this was said: "One who has reached the middle, great king, overcome by light sleep, sees a dream."

"Overcome by light sleep" means engaged in the sleep of a monkey. For just as the sleep of a monkey is quickly changing, so that sleep which, because of being interspersed again and again with wholesome and other consciousnesses, is quickly changing. During the occurrence of which there is again and again an emerging from the life-continuum, engaged in that, one sees a dream. Therefore this dream is wholesome, unwholesome, and also indeterminate. Therein, it should be understood that at the end of a dream, for one performing worship of shrines, hearing the Teaching, teaching the Teaching and so on, it is wholesome; for one performing killing of living beings and so on, it is unwholesome; freed from both extremes, at the moment of adverting and registration, it is indeterminate. This, because of having a weak basis, is unable to drag along conception through volition; but during occurrence, supported by other wholesome and unwholesome states, it gives result.

Regarding reading marks on gems and so on, the meaning is: they announce the characteristics of gems and so on by way of colour, shape and so on, thus: "such a gem is praised, such a gem is not praised, it is the cause of the owner's health, supremacy and so on, or it is not." Therein, "the characteristic of weapons" means the remaining weapons apart from swords and so on. Reading marks on women and so on too should be understood by way of the growth and deterioration of whatever family those women, men and so on dwell in. But regarding reading marks on goats and so on, this distinction too should be known: "the meat of such goats and so on should be eaten, and of such ones it should not be eaten."

And furthermore, here regarding the characteristic of lizards, in paintings, ornaments and so on too, this distinction too should be known: "when there is such a lizard, such and such a thing happens." Reading marks on earrings should be understood by way of both ornamental earrings and house-tops. Reading marks on tortoises is just similar to reading marks on lizards. Reading marks on deer is stated as all-inclusive, by way of the characteristics of all quadrupeds. "Thus experts in interpreting signs announce the signs" means thus those who recite the treatise on signs announce and speak of the signs.

"Constellations" means the twenty-eight constellations beginning with Kattikā. "One should enter a house by this constellation" means the auspicious ceremony of entering a house should be performed. "One should bind a crown" means the auspicious ceremony of adornment should be performed. "Marriage proposal" means having said both the arranging of marriage thus: "Bring a girl from such and such a family for this boy under such and such a constellation," and the arranging of giving in marriage thus: "Give this girl to such and such a boy under such and such a constellation; thus there will be growth for them," they announce that the auspicious ceremony of marriage, reckoned as the marriage proposal, should be performed. "Taking out seeds" means the carrying out of seeds for the purpose of sowing. "Niharo" is also a reading. "Interpreting animal cries" - this is an all-inclusive term, stated by way of knowledge of the cries of all birds and quadrupeds. "Experts in interpreting animal cries" means those who interpret the sounds of birds and quadrupeds. "They announce the speech of animals" means having heard their sounds, they interpret them. "Cry" means sound. Or "ruda" is also a reading. "Call" means utterance. "Those who induce conception" means those who, by giving medicine for the non-destruction again of an embryo that is perishing, cause the embryo to remain. For an embryo perishes due to three causes: due to wind, due to insects, and due to action. Therein, when it is perishing due to wind, one gives cooling medicine that dispels wind. When it is perishing due to insects, one applies a remedy against the insects. But when it is perishing due to action, even Buddhas are unable to prevent it. Therefore that is not taken up here. "Eye surgery" means medical treatment with a probe. "Surgery" means medical treatment by a surgeon. "Bodily treatment" means medical treatment of the body by preparing root medicines and so on. "Treatment of spirits" means medical treatment of spirits. "Paediatrics" means medical treatment of children. "Deceitful" means those who astonish others. "Obstinate" means those with bodies hardened like a log of wood. "Prattlers" means those whose speech is bound to requisites. "Crafty" means those whose nature is to adorn themselves. "Arrogant" means those with a risen reed of conceit. "Unconcentrated" means devoid of access and absorption concentration.

In "should not take up" and so on: one should not take up by way of grasping the recitation. One should not learn by way of rehearsal. One should not keep by way of placing in the mind. One should not reflect upon by way of placing near. One should not distinguish by way of examination. One should not employ by way of reciting to others.

163. "Slanderous speech" means divisive speech. And the remaining explanation is of the meaning already stated.

164. "Buying and selling" means one should not engage with the five legitimate ones either by way of fraud or by way of aiming at profit. "A monk should not make blame" means by not producing mental defilements that make blame in oneself, one should not generate blame from other ascetics and brahmins. "And one should not be attached in the village" means one should not be attached in the village through association with laypeople and so on. "One should not cajole people out of desire for gain" means one should not cajole people out of longing for material gain.

"Those buyings and sellings that are rejected in the monastic discipline" means those that are rejected as not being allowable in the training rule on buying and selling by way of giving and receiving; in order to show the buying and selling intended here, he said beginning with "together with the five, a bowl or a robe." Therein, "together with the five" means together with the five legitimate ones. The five legitimate ones are monks, nuns, female trainees, male novices, and female novices. "Making deception or" means having shown a counterfeit, making deception or. "Or aspiring to profit" means or aspiring to growth. "Exchanges" means makes an exchange.

"Possessing supernormal power" means possessing the power of success. "Possessing the divine eye" means possessing the eye of knowledge similar to the divine. Or else, possessing the eye of knowledge obtained through dependence on divine abiding. "Knowing the minds of others" means those who know the minds of others with their own mind. "They see even from afar" means they see, they perceive, from even one yojana away, from a hundred yojanas away, from a thousand yojanas away, from a hundred thousand yojanas away, from a world-system away, from two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, forty thousand world-systems away, and from even more world-systems away. "Even when near they are not seen" means even when standing nearby or seated nearby, they are not discerned. "And with the mind they understand the mind" means with their own mind too they understand the minds of others. "There are also deities possessing supernormal power" means deities too are thus found possessing the power of success. "Knowing the minds of others" means those who know the minds of others. "With gross mental defilements or" means or with afflictions such as bodily misconduct and so on. "With middling or" means or with sensual thought and so on. "With subtle or" means or with thought of relatives and so on. Bodily misconduct and so on should be understood by way of courses of action, and sensual thought and so on should be understood by way of mental defilements that are the root of the round of rebirths.

Among thought of relatives and so on, a thought arisen referring to relatives through affection based on the household, dependent on the five types of sensual pleasure, thus "My relatives are living happily, endowed with success" - this is thought of relatives. But that which proceeds thus "My relatives have gone to destruction, gone to passing away, had faith, had confidence" is not called thought of relatives.

A thought arisen through affection based on the household of one with a satisfied mind, thus "Our country has plenty of food, with accomplished crops" - this is thought of country. But that which proceeds thus "In our country the people had faith, had confidence, have gone to destruction, gone to passing away" is not called thought of country.

A thought for the sake of immortality, or an immortal thought - this is thought of immortality. Therein, when suffering has been exhausted through the practice of squatting and other austerities, the self becomes happy in the future state. "Immortal" means for one performing austerities, the thought connected with that performance of austerities is called thought for the sake of immortality. But one gone to wrong views, when asked such things as "Do you assert eternalism?" resorts to evasion thus: "I do not say it is thus; I do not say it is that way; I do not say it is otherwise; I do not say it is no; I do not say it is not no." That thought of his is connected with wrong views. Just as a fish called amarā, having been caught in water, cannot be killed - it runs here and there and does not come to a grip - just so, because of not settling on one side, it does not die, thus it is called amarā. Having combined both those two kinds together, "thought of immortality" is said.

"Connected with sympathy for others" means connected with household-based affection in the guise of compassion. When attendants are rejoicing or grieving, together with them he rejoices twofold and grieves twofold; when they are happy, he is twofold happy; when they are unhappy, he is twofold unhappy. When duties to be done have arisen, he himself commits to exertion in them. Accomplishing those various duties, he transgresses the regulation and disturbs detachment. Whatever household-based thought there is in that dwelling in company or in that committing to exertion, this is called thought connected with sympathy for others.

"Connected with material gain, honour and fame" means connected by way of making an object of the gain of robes and so on, of honour, and of reputation. "Connected with not being despised" means a thought arising together with the aspiration for the state of not being despised thus: "Oh, indeed, may others not despise me, may they not speak of me having cleaned and purified." That thought which has arisen when the thought "May others not despise me" has arisen, having become dependent on the household reckoned as the five types of sensual pleasure, is the thought connected with not being despised.

"He clings here and there" means he sticks to those various objects. "He grasps here and there" means he enters into the object of the aforesaid kind. "Is bound" means he is bound together with those various objects, becomes one with them. "Calamity and disaster" means decline and destruction here and there. "Commits" means reaches.

"Who has eyes for material gains" means of one who is greedy for material gains such as robes and so on. "Who regards worldly things as important" means of one who, having let go of the supramundane state, conducts himself having made important only worldly things such as form and so on. "Addressing" means having seen people who have come to the monastery, talking from the very beginning thus: "For what purpose have you come, sirs? Is it to invite monks? If so, go; I shall take the monks and come afterwards." Or else, having presented oneself, talking applicable to oneself thus: "I am Tissa, the king is devoted to me, such and such and such and such a king's minister is devoted to me" - this is addressing. "Talking" means talking of the aforesaid kind when one has been asked, being mindful.

"Conversing" means talking well, having given opportunity to one who is afraid of the householders' dissatisfaction. "Enticing" means talking having raised up thus: "A great householder, a great ship-owner, a great master of giving." "Fully enticing" means talking having raised up from every side. "Persuading" means pressing higher and higher until they say such things as "We will give, venerable sir, we do not get the opportunity" - thus: "Lay followers, formerly at such a time you used to give new gifts; why do you not give now?" This is called wrapping, binding. Or else, having seen sugar-cane in hand, he asks: "From where was it brought, lay followers?" "From the sugar-cane field, venerable sir." "Is the sugar-cane there sweet?" "It should be known by eating, venerable sir." "It is not proper, lay followers, to say 'Give sugar-cane to the monk'" - whatever such talk of entangling even while disentangling, that is persuading. Persuading from every side again and again is fully persuading. "Coaxing" means having raised up thus: "This family knows only me; if a gift arises here, it gives only to me" - thus lifting up and shining is coaxing; it is called illuminating. But coaxing from every side again and again is fully coaxing. "Speaking agreeably" means speaking pleasant words again and again by way of requisites. "Smooth speech" means soft speech. "Kindly speech" means speech endowed with gentle measure, or lax speech. "Gentle speech" means clinging speech. "Non-harsh speech" means sweet speech.

"Ancient maternal and paternal" means formerly arisen, belonging to one's mother and father. "Disappeared" means concealed, gone beyond sight. "I am known" means I become well-known. "The family attendant of so-and-so" means one who frequents the family of such and such a minister. "Of so-and-so" means of such and such a female lay follower. "Having abandoned me" means having given me up.

165. "Engaged" means associated with robes and so on, or employed for that purpose. The entire description of this verse is by the same method as stated above.

166. "One should not be led into untruth" means one should not be led into lying. "By livelihood" means by way of living.

"Fraudulent" means not rightly spoken, because of displaying non-existent virtues. "Thoroughly fraudulent" means fraudulent in every respect. "Whatever there" means whatever in that person. "Fraudulent" means the displaying of non-existent virtues, deceit. "The state of being fraudulent" means the appearance of fraud. "Fraudulence" means the condition of being fraudulent. "Harshness" means a rough condition that cannot bear being touched, like the stalk of a lotus. "The state of harshness" is also a synonym for that very thing. "Deceptiveness, the state of deceptiveness" - by this pair of terms, firm deceit, as if buried and stored away, is stated. Some, however, explain "harshness" as speech after esteeming. "The state of harshness" as the condition of speech after esteeming. "Deceptiveness" as the appearance of adorning. "The state of deceptiveness" as the condition of adorning - thus they explain the meaning. "This is called" means this fraudulence, having the characteristic of making known non-existent virtues of oneself, is called fraudulence. Of a person endowed with which, it is not possible to know the belly or the back.

"On the left side he is a pig, on the right side a wild goat;

By voice he is a hornless calf, by horns an old bull."

Thus he is like the demon-pig spoken of. "Despises" means having surpassed, he imagines.

"Why does this one who lives on abundant food" means who indeed is this person who lives on abundant food. "Devours everything" means he eats everything obtained. "Of little merit" means of meagre merit. "Of little influence" means devoid of a retinue. "Accomplished in wisdom" means one whose wisdom is accomplished, whose wisdom is complete. "Answers a question" means he discusses a question, he declares it.

167. "Having heard much speech, provoked by ascetics or ordinary people" means provoked, struck by others, having heard even much undesirable speech of those ascetics or of other ordinary people of various classes such as warriors and so on. "One should not reply" means one should not answer back. Why? For the peaceful do not make opposition.

"With harshness" means with severity. "Peaceful" means those whose mental defilements are quenched. "Opposition" means an enemy. "A rival wrestler" means a hostile warrior. "An adversary" means a foe. "An opponent" means one opposed by mental defilements; the meaning is they do not make attachment by way of mental defilements.

168. "Having understood this Teaching" means having known all this aforesaid Teaching. "Investigating" means investigating. "Having known the final bliss as 'peace'" means having known the final bliss of lust and so on as "peace."

"Righteous" means bodily good conduct and so on. "Unrighteous" means bodily misconduct and so on. "The path" means the ten wholesome courses of action. "The wrong path" means the ten unwholesome courses of action. "Blameable" means the unwholesome. "Blameless" means the wholesome. "Inferior, sublime, dark, bright, censured by the wise, praised by the wise" - this too is just the wholesome and unwholesome. Therein, bodily good conduct and so on is "righteous" because of making things righteous. Bodily misconduct and so on is "unrighteous" because of making things unrighteous. The ten wholesome courses of action are "the path" because they are the path leading to a good destination. The ten unwholesome courses of action are "the wrong path" because they are opposed to the path leading to a good destination and because they are the path leading to the realm of misery. The unwholesome is "blameable" because of being faulty. The wholesome is "blameless" because of being faultless. Likewise, it is "inferior" because of being associated with delusion, or with hate and delusion, or with greed and delusion. It is "sublime" because of being associated with non-greed, non-hate, and non-delusion. It is "dark" because of having dark result. It is "bright" because of having bright result. It is "censured by the wise" because of being blamed by the wise such as the Buddha and others. Because of being praised by those very same ones, it is "praised by the wise" - this should be known.

169. If one asks, for what reason should one not be negligent - "For he is an overlord" is the verse. Therein, "overlord" means one who overcomes matter and so on. "Unvanquished" means not vanquished by those. "A seer of the teaching face to face, not based on hearsay" means he saw the teaching directly, face to face, not based on hearsay. "Always paying homage and training" means always paying homage, one should train in the three trainings.

"By any mental defilements" means by any mental defilements that cause affliction beginning with lust and so on. "He has overcome those" means he overcame those mental defilements. The remainder is obvious everywhere.

However, here only: by "not greedy with the eyes" and so on, sense restraint; by "of food and also of beverages" and so on, the morality of the wise use of requisites through the aspect of rejecting storage; by sexual intercourse, untruth, fault, divisive speech and so on, the morality of restraint according to the Pātimokkha; by "the Atharva Veda, dreams, marks" and so on, the morality of purity of livelihood; by this "a meditator should not be desirous of wandering about," concentration; by this "a monk examining," wisdom; by this "one should always train mindfully," again in brief the three trainings also; by "then in seats and beds, a monk should dwell in quiet places, one should not cultivate sleep" and so on, the supports, hindrances, inclusion, and removal of morality, concentration, and wisdom have been stated. Thus the Blessed One, having spoken the complete practice to the created one, concluded the teaching with the pinnacle of arahantship. At the conclusion of the teaching, there was a full realisation similar to that stated in the Purābheda Sutta.

In the Saddhammappajjotikā, the Commentary on the Mahāniddesa,

the Explanation of the Tuvaṭakasutta Niddesa is finished.

15.

Commentary on the Exposition of the Attadaṇḍa Sutta

170. In the fifteenth, the exposition of the Discourse on Self-Violence, the meaning of the first verse "from self-violence fear is born" - Whatever fear has arisen for the world, whether pertaining to the present life or pertaining to the future life, all that fear is born from self-violence, arisen because of one's own misconduct. Even this being so, see the people in quarrel; see these people beginning with the Sākiyans, mutually quarrelsome, harmful, and obstructive. Having thus rebuked those opposing and wrongly practising people, in order to generate anxiety in them by showing his own right practice, he said "I will explain the anxiety, as I was stirred by it." The intention is: formerly, when he was still a Bodhisatta.

"Three" is a delimitation by counting. "Violence" means misconduct. "Bodily violence" means bodily misconduct. In the case of verbal violence and so on too, the same method applies. "Threefold bodily misconduct" means the threefold misconduct that is bodily misconduct - conduct occurring from the body beginning with killing living beings, badly practised, or which has obtained the name "badly practised conduct" because of being putrid with mental defilements. "Fourfold" means the fourfold beginning with lying. "Threefold" means the threefold beginning with covetousness. "Pertaining to the present life" means that which is to be experienced in this very life, in this very individual existence. "Pertaining to the future life" means that which is to be experienced in a future individual existence. "A criminal" means an evil-doer, an offender. "The king abuses him" means the king abuses the evil-doer, arouses fear. "Experiences suffering and displeasure" means he undergoes bodily pain and mental displeasure. "This fear, suffering and displeasure" means such fear and suffering and displeasure. "Whence for him" means whence has it arisen for that thief. "Born from self-violence" means arisen from misconduct done by oneself.

"At least" means at the lowest. "Makes him subject to command 'you are not allowed to depart from here'" means it is not allowable to go from here, from this village and so on. "It is not possible to go out" means he makes an impediment, an attachment. "On account of the loss of wealth also" means also because of the cause of the decline of wealth. The king has various bodily punishments inflicted on him. "He flogs him with whips" means he strikes him with whip-sticks. "He flogs him with canes" means he strikes him with thorny cane creepers. "With half-clubs" and so on are according to the method stated below. "He has him eaten by dogs" means having not given food for several days, he has him eaten by starving dogs. They, in a moment, reduce him to just a skeleton. "He impales him on a stake" means he puts him on a stake. "The king is lord of these four punishments" means the king is able to carry out these four commands.

"By his own action" means by action done by oneself. "The guardians of hell" - here certain elder monks say: "There are no such things as guardians of hell; just like a machine, action itself carries out the torture." That view of theirs has been refuted in the Abhidhamma itself by the method beginning with "Are there guardians of hell in the hells? Yes. And are there torturers?" For just as in the human world there are those who carry out the torture of punishment, just so in the hells there are guardians of hell. "A red-hot iron stake" means having laid the body measuring three leagues face upward on a blazing iron ground, they drive into the right hand an iron spike the size of a palm tree, and likewise into the left hand and so on. And just as they lay him face upward, so too having laid him on his chest, on his left side, and on his right side, they inflict that very same torture.

"Having laid him down" means having laid the body measuring three leagues on a blazing iron ground. "With axes" means they plane with large axes the size of half a roof of a house; blood flows becoming a river; flames rise up from the iron ground and seize the planed place; great suffering arises; but while planing, having marked with a string, they make it octagonal and hexagonal like timber. "With adzes" means with adzes the size of a large winnowing basket. "Having yoked to a chariot" means having yoked to a chariot ablaze on every side, together with yoke, straps, spokes, wheels, pole, and goad. "Great" means the size of a great pinnacle building. "They make him climb" means they make him climb by striking with blazing iron hammers. "Once upward" means like rice grains thrown into a well-boiled pot, he goes upward, downward, and across. "The great hell" means in the Avīci great hell.

"Four-cornered" means resembling a quadrangular casket. "Divided" means divided by means of four gates. "Divided into sections, measured" means divided by placing section by section by means of the gate-streets. "Surrounded" means fenced. "With iron" means covered above with an iron plate nine yojanas in extent. "Having pervaded a hundred yojanas all around, it stands" means it stands having pervaded thus, such that for one standing a hundred yojanas all around and looking, the eyes come out like a pair of balls. "Terrible torments for the miserly" means all those eight great hells together with their projections are miserly, constantly tormenting - thus "terrible torments for the miserly." Terrible because of the intensity of suffering. Flaming because of the existence of flames lasting for an aeon. Difficult to approach because of the difficulty of assailing and striking. "Merely seeing or merely hearing, the hairs bristle" means causing horripilation. Fearsome because of their dreadfulness. Terrifying because of their generating fear. Painful because of the absence of happiness.

Of the verses beginning with "From the eastern wall," making "thus is the Avīci hell" the conclusion, this is the meaning in brief - There is no interval of fire-flames, or of beings, or of their suffering here - thus it is Avīci. For there, a mass of flames having arisen from the eastern and other walls, burning the evil-doing persons, strikes against and hits the western and other walls, and having pierced through those walls, extends a hundred yojanas beyond; flames arisen from below strike above; flames arisen from above strike below. Thus, for now, here there is no interval of flames whatsoever. But its interior, a space of a hundred yojanas, is continuously filled with beings like a measure filled with the flour of the milk-creeper; there is no measure of beings being tormented in the four postures, and they do not harm one another; they are tormented in their own place only. Thus here there is no interval of beings whatsoever. But just as six drops of honey on the tip of the tongue become negligible because of the intensity of the burning of a seventh drop of molten copper, so there, because of the intensity of the burning, the remaining six unwholesome-resultant equanimities become negligible; suffering alone is continuously evident. Thus here there is no interval of suffering whatsoever. Hell is so called in the meaning of without gratification.

"There beings greatly cruel" means beings reborn there, greatly cruel. "Doers of great wickedness" means doers of great and terrible deeds. "Absolutely evil doers" means definitively evil-doers. "They are cooked but do not die" means they are cooked amidst the six flames, but they do not die. "The body is like fire" means their bodies are similar to fire. "Of those hell-dwellers" means of those evil-doers dwelling in hell. "See the firmness of their actions" means look at the stability of their evil deeds. "There is neither ash nor soot" means there is neither ashes nor embers. "To the east" means when that gate is open, then they run facing towards it; there their skin and so on burn. And when they have reached near the gate, that one closes for them, and the western one appears as if open. This same method applies everywhere. "Those hoping to escape" means those whose hope is to go out from hell - thus "hoping to escape." "Seeking release" means seeking and searching for a means of freeing. "They do not obtain to go out from there, because of their kamma" means those beings do not find a door of exit from hell because of their evil deeds. "And their evil deeds, unripened, done in abundance" means there exists for those beings inferior and cruel action, without result having ripened, manifold, of many kinds, with result not yet given, done and accumulated.

"Anxiety" means agitation. "Excitement" means moving from one's established place. "Terror" means alarm, inability to settle. "Fear" means the terrifying of the mind. "Oppression" means striking. "Striking" means causing oppression. "Misfortune" means calamity. "Danger" means obstruction.

171. Now, showing the manner in which he was stirred by it, he said beginning with "trembling." Therein, "trembling" means trembling through craving and wrong view. "In little water" means in little water. "Having seen them in conflict with one another" means having seen various beings opposed to one another. "Fear entered me" means fear entered into me.

"Trembling with the trembling of mental defilements" means moving with the agitation of mental defilements beginning with lust. "Action" means bodily, verbal, and mental action.

"Opposed" means having come into opposition. "Opposed in return" means having become face to face and come into opposition, or thoroughly opposed. "Struck" means struck and beaten by wrath. "Struck back" means having become a rival wrestler and struck. "Injured" means knocked against. "Injured in return" means knocked against with distinction. "They attack with fists" means they strike with hands.

172. "The world is without substance all around": making hell the starting point, the world all around is without substance, devoid of the substance of permanence and so on. "All directions are set in motion": all directions are shaken by impermanence. "Wishing for a dwelling for myself": wishing for shelter for oneself. "I did not see one uninhabited": I did not see any place not occupied by ageing and so on.

"Without substance" means not substance, or devoid of substance. "Unsubstantial" means entirely in every way devoid of substance. "Devoid of substance" means gone away from substance. "By the substance of permanence or" means by the substance reckoned as constant substance, or. The same method applies to the two terms above as well. "Whatever activities there are in the eastern direction" means whatever activities are produced by conditions having come together and assembled in the eastern direction. "They too are shaken" means those activities too are shaken. "Set in motion" means completely shaken. "Moved" means gone to movement. "Struck" means oppressed by rise and fall. "By impermanence" means by the state of non-existence after having been. "Followed by birth" means entered into by rebirth. "Spread by ageing" means spread over by the maturation of ageing. "Overpowered by illness" means submerged by illness arisen from the four abnormalities. "Afflicted by death" means struck and beaten by Death. "Without shelter" means devoid of protection. "Without rock cell" means devoid of rock cell. "Without refuge" means there is no refuge for them, thus without refuge. "Having become without refuge" means they themselves do not perform the function of refuge, thus having become without refuge.

"A dwelling for oneself" is the synopsis term of the analytical explanation term. "Shelter" means protection. "Rock cell" means a place of shelter. "Refuge" means the removal of suffering. "Destination" means support. "Ultimate goal" means the further path. "I saw only what was inhabited" means I saw only what was crushed by ageing and so on. "All youth": the state of being young is youth; all youth of those possessing consciousness. "Ended by ageing" means concluded and crushed by the maturation of ageing. Thus everywhere.

173. "Having seen beings in conflict at the very end, discontent arose in me" means having seen beings whose minds were struck, in conflict through ageing and so on, at the very end, at the very final point, at the very destruction of youth and so on, discontent arose in me. "Then here the dart" means then the dart beginning with lust in those beings. "Lodged in the heart" means dependent on consciousness.

"Ageing brings youth to an end" means ageing makes it pass away, destroys it. Thus everywhere.

174. "What is the power of the dart?" if asked - The verse is "Overcome by which dart." Therein, "runs about in all directions" means one runs in all directions of misconduct and also in the directions beginning with the east and in the intermediate directions. "Having pulled out that very dart, one neither runs nor sinks" means having pulled out that very dart, one neither runs in those directions, nor sinks in the four mental floods.

In "not knowing" and so on, not knowing and non-seeing are the opposites of knowledge and vision. Having turned to face, one does not come together with, does not meet with the Teaching - thus it is non-full realization. One understands phenomena in a suitable manner - thus it is understanding. By being the opposite of that, it is non-understanding. Having connected with impermanence and so on, one does not understand fully - thus it is non-highest enlightenment. One understands what is non-existent and unequal - this too is non-highest enlightenment. One does not penetrate the Teaching of the four truths - thus it is non-penetration. Among matter and so on, one does not include even a single phenomenon under the similarity of impermanence and so on - thus it is non-inclusion. One does not thoroughly investigate that very phenomenon - thus it is non-thorough investigation. One does not observe equally - thus it is non-equal observation. One does not look back towards the intrinsic nature of phenomena - thus it is non-reviewing.

Due to perverted conduct regarding wholesome and unwholesome actions, or due to the absence of grasping the intrinsic nature, not even a single action is directly visible to this one, or there is no such thing as making any phenomenon directly visible by oneself - thus it is non-realization. If this were not to arise, the continuity of consciousness would be pure, clean, and cleansed; this makes that purity impure - thus it is dullness. The state of the foolish is folly. "One is deluded" (muyhati) thus it is delusion (moha). A stronger delusion is bewilderment (pamoha). "One is deluded all around" - thus it is confusion (sammoha). Because of being the opposite of true knowledge, it is not true knowledge - thus it is ignorance (avijjā). The meaning of mental flood and mental bond has already been stated. It lies latent in the sense of having become firmly established - thus it is an underlying tendency (anusaya). It prepossesses consciousness, overcomes it - thus it is prepossession (pariyuṭṭhāna). Due to the absence of grasping what is beneficial, one is unable to go towards what is beneficial; rather one merely hobbles - thus it is a bar (laṅgī); the meaning is "one limps." Or it is a bar in the sense of being difficult to unfasten. Just as a bar reckoned as a great cross-bar is difficult to unfasten, so too this is like a bar - thus it is a bar. The remainder is of clear meaning.

"Whatever such uncertainty" - here, uncertainty is by way of being uncertain. "It brings uncertainty" - thus "the act of being uncertain." For the former uncertainty brings about further uncertainty. Or this was said by way of manner. The mind endowed with uncertainty, because it is pervaded by uncertainty, is called "being uncertain." The state of that is "the state of being uncertain." "Doubt" means departed is understanding - thus doubt. "Sceptical doubt" means departed is remedy - thus sceptical doubt; or, investigating intrinsic nature, one is troubled and wearied by it - thus sceptical doubt. It has the characteristic of doubt, the function of trembling, the manifestation of indecisiveness, or the manifestation of not grasping with certainty, with unwise attention as its proximate cause; it should be seen as creating an obstacle to practice.

In the sense of trembling, it wavers in two ways - thus "uncertainty." By preventing practice, it is like a forked path - thus "crossroad." Due to the occurrence of "Is this permanent or impermanent?" and so on, due to the inability to remain established in one manner, it lies all around - thus "wavering." Due to the inability to grasp with certainty, it is not a definite grasping - thus "lack of definite grasping." Being unable to determine, it retreats from the object - thus "trembling." Being unable to plunge in, it crawls about from all sides - thus "crawling about." Due to the inability to thoroughly penetrate - thus "non-penetration." Due to the inability to proceed regarding the object by way of determination, there is trepidation of consciousness; the meaning is the state of rigidity. For sceptical doubt, having arisen, makes consciousness rigid; but since it, when arising, having seized the object, is as if scratching the mind, therefore it is called "mental perplexity."

"Pierced" means one who has received a blow from a dart. "Touched" means struck. "Overcome by" means afflicted. "Runs" means goes forward. "Runs about" means goes in manifold ways. "Transmigrates" means runs with speed. "Wanders on" means moves here and there.

"A naked ascetic" means clotheless; the meaning is naked. "Of loose habits" means of unrestrained conduct; devoid of the conduct of worldly sons of good family in matters of defecation and so on, he defecates while just standing, urinates, eats hard food, and eats soft food. "Licking his hands" means when almsfood remains on his hand, he licks his hand with his tongue; or having defecated, perceiving his hand itself as a stick, he scrapes it with his hand. They, it is said, declare a stick to be "a being." When told "Come, venerable sir" for the purpose of receiving almsfood, he does not come - thus he is "not one who comes when asked 'Come, venerable sir.'" Accordingly, even when told "Stop, venerable sir," he does not stop - thus he is "not one who stops when asked 'Stop, venerable sir.'" Both of those, it is said, he does not do, thinking "this person's word will have been carried out."

"Brought to him" means almsfood taken and brought beforehand. "Specifically prepared" means almsfood announced thus: "This was prepared dedicated to you." "Not an invitation" means even almsfood to which he has been invited thus: "Please enter such and such a family or street or village" - he does not consent to, he does not accept. "Not from the mouth of a pot" means he does not accept almsfood being given having been taken out from a pot. "Not from the mouth of a bowl" means a "kaḷopī" is a cooking pot or a hand-basket; from that too he does not accept. Why? Because "in dependence on me, the pots and bowls receive a blow from a ladle." "Not across a threshold where a goat stands" means he does not accept what is being given having made a threshold as an intermediary. Why? Because "this one, in dependence on me, receives the function of being an intermediary." In the case of a stick and a pestle too, the same method applies.

"Not from two" means when two are eating, if one rises and gives, he does not accept. Why? Because "there is an obstacle to a mouthful." But in the passages beginning with "not from a pregnant woman," he does not accept, thinking "the child in the womb of a pregnant woman suffers," "for a nursing woman, there is an obstacle to milk for the child," "for a woman who has gone among men, there is an obstacle to delight." "Not from where food has been collected" means at meals prepared by collecting. During a time of famine, it is said, disciples of the naked ascetics, for the sake of the naked ascetics, having instigated people here and there to give rice-grain and so on, cook food; a superior naked ascetic does not accept even from that. "Not where a dog" means where a dog is standing by thinking "I shall obtain almsfood," he does not accept what has been brought without giving to it there. Why? Because there is an obstacle to almsfood for this one. "Swarming" means moving in swarms and swarms. For if, having seen a naked ascetic, people enter the food-house thinking "we shall give almsfood to this one," and as they enter, flies that were hidden in the mouths of bowls and so on fly up and move about in swarms. He does not accept almsfood brought from there. Why? Because in dependence on me, an obstacle to the feeding ground of the flies has arisen. "Rice-water" means sour gruel made from the ingredients of all kinds of grain. And here, only the drinking of liquor is blameworthy, but this one perceives all of them as blameworthy.

"A one-house man" means one who, having obtained almsfood at just one house, turns back. "A one-morsel man" means one who sustains himself with just one morsel. In the case of "a two-house man" and so on too, the same method applies. "With even one small dish" means with one small dish. A "datti" is a small bowl in which they place the choicest almsfood and keep it. "Once a day" means with an interval of one day. "Once a fortnight" means with an interval of a fortnight. "Eating food in rotation" means eating food by turns; by a turn of one day, by a turn of two days, by a turn of seven days, by a turn of a fortnight - thus food brought by turns of days.

"One who feeds on vegetables" and so on are of already stated meaning. "One who stands upright" means one who stands upward. "Devoted to the striving of squatting" means engaged in the energy of squatting. Even when going, he goes by squatting and hopping up again and again. "One who lies on thorns" means he drives iron thorns or natural thorns into the ground, spreads a hide over them, and performs standing, walking, and so on there. "Sleeping place" means even when lying down, he makes his sleeping place right there. "Sleeping place on a plank" means a sleeping place on a wooden plank. "Sleeping place on bare ground" means a sleeping place on bare ground, on a high place on the earth. "One who lies on one side" means he sleeps on one side only. "A wearer of dust and dirt" means having smeared the body with oil, he stands in a place where dust rises; then dust and dirt clings to his body, and he wears that. "One who uses whatever seat is assigned" means without disturbing the seat obtained, he has the habit of sitting down in whatever he receives, right there. "One who eats filth" means one who has the habit of eating filth; "filth" is called faeces. "One who abstains from drinking" means one who has rejected the drinking of cool water. "The evening being the third" means three times including the evening. In the morning, at midday, and in the evening - thinking "I shall wash away evil" three times a day, he dwells devoted to the practice of going down into the water.

"He generates those darts" means he brings into existence those seven darts beginning with lust. "Generating" means bringing into existence. "By the power of dart-generation" means by the cause of bringing darts into existence. "Runs to the eastern direction" means he goes to the eastern direction. "Those dart-generated volitional activities have not been abandoned" means these dart activities beginning with lust have not been abandoned. "Because the dart-generated volitional activities have not been abandoned" means by the state of not having been abandoned of the dart activities. "Runs regarding destination" means he runs in destination. "Destination to destination" means from destination to destination.

"Does not sink" means does not plunge in. "Does not sink down" means does not plunge in on all sides. "Does not sink in" means does not draw back. "Does not subside" means does not retreat. "Does not go down" means does not go below.

175. And when beings are overcome by the dart of such great majesty - "There trainings are sung about, which are bound to in the world" is the verse. Its meaning is - Those which in the world are called "bound to" because people are greedy for the attainment of the five types of sensual pleasure, or are called "bound to" because of having been practised for a long time. There, on that account, many trainings such as elephant-training and so on are spoken about or are learnt. See how capable this world is, wherefore a wise son of good family should not be intent upon those things bound to or upon those trainings, but rather, having become disenchanted through seeing impermanence and so on, with regard to sensual pleasures in every respect. One should train for one's own Nibbāna itself.

"Having penetrated" means having emerged through knowledge or having pierced through.

176. Now, showing how one should train for Nibbāna, he said beginning with "one should be truthful." Therein, "truthful" means endowed with truth of speech, truth of knowledge, and truth of the path. "Rid of slander" means one who has abandoned slander. "Avarice" means stinginess.

177. "One should overcome sleep, weariness and sloth": one should overcome these three states, namely dozing, bodily laziness and mental laziness. "A man whose mind is set on Nibbāna" means one whose mind is slanting towards Nibbāna.

"Unwieldiness of the body" means the state of being sick of the mental body reckoned as the triad of aggregates. For one who is sick is called "unwell." In the Vinaya too it is said - "I am not, venerable sir, unwell." "Unfitness for work" means the condition of unfitness for work reckoned as bodily sickness. "Covering" means it covers the body like a cloud covers space. Covering from every side is enveloping. "Obstructing internally" means internal obstruction. "It fattens" means torpor; the meaning is it injures by the state of unfitness for work. "They sleep by means of it" means sleeping. "Nodding" means it causes the state of nodding of the eyelids and so on. "The act of sleeping, the state of having slept" are descriptions of manner and state. "Sluggishness" means the condition of sluggishness. The second term is augmented by way of a prefix. "Shrinking" means contracted through non-diffusion. The other two are descriptions of manner and state. "Sloth" means standing in a state of compactness through non-diffusion, like a lump of ghee. "Being slothful" is a description of manner. The state of what is slothful is the state of sloth; the meaning is rigidity by way of non-diffusion.

"From the element of all activities" means one whose mind is slanting towards Nibbāna, from the element reckoned as all the three planes. "Having turned away the mind" means having caused the mind to turn back. "This is peaceful" means this is Nibbāna. Peaceful by the calming of mental defilements. Sublime in the sense of being unsurpassable.

"The wise do not for the sake of the happiness of clinging" means the intelligent ones do not give gifts for the sake of sensual happiness. "But surely they for the utter elimination of clinging" means definitely those wise ones give gifts for the elimination of sensuality, for the purpose of casting off sensuality. "For non-rebirth" means for the sake of Nibbāna. "They develop meditative absorptions" means they cultivate the first meditative absorption and so on. "For rebirth" means as a cause for rebirth. Those wise ones give gifts having turned towards Nibbāna.

178. "Violence" (sāhasā) means the doing of violence through the distinctions of conduct of lust and so on of one who is infatuated with lust. The description is clear in meaning.

179. "One should not delight in the old" means one should not delight in past matter and so on. "New" means in the present. "Declining" means perishing. "One should not be attached to space" means one should not be dependent on craving. For craving is called "space" because of its reaching towards matter and so on.

"Ceasing to exist" means not being. "Departing" means going away.

"Ākāsati" and "ākassati" - there is a twofold reading.

180. If one asks, for what reason should one not be attached to space? The verse is "I call it greed." Its meaning is - For I call this craving reckoned as space "greed," I say "greed," because of longing for matter and so on. And what is more - I call it "mental flood" in the sense of sweeping away, and "rushing" in the sense of rushing forward, and "whispering" because of the whispering "this is mine, this is mine," and "object" in the sense of being difficult to release from, and "trembling" in the sense of causing to tremble, and this very one is "the mire of sensual pleasure difficult to pass over" in the sense of being an impediment to the world and in the sense of being difficult to transcend.

"Rushing" means it rushes, it runs without conception - thus rushing; because of being the root of the round of rebirths, this is a designation for craving that gives conception in rebirth. "Whispering" means longing; this is a designation for craving. "Object too is called craving" means craving arisen in objects such as matter and so on is spoken of as "object" in the sense of being unable to release from. "The mire of sensual pleasure" means mud in the sense of sinking. "Mud" means mud in the sense of attachment. Mental defilement in the sense of tormenting. A marsh in the sense of causing to stick, like resin. An impediment in the sense of holding by obstructing. Thus this exposition of greed and so on, independent of space.

181. The verse "Not deviating from truth." Its meaning is - Not deviating from the threefold truth stated before, having gone to the reckoning of "sage" through the attainment of moral perfection, the brahmin stands on the dry ground of Nibbāna; he indeed, such a one, having given up all sense bases, is called "peaceful." In the analytic explanation there is nothing to be said.

182. And what is more - the verse "He indeed is wise." Therein, "having known the teaching" means having understood conditioned phenomena by the method of impermanence and so on. "Rightly conducting himself in the world" means rightly conducting himself in the world through the abandoning of mental defilements that cause wrong conduct.

183. And thus not coveting - the verse beginning with "One who here sensual pleasures." Therein, "attachment" means the sevenfold attachment that whoever has passed beyond. "Does not covet" means does not covet.

184. Therefore, even among you, whoever wishes to become one of such form, to him I say - "Whatever was before" is the verse. Therein, "whatever was before" means the type of mental defilement having the nature of arising referring to past activities, and past action. "Let there be no possession for you afterwards" means let there be no possession of lust and so on having the nature of arising referring to future activities also. "If you do not grasp in the middle" means if you do not grasp even the phenomena of matter and so on in the present. Thus you will live at peace.

"Make seedless" means by path knowledge do not make a seed. "The possession of lust" means the agitation of lust. In the case of the possession of hate and so on too, the same method applies.

185. Having thus shown the attainment of arahantship, now by way of praise of the Arahant, he spoke the verses henceforth. Therein, in the verse "in every respect," "appropriation" means the making of selfish attachment. Or a thing grasped as "this is mine." "And does not grieve over what is non-existent" means does not grieve due to a non-existing reason, due to a non-existent reason. "Does not decay" means does not attain loss.

"Alas, I had it" means I had it indeed. "Alas, that is not mine now" means what existed in the past, that is not mine now. "Alas, may it be mine" means what will be mine, "alas, I do not obtain that" means now I definitely do not attain it.

186. And what is more - the verse beginning with "For whom there is not." Therein, "possession" means any collection of phenomena beginning with matter and so on.

"Conditioned" means prepared by action. "Fashioned by volition" means categorised by consciousness. "Avijjāya tveva" means "of ignorance, but indeed." "With the remainderless fading away and cessation" means by the remainderless cessation through the path termed as dispassion.

"Regard the world as empty" means regard the world as empty in two ways - by way of discerning what proceeds without control, or by way of contemplating activities as hollow. "Having uprooted the view of self": having pulled out identity view. "Thus one would be a crosser over death" means thus one would be a crosser over death. "One who thus regards the world" means one who thus sees the world of aggregates. "The King of Death does not see" means the king of death does not look at, does not perceive.

"One does not desire anything else" means one does not desire, does not long for, even a trifle of anything else. "Except for non-rebirth" means setting aside Nibbāna. "Aññatrappaṭisandhiyā" - some also read it making it into one term.

187. And what is more - the verse beginning with "without envy." Therein, "without envy" means without jealousy. Some also read "aniṭṭharī." "Everywhere even" means even everywhere, the intention is equanimous. What is meant? He who does not grieve thinking "I have not," when questioned about that person who is unmoved, I declare this fourfold benefit regarding that person: without envy, not greedy, without longing, everywhere even.

"Harshness" means envious. The state of being harsh is harshness; the meaning is spitting, as if to say "in dependence on that, there is not even this much." "Harsh action" means the doing of harshness. For a householder living in dependence on a householder, or a monk living in dependence on a monk, having become angry over a mere trifle, as if spitting on him in dependence on that, saying "there is not even this much," and trampling with the foot, commits what is called harshness. That action of his is called "harsh action." "Envy" is a description of the intrinsic nature. The two beyond that are descriptions of manner and state. The other three are synonymous terms. But as regards its characteristic and so on, this envy has the characteristic of being jealous of others' success; its function is discontent therein; its manifestation is turning away therefrom; its proximate cause is others' success.

"Does not stir in gain" means does not waver in the gain of requisites. "In loss also" means even in the loss of requisites.

188. And what is more - the verse beginning with "without longing." Therein, "conditioned formation" means whatever activity among meritorious volitional activity and so on. For because it is conditioned or it conditions, therefore it is called "conditioned formation." "Various exertions" means various exertions such as meritorious volitional activity and so on. "Sees security everywhere" means he sees only safety everywhere.

"Exertions" means the first undertaking of actions. "Various exertions" means the arousal of energy by way of various undertakings again and again. This is a designation for actions productive of conception in the three existences. Therefore, abstaining from various exertions.

189. The verse beginning with "Thus seeing, not among equals." Therein, "does not speak" means through the power of conceit beginning with "I am equal," one does not speak of oneself among equals, nor among the inferior, nor among the superior. "Does not take up nor reject" means one does not grasp any phenomenon among matter and so on, nor forfeit it. The remainder is obvious everywhere, since the method has been stated in the respective places. Thus he concluded the teaching with the very pinnacle of arahantship.

In the Saddhammappajjotikā, the Commentary on the Mahāniddesa,

The commentary on the exposition of the Attadaṇḍa Sutta is completed.

16.

Commentary on the Exposition of the Sāriputta Sutta

190. In the sixteenth, "never have I seen" is the analytic explanation of the Sāriputta Discourse. Therein, "before from here" means before the descent here at the city of Saṅkassa. "Of lovely speech" means of beautiful speech. "Come from Tusita as leader of a following" means come from Tusita because of having passed away from the Tusita realm and come into his mother's womb. A leader of a following because of being a teacher of a group. Or, come as a leader of a following from the heavenly world termed Tusita in the sense of contentment, or come as a leader of a following of Worthy Ones who are Tusita.

"With this eye" means with this natural physical eye included in this individual existence. "In this individual existence" means in this final individual existence. "In the Tāvatiṃsa realm" means in the Tāvatiṃsa god realm. "At the foot of the Pāricchattaka" means beneath the coral tree. "On the Paṇḍukambala stone" means on the surface of the stone resembling a red blanket. "Having completed the rains retreat" means one who has finished keeping the rains retreat. "Surrounded by the host of gods" means surrounded by the community of gods. "Descended" means came down. "This sight before" means apart from this sight, before. "Not seen" means not seen before at any other time.

"Of a warrior or" means not heard from a warrior speaking. In the case of brahmins and so on too, the same method applies.

In "of sweet speech" and so on, one who speaks sweetly, accomplished in phrasing, is one of sweet speech. One who speaks what generates affection, what is worthy of affection, is one of endearing speech. One who speaks what is fit to be placed in the heart-touching mind is one of heart-touching speech. "With a charming voice like the song of a cuckoo" means one whose sweet voice is like the sound of the cuckoo bird. "Distinct" means unhindered, not stumbling here and there. "Intelligible" means easily understood. "Charming" means sweet. "Pleasant to hear" means pleasant to the ear. "Compact" means dense. "Euphonious" means not spread out. "Deep" means not shallow. "Resonant" means having a full sound. "Of him" means of that Teacher. "Outside the assembly" means outside of the assembly. "Does not go forth" means does not go out. Why? So that such a sweet sound may not perish without reason. "Having a voice like Brahmā" means others have broken voices, or cracked voices, or voices like crows, but this one is endowed with a voice similar to the voice of the Great Brahmā. For the Great Brahmā's voice is pure because it is unhindered by bile and phlegm; the Blessed One too cleans the site by the deed done; due to the purity of the site, the voice arising from the navel onwards arises pure, endowed with just eight factors. "Speaks like a cuckoo" means speaking like a cuckoo; the meaning is having a sweet voice like the cry of an intoxicated cuckoo.

"Helps them cross" means he makes them pass beyond the place that is not secure. "Helps them cross over" means he helps them cross by bringing them to a place of security. "Helps them cross out" means he helps them cross by causing them to go out from the place that is not secure. "Helps them cross through" means he helps them cross by taking hold of them; the meaning is he helps them cross as if taking hold of them by the hand. All this is nothing but the placing in a place of security by means of crossing, crossing over, and so on; therefore he said - "Causes them to reach a place of security." "Beings" means beings accessible to instruction. Birth itself is a wilderness because of its great density, great harmfulness, and difficulty of crossing over - thus it is the wilderness of birth; that wilderness of birth.

"The group listens to him" means the group listens to his word, hears it, and distinguishes it. "Lends an ear" means with the desire to listen, one applies and establishes the ear. "Applies the mind to final liberating knowledge" means one directs the mind that wishes to know. "Having raised a group from the unwholesome" means having raised up the multitude of people from the unwholesome that has arisen from lack of proficiency. "Establishes them in the wholesome" means places them in the wholesome that has arisen from proficiency. "One who has a Saṅgha" means one who has a monastic community by way of a category - thus one who has a Saṅgha. By way of a following, a group belongs to him - thus a leader of a following. The teacher of a group is a teacher of a group.

191. In the second verse, "for the world with its gods, just as appears" means he appears to humans just as to the world with its gods. Or "just as appears" means he appears according to truth, without distortion. "The one with vision" means the one with the highest eye. "Alone" means alone by what is reckoned as going forth and so on. "Delight" means the delight in renunciation and so on.

"An imitation" means an earring that is an imitation of gold. "Like a clay earring" means like an earring made of clay. "Like a half-māsa coin covered with gold" means like a copper coin covered with gold. "Covered by a retinue" means concealed by a retinue. "Unclean within" means impure from within by lust and so on. "Shining outwardly" means beautiful outwardly by robes and so on.

"And with unaffected postures" means with uncontrived postures. "Accomplished in aspiration" means with fully complete aspiration.

"Of pure reputation" means of purified fame and reputation; the meaning is the sound of praise as it really is. "Whose fame and renown have spread" means one accustomed to conducting himself having taken up the sound of fame and renown. If asked, where is he of pure reputation? In the passage stated having expanded by the method beginning with "in the realm of nāgas and in the realm of supaṇṇas." "And even more than that" means he appears even more surpassing than the manner stated, by way of those amenable to instruction.

"All the darkness of lust" means the entire darkness of lust. In the case of the darkness of hate and so on too, the same method applies. "That which causes blindness" means that which causes the obstruction of the light of wisdom. "That which removes vision" means the non-production of the eye of wisdom. "That which causes not knowing" means that which causes the non-knowing through knowledge. "That which suppresses wisdom" means that which destroys the eye of wisdom. "That which is connected with vexation" means that which belongs to the portion of affliction. "That which does not lead to Nibbāna" means it does not lead to the purpose of the unconditioned, deathless Nibbāna.

"All that by that enlightenment-knowledge he understood" means that entirety he understood by way of the knowledge of the four paths. By way of the first path, he knew and comprehended. By way of the second path, he again directly knew and penetrated. By way of the third path, he attained penetration and fully awakened. By way of the fourth path, he rightly awakened through penetration without remainder. "He attained, contacted, realised" - this triad should be connected by way of fruition. By way of the first and second, he obtained. By way of the third, he experienced through the contact of knowledge. By way of the fourth, he made it directly visible. Or alternatively, for each individual fruition too, all three are indeed obtained.

"Delight in renunciation" means the delight arisen in dependence on going forth and so on. "Delight in seclusion" means the delight arisen in bodily seclusion and so on. "Delight in peace" means the delight in the appeasement of mental defilements. "Delight in enlightenment" means the delight arisen in one who reviews the path.

192. In the third verse, "for the many here who are bound" means here for the many pupils such as warriors and so on. For pupils, because their livelihood is dependent on the teacher, are called "bound." "There is a coming with a question" means I have come desirous of a question, or the coming of those who are desirous with a question, or there is a coming with a question.

Even though the term "Buddha" is absent, in the passage "that Buddha," wishing to indicate that one who is the Buddha, "Buddha" was stated. "Self-become" means come to be by oneself without instruction. "Without a teacher" is the explanation of the meaning of the term "self-become." For whoever penetrates the truths without a teacher, he is called the Self-Become One. "Regarding things not heard before" and so on is the elucidation of the meaning of the state of being without a teacher. "Not heard before" means not heard from a teacher. "Sāmaṃ" means by oneself. "Awakened to" means thoroughly and rightly penetrated. "And therein attained omniscience" means and regarding those truths he attained the state of omniscience. Just as those who penetrate the truths become omniscient, so because of having penetrated the truths, it is thus stated. "Attained omniscience" is also a reading. "And mastery over the powers" means he attained the state of lordship over the ten powers of the Tathāgata. He who has thus come to be, he is said to be the Buddha. Therein, the Buddha is a distinguished being designated with reference to the continuity of aggregates cultivated by the attainment of the unsurpassed deliverance, the sign of which is unobstructed knowledge regarding all phenomena, or designated with reference to the full enlightenment to the truths, which is the proximate cause for omniscience. To this extent, the elucidation of the Buddha by way of meaning has been made.

Now, making clear by way of phrasing, he said beginning with "Buddha - in what sense is he a Buddha?" Therein, just as in the world one who has understood is called "understood," so he is a Buddha as one who has awakened to the truths. Just as winds that dry up leaves are called "leaf-dryers," so he is a Buddha as one who awakens the generation. "A Buddha through omniscience" means it is said that he is a Buddha through the higher intelligence capable of awakening to all phenomena. "A Buddha through all-seeing" means it is said that he is a Buddha because all phenomena have been seen by the eye of knowledge. "A Buddha through not needing to be guided by another" means it is said that he is a Buddha because of being a Buddha by himself, not capable of being awakened by another. "A Buddha through having blossomed forth" means it is said that he is a Buddha in the sense of having blossomed forth like a lotus, through the blossoming forth of various virtues. "A Buddha in the sense of one who has eliminated the mental corruptions" and so on - by these six methods of exposition, it is said that he is a Buddha because of being awakened from the sleep of all mental defilements, like a man awakened from sleep by the abandoning of phenomena that cause contraction of the mind. "Term" and "reckoned" are one in meaning; the meaning is by the portion of the expression "reckoned." Through the absence of the defilement of craving and the defilement of views, in the sense of being without defilement, because all mental defilements together with their latent tendencies have been abandoned, it is stated with the qualification of the word "completely." "Completely free from mental defilements" means free from all mental defilements, with the remainder being lust, hate, and delusion.

"A Buddha as one who has gone the direct path" - since the verbal roots having the meaning of going also have the meaning of awakening, the verbal roots having the meaning of awakening are indeed also of the meaning of going; therefore it is said that he is a Buddha because of having gone the direct path. And here the direct path -

"Path, road, way, track, straight road, highway;

Boat, crossing-bridge, raft, mattress, and footbridge."

Among the many names for path, it is stated by the name "path" (ayana), by the name stated as "path" (magga). Therefore a path that is one single path, not one that becomes a road dividing in two - this is the meaning. Or alternatively, a path to be travelled by one alone is the direct path. "By one" means by one who is secluded, having abandoned the company of groups. "To be travelled" means to be practised; or "they travel by means of this," thus it is a path (ayano); the meaning is they go from saṃsāra to Nibbāna. "The path of the foremost" means one-way (ekāyano). "Of the foremost" means of the highest. And the perfectly Self-awakened Ones are the highest of all beings; therefore it is said that the path that has become the path of the foremost, the path that has become the way of the perfectly Self-awakened Ones. Or alternatively, "it goes" (ayati) thus it is a path (ayano); the meaning is it goes, it proceeds. "A path that goes in one" is the direct path. It means a path proceeding in the one Buddha's Dispensation only, not elsewhere. Furthermore, "it goes to one" means one-way. It means that although in the preliminary stage it proceeds by the method of meditative development through various approaches, in the later stage it goes to one Nibbāna alone; therefore "the direct path" means the path going to one Nibbāna - this is the meaning.

"A Buddha as one who alone has fully awakened to the unsurpassed perfect enlightenment" means it is said that he is a Buddha not because of being awakened by others, but because of having by himself fully awakened to the unsurpassed perfect enlightenment. "A Buddha because of the destruction of non-understanding and the attainment of higher intelligence" - this is a synonymous expression, since "buddhi," "buddha," and "bodha" are synonyms. Therein, just as a cloth is called "blue cloth, red cloth" because of its connection with the qualities of blue and red, so this was said to inform that he is a "Buddha" because of his connection with the qualities of a Buddha.

Then further, "Buddha - this name" and so on was said for the purpose of making known that "this designation follows the meaning." Therein, "friends" means companions. "Colleagues" means dependants. "Relatives" means those on the father's side. "Blood-relations" means those on the mother's side. "Ascetics" means those who have gone forth into the going forth. "Brahmins" means those who address others as "sir," or those who have calmed evil and warded off evil. "Deities" means Sakka and so on, and Brahmās. "At the end of deliverance" means deliverance is the path of arahantship; the end of deliverance is the fruition of arahantship; the name that exists at that end of deliverance is the name "pertaining to the end of deliverance." For the state of omniscience succeeds by the path of arahantship, and is accomplished at the arising of the fruition of arahantship. Therefore the state of omniscience exists at the end of deliverance. That name based on a characteristic too is indeed one that exists at the end of deliverance. Therefore it was said - "This pertains to the end of deliverance of the Buddhas, the Blessed Ones." "At the foot of the Bodhi tree, together with the attainment of omniscient knowledge" means together with the attainment of omniscient knowledge at the aforesaid moment at the foot of the great Bodhi tree. "A designation realised" means a designation arisen through the realisation of the fruition of arahantship or through the realisation of all phenomena. That is to say, the designation "Buddha." This is the elucidation of the Buddha by way of phrasing. From here onwards, "you will bear this burden" is the conclusion; since the method has been stated in the respective places, it proceeds according to the canonical text itself.

193. In the fourth verse, "who is disgusted" means being troubled by birth and so on. "An empty seat" means a secluded bed and chair. "Or in caves of mountains" means in mountain caves; it should be connected as "or resorts to an empty seat."

"Being disgusted with birth" means being disgusted at birth. With ageing. In the case of "with disease" and so on too, the same method applies. "Resorting to" in such passages as these means of one resorting to. "Cultivating" means of one associating with. "Pursuing" means of one rightly associating with. "Frequenting" means of one associating with again and again. "Practising" means of one associating with having approached. "Mountain slopes" means mountain interiors.

194. In the fifth verse, "high and low" means inferior and superior. "In lodgings" means in lodgings such as dwelling-places and so on. "How many fearful things are there" means how many causes of fear are there. "Kuvanto" is also a reading, and its meaning is "chirping."

"Kuvanto" means making a noise. "Chirping" means making an inarticulate sound. "Roaring" means making an acclamation. "Making sounds" means speaking speech. "How many" is a question. "How much" is a question of measure. "To what extent" is a question of limit. "How numerous" is a question of measure and limit. "Those fearful things" means those dangers that produce fear, objects of fear. When "how numerous" is asked, in order to show the object, he answers with "lions, tigers, panthers" and so on.

195. In the sixth verse, "how many dangers" means how many misfortunes. "Untravelled direction" means Nibbāna. For that is "untravelled" because of never having been gone to before, and "direction" because it should be so defined. Therefore it was said - "untravelled direction." "The Deathless direction" is also a reading. "Abhisambhave" means might overcome. "In a secluded" means at the border.

"That direction has not been gone to before" means whatever direction has not been gone to before even in a dream. "That direction has not been gone to before" means this direction, according to the method stated, has not been gone to before. "During this long period of time" means during this long period of time.

"Filled to the brim" means evenly filled, having brought it up to the inner rim-line of the mouth. "Without spilling" means having made it without pouring out and without sprinkling over. "A bowl of oil" means a bowl with oil placed in it. "Would carry" means would bear, would take and go. "So one should guard one's own mind" means just as that oil-filled bowl, having placed one's own mind between the two - namely the resort of mindfulness of the body and the associated mindfulness - so that even for a moment it is not distracted to an external resort, so the wise one who practises meditation should guard and protect it. Why? For of this -

"Of the mind difficult to control, quick, alighting wherever it wishes;

The taming of the mind is good, a tamed mind brings happiness."

Therefore -

"Very difficult to see, very subtle, falling wherever it wishes;

The wise one should guard the mind, a guarded mind brings happiness."

For this -

"Far-wandering, travelling alone, bodiless, dwelling in the cave;

Those who will restrain the mind, will be freed from Māra's bondage."

But for the other -

"For one of unsettled mind, not understanding the Good Teaching,

For one of wavering confidence, wisdom is not fulfilled."

But for one whose companion is a firm meditation subject -

"For one whose mind is not filled with desire, whose heart is not struck;

For one who has abandoned merit and evil, there is no fear for the vigilant one."

Therefore this -

"The mind is agitated and fickle, difficult to guard and difficult to restrain;

The wise one makes it straight, as a fletcher does an arrow."

Thus making it straight, one should guard one's own mind.

"Aspiring to the direction never gone to before" means having undertaken the work in this meditation subject of mindfulness of the body, aspiring to the direction never gone to before in the round of rebirths without discernible beginning, one should guard one's own mind in the manner stated - this is the meaning. But what is this direction? -

"Mother and father are the eastern direction, teachers are the southern direction;

Children and wife are the western direction, friends and colleagues are the northern direction.

"Slaves and workers are below, ascetics and brahmins are above;

These directions should a householder capable in the family venerate."

Here first, mothers, fathers and so on are called "directions."

"Four directions and four intermediate directions, above and below, these ten directions;

In which direction dwells the king of serpents, the six-tusked one that was seen in a dream?"

Here the directions themselves, distinguished as eastern and so on, are called "directions."

"Householders who give food, drink, and clothing, who invite - they call that too a direction;

This is the supreme direction, Setaketu, having reached which the afflicted become happy."

Here Nibbāna is called "direction." Here too that very same is intended. It is seen and pointed out by such terms as "elimination of craving, dispassion" and so on; therefore it is called "direction." But in the round of rebirths without discernible beginning, it is called "the direction never gone to before" because it has never been gone to before, not even in a dream, by any ignorant worldling. By one aspiring for that, exertion in mindfulness of the body is to be done. In "going" and so on, here "going" means approaching near through the arising of the path. "Going" means going at the moment of duration. "Advancing" means passing beyond through the arising of fruition.

"At the edge" means situated at the edge. "At the remote" means situated in the depths of the forest thicket. "At the border" means situated at the border due to being far away. "At the rock's edge" means at the edge of mountains. "At the forest's edge" means at the edge of forest thickets. "At the river's edge" means at the edge of rivers. "At the water's edge" means at the border of waters. "Where there is no ploughing, no sowing" means where tilling and sowing are not done. Situated having gone beyond the inhabited area. "Not frequented by people" means in a lodging not frequented by people by way of tilling and sowing.

196. In the seventh verse, "what would be his ways of speech" means: what kind of words would his be.

"Having abandoned false speech" - here, "falsely" means the verbal action or bodily action that destroys the welfare of one with the intention to deceive. With the intention to deceive, the volition that gives rise to the bodily and verbal action of deceiving another is false speech. Another method - "Falsely" means a subject matter that is not factual, that is untrue; "speech" means the communicating of that as factual, as true. But by characteristic, false speech is the volition that gives rise to the intimation as true, of one who wishes to communicate to another an untrue subject matter as true. That is of little fault when the welfare it destroys is small, and of great fault when it is great. Furthermore, for householders, that which occurs by the method beginning with "it does not exist" through unwillingness to give what is one's own property is of little fault; that which is spoken for the purpose of destroying welfare after having become a witness is of great fault. For those gone forth, having obtained even a little oil or ghee, that which occurs by the method of exaggeration with the intention of amusement, such as "today in the village oil flows like a river, methinks," is of little fault; but for those who speak by the method beginning with claiming to have seen what has not been seen, it is of great fault.

There are four requisite factors of it - an untrue subject matter, a mind intent on deceiving, the appropriate effort, and the other's cognition of that meaning. There is one mode of action, which is only by one's own hand. And that should be understood as the act of deceiving another by body, or by something connected to the body, or by speech. If by that act the other person knows that meaning, one is bound by the action of false speech at the very moment of the volition that gives rise to the act.

"He speaks the truth" - thus he is a truth-speaker. "He connects truth with truth, joins them together" - thus he is devoted to truth. The meaning is that he does not speak falsely now and then. For whatever man sometimes speaks falsely, sometimes truthfully, because his truth is interrupted by false speech, truth is not joined with truth; therefore he is not devoted to truth. But this one is not like that; even for the sake of his life, not having spoken falsely, he connects truth with truth indeed - thus he is devoted to truth.

"Reliable" means firm, of firm speech - this is the meaning. One person is not of firm speech, like turmeric dye, like a stump buried in a heap of chaff, and like a gourd placed on a horse's back. Another is of firm speech, like an inscription on rock, like a gate post; even when someone is cutting off his head with a sword, he does not speak two different things. This one is called reliable.

"Trustworthy" means one who is to be relied upon, one who is to be believed - this is the meaning. For a certain person is not trustworthy; when it is said "who said this? So-and-so," it comes to the point where one must say "do not believe his word." Another is trustworthy; when it is said "who said this? So-and-so," it comes to the point where one must say "if it was said by him, this itself is the standard; now there is nothing to be further examined; it is just so" - this one is called trustworthy. "Not a deceiver of the world" means by that truthfulness he does not deceive the world - this is the meaning.

In the passages beginning with "having abandoned divisive speech": the speech by which, to the one to whom he speaks that speech, he creates in that person's heart a sense of one's own dearness and a sense of the other's emptiness - that is divisive speech. But that by which one makes both oneself and another harsh, speech which is itself harsh, neither pleasant to the ear nor going to the heart - this is harsh speech. That by which one prattles frivolously what is pointless - that is idle chatter. The volition that is their root also obtains the designation of divisive speech and so on, and it is that very volition which is intended here.

Therein, the volition of one with a defiled mind, which is instigated by bodily and verbal action, for the purpose of dividing others or for the desire to be dear to oneself, is divisive speech. That is of little fault due to the lesser virtue of the one whose division it causes, and of great fault due to the great virtue of that one.

There are four requisite factors of it - another person to be divided; either the aim of division, thinking "thus they will become separated, they will become estranged"; or the desire to be dear, thinking "thus I shall become dear, trustworthy"; the corresponding effort; and the other's cognition of that meaning.

"For the division of these" means for the division of those in whose presence what was heard from those referred to as "here." "Or one who reunites those who are divided" means having approached one by one two friends, or those having the same preceptor and so on, who have become divided for whatever reason, and having said such things as "For you who are born in such a family, who are so very learned, this is not proper," he is a maker of reconciliation. "A promoter" means a promoter of reconciliation; having seen two people who are united, having said such things as "For you who are born in such a family, who are endowed with such virtues, this is befitting," he is a maker of strengthening - this is the meaning.

"Concord is his delight" - thus "rejoicing in concord"; the meaning is that where there are no united people, he does not even wish to dwell there. "Samaggarāmo" is also a reading; the meaning is the same. "Delighting in concord" means delighted among those who are united; the meaning is that he does not even wish to go elsewhere, leaving them. One who rejoices having seen or having heard those who are united - thus "taking delight in concord." "A speaker of words that create concord" means whatever speech makes beings united, he speaks that very speech which illuminates the virtue of concord, and not the other.

The volition that is exclusively harsh, instigated by bodily and verbal action that wounds the vital spots of another, is harsh speech. Even an action that wounds the vital spots, due to the gentleness of mind, is not harsh speech. For parents sometimes say to their little children thus "May thieves cut you to pieces!" yet they do not wish even a waterlily petal to fall upon them. And teachers and preceptors sometimes say to their dependants thus "Why do these shameless ones without moral fear conduct themselves so? Expel them!" Yet they wish for them the achievement of scriptural learning and realisation. And just as due to the gentleness of mind it is not harsh speech, so too due to the gentleness of words it is not non-harsh speech. For indeed, for one who wishes to have someone killed, the words "Make this one lie down comfortably" are not non-harsh speech; rather, due to the harshness of mind, that is indeed harsh speech. That, with reference to whomever it is directed - is of little fault due to the lesser virtue of that one, and of great fault due to the great virtue of that one. There are three requisite factors of it - another person to be reviled, an angered mind, and the reviling.

"Nelā": "ela" is called fault; "there is no ela in it" thus "nelā"; the meaning is faultless. As the "ela" stated here in "Faultless, with white covering." "Pleasing to the ear": pleasant to the ears through the sweetness of phrasing; it does not produce pain in the ear like the piercing of a needle. Through the sweetness of meaning, without generating irritation in the whole body, it generates affection - thus "affectionate." It goes to the heart; without being repelled, it enters the mind with ease - thus "going to the heart." Through the completeness of qualities, it exists formerly - thus "urbane." Also "urbane" as delicate like a woman brought up in a city. Also "urbane" as "this belongs to the city." The meaning is the talk of city-dwellers. For city-dwellers are indeed proper in their talk; they call one who is merely a father "father," they call one who is merely a brother "brother." Such talk is pleasant to many people - thus "pleasing to many people." By its very pleasant nature, it is agreeable to many people and promotes growth of mind - thus "agreeable to many people."

Idle chatter is the unwholesome volition that conveys what is unbeneficial, originating from bodily and verbal action. That is of little fault when the practice is slight, and of great fault when the practice is great. There are two requisite factors of it - the aim of pointless talk such as the war of the Bhāratas, the abduction of Sītā, and so on; and the telling of such talk.

"He speaks at the right time" - thus "one who speaks at the right time"; the meaning is he speaks having discerned the proper time for what should be said. He speaks only what is factual, real, and of intrinsic nature - thus "one who speaks what is factual." He speaks having made it based only upon what is beneficial pertaining to the present life and the future life - thus "one who speaks what is beneficial." He speaks having made it based upon the nine supramundane teachings - thus "one who speaks on the Teaching." He speaks having made it based upon the discipline of restraint and the discipline of abandoning - thus "one who speaks on the discipline." "Nidhāna" is called a place of depositing; "there is nidhāna in it" - thus "worth treasuring"; the meaning is he speaks words fit to be treasured in the heart. "Timely": even though speaking such words, he does not speak at an improper time thinking "I will speak words worth treasuring"; but the meaning is he speaks only having waited for the proper time. "Reasonable" means with analogy, with reason - this is the meaning. "Well-defined" means having shown the delimitation, he speaks in such a way that its boundary is evident - this is the meaning. "Connected with the goal" means accomplished in meaning, because it cannot be exhausted by one analysing it by many methods. Or alternatively, whatever benefit that speaker of what is beneficial speaks, because of being connected with that benefit, he speaks words connected with the goal; it is said that he does not set aside one thing and speak of another.

"With the four kinds of good verbal conduct" means with the four kinds of speech stated by the method beginning with "having abandoned lying," which are proper and well practised. "Endowed" means not fallen away. "He speaks speech free from the four faults" means he speaks speech free from, devoid of, the four faults beginning with what is disagreeable.

"There is improper resort": although the Elder wished to speak about the conduct of an ascetic and the resort of an ascetic, he raised the terms "there is improper resort, there is proper resort"; but just as a man skilled in the road, when pointing out the road, saying "Leave the left, take the right," first points out the dangerous road, the side road, which should be released, and afterwards the secure road, the straight road, which should be taken - just so the General of the Teaching, similar to a man skilled in the road, having first pointed out the improper resort which should be abandoned and which is censured by the Buddha, wishing afterwards to point out the proper resort, said beginning with "What is improper resort?" For a road pointed out by a man may succeed or may not, but a road pointed out by the Tathāgata is unmistakable, like a thunderbolt released by Indra, unfailing, and reaches only the city of Nibbāna. Therefore it was said - "'The man who knows the road well', Tissa, is a designation for the Tathāgata, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Self-awakened One."

Or because, just as for a man who has removed sweat, stain, and dirt by bathing including the head, the arrangement of adornment such as garlands, scents, and ointments is accomplished in form, so too for one who has abandoned bad qualities, the conjunction with good qualities is accomplished in form; therefore, wishing to point out the proper resort afterwards, like the arrangement of adornment such as garlands, scents, and ointments for one who has removed sweat, stain, and dirt, having first pointed out the improper resort which should be abandoned, like sweat, stain, and dirt, he too said beginning with "What is improper resort?"

Therein, "resort" means an appropriate place to approach for the purpose of almsfood and so on. An inappropriate place is improper resort. "Prostitutes would be his resort" - thus "one who frequents prostitutes"; the meaning is a place to be approached by way of association with a friend. Therein, prostitutes are women who live by their beauty; one who approaches them by way of association with a friend, through affection, because of the ease of intimacy with anyone whatsoever, is called one who frequents prostitutes. Therefore it is not proper to approach thus. Why? Because of failure in safeguarding. For one approaching thus, even the ascetic practice that has been long guarded and protected perishes in just a few days. Even if it does not perish, he receives reproach. But one approaching for the purpose of an offering should approach having established mindfulness.

"Widows" are called those whose husbands have died or those whose husbands have gone abroad. "Unmarried grown-up women" means old unmarried girls. "Eunuchs" means those who are abundant in talk based upon worldly material gains, excessive in defilements, with unallayed fever of passion, sexless persons. The danger in approaching all of them should be understood in the manner already stated. In the case of nuns too, the same method applies. Furthermore, monks are indeed those abundant in the holy life, likewise nuns. They, through intimacy with one another, destroy in just a few days the ascetic practice that has been guarded and protected. However, it is proper to go as one inquiring after the sick. It is proper indeed for a monk, having obtained flowers, to go for the purpose of veneration and also for the purpose of giving exhortation.

"Tavern" means a house for drinking liquor; it is not free from drunkards who cause obstacles to the holy life. There, it is not proper to approach them in the manner of a fellow drunkard; it is an obstacle to the holy life. In "he dwells in company with kings" and so on, "kings" means whether consecrated or unconsecrated, those who govern the kingdom. "Royal ministers" means those endowed with a great measure of supremacy similar to the supremacy of kings. "Sectarians" means outsider wandering ascetics of distorted vision. "Disciples of sectarians" means their donors of requisites by way of devotion; the meaning is that he has become one who is in association with them.

"With not becoming association" means not becoming association is association that is contrary to the three trainings, adverse association. By which one reaches an obstacle to the holy life, transgression of regulations, and decline in detachment. As follows? Sharing sorrow together with kings and royal ministers, rejoicing together, sharing the same happiness and suffering, when duties to be done have arisen committing oneself to exertion in them; having the same desire, preference, and conduct as sectarians and disciples of sectarians, or intimacy of affection and respect that brings about the state of having the same desire, preference, and conduct. Therein, association with kings and royal ministers causes obstacles to the holy life; with the other disciples of sectarians, it leads to the taking up of their views. However, it is proper for one who is able to break their doctrine and cause them to take up one's own view to approach them.

Now, to show improper resort by yet another method, "or whatever families" and so on was begun. Therein, "faithless" means devoid of faith in the Buddha and so on. They do not believe that "the Buddha is omniscient, the Teaching is leading to liberation, the Community is practising well." "Without confidence" means they are unable to make the mind confident and undisturbed. "Abusive and insulting" means both abusive and insulting. "You are a thief, you are a fool, you are deluded, you are a camel, you are an ox, you are a donkey, you are bound for the realm of misery, you are doomed to Niraya Hell, you are an animal, there is no fortunate realm for you, only an unfortunate realm is to be expected for you" - thus they revile with the ten grounds for reviling. "Let it be, now we shall strike you, bind you, slay you" - thus they abuse by showing fear. This is the meaning.

"Wishing harm" means they do not wish welfare; they wish only harm. "Wishing ill" means they wish only what is harmful; they do not wish welfare. "Wishing discomfort" means they do not wish comfort; they wish only discomfort. "Wishing insecurity" means they do not wish security and fearlessness from the four mental bonds; they wish only what is fearful. In "of monks," here novices too are included. In "of nuns," here female trainees and female novices too. For indeed, for all those who have gone forth with reference to the Blessed One and those who have gone for refuge, for all four assemblies, those families wish only harm. "Such families" means such families as warrior-caste families and so on. "Frequents" means lives in dependence on. "Associates with" means approaches. "Attends upon" means approaches again and again. "This is called" means this threefold improper resort should be understood as "improper resort": that relating to prostitutes and so on in the case of frequenting prostitutes and so on, that relating to kings and so on in the case of being in company with kings and so on, and that relating to faithless families and so on in the case of frequenting faithless families and so on.

His improper resort should be understood by this method too - That beginning with prostitutes, first, should be understood as improper resort on account of dependence on the five types of sensual pleasure. As he said - "And what, monks, is a monk's improper resort, another's domain? That is to say, the five types of sensual pleasure." That beginning with kings is improper resort because of not being a decisive support for the pursuit of meditative absorption, because of producing the wheel of material gain, honour, and desire, and because of being a cause for failure in view; and that beginning with faithless families is improper resort because of bringing about deterioration of faith and corruption of mind.

Entering the inhabited area and so on, and grasping at signs having seen a form with the eye and so on, and pursuit of seeing shows having consumed food given in faith, and the five types of sensual pleasure - these four kinds too should be understood as improper resort by way of the arising of mental defilements.

"Do not, monks, walk in improper resort" means do not walk in a place inappropriate to walk in. "In another's domain" means in the domain of the enemy. "For those walking in improper resort, monks" means for those walking in an inappropriate place. "Cara" is also a reading. "Will gain" means will obtain, will find. "Māra" means the Māra who is a son of a god and the Māra who is death. "Access" means a weak spot, a fissure, an opening.

In the description of proper resort, "he does not frequent prostitutes" and so on should be understood as the opposite of what was stated. But this is the distinction - "The four establishments of mindfulness are the resort" means the four establishments of mindfulness are the resort in the sense of a place appropriate to walk in. "One's own" means in what belongs to oneself. "In the paternal domain" means in the domain handed down from the father.

"Of one with aroused energy" means of one possessing the energy of the four right strivings that are properly established. "Of one who has attained strength" means of one who has reached power. "Of one of firm effort" means of one with steady energy. "For the purpose of which he was sent forth" means by whom individual existence was relinquished for the sake of arahantship. "And regarding one's own meaning" means and regarding one's own welfare, the fruition of arahantship. "And regarding the true method" means and regarding the noble eightfold path. "And regarding characteristic" means and regarding the penetration of the characteristics beginning with impermanence. "And regarding cause" means and regarding the cause. "And regarding the possible and impossible" means regarding the possible and the impossible; the meaning is regarding what is a cause and what is not a cause. Now, in order to show in detail, he said beginning with "all activities are impermanent."

197. In the eighth verse, "unified, prudent" means with fully focused mind, wise.

"Blows the gross stain of gold" means he removes the coarse dirt of gold by means of connection with fire. "Blows thoroughly" means removes completely. "Blows completely" means removes by making it incapable of recurring in a new existence. Some say "burns up." "Even the middling" means even that which is more subtle than that. "Even the subtle" means even that which is exceedingly subtle. "Just so" is the application of the simile. "Blows even the gross mental defilements of oneself" means he removes the gross mental defilements such as bodily misconduct and so on by the ardour of energy. "Even the middling mental defilements" means those middling between the gross and the subtle, such as sensual thought and so on. "Even the subtle" means even the exceedingly smooth mental defilements such as thoughts about relatives and so on. "By right view one blows away wrong view" means by right view associated with the path together with insight, one removes wrong view, which is reckoned as the opposite. In the case of right thought and so on too, the same method applies.

198. When the Venerable Sāriputta had thus praised the Blessed One with three verses, and having been asked with five verses about lodging, resort, morality, ascetic practices and so on for the benefit of the five hundred pupils, in order to make known that meaning, the answer was begun by the method beginning with "for one who is disgusted." Therein, the meaning of the first verse to begin with is - Sāriputta, for a monk who is disgusted with birth and so on, who indeed resorts to empty seats and beds, desiring highest enlightenment, that which is comfortable, that which is comfortable abiding, that which is according to the conforming teaching and that which is the conforming teaching, that I shall tell you as one who understands - as one who understands would speak, thus I say. "Which is comfortable abiding" means which is pleasant abiding. "From the seeing of unsuitable forms" means by the seeing of forms unsuitable for an ascetic such as the forms of women and so on. "For one desiring to awaken to that enlightenment" means for one wishing to awaken to that enlightenment reckoned as the knowledge of the four paths. "For one desiring to awaken along with it" means for one desiring to awaken through suitable practice. "For one desiring to penetrate it" means for one desiring to pierce through it by making it face to face. "For one desiring to fully awaken to it" means for one wishing to rightly awaken by way of non-return to the abandoned mental defilements. "For one desiring to attain it" means for one desiring to reach it. "For one desiring to realise it" means for one desiring to arrive at the realisation through attainment. Or else, "for one desiring to awaken" means for one desiring to know the knowledge of the path of stream-entry. "For one desiring to awaken along with it" means for one desiring to know again the knowledge of the path of once-returning. "For one desiring to penetrate it" means for one desiring to know the knowledge of the path of non-returning by way of penetration. "For one desiring to fully awaken to it" means for one desiring to rightly know the knowledge of the path of arahantship. "For one desiring to attain it" means for one desiring to attain all four. "For one desiring to touch it" means for one desiring to touch it by the touching of knowledge. "For one desiring to realise it" means for one desiring to make it directly visible through reviewing.

"Insight in the preliminary stage of the four paths" means the insight knowledges of rise and fall and so on that have arisen in the earlier portion of the four noble paths.

199. In the second verse, "living within the boundaries" means living within the four boundaries beginning with morality. "Of gadflies and stinging insects" means of tawny flies and the remaining flies. For they, having swooped down from here and there, bite; therefore they are called "stinging insects." "Of human contact" means of contact from thieves and so on.

"Four boundaries" means four limits, delimitations. "Reviewing the state of inner corruption" means looking at the contemptible state within, the state devoid of morality. "He walks within the boundary of restraint by morality" means he walks and wanders within the delimitation of restraint by morality. "He does not break the limit" means he does not disturb the limit of morality, the delimitation of morality.

"Reviewing the exposition on the blazing" means looking at the teaching on the blazing. "Reviewing the simile of greasing the axle, covering the wound, and the son's flesh" means looking at the simile of greasing the axle for the carter, and the simile of covering the wounds with oil and rags for the leper, and the simile of eating the son's flesh for the wife and husband who had set out across the wilderness. "Reviewing the dwelling of one with an auspicious night" means -

"One should not pursue the past, nor long for the future;

That one indeed is called 'one who has an auspicious night,' the peaceful sage declares."

Looking at the dwelling of one with an auspicious night as thus stated. "They, having flown up again and again, bite" means having swooped down again and again, they bite.

200. In the third verse, "those of other doctrines" means, excluding the seven co-religionists, all of them are outsiders. "The seeker of the wholesome" means one who is seeking wholesome mental states.

"Setting aside the seven co-religionists" means excluding monks, nuns, female trainees, novices, female novices, male lay followers, and female lay followers. "And there are also other things to be overcome" means there are also other things to be crushed, they exist, they are found.

201. In the fourth verse, "by the contact of illness" means by the contact of disease. "Cold and heat" means cold and heat. "He, touched by these in many ways" means he, being touched by illness and so on in many ways. "Without attachment" means one who has become without occasion for volitional activity, consciousness, and so on. "Due to the disturbance of internal elements or" means due to the agitation of the liquid element inside the body or due to the agitation of other elements. "Heat" means heat arises due to the agitation of the heat element inside the body. "Of consciousness accompanied by volitional activities" means of consciousness associated with wholesome and unwholesome volition. "Does not give opportunity" means does not make room or support. "Steadfastly resolved" means one who takes hold having descended.

202. Having thus answered the meaning asked by the three verses beginning with "for a monk who is disgusted," now, answering what was asked by the method beginning with "what would be his ways of speech," he said beginning with "one should not commit theft." Therein, "should touch" means should experience. "Whatever agitation of the mind one should cognize" means whatever agitation of the mind one should know, all that one should dispel as "the side of the Dark One."

"Having abandoned taking what is not given" - here, the taking of what is not given is taking what is not given; it means appropriating what belongs to another, theft, robbery. Therein, "not given" means belonging to another, where another, exercising ownership as he wishes, is not deserving of punishment and is blameless. In the case of one who perceives as belonging to another that which belongs to another, the volition of theft, aroused by the effort of taking it, is taking what is not given. That is of little blame when the property of another is inferior, and of great blame when it is superior. Why? Because of the superiority of the object. When the objects are equal, it is of great blame in respect of the property belonging to those of superior virtue; with reference to each one of superior virtue, it is of little blame in respect of the property belonging to one of inferior virtue in each case.

There are five requisite factors of it - belonging to another, perception of it as belonging to another, intention to steal, effort, and carrying away by that means. "Having abandoned" means having given up this immorality reckoned as the volition of taking what is not given. "Abstains" means from the time of abandoning onwards, he is simply abstaining from that immorality. "He takes only what is given" - thus he is one who takes what is given. "Even in mind he expects only what is given" - thus he is one who expects what is given. "He steals" - thus a thief; not by stealing, but by non-stealing. By the very state of non-stealing, by being pure. "Oneself" means by one's own individual existence; what is meant is that having made one's individual existence non-stealing and pure, he dwells. From here onwards, the method is the same as already stated.

"Friendliness" is by way of being friendly. The act of friendliness is friendly feeling. The state of the mind that has been affected by friendliness, that is endowed with friendliness, is the state of being friendly. "It sympathises" - thus sympathy; the meaning is it protects. The act of sympathy is sympathetic feeling. The state of one who has been sympathised with is the state of being sympathetic. "Seeking welfare" is by way of searching for welfare. "Compassion" is by way of compassionate feeling. By all these terms, friendliness that has reached only access and absorption is stated. "Extensive" - here, extensiveness should be seen by way of pervading. But by way of plane, that is exalted. By way of mastery, it is limitless. And by way of having beings as its object, it is limitless. By the abandoning of the adversary of ill-will, it is without enmity. By the abandoning of displeasure, it is without affliction; what is meant is free from suffering.

"Agitated" means displeased. "Stirred up" means muddied. "Set in motion" means unable to settle. "Struck" means brought to a state of being struck by an object. "Shaken" means trembling. "Gone astray" means one who has left the monastic community. "Not calmed" means not quenched.

In such passages as "that Māra" and so on, he kills by urging the public towards harm, thus he is "Māra". He is "the Dark One" because of the nature of his dark actions. He is "the lord" because of being the ruler of the sensual-sphere of existence. He is "the ender" because of leading to death. He is "Namuci" in the sense of not allowing release. "Māra's hook" means Māra's hook. "Māra's bait" means Māra's bait, in the sense of being dependent on the round of rebirths. "Māra's domain" means Māra's domain, in the sense of exercising control. "Māra's abode" means Māra's abode, in the sense of resort. "Māra's resort" means Māra's resort, in the sense of roaming freely as one wishes. "Māra's bondage" means Māra's bondage, in the sense of being difficult to release from. "With painful rise" means with painful bondage.

203. "One should stand having uprooted their root": whatever root beginning with ignorance belongs to that wrath and arrogance, one should stand having dug that up too. "One should surely overcome": overcoming this pleasant and unpleasant, one should definitively overcome; the intention is that one should not strive therein with laxity.

"Ignorance is the root" and so on: ignorance is the root of wrath by way of decisive support, conascence, and so on. Unskilful attention and the conceit 'I am' - these two are only by way of decisive support. Shamelessness, moral fearlessness and restlessness - these three are roots by way of decisive support, conascence, and so on; likewise for arrogance too.

204. "Having put wisdom in front" means having made wisdom the forerunner. "With good rapture" means endowed with good rapture. "One should overcome the four states of lamentation" means one should overcome the states subject to lamentation being spoken of in the following verse.

"Abundant in investigation" means abundant in examining. "Abundant in thorough investigation" means abundant in inquiry with distinction. "Abundant in looking" means abundant in seeing. "Abundant in examining" means abundant in searching. "One who dwells with clear objects" means one who dwells having made things manifest and known.

"Going forward and returning" - here first, "going forward" is called going. "Returning" is turning back. Both of these are found in the four postures. In going, first, one who brings the body forward in front is called going forward. One who turns back is called stepping back. Even in standing, while remaining standing, one who bends the body forward in front is called going forward. One who bends it back behind is called stepping back. In sitting too, while remaining seated, one who moves towards the front part of the seat is called going forward. One who moves back towards the rear part is called stepping back. In lying down too, the same method applies.

"Acts with full awareness" means one who does all tasks with full awareness, or one who practises full awareness itself. For he indeed produces full awareness in going forward and so on; he is nowhere devoid of full awareness. Regarding "when looking ahead and looking aside," here, looking ahead means looking in front. Looking aside means looking in the intermediate directions. There are also others called looking down, looking up, and looking behind, by way of looking below, above, and behind. These are not taken up here. But only these two are taken up as being appropriate, or by this heading all are indeed taken up.

"When bending and stretching" means in the bending and stretching of the joints. "Wearing the double robe, bowl and robes" - here, the use of the double robe and robes by way of wearing as an inner robe and putting on as an upper robe, and of the bowl by way of receiving almsfood and so on, is called wearing. Regarding "eating" and so on, "eating" means in the eating of almsfood. "Drinking" means in the drinking of rice gruel and so on. "Chewing" means in the chewing of flour-cakes and other hard food. "Tasting" means in the tasting of honey, molasses and so on. "In the act of defecating and urinating" means in the performing of defecation and urination. Among "walking" and so on, "walking" means in the act of going. "Standing" means in the act of standing. "Seated" means in the act of sitting.

"Sleeping" means in the act of lying down. "Waking" means in the act of being awake. "Speaking" means in the act of talking. Therein, when the derivative materiality of the sound sense base is not occurring, there is no such thing as speaking; when it is occurring, there is - thus the discerning monk is called one who acts with full awareness regarding speaking. Even when teaching the Teaching under the heading of the bases of liberation, even when speaking talk based upon the ten subjects of talk having abandoned the thirty-two kinds of pointless talk, one is called one who acts with full awareness regarding speaking. "Remaining silent" means in the act of not talking. Therein, when the derivative materiality of the sound sense base is occurring, there is no such thing as silence; when it is not occurring, there is - thus the discerning monk is called one who acts with full awareness regarding remaining silent. Even when seated having taken up a meditation subject agreeable to one's own mind among the thirty-eight objects, even when having attained the second meditative absorption, one is called one who acts with full awareness regarding remaining silent. And here, one posture has come in two places. That one, below in "going forward and returning," here is spoken of by way of journeying to and from the village for the alms round. In "walking, standing," here it should be understood as spoken of by way of lifting and placing the feet in the monastery. "Through recollection of the Buddha's qualities" and so on have already been made clear below in the respective places.

"Discontent" means the rejecting of delight. "Discontentedness" means the state of not delighting. "Dissatisfaction" means the state of being dissatisfied. "Lack of delight" means the state of not finding delight. "Longing" means the state of dissatisfaction. "Anxiety" means agitation by way of dissatisfaction itself.

205. "What shall I eat" means what shall I consume. "Or where shall I eat" means or where shall I eat. "Alas I slept in suffering, where shall I sleep today" means this night I slept in suffering, on the coming night where shall I sleep. "These thoughts" means these four thoughts - two dependent on almsfood and two dependent on lodging. "Wandering without an abode" means wandering without impediment, wandering free from craving.

"On a board or" means and on a wooden chair with curved legs and so on. "The coming night" means on the night of arrival. "Leading to deploring" means leading to deploring with distinction. "Leading to lamentation" means leading to deploring all around.

206. "At the proper time" means having obtained food reckoned as almsfood at the time for almsfood, or clothing reckoned as robes at the time for robes, righteously and impartially - this is the intention. "He should know moderation" means he should know the measure in both possession and use. "Here" means in the Dispensation, or this is merely an indeclinable particle. "For the purpose of contentment" means for the purpose of contentment; what is said is that he should know moderation for that purpose. "He, guarded in those" means that monk is guarded in those requisites. "Wandering restrained" means one whose dwelling is restrained, whose postures are guarded, and whose doors of body, speech, and mind are guarded - this is what is said. "Yaticārī" is also a reading; the meaning is the same. "Provoked" means irritated. What is said is "offended."

"One should know moderation for two reasons" means one should know the measure in two ways. "From acceptance, or" means from the time of receiving what is being given by others, or. "From use, or" means from the time of consuming, or. "Even when little is being given" means even when a small amount is being given. "Out of sympathy for families" means out of sympathy towards families. "Out of protection for families" means for the purpose of protecting families. "He accepts" means he takes even a little. "Even when much is being given" means even when no small amount is being given. "He accepts a robe sufficient for tending the body" - here, it tends the body, nourishes it - thus it is "for tending the body." "Sufficient for tending the belly" means it tends the belly, nourishes it - thus it is "for tending the belly." For a monk endowed with contentment with whatsoever requisites, eight requisites are proper: three robes, a bowl, an adze for cutting wooden toothbrushes, one needle, a waistband, and a water strainer. And this too was said -

"The three robes and a bowl, an adze, a needle, and a waistband;

With a water strainer these are eight, for a monk devoted to exertion."

All of those serve both for tending the body and for tending the belly. How? First, the three robes, by wearing as a lower garment and putting on as an upper garment, at the time of going about, tend the body, nourish it - thus they serve for tending the body. Having filtered water with the corner of the robe, at the time of drinking and at the time of taking edible fruits and non-fruits, they tend the belly, nourish it - thus they serve for tending the belly.

The bowl too, by drawing up water with it, at the time of bathing and at the time of preparing the furnishings of the hut, serves for tending the body. Having taken food, at the time of eating, it serves for tending the belly. The adze too, with it, at the time of cutting wooden toothbrushes and at the time of preparing the limbs, legs, robe-poles, hut-sticks, and furnishings of beds and chairs, serves for tending the body. At the time of cutting sugar-cane and chipping coconuts and so on, it serves for tending the belly. The needle, at the time of sewing robes, serves for tending the body. Having pierced a cake or a fruit, at the time of eating, it serves for tending the belly. The waistband, having tied it, at the time of going about, serves for tending the body. Having tied up sugar-cane and so on, at the time of taking them, it serves for tending the belly. The water strainer, having filtered water with it, at the time of bathing and at the time of preparing the furnishings of the lodging, serves for tending the body; at the time of filtering drinking water and beverages, and having taken sesame seeds, rice grains, flattened rice and so on with it, at the time of eating, it serves for tending the belly.

"Having reflected wisely" means having reflected by means of the method, the path, having known, having reviewed - this is the meaning. And here, the reviewing stated by the method beginning with "for warding off cold" should be understood as "having reflected wisely." Therein, "robe" means any one among the inner robe and so on. "Uses" means consumes, or wears as a lower garment, or wears as an upper robe. "Only for" is a term of delimiting restriction of the limit of purpose. For this much only is the purpose for the practitioner in using the robe, that is to say, "for warding off cold" and so on, nothing more beyond this. "Of cold" means of whatever cold that has arisen either by way of internal disturbance of the elements or externally by way of seasonal change.

"For warding off" means for the purpose of repelling. So that it does not produce affliction in the body, for the purpose of dispelling it. For when the body is struck by cold, one with a distracted mind is unable to strive wisely. Therefore the Blessed One allowed that the robe should be used for warding off cold. This same method applies everywhere. Only here, "of heat" means of the heat of fire; its origination should be understood in forest fires and so on. "Of the contact of gadflies, mosquitoes, wind, sun, and creeping creatures" - here, "gadflies" means biting flies. They are also called "blind flies." "Mosquitoes" means mosquitoes themselves. "Wind" means those distinguished as dusty, dust-free, and so on. "Sun" means the heat of the sun. "Creeping creatures" means whatever move along creeping, beings of the snake kind such as snakes and so on; their contact is twofold: the contact of being bitten and the contact of being touched. That too does not afflict one who is seated having put on the robe. Therefore, in such places, one uses it for the purpose of warding them off. "Only for" - the repetition of this term is for the purpose of showing the delimiting restriction of the fixed purpose. "For the purpose of covering the parts that arouse shame" is the fixed purpose; the others occur only sometimes. Therein, "the parts that arouse shame" means those various private parts. For in whatever limb, when it is being uncovered, shame is agitated and perishes, because of agitating that shame, it is called "that which arouses shame." "For the purpose of covering that which arouses shame" means for the purpose of covering the parts that arouse shame. "For the purpose of covering the parts that arouse shame" is also a reading.

"Almsfood" means whatever food. For whatever food that has fallen into the bowl of a monk through going for alms is called "almsfood." Or, the falling of lumps is almsfood; the assembling of alms obtained here and there, the collection - thus it is said. The remainder is the same as the method stated below.

"Lodging" means sleeping and sitting. For wherever one sleeps, whether in a dwelling-place or in a lean-to and so on, that is "sleeping" (sena). Wherever one sits, sits down, that is a "seat" (āsana); combining those together, it is called "lodging" (senāsana). "For the purpose of dispelling the dangers of the seasons and for the delight of seclusion" means the season itself is the danger of the seasons in the sense of oppression. For the purpose of dispelling the danger of the seasons and for the purpose of the delight of seclusion. Whatever unsuitable season that causes bodily affliction and mental distraction is to be dispelled by the use of lodging - for the purpose of dispelling that and for the purpose of the happiness of solitude, is what is said. And indeed the dispelling of the dangers of the seasons has already been stated by way of warding off cold and so on. But just as in the use of robes it was said "covering the parts that arouse shame is the fixed purpose, the others occur from time to time," so too here it should be understood that this was said with reference to the fixed dispelling of the dangers of the seasons. Or alternatively, this season of the aforesaid kind is just the season itself. But danger is twofold: open danger and concealed danger. Therein, open danger means lions, tigers, and so on; concealed danger means lust, hate, and so on. Where they do not cause affliction through lack of protection and through seeing unsuitable forms and so on, a monk knowing thus and reviewing that lodging and using it, should be understood as one who, having reflected wisely, uses the lodging for the purpose of dispelling the dangers of the seasons.

"Requisite of medicines for the sick" - here "requisite" (paccaya) means in the sense of going against the disease, in the sense of going to the opposite - this is the meaning. This is a designation for whatever is suitable for anyone. "Medicine" (bhesajja) means the work of a physician, because it is permitted by him. The requisite for the sick itself is the medicine, thus "requisite of medicines for the sick"; whatever is suitable for one who is sick, the work of a physician such as oil, honey, molasses, and so on - this is what is said. "Requisite" (parikkhāra) - but in such passages as "well equipped with seven city requisites," it is called a retinue. In such passages as "The chariot has morality as its accessory, meditative absorption as its axle, energy as its wheels," it means an ornament. In such passages as "Whatever requisites for life should be obtained by one gone forth," it means materials. But here both materials and retinue are applicable. And that medicine as a requisite for the sick is also a retinue of life, and also materials because of protecting by not giving an opportunity for the arising of life-destroying illness. As long as it continues, so is its state of being a cause; therefore it is called "requisite." Thus medicine as a requisite for the sick and that is a requisite - thus "requisite of medicines for the sick"; that requisite of medicines for the sick. Whatever is suitable for one who is sick, permitted by a physician, a requisite for life such as oil, honey, molasses, and so on - this is what is said.

"Arisen" means born, come to be, produced. "Afflicting" - here "affliction" (byābādha) means disturbance of the elements and leprosy, boils, abscesses, and so on originating from that; because of having arisen from affliction, they are "afflicting." "Feelings" means unpleasant feelings, feelings that are the result of unwholesome action; of those afflicting feelings. "With freedom from affliction as the highest aim" means with freedom from suffering as the highest aim. Until all that suffering is abandoned - this is the meaning.

"He is content" means he is content through contentment with requisites. "With any robe whatsoever" means with whichever among coarse, fine, rough, superior, durable, or worn-out ones. Then the meaning is that among whatever is obtained and so on, he is content with any whatsoever. For regarding robes there are three kinds of contentment - contentment with whatever is obtained, contentment according to one's strength, and contentment according to what is suitable. The same method applies to almsfood and so on too.

"Speaks in praise" means one is content but does not speak the praise of contentment, one is not content but speaks the praise of contentment, one is neither content nor speaks the praise of contentment, one is both content and speaks the praise of contentment. To show that, "and speaks in praise of contentment with any robe whatsoever" was said. "Wrong way of earning" means the various kinds of wrong way of earning, classified as the pursuit of going on messenger duty and errand-running. "Improper" means inappropriate. "Not having obtained" means not having got. Just as a certain one, thinking "How shall I obtain a robe?" being together with monks of merit, practising deceit, is frightened and agitated, a content monk thus not having obtained a robe is not agitated. "Having obtained" means having got righteously and impartially. "Not greedy" means one whose greed has disappeared. "Not infatuated" means not having fallen into infatuation through excessive craving. "Not transgressing" means not overwhelmed by craving, not enveloped. "Seeing the danger" means seeing the danger in the offence of wrong way of earning and in greedy use. "With wisdom of escape" means understanding precisely the escape stated as "only for warding off cold." "With contentment with any robe whatsoever" means with contentment with whatever robe. "He does not exalt himself" means he does not make self-exaltation thus: "I am a rag-robe wearer, I undertook the rag-robe wearer's practice at the very ordination hall; who is there equal to me?" "He does not scoff at others" means he does not scoff at others thus: "But these other monks are not rag-robe wearers" or "They do not even have so much as the rag-robe wearer's practice."

"Whoever therein is skilled" means whoever in that contentment with robes speaks in praise, or in those is skilled, clever, experienced. "Not lazy" means free from laziness through perseverance. "Fully aware and mindful" means endowed with the wisdom of full awareness and with mindfulness. "Ancient" means not recently arisen. "Primordial" means to be known as "foremost." "Established in the noble lineage" means firmly established in the lineage of the noble ones. "Noble lineage" - just as there is a warrior lineage, a brahmin lineage, a merchant lineage, a worker lineage, an ascetic lineage, a family lineage, a royal lineage, so too this eighth noble lineage, being the noble tradition, is called the noble succession. And this noble lineage is declared the foremost among these lineages, just as black aloeswood odours and the like are among root odours and the like. But who are those noble ones whose lineage this is? Noble ones are called Buddhas and Individually Enlightened Ones and disciples of the Tathāgata; the lineage of these noble ones is the noble lineage. For before this, at the summit of four incalculable periods exceeding a hundred thousand cosmic cycles, four Buddhas arose - Taṇhaṅkara, Meṅkera, Saraṇaṅkara, and Dīpaṅkara; they were noble ones; the lineage of those noble ones is the noble lineage. In the period after the final nibbāna of those Buddhas, having passed beyond one incalculable period, a Buddha named Koṇḍañña arose, etc. In this cosmic cycle, four Buddhas arose - Kakusandha, Koṇāgamana, Kassapa, and our Blessed One Gotama; the lineage of those noble ones is the noble lineage. Furthermore, the lineage of the noble ones - all Buddhas, Individually Enlightened Ones, and disciples of the past, future, and present - is the noble lineage; he is established in that noble lineage.

"With any almsfood whatsoever" means with whatever almsfood. In the case of lodging and so on too, the same method applies. "In the sense bases" means in the sense bases beginning with the eye.

"Restrained" means controlled. "Controlled" means one who is controlled. "Prepared" means exceedingly controlled. "Guarded" means protected. "Protected" means placed as if in a casket. "Watched over" means set in order. "Restrained" means closed by the shutting of the doors. "Jeered at" means blamed. "Scoffed at" means disparaged. "Struck" means made to undergo offence. "Blamed" means despised. "Reproached" means reviled.

"With harshness" means with speech that cuts to the quick. "With harshness" means with severity. "Should not reply" means having retaliated, one should not speak.

207. "Engaged in meditative absorption" means engaged in meditative absorption by the producing of the unarisen and by the practising of the arisen. "Having undertaken equanimity, with concentrated mind": having produced the equanimity of the fourth meditative absorption, one whose mind is concentrated. "One should cut off thought and its dwelling place and remorse" means one should cut off sensual thought and other such thoughts, perception of sensuality and other such perceptions as the dwelling place of thought, and hand-remorse and other such remorse.

"For the arising of the unarisen first meditative absorption" means for the purpose of producing the first meditative absorption that is unarisen in that individual existence, or that having arisen has declined, for the purpose of attaining it in one's own continuity. In the passage beginning with "one practises the arisen first meditative absorption," here "practises" means one practises with regard, makes it well-practised, develops, cultivates, cultivates abundantly, and does again and again.

"Equanimity" means the equanimity of neutrality arisen in the fourth meditative absorption. "Equanimity" is the term for its intrinsic nature. "Looking on" means the manner of looking on closely. "Looking on with indifference" means looking on having become superior. "Evenness of consciousness" means the evenness of consciousness, the state of balance having avoided deficiency and excess of consciousness. "Tranquillity of consciousness" means the non-impudence of consciousness; the meaning is the state of non-rigidity. "Neutrality of consciousness" means not of a being, not of a person; the meaning is the state of neutrality of consciousness. "Having undertaken equanimity in the fourth meditative absorption" means dependent on the equanimity of neutrality arisen in the fourth meditative absorption. "With fully focused mind" means one whose consciousness occurs on a single object. "With undistracted mind" means free from restlessness, not with a distracted mind.

The nine thoughts are according to the method already stated. "For sensual thoughts, perception of sensuality is the dwelling place" means the perception of sensuality that has arisen in one who thinks sensual thought - that is the dwelling place, the abode of those thoughts - thus "perception of sensuality is the dwelling place." In the case of thoughts of anger and so on too, the same method applies.

208. "Accused by words, being mindful one should rejoice" means being accused by the words of the preceptor and others, having become mindful, one should delight in that accusation. "One should utter wholesome speech" means one should utter speech arisen from knowledge. "Not excessively" means however, one should not utter speech that is excessive, having transgressed the limit of time and the limit of propriety. "For the principle of popular talk" means for the talk of disparagement of people. "One should not intend" means one should not arouse intention.

"This is not attained by you" means this is not attained by you. "Unsuitable" means your practice is unsuitable. "Not established in morality" means your practice does not stand established in morality, thus not established in morality; it is said that it is not the practice of one established in morality. Some read "asiliṭṭha" and explain the meaning as "unpolished speech."

"Of treasures" means of treasure-pots filled with gold and silver and so on, deposited and stored here and there. "One who reveals" means like one who, having shown compassion to poor people living in hardship, having said "Come, I shall show you a means of living happily," having led them to the place of the treasure, having stretched out his hand, points out "Take this and live happily." "A fault-finder" means there are two kinds of fault-finders: one who is a seeker of weak spots, thinking "By means of this impropriety or stumbling I shall restrain him in the midst of the Community"; and one who is established in the nature of raising up, by looking at this and that fault, for the purpose of making known what is unknown, for the purpose of supporting what is known, out of desire for the growth of his morality and so on. This is what is intended here. For just as a poor person does not become angry when one who reveals a treasure, even having threatened and struck him saying "Take this!", but is delighted indeed, just so, when such a person, having seen an impropriety or a stumbling, points it out, irritation should not be made; one should be satisfied indeed. One should invite to admonish thus: "Venerable sir, a great deed has been done by you; standing in the place of teacher and preceptor, exhorting me, please speak to me again." "One who speaks reprovingly" means a certain one, having seen an impropriety or a stumbling of co-residents and so on, thinking "This one attends upon me carefully with giving water for washing the face and so on; if I should speak to him, he will not attend upon me; thus there will be decline for me" - being unable to speak, he is not one who speaks reprovingly. He scatters rubbish in this Dispensation. But whoever, having seen such a fault, trains him by threatening in accordance with the fault, by dismissing, by imposing a punishment, by removing him from the dwelling - this one is called one who speaks reprovingly, just as the Perfectly Self-awakened One. For this was said: "Restraining again and again, Ānanda, I will speak; removing again and again, Ānanda, I will speak. What is the core will stand." "Intelligent" means endowed with wisdom nourished by the Teaching. "Such" means one should associate with, one should attend upon such a wise person. For a pupil associating with such a teacher, it is only better, not worse; there is only growth, not decline.

"One should exhort" means one speaking regarding a case that has arisen is called exhorting; one showing the future regarding a case that has not arisen, by way of "there could be disgrace for you too" and so on, is called instructing. Even one speaking face to face is called exhorting; one sending a messenger or a message in one's absence is called instructing. Even one speaking once is called exhorting; one speaking again and again is called instructing. Or one who exhorts is also called instructing - thus one should exhort and instruct. "From what is vile" means one should restrain from unwholesome mental states and establish in wholesome mental states - this is the meaning. "For he is dear to the good" means such a person is dear to good persons such as the Buddha and so on. But those who have not seen the Teaching, who have not crossed over to the world beyond, who have eyes only for material gains, who have gone forth for the sake of livelihood - to those bad persons, that exhorter and instructor, who shoot with verbal daggers saying "You are not our preceptor, not our teacher; why do you exhort us?" - is disagreeable.

"Common legal act" means a common legal act such as an act for which permission ought to be asked and so on. "Common recitation" means a common recitation such as the recitation of the introduction and so on. "Same training" means the same training. "State of a struck mind" means the state of a mind beaten by wrath. "State of barrenness arisen" means the state of obstinacy. "The five mental rigidities" means the states of obstinacy of consciousness regarding the five - the Buddha, the Teaching, the Community, the training, and fellows in the holy life.

"Speech arisen from knowledge" means a sentence produced by consciousness associated with knowledge. "Should utter" means should give up. "Connected with benefit" means together with benefit, together with reason. "Connected with the Teaching" means connected with the Teaching. "One should not speak speech that has transgressed the time" means one should not speak speech that has passed the time, because that time has been transgressed. "That has transgressed the limit" means one should not speak an utterance that has exceeded the boundary, because the boundary of the utterance has been transgressed. "The limit of time" is by way of both.

"He who indeed, when the time has not arrived" means when the time for one's own speech has not arrived. "For too long a time" means having transgressed the limit, he speaks in excessive measure. "He lies slain" means he is struck down and lies. "Like the offspring of a cuckoo" means like a young cuckoo looked after by a she-crow, born inside a cuckoo.

209. "And further" means then, now, from here onwards also. "Five impurities" means the five impurities beginning with lust for material form. "For the removal of which one who is mindful should train" means for the removal of which, having been one with established mindfulness, one should train in the three trainings. For one training thus, regarding forms, etc. regarding contacts, one should overcome lust, not otherwise.

"Form-impurity" means the impurity of lust and so on arisen dependent on a visual object. In the case of sound-impurity and so on too, the same method applies.

210. Thereupon he, training for the removal of those, gradually - "regarding these phenomena" is the verse. Therein, "these" means regarding matter and so on. "In proper time, rightly investigating the Teaching" means that monk, investigating all conditioned phenomena by the method of impermanence and so on, at that time which is stated by the method beginning with "when the mind is restless, it is the time for serenity." "Having become unified, he would dispel the darkness" means he, with fully focused mind, would dispel all darkness beginning with delusion; there is no doubt here.

"When the mind is restless" means when the mind is not calmed by the force of the energy faculty. For powerful energy, when concentration is weak, overcomes it with restlessness, because energy is on the side of restlessness. Thus when the mind is restless. "The time for serenity" means the time for the development of concentration. "When the mind is concentrated" means when the mind is concentrated through access and absorption. For powerful concentration, when energy is weak, overcomes it with idleness, because concentration is on the side of idleness. Concentration joined with energy is unable to fall into idleness. Energy joined with concentration is unable to fall into restlessness. Therefore both of those should be made equal. For through the equality of both, absorption occurs. "The time for insight" means when thus concentrated, it is the time for varied seeing by way of impermanence and so on; for one whose work is concentration, even powerful faith is fitting. Thus believing and resolving, he attains absorption. But regarding concentration and wisdom, for one whose work is concentration, powerful unified focus is fitting. For thus he attains absorption. But for one whose work is insight, powerful wisdom is fitting. For thus he attains the penetration of characteristics. But even when both are complete, absorption occurs indeed.

"At the proper time he exerts the mind" means at whatever time the mind is sluggish due to excessively slack energy and so on, at that time he exerts that mind by arousing the enlightenment factors of investigation of phenomena, energy, and rapture. "He restrains" means at whatever time the mind is agitated due to excessively aroused energy and so on, at that time he restrains that mind by arousing the enlightenment factors of tranquillity, concentration, and equanimity. "At the proper time he gladdens" means at whatever time the mind is without relish due to sluggishness in the application of wisdom or due to the disappearance of the happiness of peace, at that time one stirs a sense of urgency by reviewing the eight grounds for a sense of urgency. The eight grounds for a sense of urgency are: birth, ageing, illness, and death - these four; suffering in the realms of misery as the fifth; suffering rooted in the round of rebirths in the past; suffering rooted in the round of rebirths in the future; and suffering rooted in the search for food in the present. By recollecting the qualities of the Triple Gem, one generates confidence in him. This is called "at the proper time he gladdens." "At the proper time he concentrates the mind" means at whatever time there is a state of balance of faith and wisdom, and of concentration and energy, at that time one should concentrate the mind.

"At the proper time he looks on with equanimity" means at whatever time, based on right practice, the mind is not sluggish, not agitated, not dull, proceeding evenly upon the object, entered upon the path of serenity, then one does not commit to the tasks of exerting, restraining, or gladdening, like a charioteer when the horses are proceeding evenly. This is called "at the proper time he looks on with equanimity." "That meditator skilled in timing" means this one of the aforesaid kind, engaged in the practice of the meditation subject, is clever and experienced in the times of exerting, restraining, gladdening, concentrating, and looking on with equanimity. By "at what time" and so on, he asks about the time for exertion and so on.

Now, answering about the time for exertion and so on, he said beginning with "when the mind is sluggish." When the mind has gone to a sluggish state due to excessively slack energy and so on, exertion is by arousing the enlightenment factors of investigation of phenomena, energy, and rapture. "When agitated, restraint" means when the mind is agitated due to excessively aroused energy and so on, restraint is by arousing the enlightenment factors of tranquillity, concentration, and equanimity. "A mind gone to dullness, one should gladden at that very moment" means a mind that has gone to being devoid of relish due to sluggishness in the application of wisdom or due to the disappearance of the happiness of peace, one should gladden at that moment either by reviewing the eight grounds for a sense of urgency or by recollecting the virtues of the Triple Gem.

"When the mind is gladdened" means at whatever time the mind has been gladdened in the very method stated. "Not sluggish and not agitated" means because of being conjoined by energy and concentration, it is also devoid of sluggishness and restlessness. "Of the sign of serenity" means serenity and sign - the sign of serenity; of that sign of serenity. "That is the time" means that time which was stated as the time devoid of sluggishness and restlessness, that is the time. "One should delight the mind internally" means one should please and cause to delight the mind associated with meditative absorption in the internal resort of the circular meditation object and so on.

"By just this method" means by just this method that has been stated. The syllable "ma" is stated by way of word-junction. "One should look on with equanimity at that very moment" means when that mind is concentrated through access and absorption, then, having understood "the mind is concentrated," without committing to the tasks of exerting, restraining, or gladdening, at that moment one should simply look on with equanimity.

Now, concluding the verse asked "at what time is exertion," he said beginning with "thus the wise one who knows the time." "From time to time should observe the sign of the mind" means from time to time one should observe, should examine the object of the mind associated with concentration - this is the meaning. The remainder is obvious everywhere. Thus he concluded the teaching with the pinnacle of arahantship.

In the Saddhammappajjotikā, the Commentary on the Mahāniddesa,

the commentary on the exposition of the Sāriputta Sutta is completed.

The commentary on the Aṭṭhaka Chapter is completed.

The commentary on the Mahāniddesa named Saddhammappajjotikā is completed.

×

Error: Contact form not found.

×

Add notes for personal use